NATIONALHIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OFINDIA
Nor#wmThnk Rode in Anciar* trda X (~~ M&M4uryan)
Public Disclosure Authorized Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
ConsolidatedResetdement Action Plan
*XTrt*%4 * 4 -~ Nrem TwunkRou~E432 ~~_,< ~~inM.~vl IndP A2 Volume 16 Public Disclosure Authorized
oitt nflThunk Road
(G.IReoUd) i wip. ~~~~PATAP 1, -~~~~~AD FINALREPORtT ~WI-,-- . Public Disclosure Authorized so atesSouth Asia 'Pvt. Ltd. w Northern Trunk Route in NATIONALHIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OFINDIA Ancient India (Raja Marg-Mauryan) 7*t = ^ Trunk-GrandRoad ImprovementProject ConsolidatedResettlement Action Plan Northem Irunk Routes in Mediaeval India ; (Sarak-e-Azam) Northern Trunk Road i9th Century (G T Road) N~~~~~~~~~~~ 71.a - Proposed Trunk Roadi, Network t~~~~~~~~~~t 207 A.D.) TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. EXEXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1-1 1.1 THE GRANDTRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTPROJECT 1-1 1.2 Indian and the World Bank's Requirements 1-2 1.3 Resettlementin the Project 1-2 1.3.1 Need for Land Acquisition 1-2 1.3.2 Context of Resettlementin GTRIP 1-3 1.3.3 MinimisingResettlement 1-3 * The Definitionand Delineationof the Corridorof Impact 1-3 1.4 IMPACTSOF THE PROJECT 1-4 1.4.1 Estimatesof Land Requiredfor the Project 1-4 1.4.2 Displacementand Other Impacts 1-4 1.4.3 Vulnerable Groups 1-4 1.4.4 Livelihood 1-5 1.5 SUPPORT PRINCIPLESFOR DIFFERENTCATEGORIES OF IMPACTS 1-5 1.5.1 Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedFamilies 1-5 1.5.2 *Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedPersons 1-8 1.5.3 Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedGroups 1-8 1.5.4 TargetedSupport to Vulnerable Groups 1-9 1.5.5 Options and Choices 1-10 1.6 RESETTLEMENTPLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION 1-10 1.6.1 Social Assessment,Census and Surveys 1-10 * SocialAssessment 1-10 * Censusand Baseline Socio-Economic Surveys 1-10 * Cut-OffDate 1-10 1.6.2 Resolutl'onof Disputes& Grievances 1-11 1.6.3 Co-OrdinationBetween Civil Works and Resettlement 1-11 1.6.4 Community Participationand Public Consultation 1-12 1.6.5 Non-GovernmentOrganisations 1-12 1.7 INSTITUTIONALARRANGEMENTS 1-13 1.7.1 The Delivery System 1-13 1.7.2 Capacity Building 1-14 1.7.3 Training 1-15 . AwarenessCampaign 1-15 1.7.4 DatabaseManagement & Documentation 1-15 1.7.5 Transparencyand Accountability 1-16 1.8 COSTS AND BUDGETS 1-16 1.9 MONITORINGAND EVALUATION 1-17 LeaAssociates z 7D 1.10 EVALUATIONSTUDIES RECOMMENDED 1-17 2. OBJECTIVES AND BENEFITSOF THE PROJECT 2-1 2.1 OVERVIEW 2-1 2.2 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTPROJECT 2-1 2.2.1 Overall Scope of ProjectWorks 2-3 2.2.2 Proposed Improvementof the Project Highway 2-3 2.2.3 Resettlementin the Project 2-4 2.3 PROJECT PREPARATIONOBJECTIVES OF GTRIP 2-4 2.3.1 Scope of the ConsolidatedRAP Report 2-5 2.3.2 Objectivesof the ResettlementAction Pjan 2-6 2.4 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 2-6 2.4.1 Macro-EconomicBenefits 2-7 2.4.2 Local Level Benefits 2-7 • AccidentReduction Benefits 2-8 * LocalFacilities 2-8 * EmploymentOpportunities for LocalCommunity 2-9 * ImprovedAccess to Amenities 2-9 * Compensationand Mitigation of the NegativeImpacts 2-9 * EquitableDistribution of Benefits 2-9 3. METHODSAND SURVEYS 3-1 3.1 OUTLINE 3-1 3.2 RECONNAISSANCE 3-1 3.3 DATA FROM SECONDARYSOURCES 3-1 3.4 VERIFICATIONEXERCISE 3-1 3.5 THE CENSUS 3-2 3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMICBASELINE SURVEY 3-2 3.7 CONSULTATIONS 3-3 4. MEASURES TO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT 4-1 4.1 THE NEED FOR RESETTLEMENTIN THE GTRIP 4-1 4.2 MINIMISINGRESETTLEMENT 4-2 4.2.1 The Definition and Delineationof the Corridor of Impact 4-2 4.3 EVALUATIONOF MEASURESTO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT 4-3 4.3.1 ConcentricWidening and Raised Carriageways 4-4 4.3.2 Concentric/Eccentric Expansion 4-4 4.3.3 Bypass/ Realignment 4-4 4.3.4 Safety Oriented Designs 4-5 4.4 SPECIFIC DESIGNSFOR AVOIDANCEI MITIGATION 4-5 Lea Assoes ii 5. SOCIO-ECONOMICPROFILE OF THE PROJECT AREA 5-1 5.1 PROFILE OF THE AREA 5-1 5.1.1 Demography 5-2 5.1.2 PopulationGrowth 5-3 5.1.3 PopulationDensity and Urbanisation 5-4 5.1.4 PopulationComposition 5-4 5.1.5 Literacy 5-5 5.1.6 OccupationalPattern and Work Force ParticipationRates 5-6 5.2 ANALYSIS OF THE CENSUSDATA 5-7 5.2.1 Profile of the Affected People 5-8 5.2.2 Profile of the Displaced People 5-12 6. COMMUNITYPARTICIPATION AND CONSULTATION 6-1 6.1 PARTICIPATIONOF STAKEHOLDERS 6-1 6.1.1 Identificationof the Stakeholders 6-1 6.1.2 Participantsat Different Levels 6-2 6.2 LOCAL LEVEL CONSULTATIONS 6-2 6.2.1 Objectives and Contents 6-2 6.2.2 Key Findings 6-8 6.3 DISTRICT-LEVELCONSULTATIONS 6-10 6.3.1 Objectivesand Contents 6-10 6.3.2 Key Findings 6-13 6.4 STATE-LEVELCONSULTATIVE WORKSHOPS 6-15 6.4.1 Contents 6-15 6.4.2 Key Findings 6-16 6.5 PLAN FOR CONTINUEDPARTICIPATION 6-18 6.5.1 InformationDisclosure 6-18 * PublicDisclosure of the RAPReport 6-18 * PublicInformation Sharing and Transparency 6-19 * CommunityParticipation 6-19 7. THE ENTITLEMENT FRAMEWORK 7-1 7.1 DEFINITION OF PAPS AND THE ELIGIBILITYCRITERIA 7-1 7.2 CUT-OFF DATES 7-3 7.3 CRITERIAFOR ELIGIBILITYFOR COMPENSATION 7-3 7 4 NHAI FRAMEWORKFOR RESETTLEMENT& REHABILITATION 7-4 Abbreviationsand Terms 7-5 Text of the ENTITLEMENTFRAMEWORK 7-7 ANNEXI: BROADENTITLEMENT FRAMEWORK 7-14 ANNEXII: DETAILEDENTITLEMENT MATRIX 7-15 LeaAs5 tes iii 8. IMPACTSAND RESETTLEMENT/ REHABILITATION 8-1 8.1 ACQUISITIONOF LAND AND ASSETS 8-1 8.1.1 Requirementof Land 8-1 * Estimatesof LandRequired for the Project 8-2 * SpecificPurposes of the LandRequired 8-3 * LandCategories 8-4 8.2 IMPACT ON PEOPLEDUE TO LAND ACQUISITION 8-4 8.2.1 Families LosingAgriculture Land 8-5 8.2.2 Families LoosingResidence 8-6 8.2.3 Families LoosingCommercial Structure 8-6 8.2.4 Families LoosingResidential-Cum-Commercial Structures 8-7 8.3 COMMUNITYRESOURCES AFFECTED 8-7 8.4 SQUATTERSAND ENCROACHERSIMPACTED 8-7 8.5 OVERALLDISPLACEMENT AND OTHER IMPACTS 8-10 8.5.1 Displaced Families 8-11 8.5.2 Vulnerable Group Families 8-11 - 8.5.3 Livelihoodof the Project Affected/DisplacedFamilies 8-15 8.6 RESETTLEMENT 8-16 8.6.1 Displaced Families 8-16 , TitleholderDisplaced Families 8-17 Non-TitleholderDisplaced Families 8-17 VulnerableDisplaced Families 8-18 * OptionsPreferred by the DisplacedFamilies 8-18 8.6.2 Host Community 8-18 Replacementof Amenities 8-19 GConservation and Enhancementof the CommonProperty Resources 8-19 * RoadsideFacilities 8-19 * Safetyof the Communities 8-19 * Evaluationof Impactson the HostCommunity 8-20 8.6.3 Income Restorationof the Affected and the DisplacedPersonslFamilies 8-20 * Livelihoodof the AffectedFamilies 8-20 * FreeAssets to the VulnerableGroup Displaced Families -8-21 * OtherIncome Restoration Measures 8-21 8.6.4 Inter-AgencyLinkages for Income Restoration 8-22 * AgriculturalExtension Facilities 8-23 * IncomeRestoration Schemes 8-23 9. ESTIMATE OF R&R COST 9-1 9.1 UNIT COSTS 9-1 * Valueof Land 9-1 • Valueof BuildingStructures 9-1 Lea Asstes iv * Assistancefor Structure (Squatters& Encroachers) 9-l * Transitional Allowance 9-1 * EconomicRehabilitation Grant 9-2 * ShiftingAllowance 9-2 * RentalAllowance 9-2 * ResettlementSites 9-2 9-2 BUDGET 9-3 10. IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS 10-1 10.1 EXISTING INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY 10-1 10.1.1 The Project Implementation Units 10-1 10.1.2 Organisation at the NHAI Headquarters 10-2 10.1.3 Institutional Delivery System 10-2 • District LevelCommittees for RecommendingReplacement Values of Land 10-2 * GrievanceRedressal Committees 10-3 10.1.4 Roles and Responsibilities 10-4 10.1.5 Community Participation in the Implementation of the RAP 10-6 10.2 ADDITIONAL INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING IN GTRIP 10-6 10.2.1 Need for Additional Capacity 10-6 10.2.2 Land Acquisition 10-7 10.2.3 Women's Participation 10-7 * PossibleAreas of WomenInvolvement 10-8 * Womenas Managersin the NGOs 10-9 * Womenas Membersof the Consultants'Teams 10-9 * Women as Managersin the Contractors'Team 10-10 10.2.4 Database Management & Documentation of the R&R Process 10-11 10.2.6 Amenities and Facilities 10-11 . Website 10-11 * Transportationand CommunicationFacilities 10-12 10.3 TRAINING 10-12 10.3.1 Training for the NGO Personnel 10-12 10.3.2 Training for the Beneficiaries of the Project 10-12 10.3.3 Training forthe NHAI Staff 10-12 10.3.4 Awareness Campaign 10-13 10.3.5 Overall Training Plan for NHAI Staff 10-13 10.4 EVALUATION STUDIES 10-14 10.4.1 Evaluation of the Impacts of Alternative Livelihood Systems in GTRIP 10-14 10.4.2 Evaluation of the Impacts on the Indigenous People 10-15 10.4.3 Evaluation of the Impacts on the Quality of Life 10-16 * SpecificScope of Work for the Host Community Study 10-16 LeaAssociates v 10.5 INVOLVEMENTOF THE NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS 10-17 * APPENDIX"A":TERMSOFREFERENCE FORTHE NGOS 10-18 * APPENDIX"B": Formatfor EntitlementPhoto Identity Card 10-28 11. MONITORING, EVALUATION AND REPORTING 11-1 11.1 TYPE OF MONITORING& SCHEDULE 11-1 11.2 INTERNAL MONITORINGAND REPORTING 11-1 11.2.1 Organisationof the InternalMonitoring 11-1 11.2.2 Monitoring Indicators 11-2 11.2.3 Monitoringthe ProjectInputs & Outputs 11-4 11.2.4 Reporting 11-4 11.3 EXTERNALEVALUATION & REPORTING 11-5 11.3.1 Monitoringthe ProjectObjectives 11-5 11.3.2 MeasuringChanges in the Quality of Life 11-6 11.3.3 Indicatorsfor Overall Evaluation 11-8 * PhysicalIndicators 11-8 * FinancialIndicators 11-8 * EconomicIndicators 11-9 * SocialIndicators 11-9 11.3.4 Evaluation Studiesby the M&E Consultants 11-9 11.3.5 Reporting 11-10 APPENDD"C": FORMATS FOR REPORTING 11-14 12. ROAD DEVELOPMENT AND POVERTY REDUCTION 12-1 12.1 CONTEXTOF POVERTYALLEVIATION IN INDIA 12-1 12.1.1 GrowthPerformance and Poverty in India 12-1 12.1.2 Poverty EradicationMeasures in India 12-2 12.1.3 Anti-Poor Lawsand Policies 12-2 12.1.4 Poverty Alleviation in India: Programmesand Strategy in the 9th Plan 12-3 12.1.5 Poverty Alleviation & Sectoral Programmes 12-4 12.1.6 Quality of Life Concernsof the Governmentof India 12-4 12.1.7 A Guideline for All SectoralProjectslProgrammes 12-5 12.2 WORLD BANK POLICY ON POVERTY ALLEVIATION 12-5 12.3 INFRASTRUCTUREDEVELOPMENT AND POVERTYALLEVIATION 12-6 12.3.1 The CausalRelationship 12-6 12.3.2 Infrastructureand EconomicStimulation 12-7 12.3.3 Infrastructureand Poverty Incidencein India 12-7 12.3.4 Roads & Transport in India 12-8 12.4 GTRIP & THE SCOPEOF POVERTYREDUCTION 12-8 12.4.1 ProbableImpacts of Improved Road Network 12-9 12.4.2 Poverty ReductionBenefits of GTRIP 12-10 LeaAsso es vi 12.4.3 A RecommendedBenefit Study of The Project 12-11 12.4.4 Impactsof GTRIP on People Below Poverty Line 12-12 12.4.5 Impactson Other VulnerableSocial Groups 12-13 12.4.6 Measurestowards Income Restorationand Uplift of VulnerablePeople 12-14 12.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 12-16 13. TRIBAL I INDIGENOUS PEOPLE 13-1 13.1 TRIBALS IN GTRIP 13-1 13.2 IMPACTS ON THE SCHEDULEDTRIBES 13-2 13.3 TRIBAL CONCENTRATIONALONG THE PROJECTCORRIDOR 13-3 13.4 RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATIONMEASURES 13-4 134.1 MeasuresProposed in GTRIP 13-5 • Landfor Land 13-5 * Rehabilitationand Assistance for Lost or DiminishedLivelihood 13-5 * IncomeRestoration Schemes 13-5 * AdditionalSupport Mechanisms for VulnerableGroups in Re-Establishingor EnhancingLivelihood 13-5 * EmploymentOpportunities Connected With the Project,to the ExtentPossible 13-5 • ResettlementSite, Plot, Buildings 13-6 * Optionsand Choices 13-6 13.4.2 Additional Special Measures 13-6 13.5 STUDY ON THE IMPACT ON THE INDIGENOUSPOPULATION 13-6 14. GENDERISSUES & WOMEN'SPARTICIPATION 14-1 14.1 IMPACT ON WOMEN 14-1 14.1.1 Impact on Women in GTRIP 14-1 14.2 PARTICIPATIONOF WOMEN IN THE PROJECT 14-2 14.2.1 Impact of DevelopmentalActivities on Women 14-2 14.2.2 Women Involvement in Development ProcessThrough Empowerment 14-3 14.3 INVOLVEMENTOF WOMEN IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRIP 14-4 14.3 1 Specific Provisionsin the ConstructionCamp for Women 14-4 14.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS 14-6 15. HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-1 15.1 THE CAUSE OF THE SPREADOF HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-1 15.2 STUDIESRELATED TO HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-1 15.3.1 Healthy HighwaysProject by DFID, New Delhi 15-2 15.2.1 State Road Project II, Uttar PradeshPublic Works Department 15-3 15.3 MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGTHE SPREADOF HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-4 15,3.1 Health Survey 15-4 15.3.2 Creation of AwarenessAgainst HighwayDiseases (STD/AIDS). 15-5 LeaAssates vii 15.4.3 Provisionsof HealthFacilities and Services 15-5 15.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS 15-6 15.4.1 InformationCampaign/Advertisement 15-6 * Signage/Hoardings 15-6 * VehicleStickers 15-6 * CondomVending Machines 15-6 15.4.2 Co-OrdinationWith OtherAgencies 15-7 15.4.3 ConstructionCamp/ Rest Areas/ Truck Lay-Byes 15-7 * Provisionof VendingMachines 15-7 * Advertisements 15-7 * Provisionof MedicalCheck-Up 15-7 * Provisionof MobileMedical Facilities 15-7 15.4.4 Plan for AwarenessCampaign and Preventionof STDsIAIDSin GTRIP 15-7 15.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 15-7 16. CONSTRUCTIONCAMP 16-1 16.1 PROVISIONSINCORPORATED IN GTRIP 16-1 16.1.1 Normally ApplicableLaws in GTRIP 16-1 16.1.2 Contract Obligationsin GTRIP 16-2 16.1.3 -Additional Specificationsin GTRIP 16-3 16.2 RECOMMENDEDLAY OUT OF A CONSTRUCTIONCAMP 16-4 16.3 INVOLVEMENTOF MIGRANTLABOURERS IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES 16-5 16.4 ADDITIONALPROVISIONS IN THE GTRIP 16-5 16.4.1 Temporary HousingAccommodation 16-5 16.4.2 Drinking Water Facilities 16-5 16.4.3 Washing and Bathing Places 16-5 16.4.4 Public Health and Sanitation, Latrinesand Urinals 16-6 16.4.5 Shelters for Rest 16-6 16.4.6 Canteen 16-6 16.4.7 First-Aid 16-6 16.4.8 Health Centre 16-6 16.4.9 Day CrecheFacilities 16-6 16.4.10 EducationalFacilities 16-7 16.4.11 Postal and Savings Bank Facilities 16-7 16.4.12 Proper Schedulingof ConstructionWorks 16-7 16.4.13 Vigilance and Controlover Crimes and Maintenanceof Civil Atmosphere 16-7 16.4.14 Control on Child Labour 16-8 16.4.15 Special Measuresfor ControllingSTD, AIDS 16-8 16.4.16 Public Safety and Health/HygieneProvisions 16-8 LeaAiste, viii 17. CULTURALPROPERTIES & ENHANCEMENTS 17-1 17,1 LIKELY IMPACTSON THE CULTURALPROPERTIES 17-1 17.1.1 Relocationof CulturalAssets 17-1 17,1.2 Contaminationof Site Precincts 17-2 17.1.3 Loss/ Disruptionof Access 17-2 17.1.4 Loss of Ambience 17-3 17.2 OBJECTIVESAND APPROACHFOR ENHANCEMENT 17-3 17.3 CULTURAL PROPERTIESALONG NH-2 17-5 17.3.1 ProtectedMonuments and Other Propertiesof ArchaeologicalValue 17-5 17.3.2 Other SignificantCultural Properties 17-6 . ShuklaTalav 17-6 * Kwaja Ka Phool 17-6 * StepWell at Km327.6 in PackageI-C 17-7 * Tombof ShershahSuri's'Khansama' 17-7 * TheTaj Trapezium 17-7 17.4 CRITERIA FOR SELECTIONOF ENHANCEMENT 17-8 17.5 GENERICENHANCEMENT MEASURES FOR CULTURALPROPERTIES 17-9 * Improving,Defining, Redefining Access and the Precincts 17-9 * CreatingSeating Spaces 17-9 * Plantation 17-10 . Others 17-10 17.6 DESCRIPTIONOF ENHANCEMENTS& MANAGEMENTACTIONS IN GTRIP 17-10 17.6.1 Taj Trapezium Zone (Ch-199.6to 206) 17-10 17.6.2 Other Cultural Properties 17-11 a OtherSites Selected for Enhancements 17-12 17.7 CONCLUSION 17-12 LeaAssoes ix LIST OF TABLES Table 1.1: Contract Packagesof GTRIP 1-1 Table 1.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impactsin GTRIP 1-3 Table 1.3: Displacementand Other Impactsof GTRIP 1-4 Table 1.4: Summary EntitlementMatrix 1-6 Table 1.5: Summary R&R Budgetfor GTRIP (All Figures in Indian Rupees Crore) 1-16 Table 1.6: ImplementationSchedule for the RAP 1-18 Table 2.1: Contract Packagesof Tnhp and GTRIP 2-2 Table 2.2: Number of Settlementsin The ProjectArea 2-4 Table 2.3: Direct Benefitsof The Project 2-7 Table 2.4: Accident ReductionBenefits of GTRIP 2-8 Table 2.5: Total & Local EmploymentOpportunities in The Project 2-9 Table 4.1: Distributionof The Right of Way 4-1 Table 4.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impactsin GTRIP 4-2 Table 4.3: The Corridorof Impact in GTRIP 4-3 Table 4.4: Distributionof The ProposedAlignment Options 4-3 Table 4.5. Mitigation Efforts for MinimisingResettlement 4-5 Table 5.1: Location of GTRIP Stretches 5-1 Table 5.2: Populationand Gender Ratio (1991) 5-3 Table 5.3: PopulationGrowth Rates (1981-1991) 5-3 Table 5.4: Density of Populationand Urbanisation(1991) 5-4 Table 5.5: PopulationDistribution by Religion (1991) 5-4 Table 5.6: Populationof Sc and ST (1991) 5-5 Table 5.7: LiteracyRates (1991) 5-5 Table 5.8: Distributionof Workers (1991) 5-6 Table 5.9: Work Force ParticipationRate 5-6 Table 5.10: Distributionof Affected Population 5-7 Table 5.11: Distributionof The PAFs and The PDFs 5-8 Table 5.12: Distributionof Affected Families -Agriculture 5-9 Table 5.13: Distributionof Affected Families - Residential 5-10 Table 5.14: Distributionof Affected Families - Commercial 5-11 Table 5.15: Distributionof Affected Families - Residential-cum-Commercial 5-11 Table 5.16: Distributionof Affected Families - OtherProperties 5-12 Table 5.17: Distributionof Displaced Families- Agriculture 5-12 Table 5.18: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Residential 5-12 Table 5.19: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Commercial 5-13 Table 5.20: Distributionof Displaced Families- Residential-cum-Commercial 5-13 Lea Associates X < Table 5.21: Distribution of Displaced Families - Other Properties 5-14 Table 5.22: Distribution of Affected Families - All Families 5-14 Table 5.23: Distribution of Displaced Families - All Families 5-15 Table 5.24: Share of Displaced Families Among All Affected Families 5-15 Table 6.1: Summary of Local Level Consultations 6-3 Table 6.2: District Level Consultations 6-11 Table 6.3: State Level Consultations 6-16 Table 6.4: Continued Participation Mechanisms 6-19 Table 8.1: Standard Additional Land Requirement for GTRIP 8-2 Table 8.2: Proposed Land Requirement in The Project 8-3 Table 8.3: Land Estimates (Ha) for Specific Purposes of The Project 8-3 Table 8.4: Categories of Land to Be Acquired or Transferred 8-4 Table 8.5: Titleholders and Non-Titleholders Among The Project Affected Families and The Project Displaced Families 8-5 Table 8.6: Distribution of The Title-Holder Families 8-6 Table 8.7: Amenities and Community Resources Affected by The Project 8-7 Table 8.8: Distributions of Non-Titleholder Affected Families 8-8 Table 8.9: Distributions of Non-Titleholder Displaced Families 8-9 Table 8.10O:Displacement and Other Impacts of GTRIP 8-10 Table 8.11: Extent of Displacement in GTRIP 8-11 Table 8.12: Distribution of Vulnerable Group Affected Families 8-12 Table 8.13: Distribution of Vulnerable Displaced Families 8-14 Table 8.14: Livelihood of The Affected Families 8-15 Table 8.15: Livelihood of The Displaced Families 8-15 Table 8.16: Category of Eligible Families 8-21 Table 8.17: Families Eligible for Income Restoration Measures in GTRIP 8-22 Table 8.18: Summary of All Entitlements in GTRIP 8-25 Table 8.19: Action Plan for Land Acquisition in GTRIP 8-26 Table 8.20: Income Restoration Plan in GTRIP 8-27 Table 8.21: Training Program for Income Restoration of the PAPs 8-28 Table 9.1: Rates of Land 9-1 Table 9.2: Summary R&R Budget for GTRIP 9-3 Table 9.3: R&R Budget for GTRIP: All Packages (Detailed) 9-5 Table 9.4: R&R Budget for Package I-A 9-7 Table 9.5: R&R Budget for Package I-B 9-9 Table 9.6: R&R Budget for Package I-C 9-11 Table 9.7: R&R Budget for Package Il-B 9-13 Table 9.8: R&R Budget for Package IV-A 9-15 Table 9.9: R&R Budget for Package IV-C 9-17 Lea AssZct,es xi Table 9.10: R&R Budget for Package V-B 9-19 Table 10.1: Role & Responsibilities for Implementation of The RAP in GTRIP 10-4 Table 10.2: R&R Training Plan in the GTRIP 10-14 Table 11.1: Monitoring Framework for Physical Progress 11-2 Table 11.2: Monitoring Framework for Financial Progress 11-3 Table 11.3: Monitoring Framework for Social Development 11-3 Table 11.4: Monitoring Framework for Participation 11-4 Table 11.5: Elements of Perception Rating 11-6 Table.1 1.7: Logical Framework of Indicators 11-11 Table 12.1: India's Infrastructure and Growth Trend: A Glance 12-7 Table 12.2:Percentage of Affected Below Poverty Line Households 12-12 Table 12.3: Percentage of Displaced Below Poverty Line Families 12-13 Table 12.4: Percentage of Affected & Displaced Scheduled Castes' Families 12-13 Table 12.5: Category of Eligible Families 12-15 Table 12.6: Families Eligible for Income Restoration Measures in GTRIP 12-16 Table 13.1: Project Affected/Displaced Scheduled Tribe Families 13-1 Table 13:2: Number of Affected & Displaced Scheduled Tribes' Families 13-2 Table 3.3: Project-Affected ST Family Concentration Along The Project Corridor 13-3 Table 14.1: Affected Women Headed Families in GTRIP 14-2 Table 14.2: Percentage of Displaced Women Headed Households 14-2 Table 15.1: Number of Survey Points for Truckers 15-3 Table 15.2: Plan for Awareness Campaign and prevention of STDs/AIDS in GTRIP 15-8 Table 17.1: Shrines and Sacred Structures Affected by The Project 17-2 Table 17-2: Protected Monuments Within 1km of The Project Road 17-6 Table 17.3: Species to Be Planted in The Taj Trapezium Zone 17-11 Table 17.4: Shrines and Other Sacred Structures Within Right of Way 17-11 Table 17.5: Cultural Properties Identified for Enhancement 17-12 Lea Asss xii LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1: The Implementation Structure 1-14 Figure 5.1: Distribution of the Project Affected and Displaced Population 5-2 Figure 5.2: Distribution of the Project Affected Families by Type of Impact 5-9 Figure 5.3: Distribution of the Project Displaced Families by Type of Impact 5-9 Figure 8.1: Impacts and Displacements in the GTRIP 8-10 Figure 10.1: The Implementation Structure 10-3 Figure 16.1: Typical Layout of a Construction Site 16-4 Figure 17-1: Historical Monuments in the Project Region 17-6 Figure 17.2: Map Showing the Taj Trapezium Zone 17-7 Lea A tes xiii ~Z EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The National Highway-2 (NH-2) connecting Delhi with Calcutta is one of the most important high-density corridors in the country. The NH2 carries (1998) between 12,000 and 33,0000 passenger car units (PCUs) daily. A substantial part (48% to 86%) of the traffic is goods traffic. The traffic volume on most of the sections is expected to grow up to 40,000 PCUs between 2005-2010AD and in some sections would be as high as 1,25,000 PCUs by 2015AD. The existing highwayis a two-lane carriageway,with traffic bottlenecks,various highwaydeficiencies as well as lack of proper facilities. To cater to the high volume of traffic, there is an urgent need for capacity augmentationof the highway. As part of the Delhi-Calcutta section of the Golden Quadrilateral, the Delhi-Agra section (21Okm) at the west end, and Barwa Adda - Calcutta section (278km) at the east end of the NH- 2 have already been 4-laned with assistancefrom the ADB. For the remaining sections,the following project are proposed: i The Third National Highway Project (TNHP) involving 4-laning of 8 contract packages between Agra and BarwaAdda, with WB financing (477km,under implementation); • The Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project (GTRIP) involving 4-laning of 7 contract packages (with part of 1 package being 6-laned) between Agra and Barwa Adda (432km),with proposedWB funding; * The Etawah Bypass Project (14km) to be implemented with NHAI funding; and, the Allahabad Bypass Project (85km) plannedto be taken up in 2001ADcurrently prepared with WB assistance. 1.1 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTPROJECT TNHP and GTRIP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section of the NH-2. For project preparation,the Agra-BarwaAdda section was divided into 16 contract packages.Eight of the 16 contract packages were selected for TNHP, depending on the project preparedness, progress on land acquisitionand utility relocation.Of the remaining eight packages,seven are proposed under the GTRIP. The last package consisting of the Allahabad Bypass will be taken up shortly. Table 1.1: Contract Packagesof GTRIP Package Description From (chainage) To (chainage) Length (km) I - A Agra- Shikohabad 199.660 250.500 50.840 I -B Shikohabad - Etawah Bypass (start) 250.500 307 500 59 020 I - C Etawah bypass (end)- Ehognipur 321.100 393.000 72.825 11- B Bhaunti - Fatehpur Border 470.000 38.000 51.330 IV -A Raja Talab - Mohania 317.000 65.000 76.100 IV -C Sasaram bypass 110.000 140.000 31.100 V- B Raniganj - Barakatha 240.000 320.000 81.570 Total 422.780 These packages are spread over the 3 states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand, cutting through 13 districts, 4 cities, 19 towns and 253 villages. Except for the first 21km stretch of 1-1 Lea Associates =x =7 Package I-A, all packages of GTRIP are proposed to be 4-laned, mostly along the existing alignments.Allahabad bypass project is currently under preparationwith WB assistanceand is expected to be taken up later with WB loan assistance. The NHAI had committed that the planning, design and implementation of the Allahabad bypass will fulfil all WB safeguards requirements. Land for Etawah Bypass section had been acquired in 1976 and the project is being implemented with NHAI funds. The available RoW varies between 45-60m. No new land acquisition is required for the Etawah Bypass. Further assessmentswill be undertakento find out the status of compensationpaid to the people. If there is any pending casesrelating to such payments, a full survey will be carried out The squatters and encroachers, if any, will be identified and verified by an NGO, and they will be assisted accordingto the NHAI R&R policy adoptedfor GTRP. Individual resettlementaction plans have been preparedfor each of the contract packages by primary consultants.This Report is a consolidationof all those individual RAP Reports. 1.2 INDIAN AND THE WORLD BANK'S REQUIREMENTS Government of India laws and guidelines' require that assets lost through the exercise of Eminent Domain be compensatedat market value, and that displaced people be assisted in reestablishingtheir homesand livelihoods. The World Bank's Operational Directives on R&R (OD 4.30) and on indigenouspopulation (OD 4.20) provides for the guidelines to be followed in minimising or avoiding displacement and mitigating the negative impacts on the persons affected by land acquisition for the project, through promotion of involuntary resettlement. NHAI has prepared R&R policy in accordance with the Bank's Policy Guidelines.The Policy also provides for a framework of entitlementsand preparesthe basis of categorizationof the ProjectAffected Persons (PAPs.). 1.3 RESETTLEMENT IN THE PROJECT The GTRIP involves addition of a new 2-lane carriageway. The existing road typically has a width of 1Omon a 12m formation. In general,the proposeddevelopment would require a 34m- formation width. The first 21km section in Package I-A will be 6-laned, and the formation width there increasesto 41m. In the built-up stretches, service lanes (of 5.5m or 7m width) on either side of the highway are also proposed.In the places of high embankment,such as in the cases of bridge approaches,the space requirementis substantially more. Also several bypassesare proposedin the project (some bypassesare to be developed on available alignmentsof existing smaller roads, but most of the bypassesare to be developed on totally new alignments passing through agricultural fields). 1.3.1 NEED FOR LAND ACQUISITION The existing RoW is limited (varies from 20m to 65m). About 25% of the GTRIP stretches have RoWs below 40m, which are not adequateto accommodate the proposedwidening. In many 1 Land Acquisition in India is undertakenin accordancewith the Land Acquisition Act of 1894, most recently amended in 1984. Other acts relevantto this project include the Slum Areas Improvement Act from 1956, the Eviction Act of 1977, the National Housing Policy of 1988, and the Public Premises Act related to eviction of unauthorised occupants, of 1991 The Indian Government is currently considenng a National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation, which is awaiting Cabinet approval Resettlementand rehabilitationin a project also falls underthe purviewof the EIA Notification, 1994. 1-2 LeaAssociates other cases, where the RoW is more than 40m, there is a needto correct the existing geometry of the road, and these realignmentswill require additional width of the RoW. Therefore,despite the best efforts to accommodatethe improvementswithin the existing RoW, land acquisitionis inevitable in certain stretchesof the project. 1.3.2 CONTEXT OF RESETTLEMENTIN GTRIP As the highway passes through fertile agricultural belts and the most populated part of the country (populationdensity in excess of 1000 persons/km2 in many stretches),almost all of the roadside land is under private ownership,and the ownerswill be impacted. The project would impact a number of people squatting within the public RoW also, some of whom will be displaced. The RAP for this projectaddresses the issues relating to both the title-holders and the non-title holders (comprising of the encroachersand the squatters).The aim of the RAP is to minimise the hardship of the displaced and the otherwise impacted people. The RAP also aims to help the PAPsto better or at least maintain their livelihood. 1.3.3 MINIMISINGRESETTLEMENT Although land acquisition is unavoidable, a number of measures had been taken in GTRIP to minimise such land acquisitionand to avoid all other impacts on the people, as far as possible. While preparingthe project, emphasiswas given to minimise the impacts within the limitations of technical requirementsand cost effectiveness.Typologically separate designswere prepared for the congestedsections vis-a-vis the open sectionsto minimise impacts. Impacts have been avoided by lateral shifting of the proposedroad alignment dependingupon the availability of land. The participatoryplanning with people has helped minimisationof losses, saving residential/commercialstructures, cultural properties, and community infrastructure (schools.colleges, governmentalbuildings, bus shelters, etc). s The Definition and Delineation of the Corridor of Impact (COI) The corridor of impact (COI) is the width required for the actual construction of the road including the carriageway, shoulder, embankments, longitudinal drainage, wayside amenities like bus stops, passengersheds etc. and necessarysafety zones. Table 1.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impacts in GTRIP PAP (number) POP(number) ResidentialStructures CommercialStructures# Package Before* After- Before' After** Before" After- Before* After- I-A 5088 1777 4875 1050 380 17 1275 165 I-B 7300 1893 5025 721 2610 23 2890 62 I-C 8705 2118 4350 1605 2950 99 2176 195 I-B 5903 4268 4312 3764 379 165 1187 610 IV-A 6040 3669 4920 2780 309 52 477 94 Iv-c 6198 14833 1730 9762 409 12 418 52 V-B 8780 1270 490 413 260 57 365 97 Total 48,014 29,828 25,702 20,095 7,297 425 8,788 1,275 Source. RAP Reports,Packages / to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project Note "Before integratingsocial aspects; 'After integratingsocial aspects: # Residential-cum-commercialstructures are i,ncludedin the commercialstructures. Note thatthe numbersof PAPsand POPs have increasedin PackageIV-C in order to avoidimpacting the built-upstretch in Sasaramtown (by providinga bypass). Lea Associates 1-3 The requirementof the projectdemands that the entire corridor of impact should be free from any encroachment,human habitationand structure causinghindrances to traffic. The projectwill not displace any person outsidethe corridor of impact, even if within the public RoW.Table 1.2 illustrates the extent to which the possible negative social impacts have been minimised/ avoided in different packagesof the GTRIP. 1.4 IMPACTSOF THE PROJECT The GTRIP is expectedto have both positive and negative impacts on the environmentand on the people of the project area (or in the vicinity of the highway). The positive impacts are many and have been describedin Section 2 of this Report. Despite all the efforts taken for modifying the design of the project highway,a section of the communitiesalong the corridor are going to be negatively impacted, mainly due to land acquisition (and clearing of encroachmentsand squattersfrom the public RoW) for the project. Negative impacts also include loss of economic opportunities/livelihood,sources of earning,etc. 1.4.1 ESTIMATESOF LAND REQUIREDFOR THE PROJECT Total land required for widening and upgrading the project corridor is about 666ha of which 622ha will be acquired from private holdings and the remaining about 44ha will be transferred from government and forestlands. Package I-C has the maximum land requirement (about 216ha) followed by Package IV-C (about 140ha),while the minimum requirementis in Package Il-B (about 22ha) and IV-A (about 52ha). 1.4.2 DISPLACEMENTAND OTHER IMPACTS In total, the GTRIP affects 11,155families, of whom 6,614 will be displaced.Table 1.3 gives an accountof the displacementand other impacts in the project. The EntitlementFramework of the GTRIP provides for distinct entitlements and assistance for each category of the displaced families/persons.Families/persons experiencing minor impacts (or partial impacts not resulting in displacement)are again entitled for separate entitlements. Table 1.3: Displacementand Other Impacts of GTRIP Package Displacement Other Impacts Total Project Affected ______(SevereImpact) (PartialImpacts) TtlPoetAfce Family Person Family Family Person Package I-A 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 Package I-B 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 Package I-C 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Package Il-B 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 Package IV-A 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Package IV-C 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Package V-B 59 413 117 176 1.285 TOTAL G,614 20,105 4,641 11,155 29,843 Source:RAP reports.Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project 1.4.3 VULNERABLE GROUPS Woman-headedfamilies, scheduled caste families, scheduled tribe families, families below poverty line, disabled persons, destitute persons and orphans constitute the vulnerable group Lea Associates 1-4 for the purposesof the GTRIP. All the vulnerable group persons and families are entitled for additional support from the project, Vulnerable group families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affected families in GTRIP. Most of the affectedvulnerable group families are families below povertyline Scheduled caste families are also substantialin number (1,380families). Woman-headedfamilies are small in number. The number of scheduledtribe family is absolutelylow (66 families only of whom 45 will be displaced). Most of the vulnerable group affected families again belong to the agricultural category,and are either marginal farmers or landless labourers (or sharecroppers).The other significant sub- category is of the vulnerable group affected commercial families (about 23%). These families are mostly engaged in petty roadsidebusinesses. About 63% of the affected vulnerablefamilies will be displaced.This is comparableto the share of all project-displaced families among the all project-affected families. Vulnerable group families constitute a large number among the non-titleholders (i.e., the squatters and the encroacherson the public RoW), and consequentlyare more likely to be evicted/displacedthan the non-vulnerable group families (majority of whom are titleholders). The comparable displacement level shows that the vulnerable group families were not anyway discriminated against in the project. 1.4.4 LIVELIHOOD Of the 11,155 families affected by the project, 1,175 families (10.5%)are impacteddue to (full or partial) loss of residential structures. Of the remaining, about 71% derive their livelihood from agricultural activities, and the remainingfrom commercialactivities. As mentioned earlier, a significantshare of the families deriving livelihood from agriculture are either marginalfarmers (farmerswith marginalland) or are sharecroppers/tenants.Similarly, the residualfamilies derive their livelihood from petty roadsidebusinesses (includes petty roadside industrial units). All of them will (fully or partly) lose their livelihood as a consequenceof acquisitionor eviction. 1.5 SUPPORTPRINCIPLES FOR DIFFERENTCATEGORIES OF IMPACTS The NHAI has prepared and adopted an R&R policy for the project. The policy is detailed, addresses all aspects of the project-inducedimpacts, the resettlement and the rehabilitation needs comprehensively. Three broad types of entitlement as defined in the Entitlement Framework are summarisedbelow. A summary entitlement matrix is given in Table 1.4. 1.5.1 ENTITLEMENTS FOR PROJECT-AFFECTED FAMILIES (PAFs) These entitlements are to cover loss of land, structures and other assets, such as crops. Included also are a shifting allowance,rights to salvage building materials and counsellingon alternative assistance. The starting point is the Land Acquisition Act (or the National HighwayAct) under which title- holders are awarded compensation for property, structures and other assets, such as crops, surrendered to the project. The Act requires compensationto be at market value. Sometimes the legal compensation,paid by the government, is lower than the market value. Therefore. LeaAssociates 1-5 district level committeeswill be set up to recommendmarket value, and the projectwill pay the difference, if any, betweenthe market value and the compensationpaid by the government,as assistance. Table 1.4: SummaryEntitlement Matrix Landacquisition InsideRight of Way Impactsand assistancecriteria Vulnerable Non Vulnerable Non Vulnerable Vulnerable Loss of land and other assets (Support given to households) 1 Consultation,counseling regarding alternatives, and assistancein / '/ identifyingnew sites andopportunities. 2 Compensationfor land at replacementcost, plus allowancesfor feesor 'V / othercharges 3 Advancenotice to harvestnon-perennial crops, or compensationfor V/ / / '/ lost standingcrops 4 Compensationfor perennialcrops andtrees, calculated as annual V/ I/ producevalue for one season 5 Compensationof R & R assistancefor structuresor othernon-land V / assets 6 Right to salvagematerials from existingstructures 'V V 7 Shiftingassistance 'v '/ 8 Optionof movingto resettlementsites (in a groupof minimum25 V/ '/ families) incorporating needs for civic amenities. Lost or diminishedlivelihood (Support given to adultindividuals) 9 iRehabilitation and assistancefor lostor diminishedlivelihood V/ V 'V 10 Additionalsupport mechanisms for vulnerablegroups in re-establishing ' 'V or enhancinglivelihood 11 Employmentopportunities in connectionwith projectto the extent / ' possible 12 Any otherimpacts not yet identified,whether loss of assetsor Unforeseenimpact shall be documentedand livelihood mitigatedbased on the principlesagreed upon in this policy framework Indirect,group orientedimpacts in the vicinity of the roadcorridor 13 Grouporiented support will be givento mitigatenegative impacts on the community,and to enhancedevelopment opportunities.Addressing traffic safetyneeds of pedestranswill target particularsupport at morevulnerable groups, for example. Those not eligible for legal compensationfor loss of their structures and assets may be assisted by other support mechanisms. Other than that the on going government schemes on housing, poverty issues,training programswill be availed for the PAPs. If a family asset is to be taken, the family, as a collective unit, is "entitled". Compensationis given to the head of the family but, except in the case of the woman-headedfamilies, both the spouses'names are to appearon the title. There are ten general compensationactions for the PAF category. 1. Consultation,counselling regarding altematives, and assistancein identifyingnew sites and opportunities. Lea Associates 1-6 PAPs are eligible to receive consultationand counsellingwith regard to their entitlements and compensation.Additionally they will be shown all alternatives available for relocation of their businessor households.They will receive assistancein identifyingnew sites for relocationand will be guided on what opportunities are available to them for vocational and training opportunities. 2. Compensationfor land at replacementcost, plus allowancesfor fees or other charges. Only titleholdersare eligible for compensationunder the Land AcquisitionAct, 1894 (amended 1984) or the NH act, 1956 (amended1997). Some titleholders may be members of vulnerable groups and will thus be also eligible for other supportmechanisms. Squatters, encroachersand tenants are not eligible for compensationfor land. All fees, taxes and other charges incurred in the relocation and re-establishmentof EPs,will be met by the project. 3. Advance notice to harvest non-perennialcrops, or compensationfor lost standing crops. PAPs will be given notice that the land on which their crops are planted will be used by the project in the nearfuture and that they must harvest their crops in time. If standing crops cannot be harvested, EPs will be compensatedfor the loss and will be assisted towards seed for the next year's cropping. 4. Compensationfor perennial crops and trees will be calculated as capitalised value of production. Only titleholders are eligiblefor recompensefor perennialcrops. The compensationwill be paid equivalentto the capitalisedvalue, ie, the net presentvalue of all future production. 5. Replacementor compensationfor structures or other non-land assets. EPs are eligible for replacementor compensationfor structuresand other non-land assets that are impacted by the project. 6. Right to salvagematerials from existing structures. PAFs are eligible to salvage material from their existing structures and sites, with the exception of trees. 7. Shiftingassistance All the displacedwill requireassistance to shift their belongingsand salvaged material for which an amount of Rs.800 per family is allocated. 8. TransitionalAllowance PAF is entitled to transitional allowance in order to regain his/her prior living standard. The period during which the EP will take to restore his livelihood is generally consideredto be for 9 months for the displacedand 3 months for the affected legal titleholders.The EPs will be paid at a rate of Rs. 51 per day for 26 days a month. 9. Option of moving to resefflement sites, or clusters, incorporating needs for shelter and livelihood. PAPs will be given the option of voluntary relocationto a site they have chosen themselves wherever possible or a site chosen by the implementationteam. Whichever option the PAP chooses he/she will receive as much support as is required to resettle and rehabilitate the household. LeaAssociates 1-7 10. Inclusionin existinggovemment schemes. Only those EPs belongingto a vulnerablegroup, as defined by the project, are eligible for the existing schemes for the weaker sections of society. Vulnerable groups are defined as ScheduledTribes, ScheduledCastes, Women-headed Households, and any BPL household. 1.5.2 ENTITLEMENTSFOR PROJECT-AFFECTEDPERSONS (PAPs) Every householdmember over the age of 18 is eligible for assistancefor loss of livelihood, and will be counted as a separate family. Thus there may be more than one family eligible in each household.The projectwill provide rehabilitationand assistancefor lost or diminished livelihood for any individual impacted by the project. Additional support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establish or enhance their livelihood. If available, employment associated with the project should be provided. Four compensationactions are possible: 11. Rehabilitationand assistancefor lost or diminishedlivelihood. The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the vulnerablefamilies so that they are able to restore their livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional economic rehabilitation grant will be provided (of Rs.16,100 per family in Uttar Pradesh, and Rs.13,800 per family in Bihar and Jharkhand). 12. Income RestorationSchemes The R&R Policy of NHAI has adequate provisions for restorationof livelihood of the affected communities. The focus of restorationof livelihood will be to ensure that the PAPs are able to 'regain their previous living standards."To ensure that the vulnerable families are able to reconstructtheir livelihood support system, additional grants will be extendedto them to uplift their economic standards. 13. Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or enhancing livelihood. Through training programs and grants generated through the Bank. In addition, they will be provided with grant towards start of businesses, etc. Income generation and alternative livelihood schemeswill be worked out by means of participatory micro-planning.Support and extension facilities from existing government programmeswill be tagged. 14. Employmentopportunities connected with the project, to the extentpossible. The projectwill require some labourfor construction,operation and maintenance.These jobs, at least in the semi-skilled and unskilled category will be offered to EPs and PAPs before other local people. A clause has been incorporatedin the contract documentsrequiring contractorsto give employmentopportunities to local people, as much as possible. 1.5.3 ENTITLEMENTSFOR PROJECT-AFFECTEDGROUPS (PAGs) Community-based entitlements will be provided where possible, and targeted especially at vulnerable and weakergroups. Seven compensationactions are listed under this category. 16. Restorationand improvementof commonproperty resources, such as public water pumps, sanitation and drainage facilities. 17. Conservation,enhancement and relocationof culturalproperties. LeaAssociats 18. Provision for women's needs, particularly related to location of sources of water and firewood. Socialforestry programsmay be considered. 19. Provisionof safe space and accessfor business purposes, local transport, and public use. 20. Safety measures for pedestrians,particularly children, and other non-motorisedtransport. 21. Landscapingof communitycommon areas in urban environments. 22. Provisionof roadsiderest areas. If it is found that clusters of peoplehave to be relocated,the project will provide new housingin a resettlementsite approved by the affected people, with adequate infrastructureand utilities. This will be provided as an option, although peoplemay still choose self-relocationif they wish. In that case, compensation and other support should be provided to them, and the project should assist and facilitate their resettlement process. Generally, the cost of provision of individual plotsibuildingswill be recoveredfrom the EPs, but in the case of the EPs belongingto the vulnerable group, the plots and buildingswill be provided free of cost. If resettlementsites are developed as part of the project, the local "host population"will also be consulted about their views and needs, and be given appropriate support to reduce any negative impact caused by an influx of new people. The assistancewill invariably be in the natureof community based ones. The issue of how to address squatters and encroachershas been built around the need to maintain the road corridor clear and discourage speculative encroachmentson the one hand, and on the other hand the need to assist poor people whose assets and livelihoods may be lost or disrupted by the project. For the purpose of this project squatters are defined as the residential/business unit squatting entirely on the public land (the RoW); whereas the encroachers are defined as the properties/uses spilling-over on the RoW. The approach adoptedfor the project is basedon the following considerations: An early census survey has identifiedall potentiallyaffected people, whether inside the RoW or outside it, in cases of likely realignments.Cut-off dates were determinedfor each of the project packages.Opportunistic encroachments taking place after this date will not be consideredeligible for support under this project. Encroachers, as distinct from the squatters, will not be given assistance.Targeted support will be given to extremely vulnerable groups in this categoryin improving their livelihood. * The squatters will be given assistance to re-establish their homes and businesses elsewhere. Targeted support will be given to vulnerable groups in improving their livelihood. 1.5.4 TARGETTED SUPPORTTO VULNERABLEGROUPS Through the census and other studies, the project has determined who among the affected populationmay be considered as vulnerableor at risk, or who are likely to be excludedfrom the normal benefits of growth and development.For the purposesof this project, vulnerablegroups has been defined as: * Scheduled castes and Scheduledtribe families; • Women headedfamilies; * Families falling below Poverty Line; LeaAssociates 1-9 * Destitute, Orphans; * Physicallyor mentally challenged(or disabled) persons. Vulnerable groups will receive targeted support and special attention from the project, and be provided with more options and support mechanisms than others. The issue of options is discussed in the next section. 1.5.5 OPTIONSAND CHOICES The project will provide options and choices among different entitlements to the affected population. As part of the project consultationand participation mechanisms,people have been informed and consulted about the project and its impacts, and their entitlements and options. Affected populationwill be counseledso that they are able to make informed choices among the options provided. This will be done particularly in the case of vulnerablegroup PAPs, who will be encouragedto choosethose optionsof low risk. By allowing people to choose among different options, the project will seek to make people active participants in the development process, and to achieve greater acceptance of the project. 1.6 RESETTLEMENTPLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION The following are important elements of the RAP and the plan for its implementation 1.6.1 SOCIAL ASSESSMENT,CENSUS AND SURVEYS e) Social Assessment A social assessmenthas been undertakenfor the project, in order to support participation and make explicit the social factors affecting the development impacts and results. This social assessment identified stakeholders and key social issues; formulated and conducted a participation and consultation strategy. It specifically addressed the issue of how poor and vulnerablegroups may benefit from the project. 0 CensusAnd Baseline Socio-Economic Surveys A census and a socio-economicbaseline survey (with a 25% sample of the affected population) have been undertakento registerand document the status of the potentiallyaffected population within the project impact area. This provides a demographic overview of the population.The census covers 100% of the potentially affected population. In this process, legal boundaries includingthe Right of Way were verified. Followingfinal designs, only those within the actual corridor of Impactare consideredeligible for support under the project. This is a substantially lower number than before adoption of the minimisation/mitigationmeasures. e Cut-Off Date For all purposesof the GTRIP, the cut-off date will be either of the following: a) In the casesof acquisitionof properties,the cut-off date would be the date of issuingthe notice under section 3A of the National Highway Act, 1956 (amended 1997) or under section 4(i) of the Land AcquisitionAct, 1894 (amended1984). LeaAssociates 1-10 b) In the cases entitled personswithout any legal title, the cut-off date shall be the date of start of the censusas given below: For ConstructionPackage IA: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage IB: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage IC: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage IIB: 16 August 1999 For ConstructionPackage IVA: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage IVC: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage VB: 01 May 1999. Persons encroachingor squatting on the RoW after the cut-off date mentioned above are not eligible to be consideredas PAPs or EPs. It is understoodthat there could be a margin of error in the census and any person affected due to or in consequenceof the project not covered during the census but with evidence of presence (at the same location) before the cut-off date, will be consideredto be eligible. Power of such recognitionis vested with the PlUs of the GTRIP. 1.6.2 RESOLUTIONOF DISPUTES& GRIEVANCES Disputes or grievancesarising out of the definition of any category or entitlement of a personwill be resolved through the verification process and the grievance redressal mechanism administeredby the Grievance RedressalCommittees (GRCs) proposedby the GTRIP. Grievance redressal committees (GRCs) have been formed (or are being formed) at every district through which the projecttraverses. The GRCs are expected to resolvethe grievances of the eligible persons,within a stipulated time. The decisionsof the GRCs are binding on both the PAPs and the NHAI (or its agents). However, people are not debarredfrom moving to the court for resolution of issues, including those related to R&R. Nonetheless,it is expectedthat the GRCs will play a very crucial role, and will help implementthe project as scheduled. The GRC at each district will consist, among others, a representativeof the NGOs involved in implementingthe RAP; and a representativeof the PAPs. 1.6.3 CO-ORDINATIONBETWEEN CIVIL WORKSAND RESETTLEMENT s Screening and Planning Effort has been made to reduce potential negative impacts of the project. The project has coordinatedthe design processwith the findings from screening and studies related to socio- economic impacts and the environment, in order to minimize negative impacts and maximize benefits. When choosing among different design options, such as whether to construct a realigned section or to improve the road through a built-up area, minimization of adverse social impacts was a very major criterion. This practice will continue throughout the project implementation period. 1-11 LeaAssociates C72= S Implementation During project implementation, the resettlement program will be co-ordinated with the completion of designs and the likely timing of civil works. The project will provide adequate notification, counsellingand assistanceto affected people so that they are able to move or give up their assets without undue hardshipbefore civil works are to start. This project will ensure that civil works are not started on any road segment before compensationand assistanceto the affected population have been provided in accordance with this policy framework. Resettlementwork and updating of studies will be a continuousprocess throughout the project and shall be coordinatedby the PlUs. Implementation of the R&R componentsof the project has direct relevanceto the scheduleof civil works component of the project, and will be carried out as suggestedin the ImplementationSchedule, given in Table 1.6. Each entitled unit (family or individual) will be given an Identity Card. This card will list the various support mechanismsand entitlement due to the household/individual. 1.6.4 COMMUNITYPARTICIPATION AND PUBLICCONSULTATION The R&R Policy of the NHAI recognisesthe need for stakeholders'participation in planning and implementation. During the project preparation stage, therefore, people were consulted and stakeholders'meeting were held at various levels, such as at, * Affected family; • Village level - village Panchayats; * District level; and * State level. The District and the State Level Meetings also targeted at stakeholders like NGOs/CBOs, different governmentagencies and departments. On the basis of the outcome of the consultations,the designs were modified and realignedto minimise or completely avoid land acquisition, or any other impact on the communities. The community consultation process has helped the project in saving places of worship, schools, densely populatedareas, shops and residentialstructures. Special emphaseswas given to the vulnerable groups and target group meetings have been held for the Women and the woman-headed families, the scheduled tribes, the scheduled castes, and the economicallybackward class families. The participation mechanismswill be continued and intensifiedduring the implementationof the RAP, with the help of NGOs. The RAP will have to have a degreeof flexibility inbuilt into it, in terms of allocation of the budget and overall implementationprocess, and will incorporateany future recommendationof the community, as far as possible. As part of the continuing communityconsultation programme, a plan has been drawn for regular and effective informationdisclosure. LeaAssociates 1-12 1.6.5 NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS NGOs will be the cornerstone of the implementation stage of the RAP. The NGOs will be responsiblefor almost all aspectsof the implementationof the RAP. Broadly, the areas of NGO involvementwill be the following. * To verify the eligible PAPs, including supplying identity cards to the PAPs and consultation. * To ensurethat the PAPs are given the full entitlementsdue to them. * To provide support and informationto PAPsfor income restoration. * Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation,including counseling,and co-ordination with the local authorities. * Assist the PAPs in redressalof their grievances(through the GRCs). * Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the district level committeesand assist them in benefiting from such an institutionalmechanism. * Assist the Project ImplementationUnits (PlUs) in ensuringsocial responsibilitiesof the project, such as, compliancewith the labour laws; prevention of child labourers;health, hygieneand gender issues. * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basis for NHAI to monitor the progressof the RAP implementation. The NGOs will ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective, proper and transparent manner. It will.ensure that all the eligible PAPs receive appropriateand justified entitlement within the Entitlement Framework of the GTRIP, and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAFs/PAPsshave improved (or at least restored)their previous standard of living. Additionally, the NGOs will help the NHAI in all training programmes/sessions.The NGOs should be involved for a period for three years, with a withdrawalmechanism in-built. 1.7 INSTITUTIONALARRANGEMENTS Institutionalarrangements for implementingthe RAP are describedbelow. 1.7.1 THE DELIVERYSYSTEM The NHAI project implementation units (PlUs) will be responsiblefor overall co-ordination and implementationof the R&R component of the project. A contract resettlementand rehabilitation officer (CRRO) in each of the PlUs will be responsiblefor planning of the entire R&R activities, implementing in consultation with the affected people, considering R&R as a process of development.The CRRO will be also responsiblefor the monitoring of each activity ensuring that the mitigation measuresare actually translated from policy to action. In addition, there will be policy support and guidance from the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters. District level committees and the GRCs will also be kingpins in the implementation of the RAP. The organisationalstructure for implementation of the RAP is provided in Figure 1.1. While land acquisition is the responsibility of the State/District Government and MoRTH, on behalf of the NHAI, the responsibilityof the Project ImplementationUnit (PIU) is to ensurethat the delays between the date of notification and the date of award are minimized. This will be possible as the PlUs will work in coordinationwith the state level agencies. 1-13 LeaAssociates 0Q C: Figure 1.1: The ImplementationStructure IChief General Manager (WB), NHAI General Manager (SociallEnv), NHI 4 General Manager (WB), HQ, NHAI .ManeptyGenra ManapI-aragers (B JR R) ir~~~~~~~~~~echinicalNHAI HEADQUARTERS ...... r . DistrictLevel Construction GeneralManager (PD), PIU, NHAI Committees . Supervision . Consultants/ ,,i Engineers Manager(CRRO) PROJECT ._(for each contract IMPLEMENTATION Grievance Package) Manager(Technical) UNIT Redressal _ _.,__ Committees ___ . . flt | ~~~~~~Mapagerflechnical & VC Environment)| I Non-Gover|nmentOrganIsat Contractors (onefor each ContractPackage) -fo= eachcontract-Package) _..... Overall Control & Responsibility *0 R&R Directions and Control . Co-ordination& Guidance(R&R) -* AdvisoryGuidance (R&R) The NHAI has appointed a CRRO (Contract Resettlement and Rehabilitation Officer) for each PIU, whose sole responsibility is to implement the R&R in close coordination with the NGO appointedin each of the contract packagesfor implementationof the RAP. 1.7.2 CAPACITYBUILDING While the capacity building processstarted already in the NHAI is very significant, and will be generally able to addressthe challenges of implementingthe RAP in the GTRIP,certain specific areas require further strengthening. These areas are: * Providing for additional facilities including transportationand communicationfacilities, computers,software,, etc. * Promoting and inducting women at managerial levels in the project, including women participationas key staff of the consultants,the NGOs, and the Contractors. 1-14 -14 ~~~~~~~~~~~LeaLea As50ciatesAss 1.7.3 TRAINING Training as a whole, is an important part of the RAP and thus was speciallyemphasised as part of the implementation of the resettlementand rehabilitation programmesin the GTRIP. The training modules were originally suggested in the TNHP. Extension and continuationof these are sufficient for the GTRIP also. Cost of training of the NGOs, NHAI staff and the beneficiaries has been included in the RAP budget. The training programmein GTRIP pertainsto the following groups,distinctly, * The NGOs * The beneficiariesof the project (includingtraining on alternative livelihood), and, * The NHAI Staff. A detailedtraining plan has been prepared(see Section 10.4.2 of this Report). ® Awareness campaign There is a need for broad-basedawareness campaign within the NHAI and within the road construction industry (including the policy makers,the planners,and line agencies)with regard to the R&R issues. The awarenesscampaign will have two components.The NHAI website will be an importanttool for this campaign, on the first part. However, for the overall staff of NHAI, the awareness campaign shall be a process of symposia and seminars as well as informal means of campaigning (such as leaflets, news letter and information sharing). An adequate provision is included in the RAP budgetin the GTRIP for this. 1.7.4 DATABASEMANAGEMENT & DOCUMENTATION As part of the RAP preparationby the individual consultants,a databaseof the social impacts, including the entitlementsis already in place. This databasewill be further updatedand verified by the NGOs for the various project packagesand the Monitoring and Evaluation Consultants. The RAP implementation component requires proper and adequate storage, retrieval and analysis of a hugedatabase. The project requires a monthly reporting from the contractorsto the supervision consultants, from the supervision consultants to the PlUs, from the NGOs to the PiUs/CRROs,quarterly reports from the PlUs to the headquarters,and from the NHAI to the WB. All these reportswill contain reporting on the progress and implementationof the RAP. Additionally, there would be reportsfrom the GRCs3, the district level committees,the consultants,etc. The reportingformats have been preparedand the procedureshave been elaborated (see Section 11 of this Report). - A study on overall MIS is proposed at NHAI, inclusive of the requirementsof the GTRIP and the TNHP. 3 Resolution of the GRCs will generally be in the form of 'minutes of meetings'. However, the CRRO, as part of the GRC will preparethe reportsof the GRC, as per the designated formats, basedon these minutes of meetings. Lea Associates 1-15 =7_O 1.7.5 TRANSPARENCYAND ACCOUNTABILITY The compensationamounts should be paid to the PAPs without any delay. The processwill be transparentand will be carried out in a manner that all the other PAPs have knowledgeabout it. The disbursementsto the EPs will be made in a public gathering,to gain transparency. The project has included several mechanisms to ensure accountability. There are regular monitoring and periodical evaluation,some of which will be undertakenby external independent agencies. 1.8 COSTS AND BUDGETS The total budget for implementingthe R&R component of the project is INR 171.93crore(US$ 38.2 million at December2000 rate of exchange),which is about 6.7 per cent of the total cost of the project. Refer Table 1.5. Table 1.5: Summary R&R Budget for GTRIP (All figures in IndianRupees Crore) I-A I-B I-C li-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL BudgetHeads H c < Q B c - Total z 'V 0 IV 0 0~~M 0 E m 40k 0 toCw C) ; C Toa Ci4 U. l ' L U. U..L UIIL. IL U. U. L. LI U. LA. L IL Total 1137 - 2t).04 - 42.92 2.39 - 6.66 - 17.62 - 7.15 - 108.15 108.15 Compensation I Assistance 0 21 4.72 0.49 7.62 0.55 10.12 0.55 3.23 0.03 3.27 0.01 13.00 - 1.32 43.48 1.84 43.48 Provision for Resettlement 2.34 - 2.61 - 4.28 0.82 0.98 - 3.30 0.13 14.46 14.46 Site/ Assets Trainingof Staff 0.13 - 0.18 - 0.18 0.14 0.12 - 0.37 0.04 1.16 1.16 & PAFs OtherR&R 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 2.45 0.21 2 24 Implementation I Consultants . 0 06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 006 - 0 06 0.42 0.42 Services 57 TOTALr 11.62 7. 20.56 10.98 43.60 14.96 2.97 4.57 6.73 4.74 17.66 17.04 7.19 1.86 171.93110.22 61.71 The R&R budget includes the cost of land acquisition(i.e., the paymentto be made to the legal titleholders, as per the Land Acquisition Act, or the National Highway Act), which is about US$24million(about 63% of the R&R budget).The assistanceprovided to the titleholdersby the project over and above the legal compensationis US$7.96 million. The assistanceprovided by the project to the non-titleholders (consistingof the encroachers, squatters, and the tenants, including additional support to the vulnerable group displaced families) is valued at US$1.69 million. A substantial budget is kept for creating the provisions of the resettlement sites (including provision of agricultural/homestead,residential, commercial, or mixed residential/commercial plots to the vulnerable group displacedfamilies, free of cost). The budget for such provisionis USS3.2million, which is about 8.4% of the total R&R budget. LeaAssociates 1-16 ` D 1.9 MONITORINGAND EVALUATION There would be both internal and external monitoring in GTRIP. While the NHAI (through its sociallenvironmentalunit at the headquarters,and the CRRO at the PIU) is responsiblefor the internal monitoring, the external monitoring will be done by independentconsultants specially procured for such purpose.The external agencywill be commissionedfor annual, mid-term and end-of-projectmonitoring and documentationof the results. The continuousinternal monitoring,and the periodic external monitoringwill provide necessary guidelines to make mid-course corrections during the life of the project. Monitoring will be in terms of both quantitativeand qualitativeaspects. All monitoring is plannedto be participatoryin nature. Detailed monitoring and evaluation plan, including indicators for such monitoring and/or evaluation, the method of measurement of the indicators, and the method of developing integrated 'evaluation indices' have been specified (refer Section 11 of this Report). The monitoring plans contain detailed formats for regular and special monitoring, including formats for quarterly progressreports. 1.10 EVALUATIONSTUDIES RECOMMENDED The following additional studies are recommendedas part of the GTRIP to evaluatethe impacts on critical social issues due to the project. The findings of these studies will need to be implemented, by appropriately incorporating and/or modifying the. existing implementation mechanismstargeting the specific groups, as part of the RAP implementation. * Evaluation of the Efficacy of the Alternative LivelihoodMeasures. * Evaluation of the impacts on the IndigenousPeople. * Evaluation of Impactson the Qualityof Life (includingstudy on the host communities). A number of other small assignments(verification and updating or ground-checks) has been identified and recommendedas part of the terms of referencefor the NGOsto be contractedto implementthe RAP. Contractualand budgetaryprovisions have been made adequately. 1-17 Lea Associates Table 1.6: Implementation Schedulefor the RAP No Tasks ~~~~~~Pre-Construction MonthsDuring ImplementationPeriod of the Project I i Iii I v viOI 3320434353 123145I 3O GenieralActivities 1Appointment of staf-f for R&RTT -- TIT T I Tt J -- FF IT 2 Appointmentof NGOs 3 Set-upof stateand DLCs 4 Trainingof staff and NGOsfor R&R activities 5 Translationand printingof R&R policyin loCallanguage 6 Verificationof E Ps 7 Updatingthe censusdata base 1m I 8 Distributionof identifycards 9 Operatingof joint accounts 10 Disseminationof informationand awarenesscampaign LandAcquisition I IAcquisition plans 12Appointment otcompetent authorityfor landacquisition 13 Issueof noticesu/s 3 A of NH Act or u/s 4 (l) of LA Act 14Completing the procedureas per------the Act to acquirethe land 15Announcement of award 16Issue of cheques Relocation 17 Verificationof DPs- I 16 Identificationof alternateplots 19Development of relocationsites _ ContinuousActivity: Discontinuousor IntermittentActivity:...... -Lea Associates Period of the Project No Tasks ILPre-Conistrtuc(ion MonthsDuring Implementation 24 25 26T27] 28 29 30 31 32 3T33 53 iii V Vvi 011 02 03] 040 6070 91 11 31 51 17F 1 192021222 a- - - - 20 Disbursementof shifting and------rentalallowance 21 Settinigof tem-poraryshelters 22 Announcementand disbursement of replacementvalue 23 Allotmentsof plots to EPs 24 Constructionof houses and shops 25 Constructionof shopping------complexes 26 Building/relocatingcommunity------facilities Rehabilitation 27 Verificationof EPs for allowance for livelihoodT T 28 Disseminateinformation on IG programs ------29 Plansfor IG- - - m- - -- m- - - 30 Disbursementof chequesfor a a ma Iassistance-m m m- 31 Training for upgradationof skills 77 Ifor IG Grievance Redressal 32 Set-upthe committees for -IZ~T~1. 1 [ i Tl 1 [[ I U 33grievanceredressal jm -a m -- -i1 ------*-- _ _ 33Grievance redressal -- Monitoringand Evaluation 34 Appointmentof externalagency 35 Updatingdata base 36 Physicaland FinancialProgress 37 Mid-TermEvaluation 38 Final Evaluation ContinuousActivity: Discontinuousor IntermittentActivity: ...... Iea Associates 1-19 ~W2Z Ine ; . F.'t 3';V /- 2.1 OVERVIEW The National Highway-2(NH-2) connecting Delhi with Calcutta is one of the most important high- density corridors in the country. The 1400km long NH-2 is located in the Upper GangeticPlain in northernIndia and traversesthrough the states of Delhi, Uttar Pradesh,Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal. The NH-2 carries (1998) between 12,000and 33,0000 passengercar units (PCUs) daily. A substantial part (48% to 86%) of the traffic is goods traffic. The traffic volume on most of the sections is expected to grow up to 40,000 PCUs between 2005-2010AD and in some sections would be as high as 1,25,000 PCUs by 2015AD. The existing highway is a two-lane carriageway, with traffic bottlenecks, various highway deficiencies as well as lack of proper roadside amenities/facilities. To cater to the high volume of traffic, there is an urgent need for capacity augmentationof the highway. Capacity augmentationof the NH-2 is proposedunder the Golden Quadrilateral(6500km highways joining Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai and Calcutta) of the National Highway Development Programme (NHDP) of the Gol. As part of the Delhi-Calcuttasection of the Golden Quadrilateral,the Delhi-Agra section (210km) at the west end, and BarwaAdda - Calcutta section (278km) at the east end of the - NH-2 have already been 4-laned with assistancefrom the ADB. For the remaining sections, the following projectsare proposed: * The Third National Highway Project (TNHP) involving 4-laning of 8 contract packages betweenAgra and BarwaAdda, with WB financing (477km, under implementation); * The Grand Trunk Road ImprovementProject (GTRIP) involving 4/6-laning of 7 contract packagesbetween Agra and BarwaAdda (432km), with proposed WB funding; * Etawah Bypass Project (14km)to be implementedwith NHAI funding; and, * Allahabad Bypass Project (85km) planned to be taken up in 2001AD (currently under preparationwith WB assistance). All the above projectsare scheduledto be completed by the last quarter of 2003AD. 2.2 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTPROJECT TNHP and GTRIP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section of the NH-2. For project preparation,the Agra-Barwa Adda section was divided into 16 contract packages. Eight of the 16 contract packageswere selected for TNHP, depending on the project preparedness,progress on land acquisition and utility relocation.Of the remaining eight packages,seven are proposed under the GTRIP. The last packageconsisting of the Allahabad Bypass will be taken up shortly. The scope of this Report involves a consolidation of the individual RAP reports of the contract packages' A, B & C of ConsultancyPackage I, B of ConsultancyPackage II, A & C of Consultancy Package IV, and B of ConsultancyPackage V, preparedby primary consultants2. I Hereinafterreferred to as the "PackageI-A", "PackageI-B", etc. 2 The primary consultantsresponsible for preparingthe Feasibility Study, the Detailed Project Report, the Environmental Assessment,and the Social Impact Assessment and the RAP were consortia led by Louis Berger Inc. of USA (ConsultancyPackage I), Sverdrup Civil Inc. of USA (Consultancy Package II), SNC Lavlin International Inc. of Canada (Consultancy Lea ciates 2-1 Table 2.1: ContractPackages of TNHP and GTRIP U X~-> Contract Description From To Length Part of Project = Package (chainage) (chainagel (km) C., I - A Agra- Shikohabad 199.660 250.500 50.840 GTRIP I -B Shikohabad - Etawah Bypass(start) 250.500 307.500 59.020 GTRIP Etawahbypass 307.500 321.100 13.600 Etawahbypass I - C Etawah bypass(end)- Bhognipur 321.100 393.000 72.825 GTRIP 11- A Skandra/Bhognipur- Bhaunti 393.000 470.000 61.600 TNHP 11 11- B Bhaunti- FatehpurBorder 470.000 38.000 51.330 GTRIP II - C FatehpurBorder- Khaga 38.000 I 15.000 77.000 TNHP III- A Khaga-Kokhraj 115.000 158.000 43.000 TNHP N III- B Kokhraj- PaharpurVillage 158.000 245.000 87.000 AllahabadBypass 11l-C Paharpurvillage -Raja Talab 245.000 317.000 72.000 TNHP IV -A Raja Talab - Mohania 317.000 65.000 76.100 GTRIP IV -B Mohania-Sasarambypass 65.000 110.000 45 000 TNHP IV -C Sasarambypass 110.000 140.000 31.100 GTRIP IV- D Sone River- Aurangabad 140.000 180.000 40.000 TNHP V- A Aurangabad- Raniganj 180.0o0 240.000 60 000 TNHP V V- E Ranigani - Barakatha 240.000 320.000 81.670 GTRIP V-C Barakatha-Barwa-Adda(Dhanbad) 320.000 L 398.750 78.750 TNHP Total GTRIP 422.780 Source:NHAI, 2000. Between Agra and Barwa Adda, apart from the small stretch of Etawah Bypass (14km), Allahabad Bypass (87km) is the only section that is not part of either TNHP or GTRIP. However, there is proposalto include this section in the next project financed by the WB (project preparationunder progress, and implementation expected to commence in 2002AD). In the eventuality of implementing the Allahabad Bypass section from it's own fund (or any other source of financing), the NHAI had committedthat the planning, design and implementationwill fulfil all WB safeguards requirements. Detailed engineering design of the Etawah Bypass section is currently being undertaken by the NHAI with a scope of work (as well as a terms of referencefor the consultants)similar to those of the TNHP and GTRIP. It is thereforeexpected that the whole stretchof highwaybetween Agra and Barwa Adda will be of uniform standard. Given that the completion target of all the sections (including the 2 sections, which are excluded from both TNHP or GTRIP) is between 2003- 2004AD, there will be no substantial time lag in operationalizationof the various sections of the highway (including the Allahabadand EtawahBypasses) 3. Package ll), COWI Consulting Engineers and Planners AS of Denmark (Consultancy Package IV), and DORSCHConsult mbH of Germany(Consultancy Package V). Even if there is a (maximum potential)time lag betweenthe completionof the TNHP and the GTRIP stretches on one hand, and the Allahabad and Etawah bypassson the other hand, traffic during this time lag will be serviced by the existing 2-lane road through Etawah, and the existing 4-lane road through Allahabad. Lea ces 2-2 2.2.1 OVERALL SCOPE OF PROJECTWORKS The objective of the Project is to widen to 4 or 6 lanes, the existing highway between Agra to Barwa Adda to meet the traffic needs for the next 20-30 years4. It entailed detailedanalysis of the present traffic, and future projections, pavement and soil conditions, materials, cross-drainage structures,environmental and social/resettlementfeatures etc. The wideningto 4 or 6-lane will be confined to within the existing right of way (RoW), avoiding land acquisition as far as possible, except for locations where it is absolutely essential from the traffic, the engineering, the environmental or the social viewpoints and where a diversion from the existing alignment is absolutelynecessitated (for details, see Box 1). Box 1.1: Scope of Work as per the ToR of the PrimaryConsultants "...The project stretch is proposedto-be widened to.four lane withinJtheexisting ROW avoiding land acquisition as far possible, exceptfor locationswhere.provisions of short bypasses,service roads, alignment corrections, improvement.ofjunlctons inckiding provision of grade separators,etc., are consideredpracticable and cost-effective. "...The scope will consist mainlyideniingbfthie existing tWo,lane.tofour lane within the RoW, inter alia including fixation of alignment, 'alignments-of the:-pioposed-widening work, improvements, if any, requiredto the existing alignment,lidentificatio,and fixationof alignmentsof short bypasses, identification of locations of service roads,identification, location and design of toll plazas etc. "...The Consult,nt shall undertakea detailed environmentalstudy in accordancewith the standards prescribed by Gol and Word .Bank and- will Xmake',sultable recommendations and prepare appropriate, mitigation plan and' resettlementactior6i-atins. .T.te Engineeringdesign of the project will absorb all acceptable recommendationserrierging*oubtof the environmentalstudies. .. Scope of consultancy services will include testingof locally available materials like aggregates, sand, gravel, fly ash etc. to determine their suitability'for use in .constructionof the proposed road works. Source NHAI. Got - 2.2.2 PROPOSEDIMPROVEMENT OF THE PROJECTHIGHWAY The existing project highway (betweenAgra and BarwaAdda) has a two-lane (2x3.5m) bituminous carriageway,with paved/unpavedshoulders. This highway is proposedto be widened by addition of a new 2-lane carriageway (and reconstructedas a 6-lane section in the first 21km section of Package I-A) with paved shoulders. The new carriageway will have cement concrete rigid pavement, except in the stretches in Package V, where the pavement would be bituminous.The existing 2-lane carriageway will be strengthened by overlays! rehabilitation/ reconstruction (including, in places replacing the existing bituminous pavement by cement concrete rigid pavement). Existing cross-drainage structures on the highway are proposed to be repaired/rehabilitated. New cross-drainagestructures would be provided on the new 2-lane carriageway.Additionally, new cross-drainagestructures will be provided in areas of waterlogging, and whereverthe existing ones are inadequate. The design life for the rigid (cement concrete) pavement is 30 years, while for the flexible (bituminous)pavement, the design life is 20 years. Lea 2-3 7 In addition to strengthening the existing carriageway,the project would improve the geometric deficiencies including the improvement of the various intersections.The proposed improvement aims at improving the riding quality, improving journey speedand reducing congestionof traffic on the highway. It is proposed to provide service roads, proper drainage, grade-separation,road furniture, utilities and amenitieswherever required. 2.2.3 RESETTLEMENTIN THE PROJECT The GTRIP passesthrough the Ganga-YamunaDoab region of the north India, which is a region of high population density (about 700 persons/kin2). The population density abutting the project highway is higher than the regional density. It is estimated that, about 50 million people including almost 40 per cent of India's urban population reside within 10km of the NH-2 (which has a total length of 1496km, of which 27 per cent is under GTRIP). The states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, through which the GTRIP passes, are economically backward states, with a large incidence of poverty and heavy dependenceon the agriculture and allied sectors. The project highway passes through 4 cities, 19 towns and 253 village settlements of Uttar Pradesh (UP), Bihar and Jharkhand5 (refer Table 2.2). To minimize the adverse impacts on the various settlements and to minimize land/property acquisition, short bypasses and realignments have been proposed.In all, a total of 12 short bypasseshave been proposed,apart from the 20km long bypass at Sasaram (Package IV-C). The total length of such bypasses is 76.02km (18 per cent of the total length of stretchesunder GTRIP). Table 2.2: Numberof Settlementsin the Project Area Package District City Town Village I-A 2 2 2 42 I-B 3 - 4 37 i-C 3 5 53 Il-B 1 1 3 22 V-A 3 1 3 37 Iv-c 3 - 2 24 V-B 2 - - 38 Total 13 4 19 253 Source: RAP Reports,Packages I to V, GTRIP In many cases, the existing RoW is insufficient for the proposedwidening and land acquisition is required. Additional land is also to be acquiredfor correctinggeometric deficiencies,bypasses, and provisionof roadsideamenities. Other than the land acquisition, the project requires clearing encroachments and squatters from within the existing RoW. The extent of encroachmenton the RoW is large, particularly in the built- up areas. 2.3 PROJECTPREPARATION OBJECTIVES OF GTRIP As per the scope of work the major objectives during the project preparation stage of the GTRIP were: 2 The districts traversed include Agra, Ferozabad, Mainpuri, Etawah, Auriya.Kaimur, Kanpur Dehat, Kanpur Nagar,Varanasi, Chandauli, Bhabhua,Rohtas, Kaimur and Hazaribag. Lea 2-4_7 a) To evolve most economical but sound proposalsfor the required road works and related bridge works; b) To carry out engineering, economic, environmental and social feasibility studies of the proposedroad improvements; c) To incorporatethe international best practices' including the use of state-of the art survey and design techniques, in the preparation of design, cost estimates and bidding documents,etc.; d) To prepare preliminary designs for the agreed road works and related bridge works as a basis for completingEnvironmental and Social Impact Assessmentas required conforming to sound economic analysis, and preparing land acquisition, social and environmental action plans such as ResettlementAction Plan (RAP), as appropriate; e) To carry out the detailed engineering design of proposed road and bridge works and preparesuitable number of bid packagesincluding cost estimatesand other bid documents required for tenderingthrough InternationalCompetitive Bidding (ICB); f To provide reports and analysis suitable for meeting the requirements of World Bank Appraisal and all relevant state, Gol and World Bank requirementson Environmental and Social Assessment. 2.3.1 SCOPE OF THE CONSOLIDATEDRAP REPORT The terms of reference (ToR) for preparationof the ConsolidatedRAP includedthe following: • Preparationof a ConsolidatedRAP for presentationby the NHAI for WB Appraisal based on the individual RAP reportsprepared by the "primary consultants"engaged by the NHAI, and * Assimilation of information from the individual RAP Reportsalready prepared; identifying the gaps and deficiencies,if any; * Preparationof formats for collecting additional informationfrom the "primary consultants" through NHAI; e Preparation of the consolidatedreport 'closing the gaps' (based on and incorporatingthe additional information obtainedfrom the "primary consultants"through the NHAI) * Only nominal (or limited) review of the individual RAP reports. This report is essentially basedon the outputs producedby the earlier consultants.Modifications of the earlier work are based on the discussionswith the NHAI. The consolidatedreport also comes out with certain recommendationsfor additional studies during the pre-construction/construction period of the project. These are based on the identified gaps in documentation in the individual RAP reports, and not necessarilyin the processesand methods of work of the earlier consultants6. 2.3.2 OBJECTIVESOF THE RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN The World Bank's operational directive (OD 4.30) on involuntary resettlement provides for the guidelines to be followed in minimising or avoiding displacement and mitigating the negative 6 Feasibility study, detailedengineering, social and environmental assessmentsof the project started in early 1998. The socio-economicsurveys and the census of the project-affected persons were undertakenduring 1998. Substantial efforts were spent regarding minimising the displacement requirementsof the project, which is apparent (although there is a lack of systematic documentation) from the number of bypasses and alignment alternatives proposed. LeaAs 2-5 impacts (For details on objectives of Bank's Policy, see Box. 2.2). The NHAI also has adopted a resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) policy (which has been accepted by the World Bank in the Third National Highway Project). This NHAI R&R Policy is the basis of preparation of the RAP. The Policy also provides for a framework for entitlements and categorization of the Project Affected Persons (PAPs). Box. 2.2: Objectivesof the World Bank's OD 4.30 - Salient Points a) Involuntary resettlement should be avoided where feasible, or minimised, exploring all viable - alternativeproject designssuch as realignmentof roads may significantlyreduce resettlementneeds. b) Where involuntary resettlement in unavoidable, resettlement activities should be conceived and executedas sustainabledevelopment programmes, providing sufficient investmentresources to give the persons displaced by the project the opportunity to share in the project benefits. Displaced persons should have opportunities to participate in planning and implementing resettlement programmes. c) Displaced persons should be assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standards of living or at least to restorethem, in real terms, to pre-displacementlevels or to levels prevailing prior to beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher. Displaced persons should be (i) compensatedfor their losses at full replacement cost prior to the actual move; (ii) assistedwith the move and supported during the transition period in the resettlementsite and (iii) assisted in their efforts to improvetheir former living standards, incomeearning capacity, and productionlevels, or at least to restore them. Particular attention to be paid to the needs of the poorest groups to be resettled. d ! Community participation in planning and implementing resettlement should be encouraged. Appropriate patterns of social organisation should be established, and existing social and cultural institutions of resettlers and their hosts should be supported and used, to the greatest extent possible. ei Resettlersshould be integratedsocially and economicallyinto host communities so that the adverse impacts on host communities are minimised. The best way of achieving this integration is for resettlement to be planned in areas benefiting from the project and through consultationwith the future hosts. f) Land, housing, infrastructure,and other compensationshould be provided to the adversely affected population, indigenous groups, ethnic minorities, and pastoralists who may have usufruct or customary rights to the land or other resourcestaken by the project. The absenceof legal title to land by such groups should not be a bar to compensation. In preparing the RAP, the people centred development principles have been considered. The social assessment has been carried out in consultation with the affected persons. While the RAP addressesthe problems and issues of the entire affected population, it gives special emphasisto socially and economically vulnerable sections of the PAPs. The RAP makes provisions for payment of compensations calculated at Replacement Cost. The RAP ensures that the economic opportunities of the impacted persons are not disrupted and they are able to regain their previous living standard. The RAP is a living document and will be updated as and when necessary. The RAP data are required to be verified at site before implementation. Implementation of the RAP will take place only on data so modified. 2.4 BENEFITSOF THE PROJECT The GTRIP is expected to bring forward positive impacts (while causing some negative social impacts, which are proposed to be mitigated fully) for the road-users and communities along the whole stretch of the project corridor. 2.4.1 MACRO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS The project is seen as a major generator of economic momentum, and shall benefit the economically backward states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar in a very significant way. The project is Lea es 2-6 expectedto remove industrialdevelopment bottlenecks, bring the cost of transportationdown, and thereby benefit all sectionsof the society. The project will further open up the vast hinterlandsof UP and Bihar to the eastern gatewayports of Calcutta and Haldia. (About 40% of the exports from this hinterland are now through the more distant westernports, in absenceof an adequateroad system.)The investmentin rigid pavement is expectedto boostthe cement industry, and further trickle down to other sectorsof economy. Only the direct benefitsof the project have been calculatedduring the feasibilitystudy. The direct benefits accrue due to the reduction in the vehicle operating cost (VOC) and the savings in the- value of time (VOT) of the road users. Present value of the said direct benefits is estimated at US$2170million (refer Table 2.3). Table 2.3: Direct Benefits of the Project Package Section Cost of Project Benefits Net Benefits FEIRR 4%) (in US$ million) 4NPVin USS million) (NPV in USS$ million) I-A Km200-222 438 90 Km222-265 73 419 784 60 I-B Without Realignments 32 With Realignments 57 124 67 31 I-C Entire 60 350 290 52 Il-B Entire 105 459 354 27.5 IV-A Entire 66 116 50 27.5 Iv-c E0tire 79 138 59 26 5 V-B Entire 108 125 17 Total GTRIP 548 2169 1621 30 approx. Source:Deatiled Project Reports,Packages I to V, GTRIP. All figuresare for the baseyear 1998. Estimatedby LASA, 2000.Note: EIRR = Economicinternal rate of retum. The present value of the investments in the project is estimated at US$550 million. Given this investment and the direct benefits, the net benefit of the project is estimatedat US$1620million, at an economic internal rate of return of about 30 per cent. If the indirect benefits were also measured,the net benefit of the projectwould be much higher. 2.4.2 LOCALLEVEL BENEFITS The foremost benefit for the local communitieswould be the increasedlevel of road safety. Most of the accidents now involve single vehicles, and the fatality among the pedestrians and the slow- movingtraffic is significantly more than the automobile-users.Due to the project, a 5m wide median will segregate the vehicles travelling in the opposite direction, and chances of collision would be reduced. Also the through traffic will be segregatedfrom the local traffic and the pedestriantraffic, and the propensity of fatal accidents involving pedestrians and slow-moving traffic would be reduced. 0 Accident reduction benefits The existing NH-2 stretches selected for GTRIP are known to have high rates of accidents. The traffic levels are high for the existing 2-lane carriageways.The traffic is a composition of heavy Although, there is a possibility that owing to the higher design speed, the propensity of accidents involving multiple vehicles, would not be equally reduced. Lea ates 2-7 goods traffic (dominant), passengervehicular traffic, and slow moving vehicles. The slow moving vehicles are mainly animal-driven. There is no segregation between the fast and slow moving traffic. A very substantial amount of local traffic occurs at each of the built-up stretches. Except for a few cities, the roads through the built-up areas have no median-dividedcarriageway, no space for the local traffic and for on-street parking.The provisionfor pedestriantraffic is also inadequate. The heterogeneityof the traffic, smaller carriageway,geometric deficiencies,absence of adequate sight distance (in many places), hazardous exposure of the pedestrians to the heavy highway traffic - all these contributeto the occurrenceof accidents.Absence of any median divider and the small carriageway width are the most important factors. Other inadequacies contributing to the accident risks include, (manned) railway crossings, further reduction of carriageway due to unorganised on-street (on-pavement) parking, high (pavement) edge-drops8,and unrestricted access of the stray animals on the highway. The GTRIP solves all these accident-hasteningissues. Median-divided4-lane (or 6-lane for 21km in Package 1-A) carriagewaysare being provided, reducing the risks of head-on collision between vehicular traffic moving in the opposite directions. Separate service lanes are being provided at built-up areas. Geometricdeficiencies will be corrected by GTRIP. Pedestrianfacilities, organised bus stops, footpaths, and proper signage are being provided. New rail-over bridges will be constructed over the existing railway crossings. Parking lay-byes for trucks, and other heavy vehicles will all be provided. Accesscontrol (for both men and animals), even if not a total system to start with, shall also reduce the currentnumber of accidents. Even a very conservative estimate of the accident reduction benefits of the GTRIP works to be substantial. Twenty-nine lives would be saved every year, along with a prevention of about 3000 injuries. The economic value of accident reductionwill be about US$6.5million.Overall, accident risks will be reduced by 68% over the whole stretchof the GTRIP (refer Table 2.4) Table 2.4: AccidentReduction Benefits of GTRIP BENEFITS Life Saved Prevention of Prevention of Economic Value (number) Serious Injury Minor Injury of Accident (number) (number) Reduction (US$) Every Year of Operation 29 86 2,879 6,493,619 During Life of GTRIP 899 2,666 89,249 201.302,187 Net Present Value (NPV) - - 41,853,329 Estimated by LASA, 2000. Note: This benefit is not included in the direct benefits of the project. ® Local facilities Due to GTRIP, provisionswill be madefor the local traffic, especiallythe non-motorisedones such as the bullock-carts, the handcarts, cycle rickshaws, etc. Passengerfriendly amenities like bus stops, passenger sheds, underpassesfor safe movement of local people from one side of the highway to the other, organised parking lots and lay-byes will be added. Common property resources,and community assetswill be conserved and enhanced (detailedplans and designs for High edge-dropsbetween the bituminouspavement and the earthen shoulder of the existing two lane carriagewayresults in the heavy vehiclestrying to remain on the pavement (instead of using the space on the shoulderto give way to traffic from the opposite direction or from behind) at substantialown and third-partyrisks. Lea iiates 2-8 / community property enhancements have been prepared as part of the Environmental Enhancementby the project,for more than 100 sites). 0 Employment opportunities for local community Proportionateto the investmentin the project, large employmentopportunities (about half a million person-months,and for about 40,000 persons)will be created by the project (refer Table 2.5). The employment opportunitieswill be created for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labourers. While most of the skilled labourersmay come from other parts of the country, the opportunitiesfor semi- skilled and unskilled sections of the workforce will be mainly available to the local communities. There are two reasons, why such employment opportunities will mainly accrue to the local communities: first, that bringing semi-skilledor unskilled labourersfrom outside is an uneconomical proposition; and, second,that in constructionprojects all over the country, semi-skilledworkforce come mainly from Bihar and UP. Table 2.5: Total & Local EmploymentOpportunities in the Project Description Person-Months TotalPersons SkilledWorkers 106,333 5,538 Semi-SkilledWorkers 239,249 17,089 UnskilledWcrkers 186,082 18,091 Total EmploymentOpportunities 531,664 40,719 Local EmploymentOpportunities 425,331 35,180 Source:Estimated. LASA, 2000. Assumingaverage work durationat one locationto be 24, 21 and 18 monthsrespectively and averageemployee turnoverto be 1.25, 1.5and 1.75,respectively for theskilled, semi-skilled and the unskilledworkforce. o Improved accessto amenities By and large, for communities in the project influence area, indirect social benefits of the project are likely to include (i) speedy accessto employment,better health and educationopportunities in urban centres along NH-2; (ii) increased opportunity for intensified informal economic activities linked to services/ facilities for road users; and (iii) reductionin transportationcosts and improved market access for agricultural produceof the area. o Compensation and mitigation of the negative impacts The negative impacts of the project, mostly environmental and social impacts will be mitigated adequately. In addition to the provision of replacementcost of the property lost due to or in the consequence of the project, the project-affectedpersons (PAPs) will receive additional supports and assistance from the project to improve their livelihood and the quality of life. The project provides for skill development and vocational training to all socially vulnerable sections of the PAPs. 0 Equitable distribution of benefits Given the wide variations in socio-economic characteristics and social development levels of various sections of the population,the magnitude of accrued benefitsis likely to vary across social classes. Equitable distributionof the project benefitsis beyondthe scope of the RAP and the RAP concentrateson mitigating adverse impacts on individuals, householdsand communities. Lea 2-9 3. METHODS AND SURVEYS 3.1 OUTLINE To prepare the RAP, social impact assessmenthad been carried out on the basis of primary data collected, consultation with the stakeholders and information from secondary sources. Socio-economic baseline survey and census survey questionnaires had been prepared to collect information. Information had also been collected through focus-group discussions and interactive PRA methods. In some cases (in Packages IA, IB and IC) separate scheduleshad been used for eliciting gender related information in addition to questionnaires mentioned above. These scheduleshelped in understandingthe gender dimension of the impact of land acquisition and women's access to and control over the resources;their practical and strategic needs. Information was collected on the socio-economic and demographic profile of the affected villages. The village profiles included information on the infrastructure facilities, institutional mechanisms and power structure within the villages including gender equity factors, and women's role, relationshipand status in the villages at present. Public consultation was considered to be an extremely important process and the RAP was preparedon the basis of people's perceptionsabout the project impacts and felt needs. 3.2 RECONNAISSANCE Teams comprising of social scientists, engineers and environmental planners undertook reconnaissanceof all the contract package road stretches.The purpose of the reconnaissance was to have an overview of the likely extent of impact on people because of the impending developmentof the highway. 3.3 DATA FROM SECONDARYSOURCES Secondary sources of information such as the District Census Handbooks and District Gazetteers (of the districts of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, traversed by the GTRIP) had been examined. Understandingwas created about the physical, social, economic, and cultural set-up of the projectarea before undertakingdetailed field investigations. 3.4 VERIFICATIONEXERCISE Strip plans of the project road and the details of RoW were collected from NHAI. The sample format was field tested and perfected for wider use and application. Field teams comprisedof social and environmental planners,field investigators,economists, and engineers.At times, the District Level Authoritieswere on the team to facilitate the data verification exercises. The format was used to record relevant information on squattersand encroachers.Verification exercises included collection of information on owner/occupantof the structures, type of the structures, building uses, approximate dimensions and locations within the RoW. Similarly, agricultural encroachmentswere also recorded. =rfx LeaAssociates 3-1 The legal boundariesof the RoW providedthe basis for identifyingand enumeratingthe number of project affected persons.The verification exercisesand consultationshave largely helpedto modify the design, thus minimisingnegative impacts.Accordingly the strip maps were updated. Also the PAPs (as per modificationsin the designs) were identified and consideredfor further surveys. 3.5 THE CENSUS A census was carried out to ensure that all impacted persons are identified so that the entitlements could be worked out and budgeted.The Col was the most important parameter in determining the number of PAPs. Removingthe encroachersand the squattersfrom the RoW does not guarantee that they would not reoccupy the area. Therefore, all estimations were limited to the Col only. The censuswas conductedthrough door-to-doorpersonal interviews.The censusquestionnaire was pre-tested (see Annexure 5.1 through 5.3 for details of the census questionnaires).Each and every structure within the Col was measured. The location, size and shape, type of constructionof the structureswere recorded.For the squatters, only a count was taken'. Names of the owners, addresses,possession of legal documents (if any, towardsthe claim of property), tenure status, and the possibleproject induced losseswere recorded. Informationabout the structure of the household/family, occupation,literacy level, income and other social information to determine whether the households were to be categorized as vulnerable (for special considerations under the entitlement framework of the project) was collected. Revenue records were used for verifications of legal RoW and boundariesof private property likely to be within Col. Assets such as boundarywall, public property and institutionswere also recorded.With the completion of final designs for the project, only those within the actual Col had been considered eligible for entitlement under the project. 3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMICBASELINE SURVEY A socio-economicsurvey was conductedon 25% of the PAPsto provide a databaseto develop indicators for the monitoring and evaluation of the RAP. Selectionof the stratified sampleswas basedon of the categoryof losses (as per the census). The baseline socio-economicsurvey includedthe following: * Maps of the project area. * Analysis of social structure and income resourcesof PAPs. • Inventories of the resources,which the PAPs use, as well as data on the systems of economic production. * The relationship of the PAPs to other local groups. This also includes production and marketing activities in which the PAPs are engaged. The entitlement Frameworkfor the project provides assistancefor the squatter building structures, but no compensationfor the land under illegal occupation. LeaAssociates 3-2 o Limitations of the Surveys In Package IIB, the design consultants(Sverdrup Civil Inc., et al) enlisted some limitationsof the study. These are: * The investigators, in spite of sending prior intimation to the agricultural landholders, could not find the targeted responders.Therefore, only physicaldata about landholdings were collected. These physicaldata were later reconciledwith the relevant information collectedfrom land record offices of the respectivedistricts. * Despite all efforts to make people aware about the purposeof the survey, there were a few who refused to provide details. In such cases, help of local leaders also sought. However, where there was total lack of cooperation, information could be collected relatedto the physicalstatus of the structures only. 3.7 CONSULTATIONS Consultations were undertaken to disseminate information about project to the potentially affected people, and to incorporatetheir views and suggestions in the RAP as well as the design. Consultationswere carried out in 3 levels. These were at the district level and village level (focus group discussions), and the state level (public hearing and the stakeholders' consultationstook place). The locationsfor consultationsessions were finalised depending on the number of households potentially imp'acted,the magnitude of public properties to be impacted, etc. Investigators consulted individuals who belong to different social groups.These local consultationshelped to finalise various issues such as the location of proposed bus shelters and truck lay-byes, conservationof religious/culturalstructures, possible realignments,etc. Different social groups were consulted based on the sample size decided for the socio- economic surveys. Focus group discussions were held with women, SC, ST and other vulnerable and non-vulnerablegroups. This enabled the RAP to be suitable to the needs of the community and the impacted groups. The objective of the district level consultations was to build awareness about the project amongst the people, district level administration and NGOs, and to enlist their support in preparationand implementationof the project. The state level consultations included consultations with representatives of key project stakeholders and organisations such as the Tribal Development Board, the Truckers' Association,State Planning Board and several others, on various related issues. Lea Associates 3-3 4. MEASURES TO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT 4.1 THE NEED FOR RESETTLEMENTIN THE GTRIP The GTRIPinvolves addition of a new 2-lanecarriageway. The existingroad typically has a widthof 1Om (7m for carriageway,2x1 .5m earthen shoulders) on a 12mformation. In a veryfew stretches(such as in urbanareas), there is a widercarriageway and wider formation. In general, the proposeddevelopment would requirea 34m-formationwidth (for 2x7m carriageways+ 2x1.5mpaved shoulders+ 2x1m earthenshoulders + 5.5m medianand requisitewidth for embankmentslopes as well as roadsidedrains). The first 21km sectionin PackageI-A will be6- laned, andthe formationwidth thereincreases to 41m. In the built-upstretches, service lanes (of 5.5m or 7m width)on eitherside of the highwayare alsoproposed. Therefore, the general formationwidth in the built-upareas will be 40.5m (for 2x7m carriageways+ 2x1.5mpaved shoulders+ 2xlm kerbs + 1.5m narrow median + 2x5.5m service roads + 2x2.5m footpaths + 2x2mspace for covereddrains; as the roadis designedat minimumheight for the abuttingbuilt- up area,no spaceis requiredfor embankmentslopes). In the placesof highembankment, such as in the casesof bridgeapproaches, the space requirement is substantiallymore. Table 4.1: Distributionof the Right of Way Rightof Way Length(km) %age Lessthan 20m 0.53 0:1% 20mto 25m 0.27 0.1% 25mto 30m 0.60 0.1% 30mto 35m 88.40 22.0% 35mto 40m 9.18 2.3% 40mto 45m 202.99 50.5% 45mto 50m 10.50 2.6% 50mto 55m 18.80 4.7% 55mto 60m 63.31 15.8% 60mto 65m 3.40 0.8% Morethan 65m 3.60 0.9% 100.00% The existing RoW is limited (varies from 20m to 65m) as may be seen from Table 4.1. About 25% of the GTRIP stretches have RoWs below 40m, which are not adequate to accommodate the proposedwidening. In many other cases, where the RoW is more than 40m, there is a need to correct the existing geometry of the road, and these realignmentswill require additionalwidth of the RoW. Therefore, despite the best efforts to accommodatethe improvements within the existing RoW, land acquisition is inevitable in certainstretches of the project. As the highway passes through fertile agricultural belts and the most populated part of the country (populationdensity in excess of 1000 persons/km2 in many stretches), almost all of the roadside land is under private ownership.As a consequence,most of the land to be acquiredis privately owned.The project would impact a number of peoplesquatting within the public RoW also, some of whom will even be displaced.The RAP for this projectwould need to addressthe issues relating to both the title-holders and the non-title holders (comprisingof the encroachers and the squatters). The aim of the RAP is to minimise the hardship of the displaced and the LeaAssociates 4-1 otherwise impacted people. The RAP also aims to help the PAPs to better or at least maintain their livelihood. 4.2 MINIMISINGRESETTLEMENT The successof the GTRIP will be the improvements in the living standardsof the people, both the road users and the adjoining communities. Although land acquisition is unavoidable, a number of measures had been taken to minimise such land acquisition and to avoid all other impacts on the people, as far as possible. The prime considerationduring project preparation has been to avoid or minimise negative impact on the people/ communities due to land acquisition. While preparing the project, emphasis was been given to minimise the impacts within the limitations of technical requirementsand cost effectiveness. The GTRIP packages alternatively pass through two broad land use stretches: built up areas and open rural areas. The built up areas generally have dense developmentson either side of the existing road including high level of encroachmentand residential/commercialsquatting. The encroachments,the squatters on the RoW and the legal properties abutting the road consist of various kinds of permanent, semi-permanentand temporary structures. The rural open stretcheshave abutting agricultural!fallow/ barren landholdings(predominantly agricultural holdings) as well as agricultural encroachments.Typologically separate designswere prepared for the congested sections vis-a-vis the open sections to minimise impacts (on the built-up propertiesand agriculturalland, respectively). Impacts have been avoided by lateral shifting of the proposedroad alignment depending upon the availability of land. The participatoryplanning with people has helpedminimisation of losses, saving residential/commercial structures, cultural properties, and community infrastructure (schools,colleges, governmental buildings, bus shelters, etc). Table 4.2 illustrates the extent to which the possible negative social impacts have been minimised/ avoided in different packagesof the GTRIP. Table 4.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impactsin GTRIP PAP (n mberl PDP(number) Structures(number) Package ResidentialAffected CommercialAffected# Before' After*B Beforeo After'*te Bfr Aer L ______~~~~Before'AKer'' Before' Ater~ I-A 5088 1777 4875 1050 380 17 1275 165 I-B 7300 1893 5025 721 2610 23 2890 62 I-C 8705 2118 4350 1605 2950 99 2176 195 Il-B 5903 4268 4312 3764 379 165 1187 610 IV-A 6040 3669 4920 2780 309 52 477 94 IV-C 6198 14833 1730 9780 409 12 415 52 V-B 8780 1285 490 413 260 57 365 97 Total 48,014 29,843 25,702 20,105 7,297 425 8,788 | 1,275 Source RAP Reports,Packages I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project. Note: Beforeintegrating social aspects: ^- After integratingsocial aspects: # Residential-cum-commercialstructures are includedin the commercialstructures. Note that thenumbers of PAPs andPDPs have increasedin PackageIV-C in order to avoidimpacting the built-up stretch in Sasaramtown (by providinga bypass). 4.2.1 THE DEFINITIONAND DELINEATIONOF THE CORRIDOROF IMPACT (COI) The corridor of impact (COI) is the width required for the actual construction of the road including the carriageway,shoulder, embankments, longitudinal drainage, wayside amenities Lea Associates 4-2 like bus stops, passenger sheds etc. and necessary safety zones. The requirement of the project demands that the entire corridor of impact should be free from any encroachment, human habitation and structure causinghindrances to traffic. The corridor of impact has been found to be a useful way of minimisingthe social impacts.The project will not displace any person outsidethe corridor of impact, even if within the RoW. The minimum and the maximum width of the COI in all the packages are given in Table 4.3. Note that while the RoW varies between 8m and 76mm, the COI vares between 24.5m and 84m. Therefore, in some cases, the COI is wider than the existing RoW, although in the majority of the cases, the COI is well within the RoW. Table 4.3: The Corridor of Impactin GTRIP Package Right of Way (m) Corridor of Impact (m) Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximums I-A 45.0 45.0 24.5 52.0 I-B 45.0 45.0 24.5 41.0 I-C 45.0 45.0 24.5 41.0 Il-B 14.0 62.0 30.2 60.0 IV-A 19.0 68.0 25.0 84.0' Iv-c 33.0 76.0 25.0 67.0 V-B I 8.1 73.2 29.0 40.0 Source: RAP Reports, Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Note: * Maximum Col generaily occur at the locations of high embankments, and are rare. 4.3 EVALUATIONOF MEASURESTO MINIMISERESETTLEMENT Several measures have been adoptedfor minimising resettlementin different packagesof the Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project. These include applying alternative alignments; adopting contextually suitable road cross-sections; lateral shifting of alignments; designing appropriatestreet furniture and facilities, etc. Table 4.4: Distributionof the ProposedAlignment Options Package Along the Existing Alignment of NH-2 (km) Away from the Existing Alignment of NH-2 (km) Concentric Eccentric Eccentric Total Bypass Minor Total Widening Widening Widening Realignment (North) (South) I-A 20.430 10.434 14.906 45.77 3.300 1.770 5.07 I-B 10.200 38.220 48.42 10.600 - 10.6 I-C 11.800 3.200 30.915 45.915 26.710 0.200 26.91 I -B 9.600 22.400 17.300 49.3 2.03 2.03 IV-A 17.500 47.525 5.645 70.67 5.43 5.43 IV-C 2100 6.710 0.950 9.76 21.34 21.34 V-B I 6574 32.925 35.461 74.96 6.61 6.61 Total 78.204 161.414 105.177 344.795 76.02 1.97 77.99 (18.50%) (38.18%) (24.88%) (81.55%) (17.98%) (0.47%) (18.45%) Source: Detailed Project Reports, Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Note. 'indicates that the smaller stretches of minor realignment length has teen included in the eccentnc widening. Lea Associates 4-3 The alignmenthas been aligned north, south or middle, for short sections (sometimesas short as 100m) several times to minimise damageor disruptionto roadside properties.Table 4.4 is a summary of the final alignment of the project. (Note: the figures for each categoryof alignment are the total length of all road-sectionsin the particular package following this category of alignment.Length of the largest section is about 7km and the lowest is 100m. Some of these measuresare describedbelow: 4.3.1 CONCENTRICWIDENING AND RAISED CARRIAGEWAYS The following design considerationsand the realignmentoptions have been initiated to avoid or minimise losses. * As far as possible,concentric widening has been adopted in the built-up stretchesof the corridor to minimise impact on propertiesor to avoid land acquisition. * Raised carriagewayswere incorporatedwherever possible,to minimise the impact on the roadside built-up structures. Raised carriageways require lesser width as the proposed carriageway can be segregated by vertical separation instead of wider horizontalseparation (the median can not, however, be completely omitted). 4.3.2 CONCENTRIC/ECCENTRIC EXPANSION One side expansionwithin the RoW had been found to be a viable solution to minimise losses of built structures.This option has been appliedwherever sufficient land had been available. Wherever copcentric widening or provision of raised carriagewayswas not possible,taking of built-up properties and/or land acquisitionhad been proposedon one side, avoiding impacts on at least one side. In choosing the direction of widening (north or south), apart from the engineering issues, the degree of social impact was also considered (say, if there are more properties likely to be acquired were located northward, then southward widening had been proposed). 4.3.3 BYPASS/ REALIGNMENT Bypasses are proposed at Kanpur, varanasi and Sasaram. All these places are major urban centres (Kanpur and Varanasi are metropolitan cities, Sasaram is also a class I city). Kanpur and Varanasi Bypassesare on existing alignments,and the project involves improvement of the bypass sections. The bypass at Sasaram is proposed along a new alignment (through agricultural/barrenland). In the cases of Kanpur and Varanasi,the existing alignmentsof the narrowerroads are the most feasible alignmentsconsidering comparatively lesser acquisitionof land'. These existing narrow roads are also the best alternative alignments on the area's road network for bypasses.The bypass alignment at Sasaram had been proposedconsidering the comparatively lesser land requirement. Short bypassesof length 1 to 6km have been proposedin a number of placesto reduce impact on the people and the properties.In all these cases, congestionof multi-row abutting residential! commercialstructures and clustersof religiousstructures have left little or no spacefor widening the road. Land acquisition on the existing bypass alignments is small, and is necessitateddue to the requirement of geometric improvement. On the other hand, new alignments would have meant very significantland acquisition. LeaAssociates 4-442D In all cases of these short bypasses, alternative alignments had been examined and the alignments necessitating minimum impact on land, properties and people had been recommended.Smaller realignmentsof the existing road had been proposedlikewise. 4.3.4 SAFETY ORIENTED DESIGNS In assessment of the impacts of the project, safety of the road users and the roadside communities had been found to be a major concern. A number of measures have been proposedto reduce the risk of traffic accidents. In some places, these safety measuresare co- terminus with the project's impact avoidance measures. * In a number of places the direction of widening had been proposed to minimise the propensity of accidents (by proposing the service roads as well as widening in such directions as to segregatethe local slow traffic and the fast highwaytraffic). * Underpasseshave been providedto facilitate the peopleliving on either side of the road to have accessto facilities and to avoid disruptionof social relationsand network. 4.4 SPECIFICDESIGNS FOR AVOIDANCE/ MITIGATION All the measures describedabove had been incorporatedin the design.Table 4.5 describesthe avoidance/minimisation measuresin greater details. Table 4.5: MitigationEfforts for MinimisingReseftlement Package | Chainage| Critical Zone Problems Identified and Structures Mitigation Measures taken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment IA 216-218 Etmadpur 54 residential and commercial structures; 2 Cross section of road has been fitted temples and 4 vacant plots. within RoW to save the structures There are agricultural farms on either side of the highway. In the absence of any underpass, the farmers would find it extremely difficult to cross the road with implements and cattle due to speeding traffic. IA 221-223 Tundla Structures getting affected with 1 9.35m on Concentric widening with 5m median, either side. 230 residential and commercial 7m wide carriageway 2.5m shoulders structures; 3 temples, 5 vacant plots, 6 and 9m wide service roads. governmental buildings, 2 industries and 1 Reduction of the service road by college. 1 5m and reduction of median by 2m. Development of the inter-section causes For the road junction 1 Sm on either demolition of 46 residential and commercial side of the road up to a length of structures at the four corners of the 150m along the road is required. The intersection including 2 temples and 1 bus alignment has taken the losses into terminus consideration. IA 245.5-246 Rashidpur 48 residential and commercial structures The reduction of width to 35m has Kaneta getting affected with 1 temple in 45m width. saved 37 residential and commercial structures and only 11 are getting affected. The temple could no be saved. IA 249 250 Makhanpur 30 residential and commercial structures The new road will be made getting affected. concentric with 1 7m on both sides of the centre line, saving the structures. IA 258.5-259.6 Shikohabad 19 residential and commercial structures, 1 The new road will be made temple, 1 church and 5 vacant plots. concentric with 1 7m on both sides saving the structures from getting affected. lB 296 Khuresna A large number of shops, houses and While there is no land acquisition on agricultural plots are coming within the the right side, 22m of land has to be RoW. There is a temple constructed on the acquired on the left side. The design first floor of a residential structure. professionals have taken the matter into consideration. Lea Associates 4-5 Package i Chainage CriticalZone ProblemsIdentified and Structures MitigationMeasures taken by (km) GettingAffected DesignAlignment 1B 300-303 JaswantNagar Morethan 150 commercialand residential 16mfrom the centreof the structuresare comingwithin the RoW on carnagewaywill be requiredfor eithersides of the road. widening.Due to design modificationsthe samehas been saved. IB 322 Etawah Etawahis an importantcity from The suggestionfrom the peopleis to transporter'spoint of view.Most of the truck constructa truck lay by nearkm275- operatorshave opened their offices. Due to 280 wheresufficient barren land is truck packingthere is a lot of congestion. available.This can be doneat km. 291 wheregovernmental land is lying unused. iC 334 Bijoli On completionof the project,a schoolwill Raisedcarriageway with suitable comeclose to the edgeof the road. barrierswill be provided. IC 337 Bakewar 70 shopsand houses are likelyto be 16m on bothsides from the centreof affected. the carriagewaywill be requiredfor thewidening. The problemhas been takennote of. IC 342 Bakewar The ownerof cold storagerecently The templecan be shiftedto a place constructeda temple,which will come wherethe landfor the roadwill not be under acquisition. required. IC 343 Mahewa 80 shops and housesare gettingaffected 1Em on both sides from the centreof andthey will haveto be demolished, the carriagewaywill be requiredfor the widening.Unavoidable. IC 346 MehawaLok The schoolwill not be affectedbut the road Raisedcarriageway with suitable ManyaSchool will pass from the front of the gate.This is a barrierwill be provided. high risk zonefor childrento cross the road. IC 349 Anantram The buildingwill not be damaged,but the To eliminatethe risk factors,raised courtyardwill open just in front of the road, carriagewaywith suitablebarriers will makingit a highaccident-prone zone. be provided. IC 355 Babarpur The localtraffic mixes withthe highway Bypassis being proposed. traffic leadingto traffic congestion.Efforts shouldbe madeto separatethem. C 364 Muradganj 250 shopsand housesare likelyto be 16m on both sides from the centreof affected. the carriagewaywill be requiredfor widening.The loss of propertyis nearlyunavoidable. IC 1369 Ehikepurafter 80 shopsand housesare likelyto be The alignmentis likelyto be adiusted Aunya Bypass damaged. by takingthe expansionon the left Truck Terminal hand side wherethere is no land acquisition.The wideningis designed for 22m on the right hand side. IC 379 AuriyaBypass Effortsto be madeto restrictwithin the Land acquisitionplan prepared. existingRoW and also haveprovisions for serviceroads to managethe increasing traffic of the township. IC 381 Meetingpoint of Parkingof trucks causescongestion, hence Landacquisition plan has been Auriya Bypass parkingfacilities need to be developed preparedaccordingly. andthe old road outsideAunya. IC 389 KhwajaPhoolpur Restrictingwithin the existingRoW would The problemshave been taken of. reducethe numberof PAPs.The old The old wallwill notbe damagedin historicwall of the KhwajaPhoolpur should any way. not be demolishedor damaged IIB 470-4718 Bhaunti 306 familiesto be affected. Numberof affectedfamilies reduced to 140by realignmentof the highway iB .472 3-473 Panki 67 familiesto be affected. Numberof affectedfamilies reduced to 39 by realignmentof the highway 11B 475 1-475.8 Jamui 12 familiesto be affected. Numberof affectedfamilies reduced to 8 by realignmentof the highway. IIB 477 2-477.7 Khajuri 21 familiesto be affected. Numberof affectedfamilies reduced to 8 by realignmentof the highway IIB 479-4796 Gujari 134families to be affected. Numberof affectedfamilies reduced to 92 by realignmentof the highway. Lea Associates 4-6 Package Chainage Critical Zone Problems Identified and Structures Mitigation Measures taken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment IB i 479.8-481.8 Barra Bypass 77 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 56 by realignment of the highway. IIB 481 9-483.8 Usmanpur 93 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced ______I to 57 by realignment of the highway, IIB 483.9-484.6 Jahri Kalan 29 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced i______- ______to 13 by realignment of the highway. I18 485-491.4 Bhurpur 168 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 120 by realignment of the highway. lB 491.470- Kanpur Nagar - Number of affected families reduced 491 735 to 52 by realignment of the highway. IIB 8.625-9.400 Patel Nagar - Number of affected families reduced i to 89 by realignment of the highway. IIB 9.5-11.4 Ahirwan 186 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 131 by realignment of the highway. IIB 111 6-13.3 Chakeri 51 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 24 by realignment of the highway. IIB 14.2-17.5 Rooma 188 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 128 by realignment of the highway. l1B 17 9-19.5 Hatipur 82 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced I to 64 by realignment of the highway. IIB 19.7-21 3 Maharajpur 283 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced I to 194 by realignment of the highway. 11B 125.6-27 9 Sarsaul 197 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced I to 154 by realignment of the highway. IIB 28.7-29.9. Twari pur 13 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 8 by realignment of the highway. IIB 130.0-30.1 Mahauli 16 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 3 by realignment of the highway. IIB 32.8-38.0 Purwamir 137 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced i to 82 by realignment of the highway. IIB 36.7-36.9 Kodia 59 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 27 by realignment of the highway. 1 IB 37.4-38.0 Abhaypur 16 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 9 by realignment of the highway. IVA Raja Talab- 27 families living in residential structure are Shifting centreline both in the north Mohansarai getting affected, and south sides to reduce the number of affected families to 9. IVA Ganjkhwaja 15 families living in residential structures Shifting centreline following inward are getting affected. saved structures on both sides and reduced affected families to 3. IVA Bichiyakala, 240 families residing on both sides of the Central widening as well as shifting Chandauli, road getting affected, centre line on the north side enabled Lilapur + reduction in the number of affected Bisurichuraha families to 159. VA Naubatpur 259 families residing in this area are getting Marginal saving of structures by affected. central widening and shifting of centre line on the north side wherever feasible. Affected families reduced to 24C. IVA, Durgawati 29 families are getting affected. Central widening and shifting of l centre line on the north side has helped in reducing the number of affected families to 17. vc Suara-Dehri 338 families residing in this area are getting Central widening has helped in affected. saving structures. The number of affected families reduced to 140. IVC Sonenagar- 49 families residing in this area are getting Shifted centreline both north and Barun affected. south side to save structures and thereby reduced number of affected families to 42. Lea Associates 4-7 Package Chainage Critical Zone Problems Identified and Structures Mitigation Measures taken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment VB 249-254 Dhanua 39 families and 1 mosque are getting Changing alignment from south to Chordaha affected. north side the mosque has been saved and number of affected families reduced to 14. vs 275-277 Singhrawan 124 families will be affected due to provision Width of service road reduced to of full width service road and green belt. 4.5m from 5.5m, width of median reduced to 1 .5m from 3.5m and the green belt has been eliminated with the provision of the raised carriageway. This has helped reducing number of affected families to 5 only. VB 281-286 Barhi 260 families of Barhi, Ujjaina and Konra A 5km long bypass has been villages getting affected. provided to reduce the number of affected families to 16. VB 306-309 Barkatha 128 families are getting affected due to the Width of service road reduced to provision of full width service road and 4.5m from 5.5m, width of median green belt. reduced to 1 .5m from 3.5m and green belt has been eliminated with the provision of the raised carriageway. This has helped reducing number of affected families to 22. Source RAP Reports. Packages tto V, GTRIP. Lea Associates 4-8 5. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE PROJECT AREA The socio-economic and demographic profile of the states and districts, traversed by the GTRIP, had been appraised to develop an understandingof the socio-cultural, political and economic dimensions of the affected areas. This also had helped to determine the nature of macro-level impacts due to the project. Geographical area, population and growth thereof, density and distribution of population, employment/ occupation pattern, etc., were studied. These parameters reflect the stress and demand on infrastructureand other associatedproblems of development. The other indicators of social characteristics studied included gender ratio, immigration/ emigration,the cultural factors, the political organisation,literacy levels, income and the social and economic status of the disadvantagedgroups. 5.1 PROFILE OF THE AREA The total stretch of the GTRIP traversesfrom Agra to Dhanbad in the 3 states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand'. Bihar and Jharkhand together comprise of about 30% of the GTRIP stretches,while about 70% of GTRIP is in UP (refer Table 5.1). Table 5.1: Location of GTRIP Stretches Contract Description Length District State Pac_kage Dsrpon(kmn) I - A Agra- Shikohabad 50.840 Agra,Firozabad Uttar Pradesh I -B Shikohabad- EtawahBypass (start) 59.020 Firozabad,Mainpuri, Etawah Uttar Pradesh I - C Etawahbypass (end)- Bhognipur 72.825 Etawah,Auraiya, Kanpur (Rural) Uttar Pradesh 11- B Bhaunti- FatehpurBorder 51.330 Kanpur(Urban) Uttar Pradesh IV -A RajaTalab - Mohania 76.100 Varanasi,Chandauli (UP), Uttar Pradesh(63.3km); Rohtas(Bihar) Bihar (12.8km) IV--C Sasarambypass 31.100 Rohtas,Kaimur, Bhabua Bihar V- B Raniganj- Barakatha 81.570 Bhabua(Bihar), Bihar (11.5km);Jharkhand Hazaribag(Jharkhand) (70.07km) Of the total422.78km length of GTRIP, length in Uttar Pradesh= 297.315km(70.3%); lengthin Bihar = 55.4km(13.1 %); lengthin Jharkhand= 70.07km(16.6%). Source NHAI, 2000. All the three states are known to be comparatively backward states of India. The socio- economic and development indices are low. Low literacy rates, comparatively lower income ranges and high populationgrowth rates are characteristicsof these states. Urbanisationis also comparatively lower in all 3 states. However, there are pockets of relative resources. Also, the development potential of these 3 states are high. UP is the highest producerof food grains and sugar in the country. Jharkhand has about 40% of all mineral depositsin India. Substantialindustrial infrastructure also exists in all the 3 states. The state of Jharkhand had recently(15 November 2000) been carved out of Bihar. Lea Associates 5-1 7s ,c7 DzZ,Z7_ The following sub-sections describe in further detail, the socio-economic and development status of the states. As Jharkhand is a newly created state, no separate aggregate data is available. Therefore, for the description below, the data about Bihar includes those for Jharkhand also. Uttar Pradesh Uttar Pradesh is the most populousstate of India. It has a geographicalarea of 294,411km2 , 68 districts, 702 urban centres and a populationof 139 million (16.4% of the populationof India) according to the 1991 Census. Kanpur is one of the most densely populated cities (more than 2000 persons/kM2). Scheduled Castes 29.6% of the population, which is the highest in the country. The gender ratio is 879 females per 1000 males. The literacy rate is 41.6%, one of the lowest in India (55.7% among men and 25.3% among women). Uttar Pradesh also has a low per capita domestic production (at Rs. 2866 it is one of the lowestin the country). The average landholding size in the state is less than 0.Sha. With increasing population and with most of the land holdings being uneconomical, a majority of the population works as landless labourers and survive at subsistencelevel. An estimated41% people are living below the poverty line in the state. Women are further vulnerable and are disproportionately represented. Uttar Pradesh (UP) is the largest producer of food grains in India, with a production of 38.9 million tonnes as againstthe nationalfigure of 185 million tonnes. Bihar (and Jharkhand) Bihar is the eighth largeststate in India in terms of geographicalarea (173,800km2). The state has 42 districts (18 of which comprise Jharkhand now), and 271 urban centres. Bihar is the second most populousstate in the country (at 86.4 million, which is 10.2% of the populationof India in 1991). The state has a very high populationdensity (497 persons/km2). The state is predominantlyrural (only 13.1% of the populationlives in urban areas). ScheduledCastes and ScheduledTribes constitute 14.6% and 7.7% of the population,respectively. The gender ratio is 911 females per thousand males. Literacy rate is 38.5%, which is much below the national average. The literacy rates among male and female population are 52.5% and 22.9%, respectively. Agriculture is the mainstayof livelihood in Bihar and above 80% of the workforce is engaged in agricultural pursuits. Among them 43.6% are cultivators while 37.1% work as agricultural labourers. The erstwhile South Bihar or the new state of Jharkhand now, is known for its mineral resources. An estimated 40% of all mineral deposits in India occur in this area. The major minerals are coal, bauxite, mica and iron, etc. Almost all major industries in Eastern India in particular, and other parts of the country in general depend upon this area for raw material and fuel, 5.1.1 DEMOGRAPHY The demographicfeature of UP, Bihar (andJharkhand), and all the districts traversed by GTRIP has been provided in Table 5.2. Overall, the area is densely populated.Varanasi is the most populousdistrict in the projectarea (4.8 million persons), whereas Auriya is the least populous (157,093 persons). In Etawah,the male population (66.2%) is about twice the female population (38.3%). On the other hand, Lea Associates 5-2GC Hazaribag in Bihar has a more equitable female population (gender ratio at 932 females per thousandmales). Table 5.2: Population and Gender Ratio (1991) State/District Male Female Total Male % Female% Sex Ratio Uttar Pradesh 74035125 65076875 139112000 53.22 46.78 879.00 Agra 1515535 1235465 2751000 55.09 44.91 815.20 Firozabad 841614 691386 1533000 54.90 45.10 821.50 Mainpuri N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. Etawah 1406750 813875 2125000 66.20 38.30 578.55 Auriya 86547 70545 157093 55.09 44.91 815.11 Kanpur Dehat 1160758 977242 2138000 54.29 45.71 841.90 Kanpur Nagar 1325728 1092759 2418487 54.82 45.18 824.27 Varanasi 2563848 2296734 4860582 52.75 47.25 895.82 Chandauli NA NA NA NA NA NA Bihar 45202000 41172000 96374000 46.90 42.72 910.84 Rohtas 1534035 1366650 2900685 52.89 47.11 890.89 Bhabhua NA NA NA NA NA NA Hazaribagh 1472000 1372000 2844000 51.76 48.24 932.07 57108815 51088656 ] 118101847 48.36 43.26 894.58 Source: Disttict CensusHandbooks, 1991. Note: DistrictsMainpun, Chandauli and Bhabuawere createdafter 1991 and thereforeno census data is available. 5.1.2 POPULATIONGROWTH Table 5.3 gives the populationgrowth rates for UP, Bihar and all the districts in the projectarea. The growth of population in UP was very high (25.5%) durng 1981-91, and that of Bihar was comparable(23.5%). UP, Bihar and Jharkhand are 3 of the highest populationgrowth states in the country (others are Rajasthanand MadhyaPradesh). Table 5.3: Population Growth Rates (1981-1991) State/Districts GrowthRate State/Districts Growth Rate Uttar Pradesh 25.48 Bihar 23.54 Agra 16.65 Rohtas 23.58 Firozabad 18.06 Bhabhua NA Mainpuri NA Hazaribagh 21.46 Etawah 21.90 Auraiya 17.33 Source:District CensusHandbooks, 1991. KanpurDehat 18.40 Note: DistrictsMainpuri, Chandauli and Bhabua KanpurNagar 2394 werecreated after 1991 andtherefore, no census data is available. Varanasi 31.33 Chandauli NA Lea Associates 5-3 The rate of populationgrowth has shown marginal declining trend in the last two decades, but are still very high and it is estimatedthat these states will achieve zero populationgrowth 50- 100 years later than most of the other parts of the country (between2065-2100AD). District- wise, Varanasi had the highest population growth rate (31.3%)whereas that of Agra was the lowest (16.7%). 5.1.3 POPULATIONDENSITY AND URBANISATION Population density of UP and Bihar is 473 and 497, respectively. District-wise,the density of population is very high in Kanpur Nagar (2271) and Varanasi (955). Urbanisationis lowest in Kanpur Dehat District (5.7%) followed by Rohtas (10.1%). Kanpur Nagar is the most urbanised district (84.2%%of populationliving in the urban areas) followed by Agra. (Refer Table 5.4). Table 5.4: Densityof Populationand Urbanisation(1991) State/Districts Rural Population Urban Total Urbanisation Population Density2 ______~~~PopulationPopulation (persons/km') Uttar Pradesh 111,506,000 27,606,000 139,112,000 19.84 473 Agra 1640,000 1,111,000 2,751,000 40.39 683 Firozabad 1,125,000 408,000 1,533,000 26.61 649 Mainpuri NA NA NA NA NA Etawah 1,791,000 334,000 2,125,000 15.72 474 Kanpur Dehat 2,016,000 122,000 2,138,000 5.71 418 Kanpur Nagar 381,154 2,037,333 2,418,487 84.24 2271 Varanasi. 3,538,334 1,322,248 4,860,582 27.20 955 Chandauli NA NA NA NA NA Bihar 75,021,000 11,353,000 86,374,000 13.14 497 Rohtas 2,606,489 294,196 2,900,685 10.14 498 Bhabhua NA NA NA NA NA Hazanbagh 2,330,000 514,000 2,844,000 18.07 167 Source:District CensusHandbooks, 199 1. Note: DistnctsMainpun, Chandauli and Bhabuawere created after 1991 and therebyno datais available. 5.1.4 POPULATIONCOMPOSITION Hindus (more than 80%) and Muslims (about 15%) are the most predominantreligious groups. Other religious groups present in the project area are Christians,Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists. In Bihar, a tribal groups following Swarna religion are also found (about 1.6% of the state's population).Table 5.5 shows the distributionof religious groups in the states of UP and Bihar. Table 5.5: PopulationDistribution by Religion (1991) State Hindu Muslim Swarna Others Population % Population % Population % Population % (in'000) (in'000) (in'000) (in'000) UP 113,712 81.74 24,108 17.33 - 1,271 0.92 Bihar 71,193 82.42 12,787 14.81 1,417 1.64 944 1 10 Source Census, 1991. Note. Others include Christians, Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists Lea Associates 5-4 Scheduled caste (SC) and scheduledtribe (ST)2 population is considered socio-economically the most disadvantagedpopulation groups in India. Other disadvantagedpopulation groups are known as the Backward Classes (BC), Other Backward Classes (OBC), and More Other Backward Classes (MOBC)3, etc. The government of India and the state governments follow a policy of positive discriminationwith regard to the SCs and the STs since 1950,and with regard to the BCs/OBCs/MOBCssince during 1980-92. Both UP and Bihar (and Jharkhand4) has a significant share of SC and ST population (refer Table 5.6). The SCs and the STs constitute about 22% of the populationof Bihar. The 3 states also have a substantialshare of BCIOBC/MOBCpopulation (estimated at about40% of the total population). Table 5.6: Population of SC and ST (1991). State SC (in'000) ST (in'000) SC to Total ST to Total Total Male Female Total Male Female Population(%) Population(%) Bihar 12572 6570 6002 6617 3358 3259 14.55 7.66 UP 29276 - - 287 - - 21.04 0.21 Source: Census, 1991 5.1.5 LITERACY The literacy rate for UP and Bihar (including Jharkhand)were 41.6% and 38.5% respectively and were much belowthe nationalaverage (52.2%)in 1991. Women's literacy is very low in the states. Table 5.7 shows district-wise literacy rates. In all districts, female literacy is very low, except in Kanpur Dehat, where it (62.9%)is comparablewith male literacy rate (50.7%). Table 5.7: Literacy Rates (1991) State(Districts Male (%) Female(%) Total (1% State/Districts Male (%) Female (%) Total (%) Uttar Pradesh 55.73 25.31 41.6 Bihar 52.50 22.90 38.5 Agra 63.10 30.80 Rohtas 61.50 27.00 45.4 Firozabad 59.80 29.80 Bhabhua NA NA NA Mainpuri N.A. N.A. N.A. Hazaribagh 73.20 26.80 | 29.78 Etawah 66.20 38.30 Auriya 66.50 37.80 KanpurDehat 50.70 62.90 Source:Distrct CensusHandbooks, 1991. Note:Districts Mainpuri,Chandauli and Bhabuawere created KanpurNagar NA NA NA after 1991 andtherefore no data is available. Varanasi 64.40 28.90 47.7 Chandauli NA NA NA 2 The population groups comprising the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes are listed in the Eighth Scheduleof the Constitutionof India. The state governmentsidentify the BC/ OBC/ MOBC populationgroups for the respective states, based on establishedprocedures. A group of populationconsidered backward in one state may not be necessarilyrecognised as backwardin another state. The state of Jharkhand has been created, in fact, as an outcome of the policy of promoting ethnic-tribalrights of self-determination(followed in India since 1965). =C= Lea Associates 5-5 5.1.6 OCCUPATIONALPATTERN AND WORK FORCE PARTICIPATIONRATES Majority of the workers in UP and Bihar (including Jharkhand)are occupied in agricultural pursuits. Important occupationsare agricultural labour, livestock rearing, mining and quarrying, constructionworks etc. Table 5.8 gives the distribution of main workers and marginal workers among the total workers of UP and Bihar. The table also gives the rural-urban distribution of workers. Table 5.8: Distribution of Workers (1991) Statel Rural/ Total Workers (%) Main Workers (%) Marginal Workers (%) Urban Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female UP 53.7 82.9 20.8 49.7 82.5 12.6 4.1 0.4 8.1 Rural 56.1 84.9 24.0 51.2 84.4 14.2 4.9 0.5 9.8 Urban 44.9 75.7 7.9 44.0 75.5 6.3 0.9 0.2 1.7 Bihar 32.2 47.9 14.9 29.7 47.6 10.0 2.5 0.3 4.9 Rural 33.2 48.9 16.3 30.4 48.5 10 8 2.8 0.3 5.5 Urban 25.1 41.9 5.1 24.6 41 7 4.3 0.5 0.2 0.8 Source. Census, 1991. Note: Figures give the share of workers in different category among the total population. Marginal workers are those who find work for less than 6 months in a year. People finding work for more than 6 months in a year are considered main workers. In the rural areas, there is substantialmarginal employment.This is due to the over-dependence on "primary sector" activities. Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy, but due to the absence of ardequateirrigation facilities, productiveseason is limited. An estimated 30 per cent of the total land available for cultivation is under double cropping.Three or four crops in a year are very rare. The work force participation rates for the two states and the districts are given in Table 5.9. District-wise, the participation rate is found to be highest in Varanasi (53.80%) and Firozabad (50.76%),whereas the lowest participationrate is found in Agra (23.40%). Table 5.9: Work Force ParticipationRate State/District Work Force State/District Work Force Participation Rate (N) Participation Rate (%) Uttar Pradesh 53.7 Bihar 32.20 Agra 23.40 Rohtas 29.50 Firozabad 50.76 Bhabhua N.A. Mainpuri N.A. Hazaribagh 33.30 Etawah 27.34 Auriya N.A. Source: Distrct Census Handbooks, 1991. KanpurDehat29.11 Note: Districts Mainpuri, Chandauli and Bhabua were Kanpur Dehat 29.11 . created after 1991 and thereby no data is available. Kanpur Nagar 26.70 Varanasl 53.80 Chandauli N.A. The high workforce participation rate in UP also indicates the phenomenon of "under- employment".Most of the non-primarysector employmentin UP is in the unorganisedsector. In Bihar (and Jharkhand),there is relatively more employmentin the organisedindustrial activities. Lea Associates 5-6 Iz3 D `z'707- 5.2 ANALYSIS OF THE CENSUSDATA This analysis is based on the cut-off date for entitlementsassigned in the project. (The cut-off date for the non-titleholdersis the start of census and socio-economicsurvey. For titleholders, the cut-off date is the date of legal notification under section 3(a) of the National HighwaysAct and/or under section 4(i) of the Land AcquisitionAct.) Despite the care taken to enumeratethe number of PAPs, there might be a margin of error in the census. Therefore, this analysis is based on the provisional estimatesof PAPs. Table 5.10 gives the distributionof peopleaffected by GTRIP (for further details, see Annexure 1 of the individual RAP reportsfor GTRIP). Table 5.10: Distribution of Affected Population Package No.of PAPs No.of PAFs No.of PDPs No.of PDFs IA 1,777 1,215 1,050 643 IB 1,893 1,713 713 437 IC 2,118 1,764 1,605 833 11B 4,268 1,347 3,764 1,028 IVA 3,669 1,089 2,780 842 IVC 14,833 3,851 9,780 2,772 VB 1,285 176 413 59 Total 29,843 11,155 20,105 6,614 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Improvement Project Figure 5.1: Distribution of the Project Affected and Displaced Population 16 ,000- a0No.of PAPs *No. of PAFs _ 14,000 33 No.of PDPs 3 No.of PDFs l _l [ 1, 00 . ______I 0 __Co___ 4,10000 z 6,000= oc 0 PackageI- Packagel- PackageI- Package Package Package Package A B C Il-B IV-A Iv-c V-B Although 11,155 families wouldbe impacted by the GTRIP, less than 60 per cent of them would be actually displaced. The number of affected persons is 29,483 while that of the displaced persons 20,105 (68.2% of the total affected persons).Size of the displacedfamilies (3 persons per family) is significantly higher than that of the affected families (2.6 persons per family) who are not displaced (consists of squattersand encroachers,mainly). Package IV-C would impact 3851 families, and about 72 per cent of them would be displaced. Package V-B has the LeaAssociates 5-7 minimum displacement requirement(59 families) and has the minimum impact (on another 117 families). See also Figure 5.1. 5.2.1 PROFILE OF THE AFFECTEDPEOPLE Tables 5.11 through 5.21 show the distribution of affected and displaced families by socio- economic categories like Scheduled Caste (SC), ScheduledTribe (ST), people below poverty line (BPL), women headed household(WHH) and groups comprisedof high caste Hindus and other religiousgroups (Others), etc. Tables 5.12 through 5.16 deal with the families who will be impacted by acquisition of land, residence and commercialstructures along with assets other than these. Tables 5.17 through 5.21 deal with the families those who would be displaced. Table 5.11: Distributionof the PAFs and the PDFs PROJECTAFFECTED FAMILIES PROJECTDISPLACED FAMILIES di ~~~~~ .2i OE : o E 0D I _ _ E ,~ T L) u 0 EC + I-A 742 36 383 54 1,216 236 22 370 15 643 (61.07) (2.96) (31.52) (4.44) (100.00) (36.70) (3.42) (57,54) (2.33) (100.00) I-B 1,159 187 342 25 1,713 269 e1 97 10 437 (67.66) (10.92) (19.96) (1.46) (100.00) (61.56) (13.96) (22.20) (2.29) (100.00) I-C 781 349 549 85 1,764 500 149 143 41 833 (44 27) (19.78) (31.12) (4.82) - (100.00) (60.02) (17.89) (17.17) (4.92) - (100.00) 11-B 76 316 811 126 18 1,347 17 270 655 72 14 1,028 I(5 64) (23.46) (60.21) (9.35) (1.34) (100.00) (1.65) (26.26) (63.72) (7.00) (1.36) (100.00) IV-A 654 193 204 38 1,089 452 156 198 36 842 (60 06) (17.72) (18.73) (3.49) (100.00) (53.68) (18.53) (23.52) (4.28) (100.00) V_C 3.674 35 135 7 3,851 2,676 9 84 3 - . 2,772 (95.40) (0.91) (3.51) (0.18) (100.00) (96.54) (0.32) (3.03) (0 11) (100.00) V-B 20 59 29 68 176 10 13 12 24 59 i11.36)_ (33.52) (16.48) (38.64) - (100.00) (16.95) (22.03) (20.34) (40.68) (100.00) Total 7,106 1,175 2,453 403 18 11,155 4,160 680 1,559 201 14 6,614 (63 70) (10.53) (21.99) (3.61) (0.16) (100.00) (62.90) (10.28) (23.57) (3.04) j (0.21) (100.00) Source RAP Reports,Package Ito V, GTRIP. Note: Figuresin parenthesisindicate the %ageshare among the respectivetotals. Most of the impacts of the project are on agricultural properties. Overall, the distribution of impacts remains similar for both the displaced and non-displaced (but otherwise affected) people. In Packages Il-B and V-B, impacts on agricultural propertiesis comparativelyless, and are more on predominantlyresidential (Package V-B) or predominantlycommercial (PackageII- B) properties.In Package IV-C, the impacts on agricultural properties-aremajor, and on others, it is negligible.Other Packageshave the distributionsimilar to that of overall. This suggeststhat there is a trade-off between impacting agricultural land on one side, and residential/commercial properties on the other. Package IV-C is a best illustrationof this trade-off. In order to minimise impacts on the residential/commercialproperties within the built-up area of Sasaram, a bypass , Lea Associates 5-8 G t7 has been provided, consequentlyimpacting a large number of agricultural plots (refer Table 5.11) . Figures 5.2 & 5.3: Distributionof the Project Affected and the Project DisplacedFamilies by Type of Impact Fig. 5.2: Distributionot Affected Families Fig. 5.3: Distributionof Displaced Families 4 000 4.000 * thersO Others 3,500 -aResidential +Commercial 3,500 _aResidential +Commercial 13Cornmercial j Commercial 3,000 _ lit1Residential e0ooa _ Residential w 13Agricultural | fAgricultural 2,500 _ ' X2,500 LJ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~L 2,000 i - 2,000 so ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I0 E~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ z 1,500 1,600 z 1,000~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 100 _ 500~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 Packages I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B It is apparentthat the impacts on residentialproperties have been adequatelyminimised. This is very significant consideringthat the GTRIP stretches pass through densely built-up areas, on either side of the road. Impacts on the commercial areas have also been minimised similarly (see Figures 5.2 and 5.3). Table 5.12: Distributionof Affected Families- Agriculture Package1 WHH SC ST BPL Others(NV) TotalFamilies No. % No.No. o. ' No. % No. % No. % IA 16 2.16 118 15.90 2 0.27 160 21.56 446 60.11 742 100.00 I B 38 3.28 168 14.50 - - 153 13.20 800 69.03 1,159 100.00 I C 37 474 . 1 0 13 109 13.96 634 81.18 781 10000 1BB - 1 1.32 - - - - 75 98.681 76 10000 IVA - - 12 1.83 18 2.75 624 95.41 654 1100.00 Ivc - 510 13.88 - - 1,024 27.87 2,140 58.25 3,674 100.00 V 8 2 10.00 3 15.00 1 5.00 3 15.00 11 55.00 20 100.00 Total 93 1.31 800 11.26 j 16 0.23 1,467 20.64 4,730 66.56 7,106 100.00 Source RAP Reports,Package I to V. GrandTrunk Road ImprovementProject Note: Titleholderstenants and non-tite holdersare clubbedtogether for each category. Among the agriculturalfamilies affected, 93 are woman-headed.Almost all the woman headed families are in Package I (A, B and C). Scheduledtribes are also marginally present,mostly in LeaAssociates 5-9 Package IV-A only. In the areas (or districts) with comparativelyhigher ST population, such as in Rohtas and Hazaribag (in Bihar and Jharkhand), only one ST family is being affected with regard to agricultural properties.This signifies either the ST populationdo not have agricultural properties close to the road, or that hardly any ST families in the vicinity of the NH-2 have agricultural propertiesat all. SC populationaffected by impacts on agricultural properties is also not very large (refer Table 5.12). Only 2 ST families are affected with regard to impact on the residentialproperty (in Package V- B only). Woman headed families and the SC families together, and the poor families on the other side, each constitute about one-fourth of the people affected by impact on residential property (refer Table 5.13). Table 5.13: Distributionof Affected Families- Residential WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. I % No. I % No. % No. % No. % No. |% IA 4 11.11 1 2.78 11 30.56 20 55.56 36 100.00 I B 17 9.09 51 27.27 35 18.72 84 44.92 187 100.00 I C 4 1.15 - - 137 39.26 208 59.60 349 100.00 113 130 41.14 82 25.95 53 16.77 51 16.14 316 100.00 IVA - 8 4.15 48 24.87 137 70.98 193 100.00 IV C - 5 14.29 _ - 5 14.29 25 71.43 35 100.00 V B 9 15.25 2 3.39 2 3.39 6 10.17 40 67.80 69 100.00 Total 164 13.96 149 12.68 2 0.17 295 25.11 565 48.09 1,175 100.00 Soujrce: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Ncte: Title holders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for each category. Like the families affected by impact on agricultural properties, only one-third of the families affected due to impact on the commercialproperties belong to the vulnerablegroups. Unlike the former, the vulnerable families affected due to impacts on commercialproperty include sizable number of woman headedfamilies and ST families. This is interesting.The low impact on these groups with regard to the agricultural propertiesmay be attributedto low property ownership(of these groups). The higher numbers of such groups in the 'commercial' category again is an indicator of low property ownership,and not of having a representativeshare in commercial properties. The commercial properties enumerated include a large number of small roadside kiosks5 (average about lmxlmx2m boxlike semi-permanent or temporary structures selling petty roadside consumables,such as cigarette, tobacco, etc.). These are marginal commercial activities, are informal and do operate without licensing. It appearsthat most of the vulnerable group families enumeratedin Table 5.14 operate such roadsidekiosks, in absence of any other sustainable sourceof livelihood (including meaningful agricultural activity). The roadside kiosks (semi-permanentor temporarystructures) are worth Rs.5000on the average, and can be as low Three-fourth of the families affected due to impact on commercial properties are non- titleholders, of whom 58% are squatter commercial structures, essentially meaning the roadside kiosks engaged in petty commercial activities. In the EntitlementFramework of GTRIP, mobile vendors licensed to operate in fixed locations are also treated equivalent to the roadsidekiosks. The other non-titleholderfamilies engaged in commercialactivities and affected by the project are the encroachersand the tenants. While encroachersare defined as the families owning abutting land or property, the tenants are clearly the families who are not expectedto own properties, not at the roadside,at the least. 5Lea Associates 5-103 0 as Rs.2000 (these are squatters and do not own the land they squat on). Owning such structures,therefore is an indicationof the lack of property, and consequently,livelihood. Table 5.14: Distributionof Affected Families- Commercial Package - WHH Sc ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 3 0.78 70 18.28 2 0.52 68 17.75 240 62.66 383 100.00 I B 16 4.68 46 13.45 - - 115 33.63 165 48.25 342 100.00 I c 15 2.73 - - 22 4.01 152 27.69 360 65.57 549 100.00 11B 51 6.29 90 11.10 6 0.74 141 17.39 523 64.49 811 100.00 IVA - 10 4.90 4 1.96 45 22.06 145 71.08 204 100.00 iv C 12 8.89 - - 6 4.44 117 86.67 135 100.00 V B 1 3.45 1 3.45 1 3.45 25 69.66 29 100.00 Total 85 3.47 229 9.34 35 1.43 528 21.62 1,676 64.26 2,463 100.00 Source: RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Impro vement Project Note Titleholders,tenants and non-titleholders are clubbedtogether for each categoty. About 3.5% of the total project affected families are affected due to the impact on their building structures,which are residentialbut have commercialextensions. Thirty per cent of them belong to the vulnerable groups. There is no vulnerable family among the families affected due to the impact on residential-cum-commercialproperties in PackagesIV-A and IV-C (refer Table 5.15). Overall, this is a trend more akin to the families affected due to impact on residential structures (refer Table 5.13). Most (281 out of 403, or about 70%) of the residential-cum-commercial structures belong to the titleholders,and the predominantuse is that of residences.This again show that the relative absenceof the vulnerable group populationin property ownership. Table 5.15: Distributionof Affected Families- Residential-cum-Commercial WHH SC ST BPL Others(NV) Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % I A = - 5 9.26 1 1.85 15 27.78 33 61.11 54 100.00 1B 4 16.00 - - 7 28.00 14 56.00 25 100.00 I C - 8- 9.41 24 28.24 53 62.35 85 100.00 11B 20 15.87 6 4.76 1 0.79 12 9.52 87 69.05 126 100.00 IV A ------38 100.00 38 100.00 IVC ------7 100,00 7 100.00 V B 2| 2.94 2 2.94 3 4.41 8 11.76 | 53 77.94 68 100.00 Total 22[ 5.46 17 4.22 13 3.23 66 16.38 285 70.72 403 100.00 Source: RAP Reports.Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project Note Titleholders, tenants and non-titleholders are clubbedtogether for each category. Only 18 families lose (or are impacted by the impact on) properties other than agricultural, residential, commercial, or the combinationof the later two. All of them are in Package 1l-B(see Table 5.16). The distribution among the vulnerableand the non-vulnerablegroups are similar to that of the families affected due to the impact on agricultural properties. However, these properties are all expected to be low-value property, and hence do not deviate from the overall pattern of property ownership. Lea Associates 5-11 Table 5.16: Distributionof Affected Families- Other Properties Package - WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA _ = | _ IC ------ l1B 1 5~56 2 11.11 - 3 16.67 12 66.67 18 100,00 IVA ------ Total 1 5.56 2 11.11 3 16.67 12 66.67 18 100.00 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad ImprovementProject Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-titleholders are clubbedtogether for each category. With regard to the agricultural properties(see Table 5.12), comparedto the affected families, the displaced families have a slightly higher share of vulnerable group population (see Table 5.17). The share of the displacedfamilies among the affected families is higher for the SC, ST and BPL families (see Table 5.24). Table 5.17: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Agriculture . WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families Package No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 9 3.81 46 19-49 48 20 34 133 56 36 236 100.00 IB -3 39 14.50 51 18.96 179 66.54 269 100.00 I C 31 6.20 57 11.40 1 0.20 74 14.80 337 67.40 500 100.00 11B ------17 100.00 17 100.00 IVA - - 12 2.65 14 3.10 426 94.25 452 100.00 IV C 440 16.44 - 781 29.19 1455 54.37 2,676 100.00 V B 1 10.00 2 20.00 - 2 20.00 5 50.00 10 100.00 Total 41 0.99 584 14.04 13 0.31 970 23.32 2,552 61.35 4,160 100.00 Sobrce RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project Note Titleholders,tenants and non-titleho/ders are clubbedtogether for each category. Among the families displaceddue to loss of residentialstructures, the vulnerable group families account for about 45% (see Table 5.18). However, a comparisonbetween Table 5.13 and Table 5.18 indicates that the share of displacedfamilies among the affected families is lower among the vulnerable group vis-a-vis the non-vulnerablegroup families. Table 5.18: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Residential WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families Package __ No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 4 18.1 - -l 7 131.82 11 50.00 22 100.00 IB 13 21.31 22 36.07 | - 18 29.51 8 13.11 61 100.00 IC 1 1 0.67 14 9.40 ! - 63 42.28 71 47.65 149 100.00 118 31 11.48 61 22.59 ]- - 34 12.59 144 53.33 270 1 00.00 VA - - 8 5.13 - 30 19.23118 75.64 156 100.00 Lea Associates 5-12GC WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families Package_ No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % iv C _ 4 44.44 5 55.56 9 100.00 V B 1 7.69 12 92.31 13 100.00 Total 49 | 7.21 105 15.44 157 23.09 369 54.26 680 100.00 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-tUteholders are clubbedtogether for each category. In contrast to the case of residential properties, there is a slightly higher incidence of displacement for the vulnerablegroup families (among the affected families) due to the loss of commercial property (see Table 5.14 and 5.19). This is understandable, considering that vulnerable group families run the majority of the roadside kiosks. Table 5.19 however, shows that very few SC, ST or WHH families are being displaced,in absoluteterms. Table 5.19: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Commercial IkWHH SC ST BPL Others(NV) Total Families No.ke No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 3 0.81 67 18.11 2 0.54 62 16.76 236 63.78 370 100.00 I B 9 9.28 19 19.59 - - 24 24.74 45 46.39 97 100.00 IC 9 6.29 46 32.17 18 12.59 70 48.95 - - 143 100.00 11B 51 7.79 70 10.69 2 0.31 112 17.10 420 64.12 655 100.00 IV\A - - 10 5.05 4 2.02 41 20.71 143 72.22 198 100.00 IVc 7 8.33 - 6 7.14 71 84.52 84 100.00 V B 1 8.33 - - - 11 91.67 12 100.00 Total 72 4.62 220 1 14.11 26 1.67 315 20.21 926 59.40 1,559 100.00 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road ImprovementProject Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-titleholders are clubbedtogether for each category. In the case of residential-cum-commercialproperties, the distribution of displaced families is similar to the affected families. The incidence of displacement is slightly less among the vulnerablegroup families (seeTables 5.15 and 5.20). Table 5.20: Distribution of DisplacedFamilies - Residential+Commercial i WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. % I No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA - - 5 33.33 1 6.67 7 46.67 2 13.33 15 100.00 I B - !- - - 2 20.00 8 80.00 10 100.00 IC - - 13 31.71 1 2.44 15 36.59 12 29.27 41 100.00 I B 20 27.78 6 8.33 1 1.39 7 9.72 38 5278 72 100.00 IVA - j | - - - - - 36 100.00 36 100.00 Iv C .- - V 3 100.00 3 10aaCO V B - | 1 4.17 3 12.50 7 2917 13 54.17 24 10000 Total 20 9.95 25 12.44 6 2.99 38 18.91 112 55.72 201 100.00 Source: RAP Reports.Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project Note Titleholders,tenants and non-titteholders are clubbedtogether for each category Lea Associates 5-1 3 In 14 of the 18 cases of 'other' properties,the affected families will be displaced.While this is a high incidence of displacement,this will occur only in Package Il-B. Displacementamong the vulnerable group affected families will be a little lower than the non-vulnerablegroup families (refer Table 5.16 and 5.21). Table 5.21: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Other Properties Package WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. I % IA _ . IC - VBA 1 7.14 3 21-43 10 71.43 14 100.00 IVA - -- Ivc V - - _ Total 1 7.14 - =3 21.43 10 71.43 1 10000 Source: RAP Reports, Package Ito V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Note: Titleholders, tenants and non-tide holders are clubbed together for each category. The following Tables 5.22 and 5.23 summarises all the tables given above for the affected and the displaced Tamilies. Table 5.24 gives the share of displaced families among the affected families (for all kinds of impacts).The ST families are only 66 (about 0.6%) among the 11,155 project affected families. Woman headed families are also small in number. The vulnerable group families are mainly composedof the BPL families (about21%) and the SC families (about 11%). Vulnerable group families are more predominantin Packagesl-(A, B and C), and Il-B. Table 5.22: Distributionof Affected Families- All Families Package __WHH SC ST BPL Others (NV) Total Families No. I % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 23 1.89 194 15.97 5 0.41 254 20.91 739 60.82 1,215 100.00 IB 71 4.14 269 15.70 - - 310 18.10 1,063 62.05 1,713 100.00 IC E6 317 - - 31 1.76 422 23.92 1,255 71.15 1,764 100.00 11B 202 1500 181 13.44 7 0.52 209 15.52 748 55.53 1,347 100.00 IV A - 18 1.65 16 1 47 111 10.19 944 86.69 1,089 100.00 IV C - 527 j 13.68 - - 1,035 26.88 2,289 59.44 3,851 100.00 VB 13 739 8 4.55 7 | 398 18 10.23 130 73.86 I 176 I10000 Total 365 3.27 1,197 10.73 66 0.59 2,359 21.15 7,168_ 64.26 |11,155 100.00 Source RAP Reports, Package I to V. Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Note Titleholders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for each category. Overall, the displaced families have low share of ST and WHH families. The number of ST population displaced is only 45; that too dispersed over the entire 422km length of GTRIP (about 1 family per 10km). In the tribal district of Hazaribag, there is no ST family to be displaced. This also means that the ST families found in the other Packages are landless worker families (sometimes involved as sharecroppers,but mainly running roadside kiosks or petty businesses).There are 182 WHH families, almost all of them are in Packages l-(A, B and - Lea Associates 5-14 G ' C). and l-B. The largest number of vulnerable group displaced families6 is in Package IV-C, which is a natural corollary of the maximum number of displacedfamilies there. Table 5.23: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - All Families WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 16 2.49 118 18.35 3 0.47 124 19.28 382 59.41 643 100.00 I B 22 5.03 80 18.31 - - 95 21.74 240 54.92 437 100.00 IC 41 4.92 130 15.61 20 2.40 222 26.65 420 50.42 833 100.00 11B 102 9.92 138 13.42 3 0.29 156 15.18 629 61.19 1,028 100.00 IV A - - 18 2.14 16 1.90 85 10.10 723 85.87 842 100.00 IV C - - 447 16.13 - - 791 28.54 1,534 55.34 2,772 100.00 V B 1 1.69 4 6.78 3 5.08 10 16.95 41 69.49 59 100.00 Total 182 2.75 935 14.14 45 0.68 1,483 22.42 3,969 60.01 6,614 100.00 Source.RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-titleholders are clubbedtogether for each category. Table 5.24 shows that proportionof the displaced families is slightly higher in the case of the vulnerable group families comparedto the non-vulnerablegroup famiiies. The vulnerablegroup families constitute a major share among the non-titleholders,and consequently are more likely to be evicted fr,omthe public RoW. Table 5.24: Share of DisplacedFamilies among All AffectedFamilies WHH SC ST BPL Other Total PackageI Package (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) IA 69.57 H 60.82 H 60.00 H 48.82 L 51.69 L 52.92 IB 30.99 H 29.74 H - - 30.65 H 22.58 L 25.51 IC 73.21 H - - 64.52 H 52.61 H 3347 ; L 47.22 11B 50.50 L 76.24 L 42.86 L 74.64 L 84.09 H 76.32 IVA | - 100.00 H 100.00 H 76.58 L 76.59 L 77.32 Ivc [ - 84.82 H | | 76.43 H 67.02 L 71 98 V B 7.69 L 50000 H 42.86 H 55.56 H 31.54 L 33.52 Total 49.86 | L 78.11 H 68.18 H 62.87 H 55.37 L 59.29 Source RAP Reports.Package I to V Grand TrunkRoad ImprovementProject Nore, Titleholcders,tenants and non-tite holdersare clubbedtogetherfor each category.H = Higher than the respectiveshare of displacedfamilies among all affectedfamilies; L= Lower than the respectiveshare of displacedfamilies among all affectedfamilies However,the slightly higher displacementamong the vulnerablegroup families, when compared to the affected families is not a common trend. In Packages,such as Il-B, the vulnerablegroup families are less displaced.Similarly, the WHH families are less likely to be displacedthan the non-vulnerablegroup families. Overall, comparatively a little more vulnerable group families would be displaced because they squat closest to the road. The project has tried to minimise the displacementboth among the vulnerable and the non-vulnerablegroup families. However, in percentageterms, this large number of vulnerablegroup displaced families constitutesabout 45% of all displacedfamilies, which is comparableto all other Packages (where the share of vulnerable group displaced families among all displaced families varies between30% and 50%, except in Package IV-A, where it is about 15%). o, ek Lea Associates 5-15 6. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION AND CONSULTATION Involuntary resettlementcreates a feeling of insecurity,curiosity and misunderstandingamongst the PAPs. Social assessment and publiclcommunity participation help remove such uncertainties and at the same time help the project-proponent to incorporate valuable indigenoussuggestions and perceptions of development. In the process, stakeholders get the opportunityto address issues,which are resolved after making appropriate changes in design and alternative finalisation. The stakeholdersbecome aware of the development schemesand at the same time influence and share control over these initiatives, decisions and resources. Community consultationsalso help avoid opposition to the project, which is otherwise likely to occur. The overall objectives of the consultation program in GTRIP were to disseminate project information and to incorporate public and PAPs' views in Resettlement and Environmental Action Plans, which are guided by specific objectives like: * Awarenessamongst stakeholders; * Improvement in project design minimising potential conflicts and delays in implementation; * Facilitate developmentof appropriateand acceptableentitlement options; * Increaseproject sustainability; * Reduceproblems of institutionalco-ordination; * Malkethe R&R processtransparent and reduce leakage; * Increase re-settler commitment,ensure effectiveness and sustainabilityof the income restorationstrategies, and improve coping mechanisms. 6.1 PARTICIPATIONOF STAKEHOLDERS 6.1.1 IDENTIFICATIONOF THE STAKEHOLDERS The stakeholdersare all the people getting affected by the project, or are responsible for the project, whether directly or indirectly. The community participation programmes in GTRIP ensuredthat information is disseminatedto all the PAPs and other stakeholdersin appropriate ways. The information disseminationhas taken place in vernacular, detailing about the main project features and the entitlement framework. Due consideration has also been given to addressthe views of the vulnerablegroups. Certain issues conditionedthe participation of the stakeholders,as follows: * Who might be affected (positively or negatively) by the proposed development? * Who are voicelessfor whom special efforts may have to be made? * Who are representativesof those likely to be affected? * Who is responsiblefor what is intended? * Who can make what is intended more effective through their participation or less effective by their non-participationor outright opposition? * Who can contribute financial and technical resources? * Whose behaviour has to change for the effort to succeed? LeaAssociates 6-1 Both primary and secondarystakeholders were identified, based on the above criteria. They were invited to take part in the consultationseries, and were solicitedto participatein planning and implementation of the R&R programme. Primary stakeholders included those affected negatively or positively by the project, like the PAPs, project beneficiaries and project implementing agencies. Secondary stakeholders included other individuals and groups, with an interest in the project, viz., the World Bank, the highway users,the state publicworks departments (PWDs), etc. 6.1.2 PARTICIPANTSAT DIFFERENTLEVELS The consultationprogramme has beentiered and conductedat several levels, such as: * Heads of the households,likely to be impacted; * Members of the households,likely to be impacted; * Clusters of PAPs; * Villagers; * Village Panchayats; * Local voluntary organisations,and CBOs/NGOs; * Governmentagencies and departments; * Other project stakeholders,such as women, tribal and ethnic communities, road user groups, health professionaland others. All of them were, again, consulted,as applicable, at the 3 broad levels: * Local level * District level * State revel. The following sub-sectionsdescribe the consultationprocesses during the project preparation stage. 6.2 LOCAL LEVEL CONSULTATIONS Efforts had been made to contacteach and every PAP during the conductionof the censusand the baselinesocio-economic survey, which was conducteddoor-to-door. 6.2.1 OBJECTIVESAND CONTENTS At the village level, PAPs and local government leaders had been consulted. Techniques like participatory rural appraisal (PRA), focus group discussion (FGD), environmental resource mapping. livelihood analysis, and other consultative and assessment techniques had been deployed. However,most of the consultationswere focus group discussions,based on an open- ended schedule. The minutes of the meetings had been recorded/documented(these minutes are given in the annexesto the IndividualRAP Reportsprepared by the primary consultants). The main objective of the local level community consultation was to generate feedback to minimise negative impact inflicted upon the local communitiesby the project, and to spread awarenessregarding the project. During the consultations,efforts were also made to: * Understandviews of peopleaffected with referenceto the impacts of the road; * Identify and assessall major economic and sociologicalcharacteristics of the village to enable effective planning and implementation; * Resolve issues relatingto impacts on community property;and, * To establish an understandingfor identification of overall development goals and benefits of the project. LeaAssociates 6-2 A 100% sample was taken up for individual household consultation (door-to-door personal interviews), and about 10% for the focus group discussions (by conducting consultation sessions at 30 villages). Table 6.1 present the Local Level Consultation details (including reference to the location of the villages, the issues raised by the community at these locations, and corresponding mitigation or management efforts). Note that the consultations were conducted to generate feedback on both social and environmental issues affronting the communities. However, in Table 6.1 only those issues related to R&R are summarised. For a description of the environmental issues (including cultural and common property resources), refer the Section on Community Consultation in the Consolidated EIA Report. Table 6.1: Summaryof Local Level Consultations Package Level Sites IssuesRaised Suggestions/Demands of ProbableMitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI I-A Local Tundla * Encroachmentat * Demandof serviceroads for * Crossingto be redesigned Level Tundlacrossing safe movementof local * Relocationof the demolished * Sizeof shops is people shopsby shiftingthe bus small but total * Suggestionsfor shop stop encroachment relocation * Shiftingof the bus stopwill areais four times also savedemolition of the morethan the two and threestoried shoparea residentialand commercial * Relocationof buildings shops * A doublestory-shopping * Drainageand complexcan be built on the sewageproblem landof the bus stop *Construction of serviceroads andstrict enforcementof parkingand traffic rules will haveto be implementedto discipline the traffic flow l-A t Local Ussaini * Landacquired on * Land for land is desirable * Land acquiredon one side of Level oneside of the * Land shouldbe allocated the roadto avoidand roadis seenas a withinthe village minimiseloss of landlassets partialact of the authorities * Compensationfor the crops * The villagerswere told about has to be provided the replacementcost for *Compensation to land,which couldenabie l the PAPs * Adult sons of PAPsshould them to purchaseland. be givenJobs. * The poiicyprovisions of * Peopleloosing land prefer poymentprfvismpnsaof jobsorkilltraningfor sme paymentof compensationfor jobs or someskill trainingfor standingand non-perennial startingnew commercial crops wereexplained to the ventures PAPs *The provisionfor supportfor livelihoodoptions and skill trainingas a part of the economicrehabilitation was explained to them. I-A Local Nagla * PAPs expressed * Land for landpreferably * Adequatemeasures would Level Shahedlal their concernfor within the village be providedto check the safetyof their anticipatedincreased rate of childrendue to accidents fast movingtraffic after four laning I-A Local Giridharipur * Avoid * All farmersloosing total land * Pointshave beennoted for Level constructionof shouldbe compensated considerationin the RAP Bypass @Rs.7,00,000/acre,as the prevailingmarket price * Literatechildren of the affectedPAPs should be providedwith jobs. * Othersmay be providedwith suitablelivelihood options. Lea Associates 6-3 Package 1Level Sites IssuesRaised Suggestions/Demands of ProbableMitigation Measuresl E______I PAPs Assurances Given By The NHAI I-A Local Rapakhurd * The landfor * Irrigationfacilities have to be * Points havebeen noted for Level Bypassis being restored. considerationin the RAP. acquired * The localpeople require * The villagerswere madeto * The landis fertile facilitiesfor crossing understandthat the nearness andthe farmers * All compensationbe paidat of the villageto the city and are dependenton the rate of marketvalue of the roadwould further the landfor landprevailing at the timeof faciltate mobility,hence, the livelihood. consultations(24.7.99) businessoptions may be * Divisionof land * Literatepeople to be given profitable. due to the jobs. * The possibilityof bypass * Less educatedPAPs be employmentin the * Problemsof givenskill training for constructioncontracts were irrigationand reconstructingtheir livelihood explained.The contractors consequent and ar bet eanteare expectedto employa aedundancredundance oofare oss of income.abl tnomregan. h worksmen,large numberincluding of localthe skilled,semi-skilled and unskilledlabourers. I-A Local Jagmuri * An effort to avoid * If Bypassis constructedthen * The pointswere taken note Level Kasba- landacquisition the followingshould be taken of for considerationin RAP. Sarai for bypassand into consideration: Haderpur strengthenthe * Facilitateirrigation for the existingroad farmerswhose land is getting dividedinto two. * Compensationto be considered@ Rs. 80,000per Bigha,the marketrate prevailingat the timeof consultation(24.7.99) * Educatedchildren of PAPs be givenjobs. * Othersmay be providedwith facilitiesfor skill acquisition l______to reconstructtheir livelihood. I-A Local Ukherkhan * The land required * Peopledonot want the * The pointswere taken note Level d for the Bypassis Bypasswhich is plannedin of for considerationin RAP. Dist: fertileand the the northof their village Firozabad farmersare * All compensationhas to be dependenton the givenat prevailingmarket landfor value, iiveiihood. * The facilityfor crossingis * Drainagefacilities requiredfor thosewhose are to be land is gettingdivided into provided, two. * Irrigationfacilities be providedfor thosewho own tube wells, borewells, and whose landis getting divided. * Farmersloosing total land be givenrehabilitation assistance * Marginalfarmers are providedwith jobs for reconstructingtheir livelihood * Commercialland be compensated@ Rs.65 per -- __ |______sq.ft. I-A Local Jasoli Kala * Problemof * Irrigationfacilities to be * The pointswere taken note Level divisionof provided i of for considerationin the agriculturalland | Crossingfacilities have to be RAP holdings provided ! Problemof i ~~~~~irrigation i LcaAssociates 6-4 Package Level Sites IssuesRaised SuggestionslDemands of ProbableMitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI I-A Local Sarai * Problemof * All compensationhas to be * The pointswere taken note Level Haivatpur irrigation givenas per the market of for considerationin the *Acquisitionof valueas the land is fertile RAP fertile land * Irrigationfacilities be provided *Farmers loosingtotal land shouldbe providedjobs I-B Local Katfori * Effecton the * Peopledemanded that the * Suggestionsconsidered for Level structuresalong RoW shouldbe reducedto the RAP the roadsidedue save the structures to roadwidening * The wideningshould not be * Relocationof the only on left hand sidewhere shopswould thereare morehouses. effectthe Wideningshould be such, businesswhich which minimisesthe has been running displacement. for a long time * Gram Pradhanoffered the 4- 5 acres of landavailable with Gram Sabhafor relocation I-B Local Sarai * Poor people * 95% of peoplebeing below * Suggestionsconsidered for Level Murlidhar need povertyline need the RAP compensation compensationin form of built * Concemfor the up houses school,shops * New housesshould contain and housesthat basic modemfacilities are getting affected I-C Local Muradgani * Building * PAPs suggested * The feasibilityof the Bypass Level structures, constructionof a Bypass. andthe cost effectiveness housesand will haveto be judged shopsare getting affected I-C Local Anantram * The road * PAPsdemanded that they * Service roadand subwaywill Level traversesthrough should be given'Patta' for haveto be consideredfor a densely the land compensation construction,to avoid populated accidents. locality,therefore * The PAPswere explained increasingthe aboutthe Policyprovisions accidents andwere assuredthat they * People would all getwhatever they concernedabout are entitledfor. compensation I-C Local Mahewa * Landand * Peoplewith largefamilies (as * To avoiddisplacement and Level structuresalong large as 25 family members) demolitions,the extent of the roadare demandedland for land or wideninghas to be gettingaffected marketvalue to be paidas reconsidered. * People compensation. concernedabout * Marketshould be compensation constructedin lieuof the shops that are being demolished. * Panchayatland couldbe madeavailable for public purposes. I-C Local Mehmoodp * There are no * Demandfor serviceroads * The pointshad been taken Levei ur & serviceroads. * Demandfor special note of for the realignmentin Peetampur * The area consideration the design. (Dist. Mehmoodpuris Kanpur soongoing to be Dehat) TehsilHead Quarter,hence, thearea has to be treatedat par with Sikandra. a Assciates 6-5 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of ProbableMitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI Il-B Local Bhanuti * Templesand * Peopleare readyto relocate * People hadbeen convinced Level shrines are the shrines in mostplaces that better religious gettingaffected. structureswould be provided at propersites. Local Rooma * All * Peopleare not interestedin * Provisionof bypasshad Level encroachments gettingrehabilitated, as the been made haveto be areais a congestedone. removed * Peoplehave suggested that * Treesare getting its betterto havea bypass affected insteadof demolishingthe * Safetyissues old structures. especiallyfor * Peoplehave agreed to childrenand participatein the processof cattle. identifyinga site for the * Compensation, bypass. which maybe * PAPswant that the lowerthan the communityshould be marketprice. consultedbefore the * Fearthat cheap drawingsof the roadare labourersfrom finalised otherregions will * Safetymeasures be adopted comeincrease * Compensationbe madeat competitionfor marketprices the local community IV-A Local Jagdishsar * The entirevillage * Shiftingthe centreline to the * New carriagewayhas been Level ai at the curveis northto savethe existing shiftedto the north and the gettingaffected villagelying near the curve villagehas beensaved by straighteningthe curve IV-A Local Chandauli * Shopsallotted by * Suggestionsfor bypasswere * Effortshave been madeto Level Zila Parishadand madeto avoidlarge scale save maximumnumber of NagarPanchayat demolition structureseven then many shouldbe saved . structurescould not be saved. *Provision of bypasswas not feasilble. IV-A Local Saidraja * Religious * Bypasshas been suggested * Bypasshas been provided Level structuresgetting to save Mosque,shrine, affected madarsaand numerous * High accident otherstructures incidencenear * Bypasswould also reduce marketarea. the numberof accidentsnear marketarea IV-C Local Moresarai * To savevillage * Suggestedto shift the centre * Sasarambypass provided Level which is on the line to the south,which northand close would not only savethe to carriageway. villagebut also two temples on the north IV-C Local Sasaram * ExistingMazar * Unanimoussuggestion for a * SasaramBypass provided Level on the centreof bypasswas the solutionfor the road,temple, all problemsincluding high a PostOffice and rate accidents. a huge multi purposehall are major obstruction.In addition,there are a numberof shops,which will be affected. * Accidentis an issue; particularly for school children Lea Associates 6-6 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of ProbableMitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI IV-C Local Amea Amri * This is a market * Suggestionwas madeto * SasaramBypass provided Level Talab of stone designthe alignmentin such crushers.Though a way so that the activitiesof the crushersare crushersremain confined on operatingoutside one side of the road. the ROW but * Also to checkthe dust and they use the sound pollutioncreated by ROW for loading crushersenough plantation and unloading shouldbe done particularly stonechips on the crushersside IV-C Local Karaudia * One big andtwo * Suggestionwas madeto * SasaramBypass provided Level Village small templesas widen the roadequally on well as village bothsides so thatthe impact shouldbe saved is minimal IV-C Local Suara * The villageis * Suggestionwas madeto * SasaramBypass provided Level Village veryclose to the shift the alignmenton the roadon the south north.Therefore, many peopleare gettingaffected *Apprehension about compensation IV-C Local Coal * Templesare * Requestedto savethe * Templeswould be saved Level market, gettingaffected Brahmatemple and the * Serviceroad has been Dehrion- associatedOharmashala at providedon both sides Sone any cost * No parkingplace has been * This placebeing a Coal provided market,request was madeto providefour truck parking bys (twofor loadingand two for unloading) IV-C Local Barun * Any time of the * Suggestionwas madefor * Restareas had been Level day,on an providingproper truck providedin this section average20 to 25 parkingfacilities trucksare found parkedat two placesin this section V-B Local Chouparan * Drainage * Minimisedemolition of * Serviceroad would be Level , problem structures providedfor the safetyof the * Safetyissue * Provideservice roads residents * Minimising * * Raisedcarriageway with four demolition drain systemto solvethe problemof drainage * Width of the medianreduced to 1 5m from 3.5m V-B Local Barhi * Structuresare * Peopledemanded a bypass * Bypasshas been providedto Level gettingaffected to minimisethe demolitionof reducethe demolitionof structures structures,primarily commercialstructures V-B Local Barkatha * Drainage * Minimisedemolition of * Serviceroad would be Level problem structures providedfor the safetyof the * Safetyissue * Specialemphasis on solving residents * Minimising the drainageprobime * Raised carriagewaywith four demolition . drain systemto solvethe problemof drainage * Width of the medianreduced to 1.5mfrom 3.5m Source IncividualRAP Reportsof PackagesIto V, GTRIP Lea Associates 6-7 6.2.2 KEY FINDINGS The following are the key findingsfrom the village/local level consultations. * Participantswere aware of the project; • In most of the villages, participantswere in favour of bypasses.They were readyto give up their agricultural land but not their house; * People were also concernedabout the religiousstructures, burial/cremation ground and trees with religious values getting affected; * People, in most of the cases, agreedto participatein the processof identifying alternate site for the road (particularly,the bypass); * The PAPs were of the view that the community should be consulted before the designs of the road are finalised; * Some of the potentiallydisplaced PAPs were of the view that there is no need for the road. They feared that wider roadswould result in more accidentsand increased loss of lives; * The PAPs were also concernedabout the compensationpayment, which they think will be lower than the market prices. Packagewise descriptionof the issues raisedis given in the following sub-sections. ® Issues in Package I-A The following issues came up, from the participants, * The PAPs were concerned about the large-scale removal of encroachments and squatters, and the resultantloss of livelihood. * The potential dangers to human life (propensityof accidents, due to the operation of NH-2), after widening and strengthening, are important issues, raised almost in all meetings. e Wherever a bypass is proposed,the PAP's are concernedabout the fragmentationof agricultural land and the consequentproblems of irrigation. * In Tundla, the PAP's had raised issues regarding problems of local drainage and sewage. * PAPs demand that the compensationsbe paid at 'current' market prices. ® Issues in Package I-B The following by the participantsin the meetings expressedthe following concerns,which were discussedwith them in adequatedetails, * PAP's were concerned about the loss of livelihood as a result of relocation of commercialestablishments; * The PAP's were particularly concerned about the loss of community assets like the schools; * 95% of the PAP's at Sarai Murlidhar wanted compensationin terms of "land for land". Almost all of them fall belowthe poverty line. ( Issues in Package I-C The participantsin meetings held in Package I-C included a number of PAPs losing (part of) their land (there is proposal for a number of bypasses,and consequentland acquisition in this -La Associates 6-8 package). However,the participantswere not unduly worried about the loss of land, and had focussed on other issuesas well. The issues raised and discussedwere, * The PAPswere concernedabout the compensationpackage; * At Anantram, road safety is the major concern as the road through the area is very congested; * At Mehmodpur,the PAPs demandedthe provisionof a service road; * Safety, especially of children and cattle is of concernto the communities. ® Issues in Package II-B This package involves very small amountof land acquisition (but a number of encroachersand squatterswill be displaced).The major issueswere, * A major concernwas of the loss of temples and shrines; * Cutting of trees and reductionin the green cover was also an issue of concern amongst the communities; * The PAPs demandedthat the compensationsbe paid at the 'current' market prices. Issues in Package IV-A The issuesof concern in this packagewere, • At Chandaulithe PAPs demandedthat the shops allotted by Zila Parishad and Nagar Panchayatshould be saved, thereforerequirement of a Bypasswas put forth; * The lo.s of religiousstructures and potential increase in the occurrenceof accident are issues of concernto the communities. es PACKAGEIV C The participantsin the meetingsraised a number of issues,which were resolved by proposing a bypass aroundthe town of Sasaram.The residualissues raisedwere, * At Sasaram,the potential impact on the religiousstructures (a temple and a mazar)was of concern.Which resulted in the propositionof a bypass; * At Amea Amri Talab, the sustenanceof the stone-crushingunits would be at stake, and therefore, it was soughtto modify the design so as their livelihoods are not disrupted; * At Barun, the PAPs demanded a truck parking space (due to the large accumulation at the existing truck parkingthroughout the day); * Elsewherealong the package, impact on religious structureswas of significant concern to the communities. ce PACKAGEV B Package V-B has the minimum resettlement or displacement requirement. However, the participants were of the view that the potential displacement be absolutely minimised. The issues raisedand discussedwere, * The PAP were concerned aboutthe large-scale impact of the project and possibleand loss of livelihood * Lossof religious structureswas also an issue of concern * At Champaranand at Bara Katha, existing drainage problemswere an issue of concern to the PAPs. LeaAssociates 6-9 6.3 DISTRICT-LEVELCONSULTATIONS In conjunctionwith the detailed engineeringdesign and social & environmental assessmentof the project, district level consultationswere arrangedto solicit public and stakeholders'inputs. These consultations were also intended to establish the district committees to support RAP implementation. District level consultationswere scheduled to coincide with the onset of the census of the PAPs and the baseline socio-economicsurveys. These consultation sessions were intendedto be complementaryto the local and village level consultationsalong the project corridor. 6.3.1 OBJECTIVESAND CONTENTS The objectives of the district level consultationswere, * To expand awarenessof the project among the public, local government leaders and district officials in areastraversed by the project corridor. * To identify social and environmental sensitivities and other concerns in the affected districts, and to incorporatethese into the project design and planning; * To review the potential impacts of the project identified in social and environmental assessments;the measurestaken to avoid, reduce or mitigate adverse impacts and to minimise displacement, and to incorporate provisions in the project's Environmental ManagementAction Plan (EMP) and ResettlementAction Plan (RAP); * To explain the principlesand the proceduresproposed for land acquisition,resettlement and relocation; and the compensationand assistancethat will be provided to project affected persons/households/groups,who may lose land or assets or suffer other losses during or in consequenceof the project; * To increase cooperationamong local governments and district officials in planning and implementation of the project, including follow-on village and local level consultations along the project; • To introducethe house-to-housesurveys, assets-verification.videography, village Ivel consultationsand other activities about to began along the project road, and assurethat local inputs are consideredin project preparation. Workshopsand seminars are some of the most effective tools of people's participation. These are the ways of bringing administrativeunits, implementationunits and people (PAPs)together on the same platform, discuss the matter in congenial atmosphereand encouragethem play their role in the decision-makingsystem. For organisingthe workshop the following activities were undertaken, * Preparedliterature in Hindi and English for the workshops; * Fixed the date, place-venue and time in consultation with NHAI. Published the programme in local newspapersand invited PAPs to participate. Loudspeakerswere used to remind the people; * Written invitationswere extendedto all the district magistrates,and other administrative officers (the block developmentofficers, the community officers, etc.) of the concerned districts; * Active NGOs of the area and general public, speciallysenior and experiencedresidents were invited; * The pressand some of the photographerswere also informed and invited; Lea Associates 6-10 * Literature, which was specially prepared for the workshop,was distributed among all the participants: * Minutesof the sessionswere noted and recorded. Table 6.2 gives the details the district level consultations, including the issues raised, correspondingsuggestions from the participantsin the meetings,and the proposals. Table 6.2: District Level Consultations Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised Suggestionsi Demandsof the Probable Mitigation Measuresl Participants Assurances Given By The NHAI IA, I B District Firozabad * Issueof road * Wideningof roadwould be * Suggestionsgiven at the Level wideningroad carried outon one side. stakeholdersmeeting will be would be carried * Bypassbe alignedand should consideredfor RAP. out on oneside. beginfrom BachhuBaba * Informationdissemination on *Reclamation of Ashramand end at Asfabad,to projectplan, and compensation Rajaka Tal avoiddestruction of temples and Rehabilitationassistance as Pondbe and mosqueson the original per the policywould be made reclaimedand be planstretch within Firozabad knownto people. developedfor and Raja ka Tal. commercial * Effortsshould be madeto purposes. bypassFirozabad town as it is *People are in congested. panicregarding * Bypassto be consideredat loss of landand Shikohabadto avoid200 old income. big buildings,mosques, temples,and churches. * Raja ka Tal pond be reclaimed and be developedfor commercialpurposes. * A bypassfor Sirsaganjas there are large scale encroachmsentson ether side of the highway. District Etawah * The increasing * Realignmentof roadhas been * The realignmentwould be Level rate of accidents suggested. considered. at Jaswantnagar * The suggestionwas to avoidall * The DistrictMagistrate offered all * The congestion thecongestion points, the possiblesupport to theaffected at Ekdil, existingplan of Ekdilcould be i peopleand declared that the Chief Wakebar, stretchedfrom alongthe DevelopmentOffices would be the Baburpurand Bypass. Nodal Officer for Implementationof Ajitmal. * Peoplehave demanded that the Project * Problemof resettlementshould be at one drainageat placeand same typeof EtawahBypass standardand qualityof houses which is half should be maintained complete * Peopledemanded house for * Properparking house,shop for shopand land spacefor trucks for land to be provided IC District Auriya * Compensationto * GaonSabha land is available * Constructionof bus shelterswould Level the PAPsfor loss for relocation. organisethe traffic and local of structure. * Effortshave to be madeto people.Hence, bus sheltershave * Special savethese structuresof to be provided. compensationfor religiousand cultural * The NHAIPolicy and the World the PAPsfor the importance. Bankconditionality for R&R was lossof their land. explainedto the PAPs. * Provisionof * Culvertsrequire strengthening properdrainage * Trees shouldbe protectedand systemfor moretrees to be plantedto absorb eliminatingwater pollutionfrom the increased logging, numberof vehicles * A veryold shrine and a templeare coming under landacquisition. ea Associates 6-11 Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/ Demandsof the Probable Mitigation Measures/ Participants AssurancesGiven By The NHAI IC District Kanpur * The Old Fortat * As perthe Collector,a * Acquireland on oneside to avoid Level Dehat KhwajaPhoolpur reservedforest area is coming huge displacements,demolition of is at risk as the underacquisition, therefote, a propertyaffecting large number of wall of the fort is specialpermission would have PAPs. almosttouching to be acquiredas well as * Realignmenthas to be considered the roadand the compulsoryafforestation to avoidfelling of trees and vibrationsfrom requiredto be carriedout. destructionof forestland. increasedtraffic * TransportNagar should be and heavy plannedfor creatingextra vehicleswould parkingplace for the heavy damagethe Old vehicles. Fortwall * Integrateddevelopment plan * Removalof for the areahas to be planned encroachments to ensurethat the people's livingstandard are improved. * All encroachmentshave to be removed. * SaveOld FortWall at Khwaja Phoolpur IIB District Kanpur * Social and * Identifysocial and environment * Coordinationbetween Government. Level Nagar environmental sensitivities Departmentsis vitalfor the issues * Explainprinciples and implementationsof the * Processof land proceduresproposed for land ResettlementAction Plans acquisition, acquisition,resettlement and resettlementand relocation relocation. * Peoplewere in favourof the project * Public representativesoffered to participatein the processof identifyingalternate site for the project * Compensationto be as perthe marketrates, land for land and assetswith assets IV-Aand District RajaTalab * Issueof safetyat * To providesafe passage at the * Flyoverprovided in the start of IV-C Level (Varanasi VRM bypassand start of VRM bypass VRM bypass District) other congested * Suggestionof SulabhToilets in * SulabhToilets be providedif land urbanstretches. urbanareas is madeavailable by the district * Suggestionof Underapassat authorities Urbanareas * In congestedareas Underpass * To providesafety measures at would be provided Lanka-Chitaipurcrossing * Safetymeasures would be (beforetoll plaza)on VRM provided bypass * Effortswill be madeas per R&R * A shoppingcomplex for PAPs policy IV-Aand District Chandauli | Minimising * Requestedto widenthe roadin * Villagesaved IV-C Level (Chandauli impactson such a waythat the villageis * Properdrainage scheme has been District) village saved proposed * Problemof * Requestedto provideproper * Specialattention would be drainage drainagescheme providedto the vulnerablegroups * Compensationto * Specialattention to the as per R&R policy vulnerable vulnerablegroups while * Bypassproposed * Impactof the providingcompensation * Existingreligious structures corridoron (currentmar rate to comingin COIwill be re- religious followeSd)for land acquisition established structures * Proposalfor bypassto save large scaledismantling includinga big mosque, shrines,and temples * Reestablishmentof religious, structures z7•i -Lea Associates 6-12 Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of the ProbableMitigation Measures/ Participants Assurances Given By The NHAI District Sasaram * Disposalof water * Southernside bypasswill be * Sasarambypass has been Level (Rohtas is oneof the cheapercompared to the proposedon Southernside of the District) majorproblems northernside. For southern existingNH 2 throughtown- bypass,proper action has to be * Religious takendue to the protected structuresat forest Sasaram * Dueto frequentaccidents and * Considerationof heavyair pollutionalong the bypass existingroad, bypass is the * Issueof frequent only alternative roadaccidents in * Religiousstructures cannot be the stretch. shiftedat Sasaram * Measuresto be takenfor reducingaccidents V-B District Hazaribagh * Issueof shifting * Identifysocial and * Assurancewas giventhat the local Level markets environmentalsensitivities due level inputswould be consideredin * Issueof to the project projectpreparation clarifications * Explainprinciples and * It is felt necessarythat the weekly regardingsocial proceduresproposed for * marketsbe relocatedat a place and compensationof land convenientto the communityand environmental acquisition,resettlement and at the sametime keptaway from impacts relocation the highway * Transparency * The newmarket location must * NHAI mayopen localoffices in the regarding havethe necessary major settlementsalong the stretch acquisitionof infrastructurefacilities. which provideactual information land andother on policiesand otherrehabilitation assetsand action planto the people compensation * Fixationof compensationrate measuresto would be basedon presentmarket betaken. rates * Weeklymarkets in the project areaare on the side of the highwayresulting in frequent disruptionsin the movementof the vehicularand pedestrian traffic. Source.Individual RAP Reports.Packages I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project. 6.3.2 KEY FINDINGS By and large, the PAPs focussedtheir thinking on compensationagainst their loss. Some of them felt that they would lose their structure and/or agricultural land, and were ready for the same. People living along the highway wanted compensation at 'current' market rates. At places, participants suggested that NHAI should construct bypassesto leave the community undisturbed.The more significant findings (or expectationsof the participants)are the following. * The people encroaching the NH land and people engaged in petty businesses by squatting on public land also expect compensationfor their structure and losses. • The petty shopkeepersand squatterswho will be evicted would lose their businesses. These PAPs expectedtheir rehabilitationin a nearby location along the highway. * Weekly markets, in the project area, also abut the highway.Structures/shelters used for these weekly markets are generally very close to the highway (frequent disruptions in the movement of vehicular traffic and pedestrians result during the operation time of these markets). These are all accident-pronezones. It was felt necessary that these markets be relocated at a place convenient to the community and at the same time, should be away from the highway.The new market locations must have the necessary Lea Asociates 6-13 infrastructurefacilities. Hawkers,vendors and squattersshould get adequate place to run their business. Issues raised at the district level meetings are described package-wisein the following sub- sections. o Issues in Packages I-A & I-B The following demandswere raised, * The participants wanted bypasses at Firozabad and Shikohabad, due to heavy congestion on the highway on these locations, and concern regarding safety, large- scale impact on the likely PAPs and the loss of templesand mosques; * The participants suggested that 'Raja ka Tal' be reclaimed and redeveloped for commercialpurposes, say tourism; * There is a needfor a proper and large truck parking space at Etawah. o3 Issues in Package I-C The following issueswere raised, * ReasonableCompensations be paid to the PAPs; e Proper drainage system to be provided to check waterloggingin many stretches in the area; * The participantswere concernedabout the loss of culturalproperties; * The -old fort at Khwaja Phoolpur(Kanpur Dehat) needsbe conserved. The participants felt that the increase in vibrations in future, due to the vehicular traffic would further damagethe fort wall. o Issues in Package II-B The major concern was regardingthe compensationpackage for PAPs. The participantswere satisfied to note that most of their issues have been resolved in the Entitlement Frameworkfor the GTRIP. E: Issues in Packages IV-A & IV-C The participants were concerned about the existing lack of public conveniences along the highway.The other issuesraised and discussed,were, * The participantsexpected that the VRM bypasswould be designedas a safer highway, and said that the existing road is unsafe; * They wantedthat provisionbe made for 'sulabhl Toilets', and underpassesin the urban areas or the built-up stretches; * There were concern for provisionof proper drainage on the highwayside; * Some of the participantsdemanded a commercialcomplex for the PAPs. * The participants expressedthat the assistanceand compensationmechanism should be developedwith an emphasis on the vulnerablegroup of people; Sulabh International is an NGO involved in providing access to clean and low cost sanitation facilities across India. Sulabh International has been very successful in this, and the low cost sanitation facilities are now describedas 'sulabh', as a generic term. LeaAssociates 6-14 * Some of the participants demanded a bypass at Chandauli to save a number of religious structures. ® Issuesin PackageV-B The participantswere concernedabout the following, * Disposalof waste water at Sasaram; * Rising number of accidentsand the increasingair pollution; * Ambiguity aboutthe principlesand proceduresof compensation; * Shifting of Marketsin Hazaribaghdistrict (the participantsdemanded a new market with adequate infrastructureto be provided). The participants also demanded that there must be high degree of transparency regarding acquisitionof land. 6.4 STATE-LEVELCONSULTATIVE WORKSHOPS State level consultationworkshops were held as an essentialpart of the assessmentprocess in consultation with local experts and stakeholders.The state level consultative workshopswere held in August 1999. The participantsincluded local people, social and environmentalscientists from academic and research organisations, NGOs, project preparation consultants, state pollution control board, NHAI, and others. The purposeof workshop was to promote awareness and understandingof the proposedproject, and further to notify the stakeholders. Preparation for the stakeholders'consultative workshop included contacting numeroussocial and environmental NGOs, and other project stakeholders. 6.4.1 CONTENTS The stakeholders'consultative workshops were participatoryones. The workshopswere broadly divided into three sessions.The openingsessions focussed on projectdescription, the Gol and the WB requirements of the project, the social and environmental assessment processes, rehabilitation and resettlementprocesses in the project. Sessions II and IlIlwere smaller group discussionson various aspectsof the project (and its potentialfor positive and negative impacts on people and environment), followed by a plenary session where findings of the group discussionswere summarizedand presented. At the state level, the consultation process also included consultationwith representativesof key project stakeholders and in-depth discussions with organisations such as the Tribal Development Boards, the Truckers' Association, the State Planning Boards and others. Numerous meetings and exchanges were also arranged with organisations and agencies concerned with highway safety, healthcare,tribal rights and welfare, and other social impacts including trauma treatment and health organisationsworking on issuessuch as AIDS and STDs along the highway. Table 6.3 describes, summarily, the issues raised in the state level consultationsessions, and the suggestions/demandsmade by the participantsin these sessions.A number of issueswere raised and resolved in these sessions.Some of the issues raisedwere already been provided in the design of the project, or in the Entitlement Frameworkproposed for the GTRIP. In many cases, there were apprehensionsthat the project is proposing large-scale land acquisition,and most of the people close to the highway would be impacted. The project proponents have discussed the designs and plans of the project in detail, and the participantswere reassured LeaAssociates 6-15 that properties would only be acquired only when absolutely necessary. The participants were also informed about the generous provisions made in the Entitlement Framework of the GTRIP, and most of the issues regarding compensation, etc., were naturally resolved. Table 6.3: State Level Consultations IssuesRaised Suggestions/Demands of the Participants ProbableMitigation Measuresi Assurances Given By The NHAI * Construction * Propercare has to be takenof existingroad * The roadwill be maintainedtill the constructionof of Sasaram till the constructionof Sasarambypass Sasarambypass bypass * Suggestionsof parksetc. alongthe roadin * Environmentalimprovements will be done as per * Environmental orderto improvethe Environment final recommendationof forestauthorities enhancement * Properdrainage scheme should be * Drainagewould be provided * Problemof providedat Mohania drainage * Positiveand * Explainingthe compensationprinciples and * The emphasisis on speedingup of the negative procedure compensationpayment process impactson * A need to work outthe modalitiesfor * Specialcare would be takenin removingor shifting the squattersand encroachers the sacredtrees, religious, cultural and historical community * Compensationto be as perthe market places * Compensation rates,land for land andassets for assets * Coordinationbetween Government Departments is principlesand procedure * The landallotted as compensationshould vitalfor the implementationsof the Resettlement not be fragmentedand their locationand Action Plansand provisionand maintenanceof * Provisionsfor typeis important infrastructurealong the road non- NAwoladpthRRpoiyolafe titleholders * Relocationand resettlement should be * NHAI wouldadopt the R&R policyonly after minimised acceptanceby the people * Emissions from rmiioa * PAPswant to be movedalong with their * Loss of accessto livelihoodwould be from road peergroups compensatedin terms of developmentbased traffic volume * Effortsshould be madeto preventloss of employmentgeinerlatln nalenvoronmental context etc would livelihoods deterioratethe * Safety is an importantissue especiallyfor * The vulnerablegroups would be identifiedto be air quality children,women and cattle givenspecial consideration for resettlement/ varioushealtht Acquisitionof landand otherimmovable rehabilitationon prioritybasis hazardsand propertiesand resettlementshould be on * Localflora and faunaneed protectionon priority damageto the basisof "do first, thenremove" basis vegetation * Provisionfor the bypassesand alignments * Naturallandscape and landusepatterns would be , Sourceof in the interestof socialsafety and maintainedand improved upon by controllingsoil water would environmentalprotection were emphasised erosionetc. be affected * Peopleencroaching the NH landalso * Prolectwould design mitigation plan for the expectcompensation for their structures sourcesof watergetting affected and losses * Accidentswould be controlledthrough various * Measuresto be takento improve safetymeasures. Trauma hospitals and environmentalquality emergencyfacilities on the roadwould be provided 6.4.2 KEY FINDINGS The key recommendations of the workshop are summarised below: Social environment and communities will experience the positive and negative impacts due to the project. Better transport, communication, economic activities, marketing of agricultural products, etc., are seen as positive impacts. While physical relocation, accidents, social problems, etc., may be negative impacts. * Rich people, traders and migrants may turn to be major beneficiaries, while indigenous people may not gain immediately and directly from the project. * Scheduled castes, scheduled tribes, woman headed households and other vulnerable social groups affected by the project needed to be identified. They require special consideration for resettlement/rehabilitation on priority basis. * A major emphasis of the workshop was that the compensation shall be on the basis of land for land' and 'house for house'. There is a need for clarification on the standards of *ea Associates C7cO 6-16 compensation.Next, there is a needto speed up the land acquisitionand compensation payment process. The location and type of land is important and the land for resettlement should not be allotted in fragments. There is a need to work out the modalitiesfor eviction of squatters. * Physical relocation and resettlement should be minimised. The social fabric of the persons relocatedshould be maintained, or in other words, the PAPs should be moved along with their peer groups. Efforts should be made to prevent loss of access to livelihood and the PAPs need to be fully involved in relocation planning right from the project preparationstage. Safety is an important issue especially for children, women and cattle. The time factor in any resettlementprogramme is essential. * Acquisition of land and other immovable propertiesand resettlementshould be on the basis of "do first, then remove",with a simplified procedureand timely implementationof the same. * Special care should be taken in removing or shifting the sacred trees, temples, mosques and other places of cultural and historicalsignificance (by following the rituals and customs of community concerned). * Proper coordination among the NHAI, the public health engineering departments,the revenue departments,and the other line departmentsis esential for the provision and maintenanceof infrastructurecreated along the road and to provide respectiveservices in rural areas. * Notification about the cut-off date by the governmentthrough the media and presswill prevent new encroachment. * The NHAI should adoptthe R&R policy only after acceptanceby the people. * Loss of accessto livelihood should be minimum and the losses are to be compensated in terms of developmentbased employmentgeneration and occupation sustenancein local social-environmentalcontext. * Community participation is essential to sustain the project. Timely dissemination of project related information to the PAPs through public consultations (Chaupal meetings) is mandatory. * Stray cattle, domesticand wild animals accentuateroad accidents. Emissions from road works, higher traffic volume, etc., will deteriorate air quality leading to various health hazards and damage to the vegetation. Protection of local flora and fauna need protection on priority basis. * Natural landscapeand land use patterns need to be maintainedand improved upon by controlling soil erosion, etc. * Hand pumps, tanks, wells and other traditional sources of surface water may get affected due to the project; thereforeproject shoulddesign mitigation plan for the same. * Accidentsneed to be controlledthrough various safety measures.Trauma hospitalsand emergencyfacilities on the road should be provided. * The participantsemphasized the provisionof bypassesand aligning the highway in the interest of communitysafety and environmentalprotection, repeatedly. Chaupalis the informal meeting place in a typical North Indian village. LeaAssociates 6-17 These recommendations of the state/ district or local/village level consultations have been carefully considered in the design. They have also guided social assessmentinputs to detailed engineeringdesigns. While finalising the designs,the views of the PAPs, and outcome of the district and state level consultations have been considered. These contributed to reducing the number of PAPs significantly. 6.5 PLAN FOR CONTINUEDPARTICIPATION The following set of activities is required for proper implementationof the RAP. These will help the process of resettlement and rehabilitation to be effective, and will ensure time-bound achievements. 6.5.1 INFORMATIONDISCLOSURE The RAP will be disclosed at several locations,for the benefit of the interested community,and the stakeholders.There are the following componentsof disclosureof projectinformation. sD Public Disclosure of the RAP Report The RAP has been disclosed and kept for public referenceat the following locations, * State Public Library at Lucknow,Uttar Pradesh; * State Public Library at Patna, Bihar; * State Public Library at Ranchi,Jharkhand; * District Public Library at Agra; Uttar Pradesh; * Benaras Hindu University (BHU) Library at Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh; All these places are open to the public without any restriction whatsoever on access. It is proposed that the copy of the RAP Report should be placed in the 'reference'section of these libraries (as only one copy of the reportwill be placed at each of these libraries, it is advisable that the reports are not issued to the public to be taken away from the library, but be referredto within the library itself). The reportwill be available to the public at the WB Infoshop at WashingtonDC, as per the WB disclosurepolicy. In additionto these, copies of the RAP reportwill be available at the NHAI headquarterlibrary at New Delhi, and at the NHAI project implementationunit offices at Agra, Kanpur and Varanasi (all in Uttar Pradesh), and Jumri Talaiya (Bihar). The report from these places will be available to the public on requestfor reference. Moreover,NHAI proposesto include the report in the NHAI website in near future. ® Public Information Sharing and transparency NHAI project implementation units' (PlUs) offices in the 4 major settlements along the stretch (Agra, Kanpur, Varanasiand Jumri Talaiya) will provide actual informationon policiesand other rehabilitation action plan to the people, in a continuous manner. For this, the following are proposed, * The NGOs involved in implementationof the RAP will organisepublic meetings,and will appraisethe communitiesabout the progressin the implementationof R&R works. LeaAssociates 6-18 * There will be grievance redressal committees (GRCs) for each district through which the project highway passes. The PAPs will be associated with such committees (each of the committees will include one representative of the PAPs). * The resettlement sites, and other amenities and facilities to be made available to the PAPs will be made in consultation with the communities. * The NGOs will organise public meetings to inform the community about the payment and assistance paid to the community. Regular update of the progress of resettlement component of the project (a summary version of the quarterly report submitted by the NGO) will be placed for public display at the PlUs' offices. * All monitoring and evaluation reports of the R&R components of the project will be disclosed in the same manner as that of the RAP Report suggested above. ® Community Participation To implement the RAP in a proper way, it is essential to provide scope of involving communities and affected persons in the process. Stakeholders' participation throughout the stages of project implementation and early operation (or the defects liability period) will be integrated in the project. Table 6.4 gives the mechanism for continued community participation in the project, detailing the different stages of participation, and the roles of the stakeholders. Table 6.4: ContinuedParticipation Mechanisms Project Stage PAPs and NGOs Local officials(in Host Community Representatives projectand host areas) Identification . Receiveinformation . Designand carry . Assist in census . Improve on projectimpacts. out informationand and socio-economic informationand . Participatein suggestion survey. inputs to design of coordination . Assist in census . Assist NGO in incomegeneration committee. and socio-economic information programmes. . Participatein census survey dissemination . Identifyexisting surveys. . Participatein . Participatein and right and income * Participatein coordination arrange generation consultationsto committee consultations schemes developIG programs. . Participatein . ArrangePAP * Discuss areasof . Keep recordsof consultations transportto sites possibleconflict consultations . Representationon . Helpto document with PAPs . Chooseresettlement grievancetribunal consultations alternativesor housing . Train VRWs where . SupportVRWs work schemes. required . Examinefeasibility . Inputs of designof . FacilitatePAP of IG programsand resettlementlocations intergroupmeetings discusswith PAPs . Participatein grievancetribunal Implementation * Monitorprovision of . Provideongoing . ProcessIG . Assist PAPsin use entitlements informationfor proposals of new production . Labourand otherinput PAPsand hosts. * Participatein systems at site . Providesupport in grievanceredressal * Formjoint . Credit andother group groupmanagement. . Provideassistance management schememanagement . Monitorentitlement underlocal groupsfor . Managementof sites provisionand schemes commonresources and projectinput. implementationof . Membershipof . Managementof IG programmes. implementation common property * Membersof committee resources. implementation . Processdocuments . Managementof committee for welfareand community socio-economic . bt:l~~~~~~~~~~~~~.VIClSb (1 dtFu, I -:LeaAssociates 6-19 Project Stage PAPsand NGOs Localofficials (in Host Community Representatives projectand host areas) developmentfunds. services(ration Member of card, BPL card). implementation committee Monitoring and * Participate in * Provide information * Ongoing interaction * Provide inputs to Evaluation grievancetribunals. to projectstaff on with PAPsto M&Eof R&R * Report to project o IG vulnerable groups identify problems in schemes * Act as external IG programmes. * Reportson service monitorsfor project * Participantsin qualityat sites (wherenot correctional previouslyinvolved) strategies Lea Associates 6-20 7. THE ENTITLEMENT FRAMEWORK The Resettlement and RehabilitationPrinciples and Policy Frameworkfor the Fourth National Highway Project provides with guidelines to be followed to prepare the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). Since the RAP proposesto deal with the resettlementand rehabilitationof different categories people affected by the GTRIP adequately addressingthe various impacts on them, there is a need to define different categoriesof peoplewho directly come under the purview of the resettlement and rehabilitationissues, being affected or displaceddue to the Project. It is also important to define the cut-off date and delineate criteria for eligibility for compensationand assistance. 7.1 DEFINITIONOF PAPSAND THE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA The following definitions are found in the individual RAP reports prepared by the primary consultants,Several other definitions are part of the NHAI EntitlementFramework (see Section 6.4, sub-section4), and are not repeatedhere. ® Project Affected Person (PAP) Unless otherwise specified in the Policy paper, a project affected person is a person who in consequence of the project, sustains damages (a) by reasons of severing such land or (b) by affecting his/her immovable properties in any manner or (c) by adversely affecting his/her livelihood/earnings calculated by an objective assessment. Project affected persons include project displaced persons. ® Project Displaced Person (PDP) A displaced person is a personwho is compelled to change hisJherplace of residenceand /or work place or place of business,due to the project. ® Project Affected Group (PAG) Groups or Communitiesthat may be affected by the projectare project-affectedgroups. 3 Titleholder / Private Property Owners A tittle holder or a private properly owner is a person who has legal title to structures, land or other assets and is accordinglyentitled to compensationunder the National HighwayAct (NHA), 1956 (amended1997) or the Land AcquisitionAct (LAA), 1894 (amended1984). In the case of joint-title deed, the replacementland or pecuniarycompensation will be given to the joint holders who will be treated as a unit. D Landless Agricultural Labourer A Person who does not hold any agricultural land and who has been deriving his main income by working on the lands of others as sub-tenantor as an agricultural labourer prior to the cut-off date. LeaAssociates 7-1 ® Income Income of a project affected person shall mean the amount of income as shown in his Income Tax Return prior to the cut-off date. In absenceof such a return, his income shall be calculated by an objective assessment applying the same method as adopted by the Government agenciesfor identifyingbelow poverty line families. (9 Vulnerable Person Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this document, a person who has been designated falling under 'Below Poverty Line' category as identified by the concernedState Government, and earning up to 15% above the official poverty level will be considered as a vulnerable person. Disadvantaged persons belongingto Scheduled Castes (SC), Scheduled Tribes (ST), mentally or physically challenged,orphans, destitutes and woman-headedhouseholds are also recognisedas vulnerable persons. Special consideration of age should be made for orphan or destitute squatters. Orphan or destitute squatters, even belowthe age of 18 years, are found to run small shops and thus earn a living. Such a person displaced by the project shall be considered a vulnerable person and shall be eligible for assistanceeven falling belowthe standard age of 18 years considered for compensation/assistance in the project. ® Tenant (T) A tenant is anon title-holder person living or working or having a business in the area of a titleholder, affected by the project. 0D Entitled Person (EP) An entitled person is a project affected person who qualifies for, or is entitled to, assistance/ compensationsince being negatively impacted by the project. The EP is deemed to include PAF, PDP, PDF, VP and WHH. 3 People Losing Livelihood People losing livelihood are entitled persons over the age of 18 years at the time they are affected by the projectwho lose their primary occupationor sourceof income as recordedin the census.More than one person in a householdmay fall in this category. Domestichelp, casual employeesand personsnot usually residingwith, or dependentupon, the householdwill be eligible for entitlement benefits if their income or employment is impacted. Landlesslabourers fall into this category. Income generating assistanceis provided to persons affected by loss of wage-earningopportunities or loss of accessto work. 0 Compensation Compensationrefers to restitution made to titleholders / property owners whose land and/ or other assets have been acquired under National HighwaysAct (NHA) or Land Acquisition Act (LAA). Compensationshould be made at replacementcost of the propertyacquired. It may be in terms of land for land and/ or pecuniaryassessments. Compensationas above will be paid by the National HighwayAuthority of India (NHAI). LeaAssociates 7-2 ® Assistance Assistance refers to all other support mechanismssuch as grants, assets, services, etc., given to the eligible persons (suchas squatters, encroachers,vulnerable persons etc.). Assistancewill be financed by the project. 7.2 CUT-OFF DATES The cut-off date shall mean a) In the cases of land acquisitionaffecting legal title holders,the cut-off date would be the date of issuingthe notice u/s 3A of the NHA or u/s 4(i) of LAA. b) In the cases where people lack title, the cut-off date shall be the date of start of the Census survey undertakenby the project authority. Private land acquisitionunder the NHA or LAA providesthe first notification under law and is the cut-off date for land covered under private land acquisition.For all other land and assets the census of project-affectedpeople is the cut-off date. The NHAI may evict people who move in after the census, or project affected peoplewho do not move from the RoW after the 'notification period' has elapsed. It is recognisedthat there could be a margin of error in the census and any person who has not been surveyed during the census but can show document of evidence that the person is rightfully an,EP will also be considered (power of such recognitionis vested on the Social Cell, Grand Trunk Road ImprovementProject). Disputes or grievances arising out of the definition of any category or entitlement of a person will be resolved through the verification process and the grievance redressal mechanism administeredby the Grievance RedressalCommittee for the project. 7.2.1 PACKAGEWISE CUT-OFF DATES For titleholders in all the packagesthe cut-off date for land acquisitionwill be the date of issuing of notice for the said purposeuls 3a of NHA or u/s 4(i) of LAA. For non-titleholders,the start date of the census survey of project-affectedpersons under each package has been the cut-off date. Cut-off date for packages IA, IB, IC, IVA and IVC has been 4th January 1999.For packagesIIB it has been 16 thAugust 1999.Cut-off date for packageVB is 01 May 1999. 7.3 CRITERIAFOR ELIGIBILITYFOR COMPENSATION The World Bank operational directive on involuntary resettlement (OD 4.30) mentions the criteria for eligibility for compensationin the case of peopleaffected by the project. Project affected peopleeligible for compensation,are: * those who have formal legal rights to land or other assets (including customary and traditional rights recognized under the laws of the country, and * those who do not have formal legal rights to land or other assets at the time of beginning of census but have a claim to such legal rights-providedthat such claims are recognized under the laws of the country or become recognized through a process identified in the resettlement plan. Such rights could be derived from adverse LeaAociate 7-3 possession, from continuedpossession of public lands without Government action for eviction (i.e, with the implicit leave of the Government)or from customaryand traditional law and usage etc. * The absence of legal title to land or other assets is not, in itself, a bar to compensation for lost assets or other resettlementassistance. * Displaced personsirrespective of legaltitle holding are also entitled to compensationfor loss of other assets such as structures and crops and are eligible for receiving other resettlementassistances. 7.4 NHAI FRAMEWORKFOR RESETTLEMENT& REHABILITATION The following (the entire contentof the remaining part of this Section) is from the NHAI EntitlementPolicy Frameworkfor the Third National Highway Project (Italics added for the GTRIP). This framework has been already approved by the Government of India and was endorsedby the World Bank. 1. INTRODUCTION National HighwaysAuthority of India (NHAI) on behalf of the Governmentof India, is preparing the Third National Highway Project (and GTRIP). The aim of the project is to undertakefour- laning and strengthening of the existing two lane stretches of Agra-DhanbadSection of NH-2 and Chennai-TrichySection of NH-45 as well as Trichy-Maduraisection of NH-45 B. The total length of the proposed projectis about 1400km. It is proposedto split the constructionactivities into different construction packages,which could be taken up independentlyfor which the R8R policy brought ouit in this document is applicable. (The GTRIP is set to follow the same principlesand policy framework.) This Resettlement Policy document describes the principles and approach to be followed in minimizing and mitigating negativesocial and economic impacts caused by the project. 2. BROAD PRINCIPLES 2.1 These guidelines are prepared for addressing the issues limited to Third National Highway Projects for resettlement and rehabilitation of the Project Affected People (PAP) and assistance in re-establishingtheir homes and livelihoods in course of developmental projects. Involuntaryresettlement is an integral part of the projectdesign and should be dealt with from the earliest stages of the project preparation.The broad principles of the R&R policy are as below: * The negative impact on persons affected by the project should be avoided or minimized. * Where the negative impacts are unavoidable, the project-affected persons should be assisted in improvingor regainingtheir standard of living. * People's participationshould be undertakenin planning and implementationof the project. 2.2 All acquisitionof land would be under National HighwaysAct or under Land Acquisition Act, which provides for compensationfor properties to be acquired and support to be extended for meeting the replacementvalue of the property.The persons affected by LeaAssociates 7-4 the project who do not own land or other propertiesbut who have economic interest or lose their livelihoods shall be assistedas per the broad principlesbrought in this policy. 2.3 Most of the widening and strengtheningwork planned for the Third National Highway Project (and GTRIP) will take place within the ROW and any major land acquisition is not foreseen, except at locationswhere the existing alignment may involve shifting to accommodate bypasses, geo-metrics and other cost effective improvements. Engineeringdesign proposedto be adoptedat congestedlocations is to raise the 4-lane carriageway with footpaths and drains connected through an underpass at such locations. This besides ensuring unhindered mobility to the through traffic will also ensure that people residingor doing their daily activities are not disturbed. 2.4 Before taking possessionof the acquiredlands and properties,compensation and R&R assistancemust be madein accordancewith this policy. 2.5 There should be no/or minimum adversesocial, economic and environmentaleffects of displacement on the host communitiesand specific measureswould be provided in the ResettlementAction Plan. 2.6 Broad entitlement framework of different categoriesof projectaffected people shall be as per Annex I The suggestedformat for detailed entitlement matrix shall be as per Annex II. 3. ABBREVIATIONSAND TERMS Following abbreviationsand terms have been used in the policy: Abbreviations B.P L. Below Poverty Line B.S.R. Basic Schedule of Rates C G I Corrugated Galvanised Iron C 0.1 Corridor of Impact C P.R. Common Property Resources EP Entitled Person ha Hectare L.A.A. Land Acquisition Act M L.H. Marginal Land Holding N.G.O. Non-Government Organisation N.H .A. National Highway Act P.A.P. Project Affected Persons P D.P Project Displaced Persons R.A.P. Rehabilitation Action Plan R.O Rehabilitation Officer R.O.W. Right of Way R&R Resettlement and Rehabilitation S.E.S. Socio-Economic Survey S E S Socio-Economic Survey SC Scheduled Caste S T Scheduled Tribe uis Under Section Terms Acre A unit for measuring land area (Acre Pradhan Elected head of a Panchayat equals 4840 square yards) Panchayat Local Self-Governing body at Block level Divisional Administrative head of a division comprising a Samiti is Panchyat Samiti Commissioner number of districts District Administrative head of a District Ghair Khatedars Includes allottees, holders of "Muafi lands" Collector Hectare A unit measuring land area. One Share-Croppers Persons who cultivate land of a Khatedar on (ha) Hectare equals 1o,ooom' or 2.475 acre terms cf sharing income there from with the Khatedar Lea Assoceates 7-5 D Khatedar Accordingto Law,all landbelongs to the FamiliesBelow A familywhose annual income from all sources or tenant Stateand all so-calledland owners are PovertyLine is less than a designatedsum as fixed by the tenantsof the State.They are called concernedState Govt in which the prcject Khatedars falls, will be consideredto be below Poventy Line. Panchayat Electedlocal self-governingbody at Jamabandi Basicrecord of land rights villagelevel 4. DEFINITIONS 4.1 Cut-off date Cut-of date shall be the following: * In the cases of land acquisitionaffecting legal titleholders,the cut-off date would be the date of issuingthe notice u/s 3A of the NHA or u/s 4 of LA.A. * In caseswhere people lack title, the cut-off-date shall be the date of start of the Census survey undertakenby the project authority. 4.2 Project Displaced Person A displaced person is a person who is compelled to change his/her place of residence and/or work place or place of business,due to the project. 4.3 Project Affected Person Unless otherwise specified in this Policy paper, a project affected person is a person who in consequenceof the project, sustains damages (a) by reasons of severing such land or (b) by affecting his/her immovable properties in any manner or (c) by adversely affecting his/her livelihood/earnings calculated by an objective assessment.Project affected person includes Project Displaced Person. 4.4 Definitionof Family (i) A "Family" shall mean karta (headof the household),spouse (husband/wife),and minor children. (ii) Every son or unmarrieddaughter who has attained the age of 18 years on or before the cut-off-datewill be treated as separatefamily. (iii) Every divorced or widowed daughter living separately or with the family on or prior to cut off date will be treated as separatefamily. 4.5 Landless Agricultural Labourer A person who does not hold any agricultural land and who has been deriving his main income by working on the lands of others as sub-tenant or as an agricultural labourer prior to cut off date. 4.6 Encroacher A person,who has trespassedGovernment land, adjacent to his/herown land or asset, to which he/sheis not entitled, and deriving his/her livelihood therefrom, prior to the cut-off date. 4.7 Squatter Squatter is a person who has settled on publicly owned land without permission and has been occupyingpublicly ownedbuilding without authority prior to the cut-off date. C7L2 Lea Associates 7-6 ` 4.8 Small farmer A farmer holding2ha of unirrigatedor 1ha of irrigated land shall be treated as a small farmer. 4.9 Marginal Farmer A farmer holding1 ha of unirrigatedor 0.5ha of irrigated land shall be treated as marginal farmer. 4.10 Marginal Land Holding (MLH) MLH is a holdingequivalent to 1ha of unirrigatedor 0.5haof irrigated land. 4.11 Income Income of a PAP shall mean the amount of income as shown in his Income Tax Returnprior to the cut-off date. In absence of such a return, his income shall be calculated by an objective assessmentapplying the same method as adopted by the Govt. agencies for identifying BPL families. 4.12 Vulnerable Person Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this document, a person who has been designated falling under 'Below Poverty Line' category as identified by the concerned State Govt. and earning up to 15% above the official poverty level will be considered a vulnerable person. Disadvantaged persons belonging to SC, ST, disabled, handicapped, orphans, destitute personsand woman headed householdare also recognisedas vulnerable person. 5. BROAD PROCEDURES 5.1 Basic Approach (i) During project design and preparation, every effort should be made to minimise acquisitionof land and other assets and to reduce negative socio-economicimpacts. The structures/assetsfalling outside the Corridor of Impact would as far as possible be left undisturbed. (ii) Project expects to encounter two types of persons.(a) PDPs and PAPswho get affected due to the acquisition of their land and assets or due to the fact that such land or assets so acquired had been a source of livelihood to them; and (b) Encroachersand squatters who are the illegal occupants/usersof public property/land/structurefalling within the ROW and accordingly live and/or earntheir livelihood by operatingwithin the ROW of NH land. The policy principle is to provide adequatecompensation including R&R assistance if any, to PDPs and PAPs belongingto category(a) above. (iii) No compensationfor land will be provided to the encroachersand squatters keeping in mind their illegal possession.However. R&R assistancewill be provided to encroachers and squatterswho belong to the disadvantagedvulnerable groups among them as per the entitlement framework. Compensationfor structures and or lost assets, required for the project, will be paid at the replacementvalue to encroacher/squatterswho belongto the vulnerablegroup. (iv) In the absence of titleholder ration cards, identification of encroachers and squatters would be sought from voters' list or from any other legal documents or information from the community. In the absence of any supportinglegal documents, findings of the Census survey shall be relied upon. Lea Associates 77-7 (v) Efforts should be madeto ensure involvement of the peopleand stakeholdersin planning, implementationand monitoring of the projectthrough focus group discussions,workshops at district and state level. (vi) Copies of resettlementnorms/rehabilitation policy for displaced or affected personsof the project, information of its salient features or its official Executive Summary, will be displayed at the notice board of the offices of the project authority for general information to the public. Policy translated in local language should he distributed to the affected people. Interestedpublic may contact RehabilitationOfficer for further details. (vii) The R&R assistanceshould be determinedas per their respectiveentitlement framework as defined hereinafter. (viii) Both PDPs and PAPs shall be treated at par in matters of rehabilitation. 5.2 Compensationand R&R All PAPs as defined in para 4.3 shall be entitled to resettlement and rehabilitation besides compensationas stipulated hereinafter.Those PAPswho are not entitled for compensationmay get R&R benefits as per their respective entitlement framework if they belong to vulnerable group. The compensationfor land and building shall be provided within the ambit of the NH Act.or LA.A., and to meet the replacementvalue, R&R assistancewill be provided. All losses, including loss of income, should be compensatedwithin the overall R&R package as per the broad entitlement frame work. The unit of entitlementframework shall be the, family as defined in para 4.4. In case of acquisition of houses/buildings other assets, the replacement cost should be considered.The replacementvalue will be assessedas per procedurelaid down in para 7.5. In case the replacement cost is more than the compensation at market price determined by competent authority,the difference is to be paid by the projectin the form of assistance. Replacementvalue of land will be assessedas per procedurelaid down in para 7.4. The entitlement of compensationand assistancewill be extendedto only those PAPs who are so identified on or prior to the cut off date. Claims regardingR&R assistanceshould be dealt by the Grievance RedressalCommittee. 5.3 Project Assistanceto PAP & PDP The shifted population shall be assisted in getting their names included in voters' lists of the area of their resettlement. PAPs falling under vulnerable groups shall be provided suitable assistance to minimise the adverse impacts through various means includingimplementation of development activities. 6. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTAND RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN 6.1 Surveys 6.1.1 For proper rehabilitation of the project affected and displaced persons, social impact assessment shall be undertaken. This would help in assessing the magnitude of displacement,losses to be sustained by PDPs and PAPs, better targeting of vulnerable LeaAssociates 7-8 w groups, ascertaining the cost of R&R, drawing out the rehabilitation package and administeringthe same. 6.1.2 The social impact assessmentshall consist of two surveys namely: * Census survey of 100 percent of PAPs. * A baseline socio-economic survey of 25 percent of the PAPs to establish the monitoringand evaluating parameters. The baselinesurvey shall be completed prior to the date of notification, under Section 3A of NHA or u/s 4 of LAA. If declaration under sub-section(1) of section 3D of NHA or u/s 6 and 9 of LAA is not issued within the stipulated period as specified in the National Highways Actor Land Acquisition Act, the survey will be undertakenagain and the notification under section 3A of NHA or us 4 of LA shall be reissued. 6. .3 The Censuswill inter-alia include collection of information about the following: (i) The resource base including land, water, and forest etc., with an assessmentof its developmentand ecological potential in the pre-projectconditions. (ii) The economybase of the affected peopleincluding the modes and magnitude of production,consumption pattern, related economic institutions and allocation of various productiveresources. (iii) Householdcensus covering immovable property owned by the PAPs and other resources in their possession/use. These surveys would be carried out in association with local and host communities as well as with the local representatives. (iv) The social structure, norms, customs, cultural centres,,traditions, patterns of leadershipand institutionsof social networking. (v) The census surveys will, prima-facie, identify sub-tenants, sharecroppers, encroachers,agricultural day labourers. During such census survey, those PAPs who do not hold land as Khatedars but are dependant on it for their livelihood, shall also be identified and listed alongwith their identified income. Besidesthis, the survey will also identify PDPs and PAPs, the Tribal and S.C. in accordance with the S.T. and S.C. lists of the Govt., 'the vulnerable PAPs such as the old, handicapped,infirm, orphansand destitutes. Base data of the survey should also include: (i) Accurate up to date maps of the area of project. (ii) Analysisof social structure and income resourcesof the population. (iii) Inventories of the resources, which the tribals use as well as data on their systems of economic production. (iv) The relationshipof the tribals to other local and national groups. Baselinestudies should capture the full range of productionand marketing activities in which the tribals are engaged. Lea Associates 7-9 6.2 RehabilitationAction Plan 6-2.1 The censussurvey which serves to provide base line socio-economicinformation about the affected shouldbe completed before initiation of preparationof RAP. 6.2.2 A comprehensive plan for resettlement will be drawn up in advance by the project authorities based on the socio-economic surveys. The entire plan for resettlement should be prepared by the project authorities with the participation of local representatives,NGOs including representativesof PAPs. 6.2.3 The RehabilitationAction Plan (RAP) shall be brought to the notice of the displacedand affected personswith the help of the local NGOs, the representativesof PAPs and the host communitiesso that they are able to maketheir suggestions. 7. ACQUISITION OF LAND AND PROPERTIES 7.1 Land surveys for payment of compensationshall be done on the basis of updated official records and ground facts. The land records shall be updated relating to title/classification current use of land expeditiously for ensuring adequate cost compensationand allotment of land to the entitled displaced persons.For determining classification/currentuse of land, official recordsas they are on the cut- off date shall be taken into consideration. 7.2 If 75 percenton more and holding of a PAP/PDPis acquired or when the part of a land remaining after acquisitionbecomes economicallyunviable after acquisition,the owner of such land/propertyshall have the right to seek acquisition of his entire contiguous holding/propertyprovided the residual land is less than MLH. 7.3 The compensationon amount for the land and propertiesto be acquired shall be paid accordingto the provisionsof the NHA or LA as the case may be in accordancewith the provisionsof the Act. 7.4 The project authorityshould determine the possible replacementcost of land and asset to be acquired. For this purpose, land market surveys will be done by project authorities in association with representatives of PAPs and professional assessees. While determiningthe replacementcost of the land project authority will take recourse to the systems of assessmentdescribed below: (i) Taking into accountsuch prescribedrates or the average of the actual transaction on rates of similar lands for contemporary years for which sale deeds are registered. (ii) Taking into consideration20 times of the annualvalue of gross productionof the concemedland, averaged over precedingfive years. (iii) Fixing up market value of land equal to the minimum land value if so prescribed by the State Govt. under Indian Stamp Act for the purposeof registration of sale deeds under IndianRegistration Act of 1908.The replacementcost to be fixed up by the project authority shall be the amount,which shall be the highest among the three amounts arrived at by the aforesaid three alternative methods. In case replacement cost is higher than the market value determined by competent authority,the difference shall be paid in the form of assistance. Lea Associates 7-10 7.5 The value of the houses, buildings and other immovable properties of the PAPs including the PDPs shall be determinedfor the purposeof payment of compensationat the relevant B.S.R. 7.6 Compensationfor properties be longing to the community or for common places of worship which are acquiredfor the project shall be provided to enable construction of the same at the new place through the local self-governing bodies concerned in accordancewith the modalitiesdetermined by such bodies to ensure correct use of the compensationamount Ghair Khatedarswho are working on "Muafi Lands" pertainingto the common places of worship,shall be assisted for their R&R under special assistance scheme. 7.7 Compensationfor trees will also be based on their market value in case of timber bearing trees and replacement cost in case of fruit bearing trees as per the rates decided by the competent authority in consultation with Deptt. of Agriculture, Forest, Horticulture,Sericulture etc. as the case may be. 7.8 Compensation shall be paid and efforts will be made to complete the R&R of PAPs/PDPsbefore taking possessionof the land/properties.The PDPs and PAPs shall hand over the land and properties acquired to the Government free from all encumbrances such as mortgage, debt etc., pertaining to the lands and properties acquired. However,in case of any loans, on such acquired lands and propertiesgiven to the PAP by any Govt. agency, remains unadjusted as per the information furnished by the PAPs or by the loaner agencythen such amounts shall be deducted out of total compensation. 7.9 Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this policy document, the payment of the amount should be made in accordancewith sub-section(1) through (6) of the section 3H of National Highway Act or in accordance with the relevant Clauses of Land AcquisitionAct, as the case may be. 7.10 Disposalof acquired properties (i) The acquiredland and propertiesshall vest in the department/organisationpaying compensationfor such lands/properties. (ii) Even after payment of compensation,PDPs shall be allowed to take away the materialssalvaged from their housesand shops etc. acquired by the project and no charges will be levied upon them for the same by the Govt. A notice to that effect will be issued to take away the materials so salvaged within 48 hours of their demolition if not then the same shall be disposed by the Project Authority without giving any further notice. (iii) Displaced persons receiving compensation for trees shall be allowed to take away timber of their acquired trees for their domestic use. Trees standing on Govt. land shall be disposed off by open auction by the Revenue DepartmentI Forest Department. 8. RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATION FOR OTHER IMPACTS 8.1 Agriculturalland compensationwill be providedto vulnerable person as defined in para 4.12 and will be allotted in the joint nameof husbandand wife. LeaAssociates 7-11 8.2 New resettlementsites or site for shoppingcomplex should be developed, if so opted by 25 or more numberof families of PDPs or displacedshop owners, as the case may be, at one place preferablyin nearby areas. However,where PDPs do not opt for such site and prefer cash, then adequate assistance towards the cost for facilities to be developed as per details of para8.3 below. 8.3 At the new settlement centres, civic amenities like drinking water, internal and link roads, medical facilities, schools, electricity, etc. will be provided along with any other amenities,which the PDPs had at their abandonedplace. Any facilities provided by the Govt. & all common resource properties being availed by the displaced and affected persons priorto the project will as far as possiblebe provided/continuedat Government cost at the new place of their resettlementor at the old place, as the case may be. 8.4 Plots for houses/shopsat the new resettlementsites will be provided to the PDPs on payment basis except for the vulnerable person.The allotment of plot for house shop will be in the joint name of husbandand wife. Cost of registrationto that effect would be borne by the project authority. 8.5 Other grants (i) Rehabilitation on assistanceshall be providedto the affected people including the land less. (ii) Transitional allowance, shifting allowance, rent, assistance for loss of income etc. shall be provided to the affected people. (iii) Training or upgradation of skills or those related to income generation will be providedas part of Rehabilitationassistance. 8.6 The R&R activities in respect of the tribals should be adapted to their needs and environment. 8.7 Customaryand land tenure system of the tribal PDPs and PAPs should be protected. 9. POST-PROJECTEVALUATION On completionof the R&Rwork, project authoritiesshall monitor resettlementand rehabilitation of the PAPs and the host population. Such evaluation may be done periodicallyfrom the date of commencement of R&R work by the Project Authority with the participation of the representativesof the PAPs till a specified time. Suggestionsmade in the evaluation report will be incorporated in the RAP/revised RAP to make the R&R programmes more effective. The monitoringwould be done involving project affected peoplein assessingresults and impacts. 10. ORGANISATIONALSTRUCTURE 10.1 The entire stretch of Third National HighwayProject has been divided into 7 number of packages'. NHAI has already established6 Project ImplementationUnits, each headed by a Project Director and assisted by a number of Managersand other support staff. The Project Implementation Unit will have an R&R Cell, which will be headed by a senior level officer at the headquarterswho will be supported by one Manager posted LeaAssociates 7-12 under Project Director in each PIU. Project Director will be overall in-charge of all responsibilities pertaining the project authority. Manager will act as Rehabilitation Officer. The RehabilitationOfficer will work closely with NGOs who would be hired for providingcounselling services. 10.2 R&R Cell will be further supportedby District Level Committeescomprising the Project Director, Revenue Officer, any other representative from district administration, representativesfrom panchayats, representativesof PAPs/PDPs,NGOs and any other personof local eminence. District level committeeswill assessthe replacementvalue of the property and advise the R&R Cell accordingly,as well any other matter concerning the social aspectsof the resettlement. 10.3 A joint high power Committeewill be set up at secretarylevel between state and project authorityto look into matters concerningthe functioningthe district level committees. 10.4 Monitoring and implementation will be done by R.O. at PIU and senior level officer at the headquarters. 11. COSTAND BUDGETING The cost of all compensationand R&R works and establishmentshall be integral part of the overall projectcost borne by agency requiringthe project. The projectconcerned would thus provide financingfor its R&R programme. 12. GRIEVANCEREDRESSAL CELL Grievance RedressalCommittee shall be formed at each District Headquarter comprising of ProjectDirector (NHAI),Rehabilitation Officer, District Magistrateor any other personnominated by District Magistrate and local representatives& NGOs to look into grievances of affected population. 13. SCOPEFOR MAKING AMENDMENTSIN THE R&R POLICY NHAI may from time to time make amendments in this R&R Policy as and when considered necessary. (Including the GTRIP). The Project ImplementationUnits are responsible for both the TNHP and the GTRIP. 0DL LeaAssociates 7-13 ANNEX - I BROAD ENTITLEMENTFRAMEWORK A summaryentitlement frameworkfor the project (GTRIP)is provided below: Land acquisition i Inside Right of Way Impacts and assistance criteria Vulnerable Non Vulnerable Non ___ulnerable V ulnrab le A. Corridor of Impact: Loss of land and other assets iSupport given to families and households) 1 Consultation. counseling regarding altematives, and assistance in F identifying new sites and opportunities. 2 Compensation for land at replacement cost, plus allowances for fees V/ VI or other charges 3 Advance notice to harvest non-perennial crops, or compensation for V/ V lost standing crops 4 Compensation for perennial crops and trees, calculated as annual / / produce value for one season 5 Compensation of R & R assistance for structures or other non-land / V/ assets 6 Right to salvage materials from existing structures / V/ V/ 7 Shifting assistance/ V 8 Option of moving to resettlement sites (in a group of minimum 25 / / / families) incorporating needs for civic amenities. B. Corridor of Impact: Lost or diminished livelihood (Support given to adult individuals) 9 Rehabilitation and assistance fDr lost or diminished livelihood V l 10 Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re- V V establishing or enhancing livelihood 11 Employment opportunities in connection with project to the extent V possible 12 Any other impacts not yet identified, whether loss of assets or Unforeseen impact shall be documented and livelihood mitigated based on the principles agreed upon in this policy framework C. Indirect, group oriented impacts in the vicinity of the road corridor 13 Group oriented support will be given to mitigate negative impacts on the community, and to enhance development opportunities. Addressing traffic safety needs of pedestrians will target particular support at more vulnerable groups, for _ example. The categoriesand support mechanismsare describedin more detail in the detailed entitlement matrix (vide Annex 11).In case of any ambiguity in provisionsof Annex 1,and 11,the provisions of Annex II shall govern. Lea Associates 7-144 ANNEX - 11 DETAILED ENTITLEMENT MATRIX The entitlementmatrix for the project (GTRIP)is given below. Note that the unit of entitlement is 'household/family' in most of the cases and 'individual' or 'community' in some. Wherever compensation (as defined under the relevant Acts) is paid, it will be paid to the titleholder (deemedto be the representativeof the household).No claim for compensationshall rise due to the fragmentationof the householdinto two or more families. However,the R&R assistancewill be paid to all the families, apart from the individuals. No. Category Type of loss enitemn Entitlement Details IA Private Agricultural Family Compensation at 1. If the replacement cost is more than the Property land and "replacement compensation (at "market price" as determined by assets cost' or "actual the Competent Authority as per the NHA or the market value" LAA), then the difference is to be paid by the project in the form of "assistance". 2 PAPs will be explained the process and their views will be taken into consideration, while determining the market value. 3. If the residual plot(s) is (are) not viable i.e. less than MLH, there are three options to be given to the EP. * The EP remains on the plot, and the compensation and assistance paid to the tune of required amount of land to be acquired; * Compensation and "assistance" are given for the entire plot including residual plot, if the owner of such land wishes that his residual plot should also be acquired by the project authorty provided residual land is quantified less than MLH. The residual plot so paid will be acquired by the project authority. * IF EP is from vulnerable group, compensation for the entire land is by means of land for land if so wished by EP provided that the land of equal of more productive value is available. 4. Transitional allowance for 9 months if the residual land is not viable or for 3 months when the residual land is viable. 5. In case of severance of agricultural land, an additional grant of 10% of the amount paid for land acquisition. 6. All fees, taxes and other charges, as applicable under the relevant laws, incurred in the relocation and resource establishment, are to be borne by the project. 7. Alternative economic rehabilitation support and training for up-gradation of the skills. IB Private Non- Family Compensation at 1. If the asset (part of full) in question in a residential Property agricultural "replacement structure, then the replacement cost will be land and cost" or 'actual calculated as equivalent to the cost of provision of assets market value" residential structure of area equivalent to that lost, subject to relevant "quality standards" of BSR as maintained by GovernmenVLocal Bodies Authorities. 2. If the replacement cost is more than the ______compensation (at "marketprice" as determined by Lea Associates 7-15 Si. Category Type of loss Unit | Entitlement Details No. entitlement EntlmtDeis the CompetentAuthority), then the differenceis to be paidby the projectin the form of "assistance". 3. Transitionalassistance in the formof a grantto covermaximum nine months rental accommodation on case to case basis. 4. A lumpsum shifting allowance. 5. The tenantswill receivethe following: * The amountof deposit or advancepayment paid bythe tenantto the landlordor the remainingamount at the time of expropriation, (thiswill be deductedfrom the paymentto the landlord). * A sum equalto nine monthsrental in considerationof disruptioncaused, and * Compositionfor any structurethe tenanthas erectedon the property(This will be deducted from the paymentto the landlord). 6. Absenteelandlords will receiveonly the Compensationat "replacementcost' 7. Right to salvagematerials from the demolished structure. 8. Compensationfor lost of residential/commercialland at replacementvalue. 9. Optionfor residential/commercialplot at resettlementsite if so optedby 25 or morenumber of PDPson paymentbasis exceptfor vulnerable group. The size of the plots will be equalto the area lost or maximumup to 25-35m2for houseand 15m2 for shop. 2A Livelihood Wage Individual A grantequal to 1. This is validfor personsindirectly affected due to earning six monthslost the employerbeing displaced, on a case to case income basis aftersuitably determining the monthlywage. 2. In individualcases, whenthe Wage earneris the only earnerin the family,then he will be entitledto a suitablehigher amount. 3. Alternative'EconomicRehabilitation support and trainingfor upgradationof skill 2B Non- Family Noticeto harvest 1. They are entitledto be givena noticesubstantially 4 perennial standingcrops monthsin advance. crops 2. Granttowards crop lost beforeharvest due to forced relocation,equal to marketvalue of crop lost plus cost of replacementof seedsfor the nextseason's harvest. 2C Perennial Family Compensationat Compensationforperennial crops and trees,calculated crops such "marketvalue" as annualproduce value for one season. as fruit trees 3A Illegaluse of Encroacher Family Will receiveno 1. Encroacherswill be notifieda time in which to the ROW compensationfor removetheir assets, (excepttrees) and harvesttheir landbut crops assistancefor 2. To be assistedon case to case basis by considering assetsto the relevantfacts on family incomeand existingassets vulnerable onlyin the case of personbeing a memberof more disadvantagedfamilies of the vulnerablegroup. 3. Compensationfor structuresat replacementcost to the vulnerableperson. 4. Rightto salvagematerials from the demolished structure. 3B Squatter Family Will receiveno 1. Facilitation/accessto training,which includes compensationfor equivalentincome generating assistance. landbut Lea Associates 7-16 si. ~~~~~~~~~ ~Unit of j No.1Category Type of loss entitlement Entitlement Details assistancefor 2. Shiftingassistance assets 3. Compensatedfor loss of structureat replacement cost 4A Additional Primary Family Additional 1. The assistancewill be equivalentfor 1 yeartowards supportto sourceof assistanceto incomegenerating or vocationaltraining option of vu nerable income trainingor the EP'schoice gmoup equivalent 2. The training includesstarting a suitableproduction or serviceactivity 3. Economicrehabilitation support and trainingand in case the moneynot spent for trainingprogramme, the equivalentamount to be paidas per EPs choice 5A Shifting Mobileand Family They are not Ambulatoryvendors licensed for fixed locationswill be Business ambulatory eligiblefor consideredas kiosks. vendors compensationor "assistance" 5B Shifting Kiosks Family "Assistance"for 1. The Assistancewill be paid as a flat sum. Business business 2. Where numerousvendors are displaced,provision disruption of a 'vendors market",rent free for first six months, thereafterthey would be collectivelyencouraged to purchasetheir marketsite. 3. For purposeof the abovedetail 2, only when50 vendorsare displaced,the provisionwill be in force. However,the PIU will decidewhether such a "vendor'smarket" needs to be provided,on a case to case basis, whenthe numberof displaced vendorsis lessthan 50. 6A Community Common Community Conservation, 1. Easilyreplaced resources such as cultural Infrastructure, property protection, propertieswill be conserved(by meansof special cohesionand resources compensatory protection,relocation, replacement etc.) In amenities replacement consultationwith the community. 2. Loss of accessto firewoodetc. will be compensated by involvingthe communitiesin a social forestry scheme,in co-ordinationwith the Departmentof Forests,wherever possible. 3. Adequatesafety measures, particularly for pedestriansand children; landscaping of community commonareas; improved drainage; roadside rest areasetc. are all providedin the designof the highways; l 4. Employmentopportunities in the project,if possible. 5. Loss of trees will be replacedby compensatory afforestation. 6B Host Community Enhancementof 1. Such compensation/assistancewill be consideredif community community the totalnumber of resettledpeople exceeds 200 or resources. 10%of host community'spopulation. Replacementof 2. Compensation/assistancewill be providedin the likelyto be form of provisionof Community,recreatiDnal, depleted infrastructurefacilities and help in organising resources income-generatingschemes, in consultationwith the hostcommunity. 6C Any other Unforeseenimpacts shall be documentedand mitigated impactnot yet based on the principlesagreed uponin this policy identified, framework whetherloss of assetor livelihood Lea Associates 7-1 7 8. IMPACTS AND RESETTLEMENT / REHABILITATION The Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project on upgradation and strengthening of 422.78km stretches of NH-2 is expected to have both positive and negative impacts on the environment and on the people of the project area (or in the vicinity of the highway). The positive impacts have been described in Section 2 of this report. Despite all the efforts taken for modifying the design of the project highway, a section of the communitiesalong the corridor are going to be negatively impacted, mainly due to land acquisition (and clearing of encroachments and squattersfrom the public Row) for the project. Negative impacts also include loss of economic opportunities/livelihood, sources of earning, etc. Moreover, a significant number of community/culturalproperties are also going to be negatively impacted. The following sections deal with various aspects of impacts, resettlement and rehabilitation including acquisition of land, making provisions of resettlementsite, income restoration and other related issues. 8.1 ACQUISITIONOF LAND AND ASSETS GTRIP requires land for widening, strengthening,realignments, and other development of the project highway stretches. The requirement of additional land has been assessed for the prospective improvements involving minor changes in alignment adjustments, for curve straightening, providing approachesto the newly constructed bridges, intersection redesign, railway over bridges and other up-gradationplanned to improve engineering,user safety and traffic flow. Broadly two kinds of land are required for the project. One, land required beyond the existing boundaryof the existing public RoW, and two, land within the RoW. While land beyondthe RoW is under various ownerships,public or private, the land within the existing RoW is owned by the NHAI and is meant entirely for road building' purposes. Land within the RoW will be cleared to the extent necessary,with respect to the corridor of impact (described in Section 3 of this Report). As the land belongs to the NHAI, for legal compensationpurposes, no estimation is required2. Privately owned land beyond the RoW will be acquiredby the project by dint of the applicableexpropriation laws of the land. 8.1.1 REQUIREMENTOF LAND A four-lane carriageway, national highway requires a standard 60m right of way. This may be optimisedto about 45m. However, to provide for scope of further development (say addingtwo more lanes, or service lanes) the requirementwill be close to 60m. As given in Table 3.1, the Road building includes building,constructing and providing all such facilities and services. which are essential parts of a road (such as, bridges, flyovers, traffic booths, etc.) or are so associated with the road that without those facilities or services the usefulness of the road diminishes (such as, toll plaza, rest areas, information booths, roadside landscape, etc). 2 No compensation for land will be paid to the encroachers and squatters. However, vulnerable encroachers and all squatters will be given all R&R assistance as per the entitlement frameworkfor GTRIP, describedin Section 7 of this Report. LeaAssociates 8-1 existing RoW is narrower than required in most of the places. Also several bypasses are proposedin the project (some bypassesare to be developedon available alignmentsof existing smaller roads, but most of the bypassesare to be developedon brand new alignmentspassing through agricultural fields). Considering a uniform 60m RoW, the additional normal land requirement is about 850ha (see Table 8.1). Even with this 550ha, the realignment needs (where the horizontal and vertical geometry is poor, or the approachesto new bridges to be constructed) will not be fulfilled. Additional land requirement for such realignment needs is approximately50ha. Therefore, the standard additional land requirementfor the project is in the order of 900ha. Table 8.1: Standard AdditionalLand Requirementfor GTRIP AverageRow (in) Length of Stretch7 Area Available OverallArea Required Shortfall A aR Im) Im) (ha) (ha) (ha) StandardAdditional Land Requirementfor Wideningof the ExistingStretches 19 00 530-00 1.01 3.18 2 17 22.50 270.00 0.61 1.62 1.01 27.50 600.00 1.65 3.60 1.95 32.50 88,400.00 287.30 530.40 243.10 37.50 9,1 80.00 34.43 55.08 20.65 42 50 202,990.00 862.71 1,217.94 355.23 47.50 10,500.00 49.88 63.00 13.12 52 50 18,800.00 98.70 112.80 14.10 57.50 63,310.00 364.03 379.86 15.83 62.50 3,400.00 21.25 20.40 (0.85) 66.00 3,600.00 23.76 21.60 -(2.16) Sub-Total(a) 1,745.33 2,409.48 664.15 StandardRequirement of AdditionalLand for Bypasses 60 00' 13,550.00' 46.68' 81 .30* 34.62* 60.00'* 64,392.00- 386.35** 386.35 Sub-Total (b) 420.97 ExistingStretches Bypassed and LandNot Requiredin the Project{but includedin Sub-Total(a)) Sub-Total(c) 77940 30 233.83 AdditionalStandard Land Requirement for Realignments,etc Sub-Total(d) | Lumpsum I I | 50.00 Total StandardLand Requirement (= a+b-c+d) | 901.29 Source:Estimated (LASA, 2000)Deatiled Project Reports,Feasibility Study Reports,Packages I to V, GTRIP. Bypassesproposed on existingsmaller roadswith narrownght of way; ** Bypassesproposed on brand new alignments However, the project has been able to minimise such land requirement, by proposing design alternatives, by reducing the design speed, by designing wall-to-wall pavement, etc, resulting into reducedcorridors of impact (refer Table 3.2). The proposedland acquisition in the project is 666.16haonly. Therefore, by trying to reducethe impactsof the project, land acquisitionrequirement has been reducedby about 27%. G Estimates of Land Required for the Project Land requirementestimates have been shownin Table 8.2. Total land required for widening and upgrading the project corridor is about 666ha of which 622ha will be acquired from private holdings and the remaining about 44ha will be transferred from government and forestlands. Package I-C has the maximum land requirement (about 216ha) followed by Package IV-C LeaAssociates 8-2 (about 140ha),while the minimum requirementis in Package il-B (about 22ha) and IV-A (about 52ha). Table 8.2: Proposed Land Requirementin the Project Private land Land Vested in Reserved Institutional Total Land Package (Agriculture Homestead) the Government Forest Land Land Requirement IA 71.08 0.55 71.63 IB 103.33 - 103.33 IC 216.41 - - 216.41 11B 13.82 8.20 22.02 IVA 45.75 6.72 - 52.47 IVC 12415 11.60 3.85 139.60 V B 47.82 12.88 - 60.70 Total 622.36 39.40 4.40 666.16 Source: RAP Reports. Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 9 Specific Purposesof the Land Required The above-mentioned666.16ha land will be acquiredfor different purposes, such as provision of bypasses,flyovers, realignment or widening, etc. Table 8.3 gives the distribution of land requirementaccording to specific purposesfor the different Packages.Additionally, land will be requiredfor borrow areas. Table8.3: Land Estimates (ha) for Specific Purposes of the Project Category / Package IA IB IGC lI IV A IV C V B Total Road Widening & Junction Improvement 27.13 16.04 40.07 5.78 4.00 2.00 15.32 110.34 Flyover - - - - 3.20 - - 3.20 By Pass -sX 18.00 57.60 133.20 3.99 32.55 116.15 26.80 388.29 Lay Byesl Bus stops/ Wayside Amenities . 5.55 5.35 5.30 4.05 6.00 6.00 3.10 35.35 Toll Plaza < 3.00 2.50 2.50 - - - 2.60 10.60 Tree Plantation 17.40 21.84 35.34 - - - 74.58 Sub-Total 71.08 103.33 216.41 13.82 45.75 124.15 47.82 622.36 Road Widening 0.55 - - - 6.72 7.27 By pass - 8.20 - 15.45 12.88 36.53 Sub-Total i 0.55 8.20 6.72 15.45 12.88 43.80 TOTAL LAND FOR PERMANNENT USE 71.63 103.33 216.41 22.02 52.47 139.60 60.70 666.16 Borrow Areas Leased 13.00 24.00 21.00 45.00 17.00 17.00 18.00 155.00 TOTAL LAND REQUIREMENT FOR GTRIP 84.63 127.33 237.41 67.02 J69.47 156.60 78.70 821.16 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road improvement Project (Figures have been calculated based on vatious data contained in the individual RAP, individual Feasibility Reports, and the individual Detailed Project Reports). Land acquisitionfor all the purposesexcept borrow areas3 is of permanent nature. For borrow areas land is to be leased for the durationof constructionactivities only (and will be returnedto Further, land will be temporarily required for setting up of construction camps, storage area, etc. As these parcels of land will be returnedto the leasser after construction is over, and without any change in the status or quality of land, these are not included in the land requirementestimates. Land required for constructionand other waste disposal will Lea Associates 8-3 the ownerafter borrowingof earth). The total land to be acquiredin the projectis 622.36ha;total land area to be transferredand leased are 43.8ha and 1 55.Oha,respectively. 3 Land Categories Table 8.4 shows distribution of acquired land accordingto land categoriesfor all the packages of GTRIP. Of the about 622ha of private land to be acquired, more than 95% are agricultural land. The remaining consistsof about2% residentialand 2.5% commercialland4. 4 Public land vested in the state/centralgovernment will be required in Packages Il-B, IV-A, IV-C and V-B. These parcelsof land are vacant, under no specific use and do not constitute common property resources.Area of such land to be transferred (from other government agenciesto the NHAI) is 39.4ha. Forestlandwill be requiredin Packages I-A (0.55ha)and IV-C (3.85ha).In both these packages, the land to be transferred(from the Forest Departmentto the NHAI) is on the periphery/bufferof the forest area. There is no human inhabitation on these areas; the areas do not support significant green cover; and no usufruct right of the people living in the forest area is affected. Table 8.4: Categoriesof Land to be Acquiredor Transferred Land Category Package-wise Land Acquisition I Transfer Requirement in ha Total IA IB IC IIB IVA Ivc VB Private Agricultural 69.67 94.00 199.76 13.70 45.52 124.13 47.09 593.87 Residential 1.04 2.96 8.64 0.08 0.01 - 027 13.00 Commercial 0.37 6.37 8.01 0.04 0.22 0.02 0.46 15.49 SubTotal (a) 71.08 103.33 216.41 13.82 45.75 124.15 47.82 622.36 Govt Vested Land - - - 8.20 6.72 11.60 12.88 39.40 Forest Land 0.55 - - 3.85 - 4.40 Sub Total (b) 0.5S - 8.20 6.72 15.45 12.88 43.80 GrandTotal(a+b) 71.63 103.33 216.41 22.02 52.47 139.60 60.70 666.16 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project The land acquisitionplan for GTRIP is given in Table 8.19, detailing the schedulesand targets. 8.2 IMPACTON PEOPLEDUE TO LAND ACQUISITION As a corollary to land acquisition,the project affects a number of families, and displaces some of them. These families are titleholders,and are distinct from the squattersand the encroachers. About 76 percent of the project-affectedfamilies, and about 71 per cent of the project-displaced families are titleholders (refer Table 8.5). Package Il-B affects (94 families) and displaces (21 families) the lowest numbers of titleholders. Packages IV-C, I-B and I-C has the maximum impact on the titleholderfamilies. Displacementof the titleholder families is comparatively higher in PackagesI-A. Although, a large share of affected families are beingdisplaced in PackagesII- B and V-B, the numbers of families (21 and 23, respectively)is small. similarly be temporarily be leasedand will be returnedafter redevelopmentto the owners within the specific period of short-termlease. These parcels of land are also not included in the estimate. 4 This estimate of commercial land includes the land under mixed (i.e., residential-cum- commercial) use. Also included under this category is the land under petty industrial use (such as cottage industries,roadside automobile related workshops,etc) Lea Associates 8-4 ` Table 8.5: Titleholdersand Non-Titleholdersamong the Project Affected Familiesand the Project DisplacedFamilies AFFECTEDFAMILIES DISPLACEDFAMILIES < Total TitleholderFamilies Non-Titleholder Total TitleholderFamilies Non-Titleholder O Affected Families Displaced Families < Families Families c- FailesNumber % Number % Number % Number % I-A 1,215 855 (70.37) 360 (29.63) 643 307 (47.74) 336 (52.26) I-B 1,713 1,530 (89.32) 183 (10.68) 437 397 (90.85) 40 (9.15) I-C 1,764 1,332 (75.51) 432 (24.49) 833 690 (82.83) 143 (17.17) Il-B 1,347 94 (6.98) 1,253 (93.02) 1,028 21 (2.04) 1007 (97.96) IV-A 1,089 792 (72.73) 297 (27.27) 842 568 (67.46) 274 (32.54) IV-C 3,851 3,701 (96.10) 150 (3.90) 2,772 2,696 (97.26) 76 (2.74) V-B 176 137 (77.84) 39 (22.16) 59 23 (38.98) 36 (61.02) Total 11,155 8,441 (75.67) 2,714 (24.33) 6,614 4,702 (71.09) 1912 (28.91) Source.RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road ImprovementProject. The 2,714 non-titleholderfamilies, given in Table 8.5 are impactedby the project irrespectiveof land acquisition (they are to be evicted from the public RoW). The 8,441 titleholder families impacted due to land acquisition, to relate to the Entitlement Framework of GTRIP, are classified into the following: e (Project affectedor displaced)families losing agriculturalland * (Project affected or displaced)families losing residentialland and property * (Project affected or displaced)families losingcommercial land and property * (Project affected or displaced)families losingmixed (residential+ commercial)land and property. The impact on each of the above class of families is describedbelow. 8.2.1 FAMILIES LOSING AGRICULTURELAND About 64 per cent of the project-affectedfamilies (7,106families out of 11,155) are agricultural landowners.Among the project-displacedfamilies, 35 per cent (4,160families out of 6,614) are displaced due to loss of agricultural land. These project-affectedor project-displacedfamilies include both titleholdersand non-titleholders. Among the titleholder families, loss of agricultural land is the prime reason for impact and displacement(refer Table 8.6). A total of 6,974 families with agricultural land (title) holding will be affected by the project. Among them 4,039families will be displaced.Therefore, among the titleholder families (8,441in number), 6,974 (about 83 per cent) families will be affected due to acquisition of agricultural land only. Among the 4,702 project-displacedfamilies, 4,039 families (about 86 per cent)will be displaceddue to the same. Further, on the agricultural land parcels to be acquired, there are 121 sharecroppers(or tenants), all of whom will be displaced. .5 There are also 11 families squatting on the RoW for agricultural purposes.All of these squatterswill be affected, but none of them would be displaced. Lea Associates 8-5 H Table 8.6: Distributionof the Title-holder Families AFFECTED FAMILIES DISPLACED FAMILIES rT~~~~~~~J7 < E E -0 E E ~Ei ; E 'E 0 WO0 < o) I-A 649 35 144 27 - 855 143 21 134 9 307 I-B 1,148 187 173 22 - 1,530 269 61 60 7 397 I-C 753 307 209 63 - 1,332 472 107 91 20 690 Ili-B 76 5 5 8 - 94 17 - 3 1 21 IV-A 654 30 91 17 - 792 452 10 91 15 568 IV-C 3,674 - 27 - 3,701 2,676 - 20 - 2,696 V-B 20 45 17 55 - 137 1 0 - - 13 23 Total 6,974 609 666 192 - 8,441 4.039 199 399 65 4,702 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project. # Handpumps,boundary watl, etc. Packages I-B and IV-C affects about 69 per cent of the project-affected agricultural titleholder families. Packages I-C, IV-A and IV-C, together account for about 89 per cent of the project- affected agricultural titleholder families. Package IV-C (which includes the 20km long Sasaram Bypassto be built through agricultural fields), in particular accountsfor 53 per cent and 66 per cent of the agriculturaltitleholder families who are being affected and displaced,respectively, by the project. 8.2.2 FAMILIES LOOSING RESIDENCE The total residentialland requirementfor the projectis 13ha. This is about2% of the total area acquired by the project. However, acquisitionof this 13ha land affects 609 and displaces 199 of the titleholder families (accountingfor affecting more than 7% and displacing more than 4 per cent of the titleholder families). About 33% of the project-affectedresidential titleholder families will be displaced(refer Table 8.6). Package IV-C affects and displaces no residential titleholder family6. Packages Il-B and V-B, again displace no such family. Package I-C has a share of more than 50% among the project- affected or the project-displacedresidential titleholder families. In all other packages,therefore, the scale of affect on or displacement of the residentialtitleholder families has been small. The families affected by the acquisitionof the residential holding also include 51 tenants (who are non-titleholders,but are impacted due to the affect/displacementof the titleholder families). Among these 51 residentialtenant families, 45 will be displaced. 8.2.3 FAMILIESLOOSING COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE Of the total areato be acquired forthe project, about2.5% (15.49ha) is commercialland (part of which is again under commercial/residential use). Commercial titleholder families (666) constitute 7.9% of the project-affectedfamilies. In all, 399 commercialtitleholder families will be displaced (about 8.5% of the titleholder displaced families). Out of the affected commercial titleholderfamilies, about 60% will be displaced(see Table 8.6). 5 A 20km long Bypass has been proposed at Sasaramto avoid impacting any residential structure. Consequently, the need for acquisition of agricultural land had increased by 120ha. LeaAssociates 8-6 Packages l-(A, B and C) affect 526 commercial titleholder families (about 79% of all such families in the project) and displace 285 commercial titleholder families (71.4% of all such displaced families in the project). In all other packages,the impact on commercial titleholder families is small. The project also affects 626 families who are tenants of the commercial structures to be acquired/evicted(100 of these families will be displaced).An estimated 20% of these families are affected or displaceddue to the affect on or relocationof the commercialtitleholder families. 8.2.4 FAMILIES LOOSINGRESIDENTIAL-CUM-COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES Of the 15.49ha of commercialland to be acquired,some are under mixed (i.e., both commercial and residential use). Due to acquisition of these parcels of land, 192 mixed land titleholder families are being affected, 62 of whom are being displaced (refer Table 8.6). The project will also affect 64 tenant families located on the premises of the mixed land titleholders, 30 of whom will be displaced. 8.3 COMMUNITYRESOURCES AFFECTED In some of the areas in the project the road traverses through densely populated settlements. Some of the infrastructuresbuilt to facilitate the basic needs of the communities in these areas are affected by the project. These common propertyresources are listed below in Table 8.7. Table 8.7: Amenities and CommunityResources Affected by the Project Resource Package Total IA l B IC NAB IVA IVC VB HandPumps 64 67 68 12 72 150 55 488 Tubewell - - - - . - 9 Wells 1 12 36 - 18 2 13 82 Temple/Mosque/Church 8 14 25 22 15 2 26 112 Shrines 19 14 40 - - - 73 Graves 25 16 13 - - - - 54 SchoollCollege 24 6 7 1 7 3 4 52 PoliceStation 2 2 - 2 2 8- Petrol Pump 2 7 5 - 14 HospitalslPHCs 3 5 6 14 PostOffices - - - Powerhouse 1 1 Office Building 6 6 CommunityPond 4 5 9 Source RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project. 8.4 SQUATTERSAND ENCROACHERSIMPACTED The project evicts some squatters and encroachersfrom the corridor of impact. Squatters and encroachersbeyond the corridor of impact (thoughthese are also illegal occupants of the public RoW) are left undisturbed.Eviction is planned wherever absolutely necessary. The project proposeselaborate plans for rehabilitationfor all affected families with special provisionfor the families/personsbelonging to the vulnerablegroups. LeaAssociates 8-7 There are 2,714 non-titleholderfamilies affected by the project, which is about24 per cent of the total project-affected families (refer Table 8.5). Of these families, 1,912 will be displaced, constituting about 29 per cent of the project-displacedfamilies. Of the non-titleholderfamilies, about 70% are being displaced. Table 8.8 below gives the distribution of the non-titleholderfamilies affected by the project. Table 8.9 gives a similar distribution of the non-titleholderdisplaced families. Table 8.8: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderAffected Families Package Groups Agriculture Residential Commercial ComRercial Others# Total Encroacher - 0- I A Squatter - - 238 4 242 Tenant 93 1 1 23 - 118 Sub-Total 93 1 239 27 0 360 Encroacher - - - - - 0 I B Squatter 11 7 - 18 Tenant - - 162 3 - 165 Sub-Total 11 0 169 3 0 183 Encroacher - - - - 0 IcC 0 Squatter - - 37 - 37 Tenant 28 42 303 22 - 395 Sub-Total 28 42 340 22 0 432 Encroacher - 39 44 35 4 122 Squatter 264 602 67 14 947 11B Tenant - 8 160 16 - 184 Sub-Total 0 311 806 118 18 1253 Encroacher - 54 25 10 - 89 IVA Squatter 109 88 11 208 Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 163 113 21 0 297 Encroacher - 29 46 4 - 79 IVcC Squatter 6 62 3 71 Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 35 108 7 0 150 Encroacher - 12 12 9 - 33 V B Squatter -4 2 6 Tenant - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 14 12 13 0 39 Encroacher 0 134 127 58 4 323 TOTAL Squatter 11 381 1034 89 14 1529 Tenant 121 51 626 64 0 862 Total 132 566 1787 211 18 2714 Source RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project. # Handpumps, boundary wall, etc. Of the non-titleholderfamilies, 323 (about 12%) are encroachers, and 1529 (about 56%) are squatters. Package Il-B has the largest number of squatters and encroachersaffected, more than 50% of whom are roadside kiosks or petty vendors (this package affects very few Lea Associates 8-8 ° titleholders, in contrast). This package is located on the periphery of Kanpur metropolis, which already has a large employmentin the informal sector (including a plenty of roadsidevendors). Packages I-C, IV-C and V-B affect comparativelylower number of squattersor encroachers. Table 8.9: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderDisplaced Families Package Non-Titleholder Agriculture Residential Commercial Residential+ Others# Total Groups Cmeca Encroacher - 0 IA - Squatter - 236 4 240 Tenant 93 1 0 2 96 Sub-Total 93 1 236 6 0 336 Encroacher - - - - - 0 Squatter - 4 - 4 IB Tenant 0 - 33 3 36 Sub-Total 0 0 37 3 0 40 Encroacher - - - - - 0 I C Squatter - - 35 - 35 Tenant 28 42 17 21 - 108 Sub-Total 28 42 52 21 0 143 Encroacher - - - - 0 11B Squalter 268 602 67 14 951 Tenant - 2 50 4 - 56 Sub-Total 0 270 652 71 14 1007 Encroacher - 37 20 10 67 Squatter 109 87 11 207 VA ____ Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 146 107 21 0 274 Encroacher - 3 4 0 - 7 Squatter 6 60 3 69 Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 9 64 3 0 76 Encroacher - 12 12 7 - 31 V B Squatter 1 - 4 5 Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 13 12 11 0 36 Encroacher 0 52 36 17 0 105 Squatter 0 384 1024 89 14 1511 TOTAL Tenant 121 45 100 30 0 296 Total 121 481 1160 136 14 1912 Source RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project # Handpumps, boundary wall, etc. Close to 70% of the non-titleholderaffected families are being displaced.Of the total displaced non-titleholderfamilies, 84.5% are either squatters(79%) or encroachers(5.5%). Of the affected encroachers(323 families), 32.5% (105 families) are displaced.Displacement (1511 families) amongthe affected squatterfamilies (1529 families) is comparativelyhigh (98.8%). The lowest displacementof squatters and encroachersis in Package 1-B. Packages I-C, IV-A, IV-C and V-B also have small displacementneeds, with regard to the eviction of squattersand LeaAssociates 8-9 encroachers. As in the case of affects, Package lI-B (951 squatters but no encroacher) displaces the largest number of such families (58.8% of all squatter and encroacherfamilies displaced in the project). All other packages together displace 665 squatter and encroacher families. 8.5 OVERALLDISPLACEMENT AND OTHER IMPACTS In total, the GTRIP affects 11,155families, of whom 6,614 will be displaced.Table 8.10 gives an account of the displacement and other impacts in the project (see also Figure 8.1). The Entitlement Frameworkof the GTRIP provides for distinct entitlements and assistancefor each category of the displaced families/persons.Families/persons experiencing minor impacts (or partial impacts not resulting in displacement)are again entitled for separate entitlements. Table 8.10: Displacementand Other Impacts of GTRIP Package Displacement Other Impacts Total Project Affected (Severe Impact) (Partial Impacts) Family Person Family Family Person Package I-A 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 Package i-B 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 Package l-C 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Package lI-B 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 Package IV-A 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Package IV-C 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Package V-B 59 413 117 176 1,285 TOTAL 6,614 20,105 4,641 11,165 29,843 Source: RAP reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Figure 8.1: Impacts and Displacement in GTRP 16,000 Package -A 14,000 2. Package l-B *P 12,000 - Package l-C uz10,000 13 Package Il-B L 8~1,000 = l * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PackageIV-A ,) 8,000 l _ E1~~~~~~~~~Package IV-C 6,000 l Package V-B E 4,000 2,000 No. of PAPs No. of PAFs No. of PDPs No. of PDFs .0~~~~~~0 Lea Associates 8-10 8.5.1 DISPLACEDFAMILIES Of the total project-affected families, nearly 60% are displaced. Maximum displacement happens in Packages IV-C, Il-B and IV-A. Together these packages account for about 70% (4642 families) of the total displacement by the project. Displacementrequirement in the other packagesare small. Table 8.11 also gives the share of displacement for each category of affected families. Such share is comparatively higher in the case of commercial category of the displaced families. However, the extent of displacement among the residential, commercial or the mixed residential/commercialcategory could have been more, but was avoided to the extent possible. To minimise displacement of residential or commercial properties, certain trade-off with agricultural propertiesalso resulted during preparationof the project. Also pertinent to mention here is the fact that almost all affected families were potential candidates for displacement. Displacementrequirement was minimised by applyingthe principle that disturbance to people and propertieswill be controlledand be limited to the 'corridor of impact". Table 8.11: Extent of Displacementin GTRIP Total Total Displaced % of Affected Families by Category Paclkage Affected Faiis %oRedntl FFamliees amilifes Agricultural Residential Commercial Residential Others l-A 1,215 643 (52.92) (31 81) (61.11) (96.61) (27.78) - I-B 1,713 437 (25.51) (23.21) (32.62) (28.36) (40.00) I-C 1,764 833 (47.22) (64.02) (42.69) (26.05) (48.24) 1i-B 1,347 1,028 (76.32) (22.37) (85.44) (80.76) (57.14) (77.78) IV-A 1.089 842 (77.32) (69.11) (80.83) (97.06) (9474) IV-C 3,851 j 2,772 (71.98) (72.84) (25.71) (62.22) (42.86) V-B 176 59 (33.52) (50.00) (22.03) (41.38) (35.29) Total 11,155 6,614 | (59.29) I (58.54) | (57.87) (63.55) (49.88) Source:RAP reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project Despite the considerablewidening (4/6 lanning) of the project highway stretches, which pass through densely populated human settlements, displacementin GTRIP is low, with only 6,614 families. The Entitlement Framework of the GTRIP contains provisions to ensure that these displacedfamilies do not get impoverished in the process.These families can move to locations of their choice. Moreover,all displaced families are entitledto a resettlement site providedthat more than 25 displaced families are ready to move together at a new location. However, no such demandfor resettlementwas raised for resettlementsite during the public consultation. 8.5.2 VULNERABLEGROUP FAMILIES Woman-headedfamilies, scheduled caste families, scheduled tribe families, families below poverty line, disabled persons, destitute persons and orphans constitute the vulnerable group for the purposesof the GTRIP. While individual data about the destitute, disabled or orphans are not documented7, data on vulnerable group families is available in the individual RAP reportsfor all packages. It is proposedthat the disabled, destitute and orphanswill be identified individually by the NGOs during consultationwith the PAPs and distributionof the Identity Cards (i.e., in the first phaseof implementationof the RAP). LeaAssociates 8-11 Table 8.12 gives the distribution of the vulnerable group affected families. Vulnerable group families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affected families in GTRIP. Most of the affected vulnerable group families are families below poverty line (2,359 families or about 57% of all vulnerablegroup families). Scheduledcaste families are also substantial in number (1,380 families or about 33% of all affected vulnerablegroup families). Woman-headedfamilies are small in numbers.The number of scheduled tribe family is absolutely low (about 1.5% of the total affected vulnerablegroup families). Most (about 58%) of the vulnerable group affected families again belong to the agricultural category,and are either marginal farmers or landless labourers(or sharecroppers). The other significant sub-category is of the vulnerable group affected commercial families (about23%). These families are mostly engagedin petty roadsidebusinesses (see Table 8.12). Table 8.12: Distributionof VulnerableGroup Affected Families Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Commerc mmercial Others# Total +Commercial A/WI4 1 a - on SC 118 1 70 5 194 IA ST 2 2 1 5 BPL 160 11 68 15 254 Sub-Total 296 16 143 21 476 WHH 38 17 16 - 71 SC 168 51 46 4 269 IB | ST - - - - BPL 153 35 115 7 31D Sub-Total 359 103 177 11 650 WHH 37 4 15 - 56 SC 58 44 68 13 183 IC ST 1 - 22 8 31 BPL 109 137 152 24 422 Sub-Total 206 185 257 45 692 WHH - 130 51 20 1 202 SC 1 82 90 6 2 1B1 11B ST - - 6 1 - 7 BPL - 53 141 12 3 209 Sub-Total 1 265 288 39 6 599 WHH - - - - - SC - 8 10 18 IVA ST 12 4 16 BPL 18 48 45 111 Sub-Total 30 56 59 . 146 WHH - - - - SC 510 5 12 527 IVC ST - - - BPL 1.024 5 6-B 1.035 Sub-Total 1.534 10 18 1.562 S Given that the women in the project area have meagre job opportunities, the cases of woman-headed families are small. Moreover, within the constituents of the vulnerable group, with possible exception of the scheduled tribe families (who again are small in number),the social and economic status of women is still lower. Lea Associates 8-12 C Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Commercial Residential Others# Total WHH 2 9 - 2 - 13 SC 3 2 1 2 - 8 V B ST 1 2 1 3 7 BPL 3 6 1 8 18 Sub-Total 9 19 3 15 46 WHH 93 164 85 22 1 365 SC 858 193 297 30 2 1.380 TOTAL ST 16 2 35 13 - 66 BPL 1.467 295 528 66 3 2.359 Total 2.434 654 945 131 6 4.170 Source: RAP reports, Package I fo V. Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project. Note: WHH = Woman headed families; SC = Scheduled caste families, ST = Scheduled tnbe families, BPL = Families below poverty line. # Handpumps, boundary wall, etc. Package V-B and IV-A affects the small number of vulnerable group families. Package IV-C affects the maximum (37.5% of the total affected vulnerable group families in the project). However, almost all of them (1,534 out of 1,562 families or more than 98%) are agricultural families, and are being affected due to the proposed Sasaram bypass (which is proposedto reduceimpacts on residential or commercialproperties within Sasaramtown). About 63% of the affected vulnerable families are being displaced. This is comparable to the share of all project-displacedfamilies among the all project-affectedfamilies 9. Vulnerable group families constitute a large amongthe non-titleholders(i.e., the squattersand the encroacherson the public RoW), and consequently are more likely to be evicted/displaced than the non- vulnerable group families (majority of whom are titleholders). The comparable displacement level'c shows that the vulnerable group families were not anyway discriminated against in the project. Table 8.13 is the distribution of the vulnerable group displaced families with respect to sub- groups (WHH, SC, ST and BPL) as well as categories (agricultural, residential, commercial, mixed use, and other property categories). BPL families (56%) and SC families (35%) constitute the major chunks of the displaced vulnerablegroup families. Very few WHH (6.9%) or ST (1.7%) families are being displaced. Among the displaced vulnerablegroup families, about 61% are agricultural (marginal farmers or sharecroppers),and about 24% are commercial. Residentialand mixed property use categoriestogether accountfor the remaining 15% (refer Table 8.13). Of the affected vulnerable group WHH families, 49.9% (i.e., 182 out of 365) are displaced. Similarly, 67.8% (935 out of 1,380) of the affected SC families, 68.1% (45 out of 66) of the affected ST families, and 62.9% (1483 out of 2359) of the affected BPL families are being displaced.These all are comparableto the overall share of displacedfamilies (59.3%) among the overall project-affected families (refer also Table 5.24). The slightly higher share of displacement among the vulnerable group families is because a majority of them squat very close to the existing (road) pavement. Among overall 11,155 project-affected families, 6,614 families (59.3%) are being displaced,Among the 6,985 non-vulnerableproject-affected families, 3,969families (57%) are being displaced. ' Among the vulnerable vis-a-vis the non-vulnerablegroup families. Lea Associates 8-13 G 1 Table 8.13: Distribution of Vulnerable Displaced Families Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Comrnercial Residential + Others# Total - ._ ~~~~~~~~Cor.nmerrial. WHH 9 4 3 - 16 SC 46 - 67 5 116 IA ST - - 2 1 3 BPL 48 7 62 7 124 Sub-Total 103 11 134 13 261 WHH - 13 9 . 22 SC 39 22 19 80 IB ST - - - - BPL 51 18 24 2 _ 95 Sub-Total 90 53 52 2 197 WHH 31 1 9 - 41 SC 57 14 46 13 130 IC ST 1 - 18 1 20 BPL 74 63 70 15 222 Sub-Total 163 78 143 29 413 WHH - 31 51 20 - 102 SC 61 70 6 1 138 11B ST - 2 1 - 3 BPL 34 112 7 3 156 Sub-Total 126 235 34 4 399 WHH - - - - - SC - 8 10 s1 IVA ST 12 - 4 16 BPL 14 30 41 85 Sub-Total 26 38 55 119 WHH _ - . L SC 440 7 447 IVC ST BPL 781 4 6 791 Sub-Total 1,221 4 13 1,238 WHH 1 - - 1 SC 2 1 1 4 VB ST - - - 3 3 BPL 2 1 - 7 10 Sub-Total 5 1 1 11 18 WHH 41 49 72 20 - 182 SC 584 105 220 25 1 935 TOTAL ST 13 - 26 6 - 45 BPL 970 157 315 38 3 1,483 Total 1,608 311 633 89 4 2,645 Source.RAP reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project. Note:WHH = Womanheaded families, SC = Scheduledcaste families; ST = Scheduledtribe families; BPL = Familiesbelow poverty line. # Handpumps,boundary wall, etc. LeaAssociates 8-14 D 8.5.3 LIVELIHOODOF THE PROJECTAFFECTED/DISPLACED FAMILIES Of the 11,155families affected by the project, 1,175families (10.5%)are impacteddue to (full or partial) loss of residentialstructures. Of the remaining 9,962 families", about 71% derive their livelihood from agricultural activities, and the remainingfrom commercial activities (refer Table 8.14). As mentionedearlier, a significant share of the families deriving livelihood from agriculture are either marginal farmers (farmerswith marginal land) or are sharecroppers/tenants.Similarly, the residual families derive their livelihood from petty roadsidebusinesses (includes petty roadside industrial units). However, among the titleholder affected families, the dependence on agriculture (89% families depend on agriculture)is much more than on commercialactivities. Table 8.14: Livelihoodof the Affected Families Legal Wage Earnerl Package Type Titleholder Encroacher Squatter Tenant Total Agriculture 649 - 93 742 IA Commercial 171 242 24 437 Agriculture 1,148 - 11 - 1,159 I B Commercial 195 - 7 165 367 Agriculture 753 - - 28 781 IC Commercial 272 - 37 325 634 Agncuture 76 - - - 76 il B Commercial 13 79 669 176 937 Agriculture 654 - - - 654 IVA Commercial 108 35 99 242 Agriculture 3,674 - - 3,674 IV C Commercial 27 50 65 | 142 Agriculture 20 - - 20 V B Commercial 72 21 4 - 97 Agriculture 6,974 11 121 7,106 Total Commercial 858 185 1,123 690 2,856 Total 7,832 185 1,134 811 9,962 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project. Commercial includes he class of families deriving livelihood from mixed (commercial+residential) properties. Among the displaced families, the distribution among agricultural and commercial sources of livelihood remains similar (70:30). However, similar to the case of affected titleholder families, among the project-displacedtitleholder families, the dependence on agricultural activity for livelihood is more (about 90%), and consequently low on commercial activities (about 10%). Refer Table 8.15. Further 18 families are affected due to loss of "other" properties, and are not counted in the 9,962 families. Lea Associates 8-15 'K7z- Table 8.15: Livelihoodof the Displacedfamilies Legal Wage Earner/ Package Type Titleholder Encroacher Squatter Tenant Total Agriculture 143 93 236 I A Commercial 143 240 2 385 IB Agriculture 269 - 269 Commercial 67 4 36 107 Agriculture 472 - 28 500 IC Commercial 111 35 38 184 Agriculture 17 - 17 I1B Commercial 4 669 54 727 Agriculture 452 - - 452 IV A Commercial 106 30 98 . 234 Agriculture 2,676 - - 2,676 IV C Commercial 20 4 63 87 Agrculture 10 - - 10 V B Commercial 13 19 4 - 36 Agriculture 4,039 - 121 4,160 Total Commercial 464 53 1,113 130 1,760 Total 4,603 63 j 1,113 251 5,920 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 8.6 RESETTLEMENT Resettlement and rehabilitation in GTRIP consists of the following broad entitlements of the entitled'2 person/family/group": * Compensationfor the loss of property(in case of titleholders); * Additional relocationsupport for the displacedtitleholder families; * R&R assistanceto the non-titleholderaffected/displaced families; * Livelihood and income restoration support and assistance to the families/persons belongingto the vulnerablegroup. For details, refer the EntitlementFramework for the GTRIP,given in Section 6 of this report. 8.6.1 DISPLACED FAMILIES Each displaced families in GTRIP are entitled to the following benefits, over and above the replacementcost of property: * Shifting allowanceof Rs.800; * Transitional allowancefor (9 months for agriculturalPDFs, if the residualland unviable and 3 months, if the residualland is viable 3; 9 monthsfor non-agriculturalPDFs). To be 12 A project-affected person, or family will be considered"entitled" on completion of a joint verification led by the NGOs (procured by the NHAI to assist in implementingthe RAP). Each "entitled' person/familywill be given an identity card, specifying the identity of the person/family, and the applicable entitlements (including the choice of entitlements, wherever applicable). 13 A residual plot of land less than the 'marginal land holding' (0.5ha of irrigatedland or 1ha of non-irrigatedland) is unviable, as per the EntitlementFramework of GTRIP. Lea Associates 8-16 calculated equal to the minimum wage'4 for 26days in a month for the number of months applicable; * Economic rehabilitationgrant (including grant for training in alternative vocation) for all displacedvulnerable group families. This grant is equal to Rs.16,100 in Uttar Pradesh, and Rs.13,800in Bihar and Jharkhand. * Grant for the buildingstructures (to be calculatedas per the Indira Awas Yojna); * Productiveasset grants; * Resettlement site (residential, commercial or homestead) provided that more than 25 PDFs are willing to move together to the site, complete with all required amenities and infrastructure.The resettlementsite is to be chosenin consultationwith the PDPs. Moreover, further entitlements will accrue to the displaced families, depending on their classification:titleholder, non-titleholder,or vulnerable. (3 Titleholder Displaced Families The non-vulnerabletitleholder PDFs will be compensated at the replacement value of the properties.If the legally paid compensationfalls short of the replacementcost, the difference will be paid by the project as assistance.All agricultural PAPsare entitled for further benefits, such as. - Additional assistancetowards severanceof agricultural land, calculated as 10% of the replacementvalue for the area acquired: e (Additionalassistance towards) acquiringthe unviable residualland; * All fees, taxes and other charges levied on the PDFs for property transaction due to the project, under relevant laws, will be paid by GTRIP. 3 Non-Titleholder Displaced Families These families are encroachers,squatters or tenants. The encroacherswill receive replacementcost of their (building)structures. They will have the right to salvage material from their structures, and will be notified in time to remove their assets. Agriculturalencroachers would receive the value of lost crop (plus assistancetowards seeds for next year's cropping) in casethey are not informed adequatelyin advance. However,during the census of PAPs, no agricultural encroacherwas recorded.The vulnerable group encroachers will be entitled to the additional support mechanismsand assistance, as per the Entitlement Framework. ,Squatters will be entitled to receive replacement cost of their (building) structures. They will have the right to salvage material from their structures,and will be notified in time to remove their assets. They would receive the value of lost crop (plus assistancetowards seeds for next year's cropping) in case they are not informed adequately in advance. During the census of 14 Minimum wage varies acrossthe area. The applicablerate, as determinedby the Labour Commissioner,in each district to be used in calculatingthe minimum wage. 15 Poverty Line is the family (household) income below which the family is considered impoverished. This varies between the urban and the rural areas, and over time. Applicable amount as determined by the Ministry of Social Welfare will be considered during implementationof the RAP. LeaAssociates 8-17 PAPs, 11 agriculturalsquatters were recorded,but none of them are displaced by the project"6. Squatters will also be entitled for facilitation/access to training, which includes income- generatingassistance. The vulnerable group squatterswill be entitled to the additional benefits applicableto that group, as per the EntitlementFramework. The tenants will receive residual depositwith the owner, if any, and replacementvalue for any structure erected by the tenant, if any (both to be deductedfrom the paymentto the owner). (D Vulnerable Displaced Families One of the entitlements in GTRIP is the provisionof residential/commercial/agriculturalplots for the vulnerable group displaced families, free of cost (at the resettlement site). If the eligible PDFs do not want such sites, and prefer cash compensation,then adequate assistancetowards developing the required amenities and infrastructure will be provided by the GTRIP, as assistance.The number of families eligible for such plots17free of cost is given in Table 8.16. 03 Options Preferred by the Displaced Families Familiesloosing agricultural land preferredalternative land. With the population pressurein the areas where the road is traversing through, and with heavy dependence on agriculture, availability of land in nearby area is very difficult. Inflated land price is an issue of concern. Project-induceddevelopment in turn induces speculation. Such speculation, in the case of GTRIP is expected to be very high, which would further shrink the supply of land, and the land market is likely to remain out of reach of the farmers displaced18 by the GTRIP. The NGOs will have to make intensified efforts to ensure that the project is able to replace their lands in the nearby area. The monitoring and evaluation consultantswill have to examine each of such cases, as to what extent, the farmers have been able to replace their lands in terms of quality as well as quantity. The shop owners have realized that the possibilitiesof increasein the commercial value of the shops along the road. Therefore, they mostly preferred alternativeshops alongside the road or cash (compensationand assistance) for self-relocation. The 680 families losing residential structures,preferred alternative housesites or plots for buildingtheir houses. 8.6.2 HOST COMMUNITY Since there will not be any large-scale displacement in GTRIP, the size of the resettlement sites, if any, will tend to be small. It is anticipatedthat there will not be much pressure on the host communities. However, in terms of creation of additional infrastructure, the project will provide certain communityfacilities, and will compensatelenhancefacilities/resources affected by the project. 16 Although a few of them may partly lose the land undersquatting (including for agricultural purposes). 2 17 The sizes of the plots will equal the area lost or a maximum of 35m2for house and 15m for shop. 18 In GTRIP, a total of 7,106 families lose land, 4,160 of them are displaced,and a majority of the residualland is expected to be marginal. Lea Associates 8-18 < 7 Oi Replacement of amenities All amenities affected as listed in Table 8.7 will be either conservedor replaced by the project. While replacingthe amenities, particularlythose used as a common resource with no restriction of access, development of the surroundingsite will be given due consideration. (For example. while replacing hand pumps or tube wells, drainage and access path of the immediate surroundingwill be improved, and sitting/washingfacilities will be provided, irrespective of the fact that at present there is no proper access, or that the areas surrounding are extremely muddy, or there is no associatedfacility whatsoever.) Plans, designs,drawings have been preparedfor replacementof all these amenities, along with technical specifications (including specifications for material and workmanship), and bill of quantities have been prepared. These will be part of the main civil works contract to be supervised by supervision consultants (selected through international competitive bidding). These details have been included in the environmental management plans (EMPs) for the individual contract packages also (a detailed discussion is included, moreover, in the ConsolidatedEA Report). () Conservation and Enhancement of the Common Property Resources Seventy common property resource sites were selected (LASA, 2000) during the consolidation of EIA reports for the GTRIP. These sites have immediate and meso-level community significance, and are seen by the community as important resources. These sites include religious precincts, public spaces, water bodies,and a few incidentalspaces with good potential for re-use (or community use). For all these sites, detailed site development plans and designs (includingspecifications and bill of quantities) have beenprepared. These will also be part of the main civil works contract, and supervision consultantswill supervise the implementation of these. These designs are also part of the EMPs for the individual contract packages also (for further details, refer the ConsolidatedEA Report). 0 Roadside Facilities The projecthas provided for a number of roadsideamenities, and facilities for local people. Rest areas, service roads, footpaths, pedestrianpaths, pedestrianunderpasses, lined and/or covered roadside drainage at the built-up areas, pick-up bus stops, etc., constitute some of these facilities. All facilities have been provided (incorporated in the design, bill of quantities, and specificationsof the main civil works contract) on "as required" basis, and no constraint were placed on the provisionof these facilities on financial or other grounds. For further details, refer the Detailed EngineeringDsign Reports of the individual contract packages. 3 Safety of the Communities The project has been designed to minimise the safety risks possessed by the existing and proposed developmentson the community. The fast moving traffic has been segregatedfrom the local or community level traffic. Safety barriers, physical segregation, grade separators, underpasseshave been provided, along with many other elements. As part of the ConsolidatedEIA Report, a "construction period" safety plan has been provided, which will be implemented by the contractors,and supervised by the consultants (for details, refer the ConsolidatedEIA Report). A safety audit (duringconstruction and operation period) of the GTRIP is also beingcommissioned. All mitigation,management and contingencymeasures, recommendedby the safety audit will be implemented. Lea Associates 8-19 0 Evaluation of the Impacts on the Host Community A study on the Impact on the Quality of Life will be commissionedby GTRIP during the second year of the constructionperiod. As part of this study, the host communitieswill be covered. The various aspects to be covered in the host community study will include (i) population, gender issues, ethnic composition, occupation pattern, educational status; and social composition (caste, religion, etc); (ii) land use pattern, land tenure systems, production systems; (iii) the regional and local level economic environmentand the impact due to the project; and, (iv) the social and cultural environment and the change-processtaking place due to the project, impacting the host community. 8.6.3 INCOME RESTORATIONOF THE AFFECTED AND THE DISPLACED PERSONS/FAMILIES In line with the policy objectives of the NHAI as well as the World Bank Operational Directive 4.30, the RAP focuses on the impact in the livelihood system of the PAPs, and plans to restore their income in a way that the PAPs are able to " regain their previous living standards"or are left "better off'. Income restorationof the PAPsat the pre- projectlevel is a crucial consideration in the RAP. 0 Livelihood of the Affected Families The PAPs losingtheir economic base can be segregatedin the to following categories: * PAPsinvolved in land-basedeconomic activities; * PAPsinvolved in non-land basedeconomic activities. The first category is called 'agricultural families/persons'in the project, and the second category is called 'commercial families/persons'. Tables 8.14 and 8.15 gives the distribution of the various classes(titleholders, encroachers, squatters and tenants)of the project-affectedand the project-displaced families, respectively. Apparently, the land-based agricultural activities dominate as the source of livelihood. Among the displaced legal titleholders (4,503 families), more than 90% are agricultural families (4,039 families). However, among the non-titleholder displaced families (1,517 families), only 121 are agricultural families, and all of them are sharecroppersor tenants. However, due to the project, a number of the agricultural project-affected families will be displaced. Further, many of the not displaced but affected agricultural families will retain only portionsof their land. Given that the existing land-holding(of the PAPs) is low, the residualland for many of the PAPs will be small or marginal,and will not suffice their economic needs.These PAPs, although not displaced, will need to shift to complementary19 alternative sources of livelihood. Persons losing their livelihood are considered equivalent to the displaced in the project. The employees losing livelihood due to the employer being displaced also qualify in this category. 19 They would retain part of their existing land, and will continue to derive (part of) their livelihood from such land. They require other sources of earning to supplement their income from agriculture. 20 The eligible/entitledpersons for this entitlementwill be verified by the NGOs implementing the RAP. In general,there is a significant amount of employeeturnover, especially in the small commercialestablishments. Verifying eligibility in this respect is crucial. Lea Associates 8-20 ° Such persons will receive a grant equal to six months lost income21. Where the person losing livelihood, is the sole earning member of the family (as most of the caseswould be). s/he will receive higher assistance. There are special income restorationplans as part of the RAP, for the following classes: * Projectdisplaced persons/families; * Project-affectedvulnerable group persons/families;and, * The other project-affectedperson/families needing assistancein skill up-gradationor in alternativevocation. These provisionsare describedbelow. Free Assets to the Vulnerable Group Displaced Families As per the EntitlementFramework of the GTRIP, the project-displacedfamilies are eligible for agricultural, residential or commercial plots22. The residential and commercial plots to be providedto them shall include residential/commercialbuildings, or assistanceto construct such buildings. The vulnerablegroup displaced families are entitled to receive the plot free of cost and the non-vulnerablegroup displaced families will purchase it. Both the categories are, otherwise, further assisted in the form of transitional allowance for a period of 9 months to restoretheir livelihood. Table 8.16 provides the number of the families eligible for free plots: agricultural, residential, commercialand residential-cum-commercialplots. Table 8.16: Categoryof Eligible Families Categoryof EligibleFamilies I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B Total- 1. Eligiblefamilies for ResidentialPlots 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 2. Eligiblefamilies for CommercialPlots 134 52 143 239 55 13 1 637 3. Eligiblefamilies for Residential& CommercialPlots 13 2 29 34 - - 11 89 4. Eligiblefamilies for AgricuturalPlots 103 90 163 - 26 1,221 5 1,608 Total 261 197 413 399 26 1,221 18 2,645 Sotirce: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project, *This estimate is based on the numbers of vulnerable families under different categories, and the number of families becoming vulnerable after displacement (i.e., retaining less than marginal land or non-viable residential/commercial properties. Therefore this differs from the number of eligible families sitedin Table8.20: Income Restoraton Plan in GTRIP. ( Other Income Restoration Measures The vulnerablewill receive additional support in the form of Economic RehabilitationGrant to enablethem to increasetheir earning capacity. This will primarily be non-cashassistance, spent towards imparting training sought by the entitled persons,and towards non-cash assistanceto start alternative income-generating activities (but includes subsidy in buying implements, equipment,etc.). 21 The persons losing employmentdue to the displacementof the employerare expected to regain an alternative employment on their own, within six months. This is expectedly achievable,given that most of such personsare engagednow in informal sector activities. (Within the informal sector change in technology is fast, and job mobility is higher, comparedto the organised/industrialsector). 22 Commercialplots include the cases of mixed use (commercial+ residential) plots. LeaAssociates 8-21 All families losing sources of livelihood are entitled to productive asset grant. This grant is expected to be spent towards creating assets and other support to re-establish livelihood. For productive asset grant for commercialfamilies, only the displaced families will be considered. For productiveasset grant for the agricultural families, over and above the displaced families, families left with non-viableland (lessthan minimum economic holding)will also be considered. The procedureto identify the families for productive assets grant will also be followed for the "TransitionAllowance" for 9 months. Moreover,displaced residentialfamilies, and the displaced tenants will also qualify for such allowance.Agricultural families retaining viable landholdingwill also be entitled for transition allowance for 3 months, as per the Entitlement Framework for GTRIP. All vulnerable group displaced squatters and encroacherswill be assisted in the project. The GTRIP will also support vulnerablegroup displaced residentialfamilies with house construction grants (on the free of cost residentialplots provided,as describedin the earlier sub-section). Table 8.17 below gives the number of families entitled for the various income restoration measures in the project. The estimate of the number of entitled employees is provisional and will be updatedby the NGOs at the start of the implementationof the RAP (the assistanceunder this category of employee losing livelihood due to the displacement of the employer, will be providedto eligible person, and not families). Table 8.17: FamiliesEligible for Income RestorationMeasures in GTRIP PACKAGES I-A I-B I-C l_-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL INCOMERESTORATION MEASURES ProductiveAsset Grant:Agriculture 584 1,033 678 68 589 3,307 18 6,277 ProductiveAsset Grant: Commercial 147 54 172 273 55 13 12 726 HouseConstruction Grant 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 AssistancefDr ResidencialE&S - - - 303 163 35 14 515 Assistancefor CommercialE&S 242 7 37 766 134 115 25 1,326 TransitionAllowance 832 1,420 1,370 659 747 3,691 33 8,752 EconomicRehabilitation Grant 158 107 250 399 93 17 13 1,037 TransitionAllowance 117 165 353 176 - - - 811 Entitled Employees HigherTransition Allowance 88 124 265 132 608 TrainingSupport 117 165 353 176 811 Source: Compiled(LASA) from individualRAP Reports,Grand Trunk RoadImprovement Project Table 8.18 at the end of this Section gives the number of families eligible for all entitlements as per the EntitlementFramework of GTRIP. Table 8.18, however,does not include certain class of entitlements, such as community entitlements, or restoration/conservationof the cultural properties.These particular aspects are taken care in the Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) of the project (plan, designs,drawings, specifications of material and workmanship,and bill of quantities-allare completed). The income restoration plan in GTRP is given in Table 8.20, detailing the quantity of assets (agricultural,commercial, and homesteadland 23) to be procured,the timeframe for such asset procurement,and the target dates for skill upgradationtraining. 23 Other assets, as per the Entitlement Framework, such as shops or residential structures are linkedwith the scheduleof procurementof these land assets. LeaAssociates 8-2=E7 8-22 `-:C 8.6.4 INTER-AGENCYLINKAGES FOR INCOME RESTORATION Majority of the eligible families for income restoration earn their livelihood from marginal agriculture or petty businesses, and it is imperative to ensure that the PAPs are able to reconstructtheir livelihood. The NGOs engaged in the implementationof the RAP will ensure that the PAPs are facilitated to obtain plots near their existing habitationto minimise disruption to their social networkand normal work pattern. ® Income Restoration Schemes In consultationwith the PAFs, the NGOs (procured for implementationof the RAP) will identify income generating activities or enterprisedevelopment for sustainableeconomic opportunities. This includes establishing linkages for skill upgradation,credit availability and marketing. The NGOs in consultationswith the PAPs, as well as the NHAI, the district administration,and other stakeholders in the institutional financing sector and marketing federationswill prepare these micro-plans. In the case of upgrading agricultural productivity, the training on technical know-howwill be arrangedas per the choices of the target group population. In the caseof creation of alternative livelihood schemes, felt needs of the target group populationwill be prioritisedthrough people's participation. Further,these options will be tested for their viability against availability of skill, raw material and available appropriatetechnology. Suitable alternative livelihood schemeswill be chosen finally, where training on skill upgradation,capital assistanceand assistancein the form of backward-forwardlinkages (with respect to the selected livelihood schemes) can be providedfor making these pursuitssustainable for the beneficiaries,or the target group. The training plan for the PAPs include the following elements: * Verification of the PAPsand their eligibility for training; * Identification of the skills possessed by the PAPs; and determination of the skill upgradation needs, with regard to the available vocation and acceptabilityamong the target trainees; * Identification of the training institutes (Industrial Training Centres or any other similar agencies)including identificationof the suitable training courseson offer; * Formulating a groups of trainees,with regard to the the training courseson offer, the skill upgradationneeds, and schedulesof training courses; * Imparting training; * Providing the eligible PAPs additional income restoration support (as per the Entitlement Frameworkof the GTRIP,the vulnerable group PAPs are entitled to receive additional support to start a suitable production or service activity. The additional support may include toolkits, equipment, poultry, or the like, which shall vary according to the training and the vocationchosen). The additional support will be provided only on successfulcompletion of traing. The Training Plan for Income Restorationof PAPs embodying all the above is given in Table 8.20. 24 Irrigation ensures controlled cropping practices, and high-value crop cultivation. In the absence of irrigation on the new plot of land, the farmers will have their earning diminished. In GTRIP, 0.5ha of irrigated land is considered equivalent to lha of non- irrigated land. The replacement of individual loss of agricultural land will follow this equivalence. LeaAssociates 8-23 Income generation schemes will have to be developed in consultation with the project- affected/displacedfamilies. The grants received for such purposefrom the project, will be used for the skill developmenttraining to upgradetheir existing skill, purchaseof small-scale capital assets, etc. While developing the enterprisedevelopment or the income generation activities, the NGOs should contact the local NABARD25, SIDBI26and Lead Bank27 officers for financing the economic ventures. The marketing and milk federations may also be contacted for planning sustainable economicdevelopment opportunities. A comprehensivesupport system to the PAPswill ensure income security.The projectwill work as a facilitator to the peoplein their enterprises(but will not act as providersfor each and every livelihood opportunity). The PAPs are required to participate in developing feasible long-term income generation schemes. The long-term optionsare expectedto be developedduring the implementationof the RAP (which is financed by the project) and also be supported by government assistance(as part of the regularschemes). -5 National Bank for Rural Development. - Small IndustriesDevelopment Bank of India. 7 Underguidance from the ReserveBank of India, all banks operating in a district nominate a particular bank as the 'lead bank' in a district to co-ordinatedevelopment financing, particularly in the rural development and employment assuranceschemes. These lead banks also co-ordinateimplementation of various governmentwelfare schemesby means of allocatingand disbursingcredit. LeaAssociates 8-24 Table 8.18: Summaryof All Entitlementsin GTRIP Estimated Number of Entitled Families (and Persons in case of Wage Earning) li-B PackageIV-A Package lV-C Package V-B Total Category [PcaeIAPackagelI-B PackageI-C Package Q N TM EN SQ TN ITH~ EN Sq TN ITHN EN SI3 TN THI EN ISQ TN ~THTIENSQ ITN TH I NSQTINSQ ITjENj Category: Private Property - Loss of Agricultural Land and Assets 654 1 3.674 20 6,974 - - - Compensationifor land 649 1,148 753 76 654 3,674 206,974 -- Differenceas Assistance 649 1.148 753 76 589 3.307 186,277 - - Compensationfor residual land 584 1,033 678 68 589 3,307 16 6,277 - - - Assistancefor residual land 584 1,033 678 68 8 3,307 16 6,277 - - TransitionalAllowvance (9months) 584 1,033 68___6 a 65 367 2 697 - - TrantsitionalAllowance (3mnonthrs)65 115 75 33 184 1 1 349 - - Assistancefor severance 32 5738 1 4 76 64 :3,674 206,974 - - Assistancefor fees, taxes, etc 649 148753 68 589 3,307 16 6,277 AlternativeSupport &training 584 1,033 678 Category:Private Property - Loss of Non-Agricultural Land and Assets -- 45 609 - - - 307 - - - 5 - - - 30 - CompensationResidential Land 35 - - 187 - - -- 45 609 - - - - 307 - 30 - Cormpensafion:Residential Bldg. 35 -- 187 - - - 27 -72 8568 - 272 - - - 13 - -{- 108 Comnpensation:Commercial Land 171 - - - 195 - - -7288 - - - 13 - - 1068 27 Compensation:Comm. Buiildinig 11 - - - 195 - - - 272 t 1171,6 - - - - - 18 - -]- 138 - - 27 Difference as Assistanice 26 - - - 382 - - - 579 399 93 17 13 1,037 TransitionalAllowanice (9months) 158 107 250 148 - - 146 80416464 56 -164 ShiftingAllowance 164 - - 3 164 71641 741 37 - - j ------Tenants:9 monthsretl - - - 25 - - -1154 f j ~ j.,J 38 295 Resettlernent Site 53 ~~~~~78 126 38 4 1 311 Free Residential Pint% 53 ~~~~~78 126 38 4 1 311 House Construction11 Grant 53 ~~~78 126 26 1,221 5 1,608 Ftee Agticultural103 Plots 90 ~163 - Ss 13 12 726 Shopping Cortiplexes147 54 ~~~~172 273 55 13 1 637 Ffee Sliops 134 52 ~~~~~~~~143 239 11 89 Ftee 1Stiop +Residence13 2 ~~~~29 34 -- 138- I 14671579 Assistanicefor Fees, Taxs ec206 -A 382I LeaAssociates 8-25 Total Category Package I-A Package IBPcag -B - PackageBlakg - Package tV-C acgeVB THEN SO ~TNTHE~QTN TNjN SQ ITN ITH IEN ISQ ITN TH ENSTH H E SQ T I NSQ TNIH N TSQ TN Category:Livelihood - Loss of Wage Earning,Perennial & Non-PerennialCrops Erirployees: 6 rvioritlhsWage - - 117 - - - 165 - - - 353 - - - 17681 Higher Amount to Sole Earniers - 88 - - - 124 - - - 265 - - - 132-608 AlternativeSupport & Tiajiripifig 117 - - - 165 - - 353 -- 176-1 - - - - 3,674 20 - - - 6,974 - 11 - Grant for Nexr Years Seed 649 - - - 1,1481- 11 - 753 - - - 76 - - 654 Cost of Trees, etc Kiosksand Shifting Business) ______Category:Illegal Use of the Right of Way - Loss of Encroachingand SquattingStructures (including - - - 29 6 - - 12 2 - - 134 :381 - ReplacementCost: Res Bldg. ____T39 1264 - 54 109 - - 99 - - 50 65 - - 21 4 - - 18911,137 - ReplacementCost Comm. Bldg - - 242 - -7 - - - 37 - - 83 683 35 - - - 79 71 - - 33 6 j- 32311,518 - Difference as Assistance - - 242 - - - 7 - - -{37 - - 122 947 - 89 208 - - - 7 69 - - 31 5 - - 10511,511 - ShiftingAllowance - 240 - -4 - - -]35 - - - 951 - 67 207 I - 69 -- - - Jiil TrainingSuppori 240 - - - 4 - - -J 35 - - - 951~ - 207 s{ Included us it above ResettlementSite / Free Plot, etc Iircluded as it above Included as it above Includedas it above Included as it above Includedas it above Includedas#i above Included as # above AssistanceforFees, Taxes, etc 2421 7ZI7ZIZ I22I Kh94-8:9 208 79IIZ71E6 323111Isia- Category:Additional Support to the VulnerableGroup - Loss of PrimarySource of Incomne 1year's Training 460 J 547 J 507 }334 89 1,552 J27 3,516 Assistanceto StailEnterprise 460 j 547 J 507 334 89 J1,552 [27 3,516 1037 EconomicRehiabilitation Support 158 107 250 399 93 j1 7 [13 Category:Community Infrastructure, Cohesion and Amenities- Lossof Common PropertyResources Comnmuniitylinfrasit rcitire /- I Amvenity(Covered in the EMP) ---- Conservation/Ertitaimce!riretiIot ComnmonProperly Resources-- (Covered in the EMP) Source: RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadImprovement Project Nfote(1): TH =Titleholder;EN/ = Encroacher; SQ = Squatter;TN =Tenant. Note (2). #includingthe cases of vulnerablegroup encroacherfamilies and the squatters. LeaAsso)ciates 8-26 Table 8.19: Action Plan for Land Acquisition in GTRIP under the Land Target Dates for Acquisition under the National Highway Act, 1956 (amended 1997) Target Dates for Acquisition Si. Length Acquisition of Issue of Section seon 6 seon D No. ackage (km) Requirement Appointment Issue of Issue of Issue of Issue of Declaration 6 Section 9 of Award (ha) of Competent Section 3A(1) Section 3B Section 3C Section 3D(1) Award 4 Notification Section Notification Authority Notification Notification Notification Notification Notification . 1 I-A 50.84 71.08 02.05.2000 15.03.2001 30.04,2001 15.07.2001 31.10.2001 2 I-B 5902 103.33 02.05.2000 15.03.2001 30.04.2001 15.07.2001 31.10.2001 30.10.2001 3 I-C 72.82 216.41 02.05.2000 20.04.2001 20.05.2001 20.07.2001 31.08.2001 _ 4 Il-B 51.33 13.82 02.05.2000 30.03.2001 15.05.2001 30.07.2001 - - - - IV-A (UP) 34.25 15.04.2001 30.05.2001 30.06.2001 15.09.2001 30.09.2001 30.04.2001 30.07.2001 15.09.2001 15.10.2001 IV-A (Bihar) 11.50 NA - - - - - - - - 6 IV-C 31.00 124 15 01.02.2001 30.04.2001 30.06.2001 15.09.2001 30.09.2001 Issued already for ren-a, by 30.07.2001 15.09.2001 15.10.2001 7 V-B 81.57 47.82 NA remainingby 30.04.2001 31.10.2001 30.04.2001 30.07.2001 15.09.2001 15.10.2001 Overall 422.8 622.36 15.04.2001 30.05.2001 . 30.06.2001 15.09.2001 Note:No notificationis issuedunder Section3B of the NationalHighway Act, 1956 (amended1997). Lea Associates 8-27 Table 8.20: Income Restoration Plan in GTRIP Alternate Families Alternate Alternate Families Alternate Target Target Date Target Date for Tar te f Displaced Agricultural Losing commercial Displaced Residential Losing Con cial D o Identifi- Initiationof Package Sehion) FAmricliesa Land Commercial Land Hornliess Land Resmdential Land Identifi- Completion cation of Trainingfor the (chainge) Failies Required Establishment Required fai-e eured 'omrilRequired 2 cation of of Land (ubr (h)(number) (in) (numrber) (in Property (i ) Ln Procure- Training PAPs (mI adment Skills ______(ha)_number)(number) 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km199 6 - km225 0 107 9.58 - - 22 275 - - Jun, 325 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 I-A km225 0 - km250.5 129 11.54 370 2,010 - - 15 Total 236 21.12 370 2,010 22 275 16 326 Jun., 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km250.5 - km275 0 17 1.48 97 780 45 977 10 50 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 I-B km275 0 - km307.5 252 21.94 - - 16 348 - Total 269 23.42 97 780 61 1,325 10 S0 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km321.1 - km350.0 100 7.52 30 450 100 1,309 14 248 Jun., 27 477 Dec, 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 I-C krrm3500 - kmn393.0 400 30.08 113 1,695 49 641 Total 500 37.60 143 2,146 149 1,950 41 725 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km470 0 - kml0.0 - 325 1,779 185 2,158 36 425 Jun., 425 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 Il-B kml 0.0 - km38 0 17 320 1,806 85 992 36 - - Total 17 - 655 3,585 270 3,150 72 850 Jun., 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km317.0 - km2O 0 226 4.68 99 413 78 475 18 688 688 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar, 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 IV-A km2O 0 - km65 0 226 4 67 99 413 78 475 18 Total 452 9.35 198 825 156 950 36 1,375 - Jun., 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km1100- km125.0 1,338 23.29 42 98 4 44 2 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr -Jun., 2002 IV-C kml25 0 - kml40 0 1,338 23.28 42 98 5 56 1 - Total 2,676 46.57 84 195 9 100 3 - Jun., 2001 Jun., 2002 Dec., 2001 Jan.-Mar., 2002 km240.0 - km280 0 5 0.66 12 15 7 13 5 57 218 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 V-B km280 0 - km320.0 5 0.65 - - 6 12 19 Total 10 1.31 12 15 13 25 24 275 3,600 Dec., 2001 Dec., 2002 Mar., 2002 Apr.-Jun., 2002 Grand Total / Overall 4,160 139.37 1,559 9,555 680 7,775 201 to SC, ST, WHH and BPL families), and the estimate Note: The estimate of land required under the different categones is based on the estimate of the number of families, who are already vulnerable (belonging extent that the residual properties are marginal) by becoming BPL of the number of families who would become vulnerable as a result of the project (loss of agriculturaL/commerciallresidential properties to the families (the income from the residual properties and the other sources, if any, is below the threshold of 'poverty level). Lea Associates 8-28 Table 8.21: Training Plan for Income Restoration of the PAPs Displaced Families Families TotalNumnber Target Date for Section A8ricultrDisplaced Losing Rosidgenti Vtune e PAPs Target Date for Target Date for Target Date foro Section Agricultural Residential Vulnerable ~~~~~~~IdentificationFormulation ofTagtDefo Dirbuonf Package (chainae) Farnlies Comercial +Commercial Families Eligibleto Identification o riig Tann tr fIcm (number) Etbihet Poet Afced Receive of Skills ofnTrainins Trainin Training Generating (number) (number)TdingSpot 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 km199.6 - km225.0 107 - 22 115 244. 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 I-A km225.0 - km250.5 129 370 - 100 599 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 Total 236 370 22 215 943 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 km250.5- km275.0 17 97 45 278 437 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 1 Jun. 2002 I-B km275.0- km307.5 252 - 16 275 543 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 Total 269 97 61 453 980 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 km321.1- km350.0 100 30 100 139 369 1 May2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 I-C km35O.0- km393.0 400 113 49 140 702 1 May2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 1 Jun. 2002 Total 500 143 149 279 1071 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 km470.0- km10.0 - 325 185 100 610 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 Il-B kmlO.0- km38.0 17 320 85 100 532 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 Total 17 655 270 200 1142 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 km317.0- km20.0 226 99 78 13 416 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 IV-A km2O.0-km65.0 226 99 78 13 416 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun.2002 Total 452 198 156 26 832 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 km1 0.0- km125.0 1,338 42 4 164 1548 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 IV-C kml 25.0- kml 40.0 1,338 42 5 160 1544 1 May 2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 Total 2,676 84 9 324 3092 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 1 Jun.2002 km240.0- km280.0 5 12 7 14 38 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Dec.2001 1 Jun.2002 V-B km280.0- km320.0 5 - 6 14 25 1 May2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 Total 10 12 13 28 63 1 May 2001 1 May2001 1 Sept.2001 1 Dec. 2001 1 Jun. 2002 2001 1 Jun. 2002 Grand Total / Overall 4,160 1,559 680 1525 7925 1 May 2001 1 May 2001 1 Sept. 2001 1 Dec. as an encouragement Note: Duration of the Training Programme depends on the type of skills training imparted. 'includes implements, equipment, foolkits, etc', to the PAPs on successful completion of training to start income generating activities in the vocation in which the training has been receive, Lea Associates 8-29 9. ESTIMATE OF R&R COST The R&R budget is an outlay of expenditure under different categories. The calculation is carried out on the basis of 1999 price index. The budget is preparedon the basis of information collected during the socio-economicsurvey and the census survey of the PAPs. While all the care is taken to account for each of the components in the budget, there may be certain cases of PAPs whose names were includedlater than the survey or they may be disputed cases, the expenditureon such PAPswill have to be includedlater. The costs calculatedmay need upward revision in the budget, due to the inflation rates varying. Similarly, the District level committees will update from time-to-time the market value of the prevailing land prices. These will then reflect on the budget. Hence, a degree of flexibility would need to be in built into the preparation of the budget so that each and every PAP receives his/her due share. The budget is sub-dividedinto several componentsand sub-components,under different heads. The componentsand sub-componentsand their detail explanationsare given below: 9.1 UNIT COSTS ® Value of land After extensive survey of the PAPsand verification of local markef rates from local people and revenue officiarsthe following could be arrived at: Table 9.1: Rates of Land LandCategory Location Rate(in Rs./m2) Agrcultural(irrigated) Main Road 80-120 Agriculture(unirrigated) Main Road 80 - 120 Residential Main Road(urban) 2000 MainRoad (rural) 500 Commercial MainRoad (urban) 2000 Main Road(rural) 500 Residential-cum-Commercial MainRoad (urban) 2000 Main Road(rural) 500 Source: RAP Reportsot PackageI to V, GTRIP. ® Value of Building structures For the loss of building structures, either commercial or residential, the titleholders will be compensatedat replacementcost. (D Assistance for structure (squatters & encroachers) For loss of residential structure the non-titleholdersquatter/encroacher PAPs will be paid at the rate of Rs.75/m2 for the area of structures lost, whereas for commercial establishmentsthe grant will be 10% of the BSR rates (average about Rs300/m2). The vulnerablegroup squatters and encroacherswill be eligible for the other assistance and supports, as per the Entitlement Framework. LeaAssociates 9-1 ® Transitional allowance Transitionalallowance will be given to those whose livelihood will be affected.The period during which the EP will take to restore his livelihood is 9 months for the displaced and 3 months for the affected titleholders.To calculatethis allowance,the minimumwage has been consideredto be Rs.51/dayfor 26days/month. ® Economic rehabilitation grant The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the vulnerablefamilies so that they are able to restore their livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional grant will be provided@ Rs 16,100/familyin Uttar Pradesh,and Rsl 3,800/family in Bihar and Jharkhand. ® Shifting allowance All the displacedwill require assistanceto shift their belongingsand salvagedmaterial for which an amount of Rs.8001familyis allocated. 3 Rental allowance PAFs will further require assistancein case they are unable to build their houses and shops after the project has taken possessionof their property or after demolishingtheir structures.To meetthe transit accommodation,Rs.600/family/month for 9 months is considered. ® Resettlement sites The Entitlement Framework included the provision of resettlement sites complete with infrastructureand amenities. As the potential size of the resettlementsite would be small, a lot of site development cost may be minimised by careful location of the resettlementsites (such locational attributeswould minimisethe cost of provision of new social and economicamenities, and part of the physical infrastructure).Therefore, the budgeted costs are those of micro-site development,and the cost of procurementof land. Site DevelopmentCosts Site development costs for proposed commercial areas, or shopping complexes has been consideredto be Rs.120/m2, which is inclusive of land levelling, clearingand creating footpaths, and access roads. Site development cost of the agricultural areas is consideredzero, as only suitable irrigated agricultural land will be procured. For residential areas, the site development cost is Rs.250/m2, which includes land levelling, clearance, providing access and inner roads, boundary walls, community spaces including tot-lots, water supply, drainage, solid waste disposal facilities, street lights, etc., but without individual connections (such as electrical, drainage, or sewerage). Cost of Free Building Structuresto be Provided Cost of residentialbuildings (to be providedfree of cost) is consideredto be Rs.1800/m 2. This is adequatefor the incrementalhousing proposed to be given. Use of low cost technologieswill be encouragedby the project, but will not be insisted (normal construction,in vogue, costs between Rs.2500-4000/m2). The cost of providing free shops will be Rs.2000/m2, which is about 80% of the cost of normal 'Class II' construction,considering appropriate materials and technologyto be used. The cost of providing the mixed residential/commercialbuildings will be Rs.2200/m2, consideringthe possibility of two-storey buildings, and consequent use of reinforced cement concrete.All these figures are in conformitywith the IndiraAwas Yojananorms. Lea Associate! 9-2 Cost of Land Cost of procuring agricultural,residential or commercialland will be the same as paid as 'actual market value' to the PAFs. 9.2 BUDGET The total budget for implementingthe R&R componentof the project is INR 1720 million (US$ 37 million at February2001 rate of exchange),which is about6.6 percent of the total cost of civil works in the project. Out of 1720 million, World Bank would be financing INR617.8 million and 1102.2 million would be financed by NHAI. Summary Budget is presentedin Table 5.6 Detailed Budgetfor each packageis given in Table 9.2. Table 9.2: SummaryR&R Budget for GTRIP (All figures in Indian RupeesCrore) I-A 1-B I-C I-BIV-A tV-C V-B TOTAL BudgetHeads i [ aA .0 .0 A a a *~~~~ m~ ~~~~~ ~ ~~~m~~~~ ~~~ ~~~ I.~' 21.Total U * U Uox U u u U U u.U C C C C C C- C- C: C C CZ C C i ILU. i ai Ci L CL CL CL C Cs C. C CL quaiionof 986 3.37 13.31 5.25 28.27 6.83 1.94 0.53 6.44 2.66 17.59 11.70 6.67 1.20 115.61 84.08 31.53 AgrictfturalLand _ Acquudioof Residernaland 1.51 0.20 6.74 201 14.65 2.00 0.45 0.02 0.22 0.02 0.03 - 0.49 0.07 29A0 24.09 4.31 ConmreicilLarnd Lossmdancetvards0.18 0.23 0.49 0.12 0.56 0.57 027 0.26 - 0.07 - 0.37 - - 3.09 1.48 1.61 Assistancefor Encseher and 0.03 0.44 - 0.01 - 0.07 028 1.62 0.03 0.35 0.01 0.13 0.02 2.99 0.36 2.63 Addifional Assiance for - 0.48 - 0.45 - 0.66 - 0.81 - 0.17 - 0.80 0.03 3A0 - 3.40 VuknFableGMoups Addfonal Ass_stamefor - 2.34 - 2.61 - 4.28 - 0.82 - 0.98 - 3.30 0.13 14A6 - 14.46 ResettlementSite ______- CapacityBuilding 0.03 0.51 0.03 0.55 0.03 0.56 0.03 0.52 0.03 0.49 0.03 0.74 0.03 0.41 319% 0.21 3.78 andImp _mtation I (I TOTAL 11.62 7.57 20.56 1086 43.50 14.96 2.7 4.57 6.73 4.74 17.66 17.04 7.19 1.86 171.93110.22 61.71 (NR Crore)I I II An Alternative Break-UPis Given Below; with respect to the Main heads of R&R Expenditure Total 11.37 20.04 - 42.92 - 2.39 6.66 - 17.62 - 7.15 - 108.15 108.15 - Total 0.21 4.72 0.49 7.82 0.55 10.12 0.55 3.23 0.03 3.27 0.01 13.00 - 1.32 43A4 1 84 43.48 Provision for Resettlement - 2.34 261 - 4.28 - 0.82 - 0.98 - 3.30 - 0.13 14.48 - 14.46 Sitei Assets I I I TrainingofStaff- 0.13 0.18 - 0.18 - 0.14 - 0.12 - 0.37 - 0.04 1.16 - 1.16 & PAFs I_- _… …… …… Oher R&R 0.03 0.32 0.03 032 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 0.03 0.32 2.45 0.21 2.24 biollernentat_on I I I Consultants' - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 - 0.06 042 - 0.42 Services TOTAL 11.62 7.67 20.66 10.98 43.60 14.96 2.97 4.57 6.73 4.74 17.66 17-04 7.19 1.86 171.93110.22 61.71 (1NRCrore) Lea Associ_ts 7 The R&R budget includes the cost of land acquisition (i.e., the paymentto be madeto the legal titleholders, as per the Land Acquisition Act, or the National Highway Act), which is about USS24million (about 63% of the net R&R budget). The assistanceprovided to the titleholders by the project over and above the legal compensationis US$7.96 million (about 20.1% of the total R&R budget, and about 33% of the legal compensationprovided). The assistance provided by the project to the non-titleholders(consisting of the encroachers, squatters, and the tenants, including additional support to the vulnerable group displaced families) is valued at US$1.69million (about 4.5% of the total R&R budget,and about 7% of the legal compensationprovided to the titleholders). A substantial budget is kept for creating the provisions of the resettlement sites (including provision of agricultural/homestead,residential, commercial, or mixed residential/commercial plots to the vulnerable group displacedfamilies, free of cost). The budget for such provision is US$3.2million, which is 8.5% of the total R&R budget, and is about 13.3% of the legal compensationprovided to the titleholders). Most of this amount will be spent' in Packages I-C and IV-C (both these packages involve substantial land acquisition on the newly aligned bypasses),amounting US$1.68 million, which is 53% of the total budgetedexpenditure for such expenditurein all packages. Table 9.3 is a more detailed budget for the R&R componentin the GTRIP. Tables 9.4 through 9.10 are the budget for the R&R componentfor the individual contract packages. 9.2.1 FUND FLOW AND DISBURSEMENT The fund flow mechanismfor the compensationand the assistancepart of the budget is given below: s Compensation The normal legal process of award and payment of compensationwill be followed. However, The NHAI, as the owner, will arrange to collect the payment {in the form of cheques in the name(s) of the awardees} from the competent authority for disbursement among the said awardees. The NHAI, in turn, will disburse the payment (in the form of cheques) to the awardees in a setting of public meeting in the villages/settlements (where the awardeesare resident of). (Representativesof) The district administration (or the competent authority), the CRRO, and representativesof the NGO will be present in all meetings organised for such purposes. (D Assistance A joint bank account will be opened in a local Bank and the amount for disbursement, as assistanceother than the shifting allowanceand the rental allowance,for the contract package will be deposited to it. The signatories of the joint account will be the Entitled Persons, the CRRO, and the (representative of the) NGO. The amount will be withdrawn against the purchase of productiveasset. In the cases of construction of building structures,the withdrawal will be made in three instalmentsagainst the progressof completion of construction,i.e., at the completion of work up to (a) plinth level, (b) ceiling level, and (c) at full completion of work. The expenditure is in providing agricultural plots free of cost to the vulnerable group EPs being displacedfrom their existing agricultural land holding.The cost of providingthe 1ha of irrigatedagricultural plotsto the eligible families, is estimatedto be equal to the cost of land acquisitionat replacementcost. Lea Associates 9-4 Table 9.3: RAPBudget for GTRP- All Packages(Rs. Million) Type Unit off iaedb Asitceb Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details i by Assstanceby Total Loss mentDealNHI W Conmpensationas per LAAJNHA Ccompensabon for land incudingSolabum 59403 59403 LMI,'NHA CompensabonorResidualLand cludingSolatium 33.6 13366 'o Assistance Differenceof 'Actual Market Value' and Compensationas receivedor PAG 14554 14554 .0 o0 TransibonalAllowance @ for 9 monthstfhe residual andisnotviabe 74 91 74 91 7 ranoiSonalAllownce lad ot§et Rs.51Idayf I2d. tshfr3rots0tersd ro _ 9E Rs.511daytor26day/m h for3 moint,sifthe residualland is viable 2 78 2 78 Assitancetowards severance of land(Addibonal 10% of the amountpaid tor 1483 1483 < compensation) IO%1 sclatum Assistancetowards Taxes/Fees/Opening of Bank Accounts 98 25 98.25 AltemativeEconomic Rehabilitiabon Grant 92 06 92 06 Sub-Total:Acquisitlon of AgriculturalLand 840.77 315.29 1,156.06 Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor Residencialproperty including 90 14 . 14 Solafium Compensationfor Commercialproperty induding 78 24 78 24 Compensationas per Solatium '0 LAAJNHA m- '2for residuaiUniable Property:Residential t Solatium 22 53 22.53 a .i °r_ __ _ rS D O For ResidualUnviable Property Commermal0 1958 19 58 si D ISolatum rl, E Assistance r U_ Dfferenceof'Actual Mariet Value'and Compensationas received 34 22 34 22 z RentalA lowancefor 9 monthsf§ Rs.60Cmonth S59 -. 59 ShiftingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 0 65 0 65 Ifthe PAPis a tenant RentalAllowance (9months) - Shiftng Allowance 4.60 -482 Assistancetowards Taxes and Feesand Opening of BankAccounts 19 54 8 87 28 41 Sub-Total:Acqusittion of Residentialand CommercialLand 240.87 43.D9 283.96 ' -- o E8E Employees(one of the eamingmembers of family) 6 45 6 45 o5> 0i Employees(sole eaming memberof family) 8 06 - 6 06 AlternativeEconomic Rehabilitation Support I VocationalTraining 2.33 9 11 1f 44 co o. _ -o 2o Towardsvalue of standingcrop - - oD Z ZUC r Towardsreplacement of next years seeds 6 97 6 97 E°in FnuitTree _6 Ember Ti Tree Sub-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Uvelihood 14.84 16.08 30.92 g Assstance for Commercal Structureat'Rep,acement Cost' 0 87 0 87 n Ass.stancefor oss cf ResidenialStructure atReplacementCos 1 01 1.01 Assistancetowards trainig and incomegeneration lor Cashin lieu ot Training) 1 52 23 79 25 31 o), r oRenlal Allowance 0 82 0 82 TransitionalAllowance - 0 68 0 68 Shf5,5g Allowance- lumpsumof Rs 800 1 29 1 29 Sub-Total: Assistance for Encroachesand Squatters 3.83 Z6.35 28.98 LeaAssociates 9-5 Type Unit of Financed by Assistanceby Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details NHAI WB Total Loss ment ° r S c ,,, o b _ Assistancetowards vocational training for1 yr 8 S0 .C80 rn/U aG U t; °- Ft C ni ni Assistancetowards starting a livelihoud 8 80 8.80 EconomicRehabittaton Grant 1640 16 40 < ar . Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Vulnerable Groups 34.00 34.00 .c .0 c o Theyare not eligiblefor Compensabtonor Assistance' 0n S - .o, > Includedin the assistanceto commeroalsncroachers ano sqLabers,and in i resettlement site - u , <9_E° E d lo°Induded as part of the CivilWorks Contractand the E =0 c' c 5e E S°r° EnvironmentalManagement Plan <0 0 0 5oiECommunity ResourceDevelopment 070 070 0 b Enhancement _ z Includedas part ol the Civil Works Contractand the I -E EnvironmentalManagement Plan ~_ Site, lot. Site Development of Resettlement Site 2.95 2 95 Un SitePlot Strctureof Area Free Residential Plots . 7.79 7.79 equivalentto LootArea, or 7_0o X as per Stanoardgiven in Free Agrcultural Plots 122.23 122.23 > 0 theEnatiement framewoark. Development of Shopping Complexes 1.63 1.63 or in lieuo alal above. 3 2u = equivalentcash assistance Free Shops 6.37 8.37 Free Shop+Residence 288 2. 8 Sub-Total: Addilonal Assistancetor ResettlementSite 144.55 144.55 ac Trainingof NGOs 0 77 0 77 'S Training ftthe PAPs 10 04 10 04 o ' Trainingfor Staff 077 0 77 Strengtheningof Socialcell, CorporateOffice and 0.70 0.70 0 0l PIU (Computers,Softwares etc.) ° r Extensionof GovemmentProgrammes 0 70 . 0.70 mr E a< Extensionot OtherAgency Programmes (HIV etc) - 0.35 0.35 _ - NGOAssistance for RAPImplementation and Site 21 00 21 00 i 8 ParticipatoryPlanning PeriodicMonitonng by NHAI HO 1.40 1 40 O) 'Purther Specitc Studies 0 70 0.70 M&EConsultants 3 43 3.43 Sub-Total:Institutional Capacity Building and Implementatlon 2.10 37.76 39.86 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 1,102.21 617.11 1,719.32 Lea Associates 9-6 v3 G Table 9.4: RAP Budget for Package I-A r. _ Type Unit of if Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details CQantl Rate Unit Financedby Assistanceby Loss ment N I Compensationas per LAAfNHA t ComPensationfor land including Solatium 696,70995 100 01 sq n 6967 LAAAJNHA Compensationfor ResidualLand icluding Solabum 156.75974 10000 sq m 1568 > Assistance C'Dfference of Acturl MartetValue' and Compensabon as receivedor PAG 853.46969 20 00 sq m 17 07 TransinonaiAllowance t for9 monthsif the residualland is notviable 084 11 93400 family 6.97 Rs 51/fay for 26day/monthfor 3 monthsd the residualland is viable 65 3.97900 family 0 26 Ass,tance towards severanca of land (AddlbonatlO% of thf amount paidfor 174.44587 100 sqm 174 0.00 compensation). 10%solatiumf1 Assistancertooards Taxes/Fees/Opening of BankAccounts t?12 1nl=1359% of coompensaton 11 52 0.00 f AlternativeEconomic Rehabilitation Grant 5841 16.10000 amily 9 40 Sub-Total:Aequisition of AgricultunlLand 98.61 33.70 Compensationas per LAA/NHA Compensationfor Residendial property including 10,402SS 70000 sq m 7 26 Solanium Compensabonfor Commeroal property mncludmg 3687 50 70000 sqm 2 58 Compensationas per Solatim_ _ AAINHA csofor n re:sd.alUnviablo Property: Residential + Solatium 2,60064 70000 sq.m 1 82 2t C A For RestdualUnviabie Property Commercal 9S0 m Asiloc SofaSum 921.66 _ t Assistatnce 700 q m 0 69 D of'AaualAfference Marset Value' and Compensabon as received 14.090.05 140.0 sq m t 97 S RentalAllowance for 9 monthstg Rs.500imonth 18el 5.40 family 06s Shiftng Allowance- lumpsumof Rs 600 167| 8000 family 013 If the PAPis a tenant IRentalAllowance (9months). ShittingAllowance 2s5 6,200.00 famil 016 T y Assstance towards aoesand Fees and Opening of SankAcrounts §12 591=1315.%of compensation 1 66 0 00 Sub-Total;Acquisition of Residentialand ComffercialLand 16.13 1.97 Dr E2 |Employees(one of tme earning members of famly) 117 7,95600 person 0.93 i, 2 0 7r__| (0rD qcotc- Ct IEmployees(sole earning member of famly) 6s 9.94500 person 089 Altrna-ive EconomicReabhlitatnon Support 103 16.10000 person | es m :-J A ° A t | Towardsvalue of standingcrop -l onne-ha 0 00 , Z F TowardsZ' : replacementof next years seeds 849 1 00000 family 0 65 mOS,ctaocefor oss of ReocenitiolStruiTree t e Ct 22 7 0 0 16 r | E s; |~~~~~~~~Timberrnee | i | 1°° Ssb-Tota towardsnceeraig Lasi of Lgvelihood 21481 6 2 31 uAss stance foCommercialStructurenatReplawnce24ntCosI 270000 family | co r-Assstancefor ossofResdentialStrnuctureat'ReplacementCost' 242 1751 00 family 0 316 As-tarng tAlowardsnra.n,a g and,ofRegn80a0ion 242 16 140000l family 390 Xt _ u ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RenialAllowance |24 S00| fml | 01 _ l TransitionalAllowarfe 24 t 12934 00 family | 00 0 29 I Sh,ftngAllowan e - umpsumon Rs 800 |24i0 10000 1amily 209 - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .0000o family 1 10 Sub-Total:Adilat Assista ncrnc uacheland Squaea ers 0.32 4.35 c | 5 2 - _ E |~~~~~~~~~~A~s.starcetowards vocational training for 1 yr |460 2 50000i fa,Ily || 1 15 0C', N| Q o , o 3 5r nr A |~~~Assistancstowards starting a lhvelhhood 460 2 500 0o fam,ly | 15l 2> c u 'F |EconormcRehabilitation Grart| 156| t6.100Gool a- ly| 2 54 15 ° E I EII 7 | - S.b-Total:Additi.nal Assistance forVulnerable Groups |L00 A|s4 s e Lea Associfates 9-7 cQNrg::74 Type Unit of Categor T of Entitle EntitlImenlCategory of Entitle- Details Quantitya Rate Unit Financed~~~~~~ by ~Assistance ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NH-AIWs by Loss .ent S They are not eligible for Compensabton' or'Assistance 0 C0 0 00 > 2 Included in the assistance to commerdal encnoarhers and squatters, and in vi 2 2rE resettlement ste 0.00 0.00 So 8. , T E E Included..... as part of the Civil Wores Contract and the 0.00 000 EE _ D Ei ° ° 0 . Environmental Management Plan ra~~ ~~ c rjr5.ofo' o O E Community Resource Development 0.10 E E Enhancement o EIncluded as part of the Civii Wort I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Site Development of Resettlement Site 250 O sq.m 0.00 0 o Site Plot.Structure o Arsa FreeResidental Plots nI 25,000. family 0.28 on ~~~~~~~quivalentto LocstArea. or______E . o as per Standard given in the Free Agricultural Plots 211 260 DO 100.0 sq m 21 13 S o g E Entitlement Framework or Development of Shopping Complexes 2758.25 120.01 sq.m 0.33 , o o ir lieu of all above, A- evalent cash anslulance Free Shops 13 10 000.ox family 1.34 nr ~ rdFree Shop+Residence 1 20 000 0 family 0 26 il Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for ResettlemnentSite 000 23.44 Training of NGOsiStaff and preparation of training Lump sum 0 11 _ Trainingofthe PAPs 1.214 900 0O family 1.09 .0 _ Trairing for Staff Lump sum Oil T- S.1Strengtheiing of Socal cell. Corporate Office anc PIU E (Computers, Softiwares Pnntng etc.) E s ro Extension of Govemment Programmes L[mp sum 010 m rO tension of Other Agency Programmes (HIV etc) Lump sum 0 05 NGO Assistance for RAP Imptementation and Site Lump sum 3115 a c° Participator Planning 'I zPenodic Monitorng by NHAI HO Lump sam 0.20 i 5 FurtherSpecitic Studies Limp sum 010 , 0 2 M&E Consultants 121 400 001 family 0.49 Sub-Total: Institutlonal Capacity Building and Implementation 0.30 5.05 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 11 6.17 75.66 Lea Associates 9-8 zGO Table 9.5: RAP Budget for Package I-B Type Unit 1 Financedby Category of Entitle- Entitlement Detais QuanIti Ra Unit Financed by Assistance by Loss meant A Compensation .% per L/AA#NHA Compensalnor for land induding Solatium 940,000.00j 100 00 sq m 94.000 LAAINHA Compensabor fcr Residual Land tncluding Solaturn 211,500.00 100 00 fsqfm 21.150 Assistance c Difference of 'Octual Markest Vatue' and Compensaton as received or PAG 1t151t500 00 20 00 sq m 23.03 Z: rs T Transiltonal a lowance ( for9 months i the residual and is not viable 1033 TransanOnalAllowanlce ______I______11 934.00 family 2 33 to E Rs.Sfiday for 26day/month for 3 monthsi the residual land is viable 115 3.978 00 lamly 0 46 _j_ _ _ _ _ j ______u Assotance towards severance, of land (Additional 10% of the amount paitd for 235.409 41 10 00 sq m 2 350 0 00 < Compensa0On)+ 10% solatium Assistance lawards Taxes/fees]Opening of Bank Accounts §12.5.1=13 5% of compensation 15 550 0 00 Altemative Economic RehabilitationGrant 1.033|[ 16.10 .0 family 1663 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Agricultural Land 133.060 52.45 Compensation as per LAAINHA CompensaDon for Residencal property including 29,552 00 700 00 sq m 20.690 Solalhum Compensaton for Commercial properly including 63,700 00 500 00 sq m 31 850 Campenasutionas pen Solatium LAA NHA _ _ to o for residual Unvtable Property Residential + Solatium 7.388 00 700 00 sq m 5 170 For Resittual Un,iab(e Property. Commercial. 15.925.00 500 00r sl m 7 960 t 6~~~~ _solatism Assistance, u u Difleranceof 'Actual Market Va ue' andCompensation as neceined 93 252.( 1200 sqm It t- Rental Allowance for9 months Ps 600fmonth 107 S400 famidy 9580 ShftmngAlowance- lumpsum of Ps 800 135 803oo0 family 3 101 If the PAPis a tenant Rental Allowance lSmonths)l Shifting Allowance 16 .20000f family 1 020 Assistance towards Taxes and Fees antt Opening of Bank Accmunts §12 5.1= 13.5% of compensaton 8 87 Sub-Total: Acquisition ot Residential and Commmrcial Land 67.380 20.06 a-O _ E v< Employees (one of the earning members offamilyl 16 759060 parson 1310 m c2 Employees (sole eaming member oftamily) 124 9,9450| person 1 230 Alternatve Economic Rehatilitation Support 145 16t10CC person 2230 0 00 ruI _ 0 ° -S u Tawardsvalue of standing crop - tonne-ha 0.00 |n r z | 0 i |______l | _| z > z ' ,'t tTowardsreplacement of neotyears seeds z | 1 1148000° famry | 15 cnFrut 0 Tree No 0 00 ,No n N 00 D I - I ] | o = |~~~~~~~~TimnerTree |- | N 0 Sob-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood 4a70 115 Assistance for Commeroal Structure at Replacement Cost' 2.7D00 family 0 00 Assistance for loss of Residential Structure at'Replacement Cost 7 67500 family 0.00 Assistance towaros tra,inrg and ncome goneataon 7 16.1000CC familr | 0 11 Rental Alowance 41 6,40001 family 0 002 Transihona, Aliowaace 4 t1 93400 family 0000 0 01 Shifting Allomanceo- umpsum of Rs 800 4 o C0000 family 000 Sub-Total: As3istance for Encroachers and Squatters 0.002 0.12 ci|O | G | G - o - O~. C- Assistance tomards vocational training for Iyr 547 2750071 famy | 1 237 | V1) C o | t/; o | G[d- U VAssistance towardsstarting a ivelihood 547 2,900C famy| 1 37 Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Vulnerable Groups 0.000 4.48 9- - Lea Associa*eS Type Unit of c Category of Entitle. Entitlement Details QuanItl Rat Unit Financedby Assistanceby Loss eent NHAI We - D j They are not eligiboleforConpensation' or 'Assistaouo ==c 0o00 > iEr) E Includedin the assistanceto commercialencroachers and sq.alters, and in rat 2 u resettlementsite 0 00 S D- C 2S Includedas part ofthe CivilWorks Contractand the 5 p 3 ea c a.E 0 a.c EnvironmentatManagementPlan 0000 000 rDr r- CommunityResourre Development 0 10 e 2 Enhancement O9 rE Inchidedas partof theCivil WorksCortract andthe 0.000 0.00 ai 1s EnvironmentalManagement Plan _ 0 Site.Plot. Strctur Site Development of Resettlement Site 2.12t 2500t sq.rn 0.53 itrctue Lost AteaoPFree Residential Plots 5 25000.0 family 1.33 at o~~~~~euivalentto LootArea. or 0: ); D as per Standardgiven in the FreeAgrcultural Plots 234,200.0t 100.f sq.m 23 42 E o EntitlementFramework, a o Development of Shopping Complexes 10152. 120. sq.m 0.12 S e~~~~~~~~nieuof ait above eDequlvalentl cat assistanbceFree Shops s. 10 000.0t tamily 0.52 Sub-iotai: Free Shop+Residernce 20,000.0( family 006 Sub-Total:Additional Assistance tor ResettlementSite n0a000 250b Trainingof NGOsiStaffand preparation of traentng Lumpsam 0.1 manualsetc rS Traieingot the PAPs 1.711 3000.0t family 1.54 0i Training forStaff L.mp sum 0 t1 c _ Strengtheningof Social cell, Corporate Offce andPIU _ _ r- ai (Computers,Softwares Prining etc )amp sam 010 o 1°2 Extensionof GovemmentProgrammes Lumpsum 0.100 rF °Ex Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (HIV, etc) Lumpsum 0.05 3 _ NGOAssistance for RAPImplementafon and Site 0 3.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~upu00 bXa. PartOpatory Planning PenodicMonitonng by NHAIHQ Lumpsum 0.200 FurtherSpecific Studies Lumpsum 0.10 a° M&E Consultants t2t' 400oo family 049 S.b.Total: Institutional Capacity Building and Impltenseation 0.300 5.50 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 205.600 109.79 Lea Associates 9-10 Table 9.6: RAP Budget for Package I-C Type Unit of Finacued by Assistance by Catego ryr of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity| Rate Unit NHAl I ceb Loss ment Compensation as per LAAINHA a Compensation for sandinduding Solahium 1,997,524 00 100.00 sq m 199 7T LAAINHA Compensation for Residual Land including Sciaturm 449.442 90 100 D0 sq.m 44 94 ¢ 2 Assistance D 6 '2 hDifferenceof'Actual Market Value' and Compensation as received or PAG 2,446.966.90 20 00 sq.m 48 94 o '2 I. Transitional Allowance @ for 9 months if the residual land in not viable 678 11,934 00 family 8 09 r.E Rs 51 /cfay for 26dayimonth for 3 moeths If the residual land Is viable 75 3,970 00 family 0.30 Assilance towards severance of land (Additonal 10% of the amount paid for <: compensation)l 10% solati,m 497,391 43 t0 00 sq m 4 97 0.00 Assisfance towards TateslFees/Openmg of Os2ir Accounts112 5.1=1 3.5% of COmpensation 33 03 0 00 A ternative Economic RehabilitatbonGrant 6781 16,100.001 family 1092 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Agricultural Land 792.69 68.26 Compensation as per LAAJNHA Compensacon for Resdencral propeity including 86,406.00 70000 sq m 6048 Solabum Compensaton for Commercial property including 80,06900 50000 oq.m 4003 Compensaton as per Solatium LAAINHA for residual Unviable Property Residential Solatium 21.601 50 700 00 s.m 1512 o s For Residual Unsiable Property: Commercial 20,0500 50 m 1001 o n _ Solatium 017.25 r- . E Assistance m Difference of 'Actual Markret VaWe' and Compensation as receised 166.4750 12a.0. sq m 19 98 z Rental Allowance for 9 months § Rs.600/monthr 25 S 40t family 1 35 Shifing Allowarce - lumpsum of Rs.800 291 800 0 namily 0 24 If the PAP is a tenant hRentalA]lowance (9nmonths) Shiftng Allowance 361 6.200 0 family 2 29 Assistance towards Tanes and Fees and Opening of Bank Accounts @12.5,1=13.5% of compensation 16 96 0 00 Sab-Total: Acquisitlon of Residential and Commercial Land 146.47 19.9S r E | Employees (one of the eaming members of family) 353 7.956.o person 2 81 utO ct> o |Employees (sole eamng member of family) 265 9.94S00 person 264 g~~~~ . ~~~~ I Atemainae Economc Rehaoifitaton Support 309 16.100 00 person 497 Oi °D |Towards value of standing crop - torine-ha 0 00 D 0 Towards replacement of next years seeds 753 1.000 0 family 0 75 r. ,c. 5 9%LF D O | Fruit Tree No 0 00 S-- - - t - - - e -' -- - -_ _ _ ES TimberTree No 0 00 Sub.Total: Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood 5.45 5.72 Assistance for Commercial Structure at Replacement Cosr - 2.700.0 family 0.00 Assisiance for 105 of ResidenSal Structure at' Replacement Cost' 37 6705oc amily 0 02 Assisrance towards training and income generation 37 16 10000 family | 60 =1 _ | >Rental Allowance 35 S 400 00 family 0 02 Traisimional Allowance |3 11934 00 family 0 00 0 04 Shitting Allowance - lumpsum of Rs.800 351 800 O0 lamily 0 03 Sub-Total: Assistancefor Encroachersand Squattes 0.05 0.66 %D | _ 6 | _ - |Assistance towards vocasoral training for 1 yr 507 2,50000 famly 27 Ula Assistance towards staing a livelihood 5071 2.500 oI family 1 27 -°2zO ° | E: | - vt - g |Economic Rehabilitaton Grant 250sol 18.10000 fami p 403 CL - | | Q L Sub-Total: Additionat Assistante for Vulnerable Groups 0.00 6.67 Lea Associates 9- 11 Type Unit of Financed by Assistance by Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantli Rat Unit NHAI bVB Loss ment 1! o wi n r They are not e igible for 'Compensation or Assistance 0.00 0 00 n nc ided in the asistaoncs to commercial encroachers and squatters, and in vLio un resettlement site 000 000 : *, . ra 2 ° r 8 B si, rD Inclaced as part of the Civil Works Contract and the 2 -6 ~~~~00 ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~00.00 E 'i 7 r ra - Environmental Management Plan r) 2 E acrr:u o c 0 E Community Resource Development 010 0 Enhancement E E Included as pan of the Civil Workis Contract and the 0.00 0.00 Environmental Management Plan II 0 Ste. Pot Site Developmerit of Resettlement Site 3.12( 250.0( sq m 0.78 S8.PltStructure fAe _ ro eqsvaito os reaonFree Residential Plots 7 25,000 0t famiiy 1 95 I equivalent to Lost Area or ______tD -j. 1 as per Slandard given in the Free Agricultural Plots 376,080.01 100.0C sq.m 37 61 Eo Entitlement roamel ork or Development of Shopping Complexes 3,225.0 120.0t sqim 0.39 rJ rG = equivalent cash assistavnc Free Shops 143 10.000.00 family 1.43 I Free Shop+Residence 29 20,000.0 family 0.58 Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Resettlement Site e.oo 42.84 Trainig of NGOsStaff and preparation of training Lump sum 0.11 o manualsetc Trainirg of the PAPs 1 7641 900.00 lamilY 1 59 8Tranirg for Staff Lump Sum 011 Strengthening of Socal cell, Corpcrate Office and PIU Lump sum o10 c ' rt (Computers. Softwares Pnntng etc.) E Extension oi Govemment Programmes Lump sum 0.10 E Extension of Other Agency Programmes (HIV. etc) Lump sum 0.05 NGO Assistance for RAP Implementation and Site Lump sum 3.00 ra Participatory Planning crn Ptenodic Monitorng by NHAI HO Lump sum 0.20 O _ Further Specific Studies Lumpsum 010 m ' Vi M&E Consultants 1,21 400 0 tamoy 0.49 Sub.Total: InstituUtonal Capacity Buitding and tmplementatlo= 0.30 5.55 |TOTAL(Rupees in Million) 434.96 149.57 Lea Associates 9-12 Table9.7: RAPBudget for PackageIl-B Type Unitof iace y Asitneb Category of EntItle. Entitlement Details I Quant Rat Unit Flnanced by |AIsstan- by Loss ment _ Compensation as per LAAfNHA CCompensation for land incuding Solatium 137,000 oO 100 00 sq m 13 70 LAAINHA Compensation for Residual Land ncluding Solabum 30.825 00 100 00 s m 3 06 Assistance D ifference of'Actual MarKet Value' and Compensation as reCilved or PAG 167.825 003 20 00 sq.m 3 36 0. C 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~6 OL t. aiy08 I Transitoval Allowance ~ for 9 months if the residual land is not viaDle 68 11934 00 faii 0 o E Rs 511duy for 26day/mnonth for 3 months f the resudualland :0viable 8 3.978 00 fauniy 003 ix Assvtsancetowards severance of [and (Adtidonal 1 0% of the anmountpaid for 33 052 63 t0 m30 < compensation), 10° solatrum 36,052.63 1.00 s a 036 00 Assistance lovards Taxes/Pees/Cpeymng of Bank Accounts Q12.5.1=13.5% of compensation 2 27 0 00 Altemative Economic Rehabiiationo Grant 68a[ 16.100 00] fmily 009 Sub-Total: Acquisition at Agricultural Land 9.41 5.2S Compensation as per LAAvNHA Compensaton for Residencral property induding 8000 700.00 sq m 0.56 Solatiunno 0 0,C sqm 05 Compensabon for Commerroal property induding 400 00 700 00 sq m 0 28 e C~~~~~-ompensat,onas per Solanumr < ~~~LAtHA__ __ ' r m for residual Unv able Property Residential . Solat um 200 00 700 00 sq m 0 14 o rt 0 For Residual Urviable Property: Commercial 10000 70000 sq m 0.07 r _ I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Solatlurn , E Assistance Difference of Actual Market Value and Compensaton as received 1.200.0f 140 00 sq m 017 60 Rentai Ailowance for d months Q Rs 0Amonth 36q 5.400 famiy 2 15 Shifting Allowance - Iumpsum of RsO800 6f 800 family 0 05 It the PAP is atenart |RentaiAtwanoe (9months)l ShitingAl,owance 18 6,200 OC famly 1 4 Assistance towards Taxes and PFes and Opemng of Bank Accounts Q12. 51 13 5% of compensafion 0 14 000 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Residential and CommercIal Land 4.63 0.17 r0 - c: 6E |Employees lone of 1meeaming members of family) 176 7 956 01 person 1 40 rotD o3 Eoymployees(sole eaming memter of family) 132 9 945 Dl person 1 31 Alie,aniveEconomic Rehabilitation Suppon 154 16.1000f person 382 2- w 3, h tTowards value of standing crop torne-ha 0 0C =O z E Z| Towards replacement of nrot years seeds 76 1.000 oe famly 0 08 i-5~i,s Froit Tree - No 0 00 75~ ~ ~ 05 r E= f0 'Timer Tree No 000 Sub-Total: Assistance towands Loss of Lihelihood 2.71 2.56 AssistanceforCommercial Structure at'ReplacementCosf 122 2,70000 fam5ly 033 Assistance for loss of Residential Structure at 'Replacement Cost 947 675 30 tamniy 0 64 rsist.anc. towards training and inocomegeneration 947 16 100 toniam Iy 1 52 15 25 Rertal Allowance 951 54000 family 051 Transitional Allowance 951 II 534A0 fan,ry 0 0' Sh,o,g Allo.ance - iumpsum of Rs 800 901 8000° fian,y 0 76 Sub-Total: Assistance for Encroachems and Squattens 2.80 16.23 .*3 T| -w 9 tAssistance ~ towards vocational oraimngfor 1 yr 3341 2.500 00J famil, O 84 D OD 4| 0O | O C :) D C |Assistance towards starting aivelihood 334 2.s00o00 fai ly 084 '2 > n > : fRehablitalon >j v* |Economic Grant 239 16.100.0 famJl < C ULI iSub-Total: Additional Assstance fcr Vutneabte Groups 0.00 810 LeaAssociates 9-1 3 Type Unit of y Typ Unitof ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Financedby Assistanceby CategorY of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quanti Rate Unit NHAI Ws Loss mont 7 u i: rrrThey are noteligible for 'Compensation'or 'Assistance' 0.00 0 00 Cr° ~~I '3 Includedin the assistanceto commercial enaoachers and squatters, and n 0 o ' reselttementsite 0 0 0 00 ton0 nOn,, 0~~~0 8 E tr Includedas part of theCivil WorktsContract and the 0.00 000 E2 ' EnironmentalManagement Plan =~ ~c ~ ~~~~~~~E onuiyRsuc eeomn 1 o~ 2- E. CommunityResource Oenelopment S2 1t F o elohancement E X ro as per given Includedas pail of the CivilWorks Contractand the 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~EnvironmentalManagementPlan 1000 _8 ro r Sio, Plot.Structureof a Ara Site Development of Resettlement Site 51 d 250.0 sq m 1.26 o ro 3 nquivalentto LostArea. or Free Residential Plots 12 25.0000.C family 315 15 E asopor Standardgiven in the Free AgriculturalPlots 1p00.t sqm 000 E S >1- EntitlementFrameworkr. or Developmentof ShoppingComplexes 5.11 7! 120 s(q m 061 ~~u ~~~ in lieu ofall scoot21 1000 C fm 239 oquivalent cash as,islen,os FreeShops 2 000 ai 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~FreeShop+Residence 3- 000. fmiy060 ixSab-Total: AdditionatAssistance for ResettlementSite 0.0a 6.19 n. Trainingof NGOsIStaffand preparation of training Lampsum 0.11 r' manualsetc E Trainingof thePAPs 1 37i 00. family 1.21 o Trainingfor Staff Lumpsum 011 oG 9 Strengtheningof Social cell, Corporate Offce andPIU Lurmpsum 010 E _ (Computers.Softawms Printing etc ) - 6 Extensionof GovemmentProgrammes Lampsum 0.10 o' Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (HIV. etc) Lumpsum 005 0 cn NGOAssislance for RAPImplementation and Sile Lumpsum 3 C0 ParicapatoryPlanning rrr; PenodicMonitonng by NHAIHO LumPsum 0 20 3 l > iFurther Specfic Studies Lumpsum 010 o '3 M&ECOvoulfEnia o 40lan1215 family 0.45 Sub-Totat InstiutionalCapacity Buitding and Implementatlen 0.30 17 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 29.75 45.71 Lea Associates 9-144 Table 9.8: RAP Budget for Package IV-A Type Unit of Financed by Assistanne Category of EnItItl- Entisiensnt by De.1 uniy Rate Unit NHAI w Loss ment Compensation as per LAAVNHA Compensationforand includingSoatium 455.20000 T 00.00o sq mi 45 52 LAANHIA Compensation for Residual Landimcluding Solatium 102.42000 100 00 sq.m 10.24 e Assisbnce ot vt °c Difference of 'Actual Market Value' and Compensaton as received or PAG 557,620 O0 00 sq mt 11.15 O7 Transiynal Allcwance forfI 9 months it the res.dual land is not viable se9 11.934 00 family 7 C3 o rQ E Rs 51/daY for26day/month for 3 months if the residual land is viable es 3.978 00 family 0 26 Assitance towards severance of land (Additional 10% of the amount paid for e1 1 siatium 113,compensabon)ff3103.96 1000 sq.m 1 13 000 T Assistance mowardsaoesiFeesCOpening of BankAccounis l2.5 1t=3 5% of compensaion 7 93 000 Alter-tive Ecnomic Rehalb,lHtalon Grant seg I 13Se.0 00 I family 3 13 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Agricultural Land 64.42 26.57 Compensation as pe, LAAJNHA Compensauion for Residencal property incluc.ing 100.00 50000 s m 0 05 Solabumna10 OI s Compensation for Commercial property including 2.200 00 500 00 sq.m 1 10 it Compnentsaotionas per Saiatium J t),V~LAANHA t- itV for residual Unviable Property. Pesidential + Solabum 25 00 500 00 sq.m 0 01 ro itc 0 I it __ _ For Residual Unviable Property. Commercial + 550.00 S0000 sq m 328 E Assistance DOffererce of 'Acual Market Value' and Compensation as reca ved 2n3eiq0 0 00 sq m 0 23 eonto: Allowance orr9months Rs 600monith 9 40 amily 0 50 hifting Allowance - lumpsum of Rs.800 11co| Cj family 0 09 Ithn PAP is a tenant I Rental Allowance r9mnnths) + Shrlbng Allowance A 62000 0C family 0 00 Assistance towaos Taxes and Fees and OPeningof BankcAcounts 9!125+1 1t3 5% ofcompensation 019 0 00 Sub.Total Acqisfltion of Residential and Commercial Land 2.22 0.23 c-=A _ crscE Employees (one of the eaming members of family) 7 956 0C person On0 w 02c 'O 5 Employees (sole eamsng member of farmlyi 9 945 00 person 0 CO Aliernatve Economic Rehabi,taiion Support 13.300 0 person 0 00 o2 | DC" 8 W t5 | Towards value of standing crop tonne-ha 000 2c Towards replacement of neat years seeds 554 1 000 00 family 0 05 0 t5 4 Fruit Tree No 0 co el 11O' |TImberTnNo it n Tree _ 00 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Timber 0( Sob-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Llvelihood 9.C0 D.65 Assistance lor Commercial Structue ai'Replacement Cost' 89 2.700CO family 024 Assistance furlo iSSttResidential Strccture at 'Replacement Cast' 20a 675 00 family 0 14 E: t i > Assistance towards raming andincome generation 20 t13.8000 t0family 2 87 Rental Allowance 207 59400 C0 family 0 11 2|TrastiaonalAllowance 207 t 1 934 CC lamily 0 00 0 25 Shift ng Al owarce - lumpsum of Rs 000 274d 00 cq family 0 22 Sub-Total: Assistance for Ehor-achers and Squanern l 0.31 3.50 Et | s I n I _ C Assislance towards vocational training for 1 yr 939 .50000 family 0 22 if) O, | 2i u Assistance towards starting a liveihoiod 99 2.50000 family 0 22 0>o E it a o' v conomc Rehabilitation Grant 93 t380000 tanimly 128 Sob-Total: Additional Assistance for Vulnerble Groups 0.00 1,72 LeaAssociates 9-15 _ Type Unit of Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantit Rate Unit NFAi Loss mentH S ~oc They are not eligible for'Compensation' or'Assistance' 0.00 0 00 > Included in tme assistance to commercial encroachers and squatters, and in ii resenlement site 0.00 0 00 SO ~~~~~~~~~~~~00 m2 . . .-0° 0 6 ncluded as part ofthe Civil WOrksContract and the 00E= 80r;E0 o C0l Environmental Management Plan is -On r e E~~~~ 0: -E>L v 0 E E Community Resource Development 0.10 E 0 Enhancement ° 0E Included as pant of the Civil Works Contract and the 0 00 00 Gi t Enoironmental Management Plan oS Site Development of Resettlement Site 1,52 2500C. sq'm 0.38 o c o Site. P ot. Slncture of Area Free Residential Plots 38 25,000 Cr family 0.95 equivalent to Lost Area, or Cj . J V as per Standard given in the Free Agricultural Plots 93.520 0t 70.00 sq. m 6 SS E -d > E rilnment Framewont, on Development of Shopping Complexes 1,031 2 120 OC sq m 0.12 tA0 <0 ou 0 equivalentin lieu of0a1cashalabove, assistance Free Shops 5f 1e0000i____aml tomily 000 Sub-Total: Free Shop- Residence 55 20.000 00 famiiy 1.10 u Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Resettlement Site 0tt0 9.75 Training of NGOsiStafn and prepanamonof training Lumoi sum 0.11 r0manuals etc Training of the PAPs tOS 900A00 family 0.3a 0 F Training for Staff LuMp sum 0.1 v 9 Strengthening of Soaal cell, Corporate Office and PIU Lump som 0 10 (Computers, Softwares Ptntng etc.) E v p Extension of Govemment Pnogrammes Lump sum 0ot0 0m o 0 Extension of Other Agency Pnogrammes (HIV, etc) Lump tm 0.05 NGO Assistance for RAP Implenentathin and Sit. Lump sum 3.00 aSr] Participatory Planning o au Penodic Monitonng by NHAI HO Lump sum 0 20 5ic FFuher Specific Studies Lump sum 0 10 cVo /u M&E Consultants 1.21 400 00 fami y 0.49 Sub-Total: Institutional Capacity Building and Implementation 0230 4.9f4 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 67.27 47.36 Lea Associates 9-16 Table 9.9: RAP Budget for Package IV-C Type Unit ofFiacdb Category oT Entitle- Entitlement Asstney Details Quantity Raten Unit Financedby A5slssance Loss ment ] by Compensation as per LAAINHA Compensatontsr landuiciing Solatium 1,243,000.001 Cosmpensahonas per 1 *-100 00 sq m 1243C .z AStLAAINHA Compensatonfor ResidualLand incobding Solatium 279.675.001 10000 sq r 27 97 2 Assistance a r o Differenceof Actusi Mariet Value and Compensationas receiyedor PAG 1,522,675.00 20 00 sq m 30 45 os ., I TraOOitioOalAllowance r,, for 9 monthsif the residualland is notviable 3,307 11.93400 family 39.47 r RSloopforls 51 2ddayiroonmmonth forO3 s th residualland,i viable 367 3.97800 family 1.46 Assitancetowards severance of land (Additonal Compensationfor Residencialproperty including 40000 sq m 0 Co Solatumr__n Comperisalionas per CompensationforCommercial property mcludng 20000 00000 sq m 010 _ ~~~~~~Comnpensationas per Solatlum_ _ LAAINHA-_ for residualUnviable Property: Residential 0 Solatum - 40000 sq m 0 C0 -s g I For ResidualUnviable Property: Commercial a - 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Islbm5000o ni 0 50000 som I 003 ______AssIstance 0n ODfference of Actual MarKetValueand Compensation as receised 200.00 90.C0 sq m 0 02 eRentlAllowance for z 9 months( Rs6clmoCtmi 17 5.40t tamry a 09 SmlfinoAllowance - lumpsumof Rs 800 2 6000 family 0 C2 IfthePAP s a tenant IRental Allowance(9,nonthsu Shftng Allowance 6,2000 amIy 0C0 Assistancetowards Taxes and Feesand Openingof BankAccounts @12.5St=135% of compensation CC2 Sub-Total:Acquisition of Residential andCommercial Land 0.26 0.02 cr cE Employees (oneof ths eaming membersof family) 7 956.00 person 00o ui F Uz Employees(sole eamlogmember of family) 094500 person O.00 AtornratveEconomic Rehabilitation Support 13 e0c0 person 0 00 E _ri ,,, O,P Towardsvalue of standirgcrop tonne-ha 0 00 5 | rdSSTowardsz Z replacement of next yearsseeds 3 674 1 00000 fCramily 367 95 F,uitTree No 000 oE 5 |T,mbern ree No 000 Sub-Total:Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood 0.00 3.67 Assistancefor CommercialStructure at ReplacementCoso' 79 2 700 00 famiy 0 2 oz° ,uooisilslancefor ossof ResidentialStructure at ReplacementCost 71 675 00 family 005 _ -|ll Assistancetowars traimngand income generation 71 13 800O0 family 008 Ua | D | RentalAllowance 6 5 40000 family 0 04 T _ ) l ransibonalAllowance | t93411 00 famiy 0 C0 0 06 Snft,ng Allowance - lumpsur of Rs 800 76 60CO famiy 0 06 Sub-Total: Assistancefor Encroachers andSquatters 0.10 1.t2 Lea Associates 9-1 7 Type Unit of Financedby Assistanceby Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantit Rat Unit NAItA we Loss ment , -! -o Assistancetowards vocabional training for 1 yr 1,552 2,500.00 family 3a8 ' rr 7's rD Ie O = '- ? Assistancetowarnds starting a livelihood 1,552 2,5000OC family 388 st~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-0,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~aiy02 oi > t5 EconomicRehabilitation Grant t 13,800.00 tamily 0.23 < _ r0 uQ Sub-Total AdditionalAssistance for VulnerableGroups aooo 7,99 . Z 0 o Theyare not eligibefor Compensationor Assistance 0.00 0o00 Included,- in the assistanceto E commercial encroachers and squatters, and in 0.00 ry'io 5 resettlements te ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0,00 Ec E''Enhancennenl Includedas part ofthe CivilWorkrs Contract and the 3 Environmental Management Plan E S CommunityResource Devetopment 0.10 o Enhlancementl o ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Includedas partof the CivilWorks Contractand the 00 0.00~D 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~EnvironmentalManagementPlan ~~'Site. ~~~~~SiteDevelopment of ResettlementSite 25000 sqm 0.00 in uD sQ Site,Plot, Structure of AneaFree Residential Plots 25,00000 family 0.10 eqsioaientto Lost Area,or ______as per Standardgiven in Free Agncultural Plots 485,712.0 70 00 sq m 32 60 r o > _ the EntitlementFramemork, Development of Shopping Complexes 2437 120 sq m 0 03 or in lieu of all above, r6 z rQ equivalentcash assistance Free Shops 1_ 10,000.0 family 0.13 ______o___ Free Shop-Residence 20.0000 family 0 00 Sub-Total:Additional Assistance tor ResettlementSite 0.00 32.96 ml Trainingot NGOsiStaffand preparationof traning Lumpsum 011 i; Trainingof the PAPs 3,8511 9000 ftamily 3.47 c Trainingfor Staff Lumpsum 0.11 o SLtengtheningot Sooal cell, CorporateOffice and E ro PIU (Computers,Softwares Pnnong etc.) OrE < Extenstonof Govemment Programmes Lumpsum 0.10 vS O o Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (HN. etc) Lumpsum 0 05 NGOAssistance for RAPImplmeentabnn and Site Lumpsum 3 co PartctpatoryPlanning Scrit PenodicMonitoring by NHAI HO Lumpsum 0.20 ri o FunurterSpecifc Studies Lumpsum 010 M&EConsultants 12tS1 40000 family 049 Sub-Total:Institutional CapacityBuilding andtmplementation 0.30 7.43 TOTAL (Rupees in Million) 176.59 170.41 LeaAssociates 9-18 2 Table 9.10: RAP Budget for Package V-B Type Umrtat _ sitneb Category of Entitle- Entitlement DOtWNts Qaantly Rats Unit Pleonced by NHAI by Loss myar In CompensatIon as per LAAJNHA ComprntatPonlor land floding Solaluno 470,9000O 10000 sq.m 47 09G Co 1ettSarotnas per 2 LAArNHA Con,pensarion for Rastd.al Land Inclading Solaltia, 106,952.50 100.00 sq m 10 600 2 Assistance ol--erroce of A"jal MankelValue and Camper.salion as received or PAG 576.852s50 20 0o sq m 1l 54 r Anlowance S months ithe resiuoal lane is notlvaSte 19 1193400 family 021 11f.or, lrssrdoyfcr l_E 20da0 rnonh monthsehIf the nidd.al sand s ab-b 2 3297800 family O00 Asslianc tlowardssoeeanrce of land iAdditiona1 t0% ot thi amount paid tor .4 vyn,ynrsafrvnliO%ooiaiiain ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~177725.0010 00 sc m 'ItO 0 00 Ass stance I-Oard, TenesiFe.tlopennrg of Bank A.co.nts @12.5f =135% olcompeosation 7 790 0.00 _Alternnt. E..nom-cR.h.him.t.-lGr-It Z il 133W|00.00 family 025 S.b.T0121: AcquisnllonOf Agricultural Land 66660 12.01 Compe.satioo as per LAAJNHA Compensationfor Resedncial propeny including 2.70000 dW 00 s m 7 080 Sclatium Compersatrnn for CO,mmerncaproperty mnrtd,g 4,600.00 500.00W sq i 2 300 Compenoationas per Solatium f|Lorresitral Unviable Property Res,dotiai 0 87000 00 sq m 0 270 05 i P corfesiduaaunriabiePponp.tComtnrnoal. t.t1SO00 50000 sm 0580 rr | F |Assistance Slts °DQiternce0f Acmua.Market Value and Compensaton as eceived 7.300 90.0i sq in 0.66 Rental Allowance fot 0 months a Rs.O/.movth 1 ,40 familS 2070 SlI'htor Allowawce- lnrsumoif Rs. 00 1 800.0 fmily 0 010 If IPe PAPis a tenant |Rental Allowance (9months) r Shiftng Allowance 6 200.01 famly 0000 Ass stance towards Ta.es and Fees and Opening 0f 38n0 Aco.ucts | 2 S.t=t3 5% of compensaion 1 0 570 0 00 Sub-Totalt Acquisition OfResidentia1 and Csmm.ncla1Larnd 4.850 0.5t .76 j Employees one of the eammngmembers of family) 7.95s600 person 0.000 ° [Employees safeearnigmember offamlyl 9.9450 Person 0000 AltrnativeEcontic RehabilitationSupport 13.800 0 Peynson 000 oo l 0°o | | Towardsvalue o0standing crop onceha 0 00 'is | Tcwartdsinro leplacement of oem years seeds 20 1.000 0 family 0.02 a 6 F,8fultTree No 20 D E II|T mOber3, tree - -| No 0 00 Sub-Total: Assistance towards Loss of tL-etlhood 0.000 0.02 0 Ass,starcefrCommercl StrucluleaReplacementat P Cost 3300 2.0000 tairly 009 nK + |Assistance for loss o7ResidemtalI Structure at 'Repaceernt Cosf 6 6750 family 0 00 o | o rar-,,i-ngacd| |Asoictanve income generaion6 13.0000 lfamily 008 . S| 1, Rental Allowance | 5.400 O0 family 0 003 _c j T itirlrars,aAllowance ft 934 o tamily 000 0o01 ShtrringAllnwance .- umpsu,, of Os 800 361 9i000 amity, 0030 Sub-Total Assislance for Ecr.a.chers and SquatterOs |020 0.91 rn | = 0 AssIstarce lowards vocationeal trnngfor1,y, 271 25 000 T.rdy C 07 v> ' Ecorrnrnc Rehatilitalon Grant I t family | I300000iS o IE I E ,, | Sub-Total Additional Assistance for Vulnerabtl GrouPs 0o000 002 D |They ale ,ol etlible tfi omponsafiOlcto AlsistanCe 0 .00 0 00 - nrlived ithn as-itionve 10 comme cial erorachers and squatters, ad ine m-ietttsrr-ooisite - . 00000 Lea AssociateW 9-19 Type Uiot AssisanceWf by Category of Entitie Entitlement Details Qoanti Rat Unit Financed by NHAI WB Loss ment e3 v neluded - at pa of thieCMil Wirs Cntract and the E . 5 E 7 Env_rrnmentaiManagement Plan = 5. (0~~~, ' r < o E emC0 CommunityRe..u- 0-lopment aa EED SE Enh(ncement Inci.ded as par. of the C/icl Wnofs Contract and the Environmental Management Plan _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I 0 Site Development of Resettlement Site 250.K sq m 0.00 SiW, Plot, Stactore of Are. Free Residental Plots 1 25.000 tanrly 0,03 eqbclntt Lost Area.ro0 .m Sr , as pe, Standard gie- inin th Free Agricultural Plots 13,120.0 70.O sq m 0 92 v r Enlit emrentFrame-ort or Development Df Shopping Complexes 225.0 120 X .rn 0.03 = e , lec cf art above. _____b_ E ! eqvalent cash assistance Free Shops o10eto. famrily 0.01 FreeShop*ResidenCe I 20,00C family 0 22 S.b-Total: Additionat Assist.ne. for Resettlement Site 0.000 1.J1 Training of NGOstStaff and preparation of trening Lump sum 0.11 a manualsetc 01 Training ofthe PAPS 17 900. ftamily 0.1 Training tor Stafl Lump sum 0.11 E OStrengthening of SoCialcell, Corporate Office and 0.10 G PIU (Compote. Softr-Mns Prnting etc.) E E Extension o1Sovemment Programmes Lump sum 0.100 OE5- Onen-ion of Other Age.-Y Pnog-arnes (HIV en) Lunp scm 005 5 S NGO Assistane fot RAP Implementationand site Lamp sum 3.00 Pactcpatory Plannng (7c Penodic Monitohng by NHAI HO Lump sum 0 200 ct 9 _ Funher SpeCiC Sludes Lumpsum 010 t r/(0p ' M&E Cons-ltams j fa0 049 Sob-Total: Institutlonal Cap-aity Building and tspliementat-os 0.300 4.12 TOTAL(Rupees in Million) 71.870 18.62 Lea Associates 9-20 10. IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS The NHAI is responsible for implementation of the R&R component of the project (as part of the overall project). It is responsible for planning all R&R activities, implementing in consultation with the affected people, considering R&R as a process of development. It is also responsible for the monitoring of each activity planned in the RAP ensuring that the mitigation measures are actually translated from policy to action. 10.1 EXISTINGINSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY The NHAI is responsible for implementation of the complete resettlement and rehabilitation of all those affected by the project and is committed to ensure the income restoration of the project- affected and project-displaced families. The NHAI already has certain organizational and institutional capacity to be able to satisfactorily complete the implementation of the RAP. The capacity was mainly created due to the requirements of implementing the Third National Highway Project (TNHP). TNHP precedes the GTRIP. and the preparation and implementation of the RAP in GTRIP is expected to benefit from that of the TNHP. Moreover, the TNHP and the GTRIP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section of the NH-2. The five NHAI project implementation units (PlUs) will be responsible for implementation of both TNHP and GTRIP1 . Given this scenario, the organizational capacity and implementation strategies of both TNHP and GTRIP will be complementary. Also given the fact that the two projects are being taken up within a short period2 , the requirements and challenges are very significant. 10.1.1 THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNITS The TNHP and the GTRIP are fast-track projects. The PlUs were specially created to see that the preparation and implementation of the projects are completed as per schedule. The projects also envision decentralized decision-making3 , and therefore have placed a lot of importance in the capacity building at the PlUs. The PlUs are placed at the work sites. The PlUs started operating in the early 1998 when project preparation work started. A Project Director at the rank of Manager or Deputy General Manager headed each PIU during the project preparation stage. During the implementation stage, Project Directors at the level of General Managers (located at site) will head the PlUs. Other than the Project Director, a PIU has the following officers: A Manager i/c of construction contract; While the PlUs at Agra, Kanpur, Varanasi and Jumri Talaiya will be responsible for implementation of both the TNHP and the GTRIP, the PIU at Allahabad is responsible for the implementation of Package Ill-A and Ill-B of TNHP alone. Implementation of TNHP starts in April 2001, that of GTRIP starts by end of 2001. The RAP implementation for TNHP started in October 2000, and that for GTRIP has already been initiated. 3 Also, payments for the work under the contracts for the project will be made at the site, from the PlUs. -Lea Associates 1 0-1 * A Manageras the Contract Resettlementand RehabilitationOfficer (CRRO); and, * A Manageri/c Environment. (The Manageri/c Environmenthas additional duties related to the construction contract). The PlUs have worked with the project preparationconsultants for the entire project preparation phase, have acquired intimate knowledgeof the sites, and were involved in the processes of social assessment,environmental assessmentas well as community consultations. The NHAI has appointed a CRRO for each of the PlUs, whose sole responsibility is to implementthe RAP in close coordinationwith the NGOs (an NGO will be appointed for each of the contract packagesin GTRIP, as was done in the caseof TNHP). The task of developingthe resettlementsites, market places, etc. will be contractedout (both in TNHP and GTRIP), as per the procurement procedures agreed for the project4, and the contractorswill have to complete work in time. 10.1.2 ORGANISATIONAT THE NHAI HEADQUARTERS A separate Environmentaland Social Unit has been createdin the NHAI headquarters,headed by a General Manager. The unit is responsibleto co-ordinatethe pre-constructionactivities in the TNHP and the GTRIP. The unit will be responsiblefor policy guidance, co-ordination, contingencyplanning, monitoring,and overall reportingduring the implementationof the RAP. The social and environmental unit at the NHAI headquartershas the following officers, * General Manager (Social/Environmental); * Manager (R&R); * Manager (Environment). The unit at the headquartersis fully functional. 10.1.3 INSTITUTIONALDELIVERY SYSTEM The institutionalmechanism for the delivery of R&R componentsof the project is as shown in the Figure 10.1. Important components of the institutional mechanismthat is in place are the (a) district level committees,(b) the grievance redressalcommittees, and (c) NGOs. o District Level Committees for Recommending Replacement Values of Land The District level Committees are ad hoc committees and will be dissolved once the implementationof the RAP is complete.The committeeswill meet once a month to stipulatethe replacement value of the land (and any other asset, if required, and if any), during the implementation of the RAP. The committee in each district will comprise of the District Magistrate; the officially deputed Land Acquisition Officer (LAO) from the state department of revenue; Project Director and the CRRO from the PIU, NHAI; representativeof the NGO; and the representativesof the PAPs. The decisions of the committee will be binding, and no downwardrevision in the replacement value decided by the committeewill be permittedby NHAI. 4 Standard FIDIC international competitive bidding will apply to the procurement of contractors. The NGOs will be selected as per standard national competitive basis. If required,small contractswill be set out on quality-cum-costbasis. Lea Associates 10-2 NHAI CORPORATE Chief GeneralManager (WB), NHAI General Manager (SocialEnv),NHAI General Manager(WB), HQ, NHAI Manager (R&R), HQ,NHAI DeputyGeneral Manager (WB),NHAI ...... aaeTcncl,H,NA Manager (Technical), H-, NHAI DistrictLevel Construction General Manager(PD), PIU,NHAI Committees Supervision Consultantsl iEngirieers o Manager(CRRO) JECT (for each contract IMPLEMENTATION Grievance package) Manager (Technical) UNITS Committees . a le.ally determinedbytheppropriManager (Technical & itc Environment) du Non-GovernmentOrganisations Contractors i (onefor each ContractPacae (for each contractPackage) _- OverallResponsibility & Control 111 AdvisoryGuidance (R&R) *0 Directionregarding R&R Issues ...... 0110..co-ordination & Guidance(R&R) Figure 10.1: The Implementation Structure If the replacement value recommended by the committee(s) is less than the compensation legally determined by the appropriate authority, under the provisions of the LAA or the NHA, no deductions will be made from the entitlement of the respective entitled PAPs, on this account. If the replacement value recommended by the committee is more than the compensation legally determined, the difference 5 will be paid as assistance. The district level committees will also help the PIU arrange for extension of the various government programmes/ schemes for the benefit of the eligible PAPs. G Grievance Redressal Committees Grievance redressal committees (GRCs) have been formed (or are being formed) at every district through which the project traverses. The GRCs are expected to resolve the grievances of the eligible persons, within a stipulated time. The decision of the GRCs are binding, unless vacated by a court of law, and people are not debarred from moving to the court for issues including those related to R&R. However, it is expected that the GRCs will play a very crucial role. and will help implement the project as scheduled. While calculating the difference, the total compensation received (base compensation plus solatium plus incentive award, if any but without including the amount received as interest payment) will be deducted from the 'replacement value' recommended by the committee. Lea Associates 10-3 '7,,Z4 The GRC at each district will consistof the following members, * The District Magistrate; * The Project Director, PIU, NHAI; * The CRRO, PIU, NHAI; * A representative of the local self government bodies (Village/Block Panchayats or municipalities); * A representativeof the NGOs involved in implementingthe RAP; and * A representativeof the PAPs. The GRCs will continue to function, for the benefit of the PAPs, during the entire life of the project (including the defects liability period). The responsetime prescribedfor the GRCs is 15 days. Since the entire resettlement componentof the project has to be completed before the actual construction starts, the GRC will meet at least once in 15 days, to resolve the pending grievances. The committees will meet more frequently, if the number of grievances is large enoughto necessitatesuch meetings. 10.1.4 ROLESAND RESPONSIBILITIES Duringthe preparationof the TNHP, the roles and responsibilitiesof all membersinvolved in the implementationof the RAP have been sufficiently defined. Table 10.1 is a summary description of the roles and responsibilities,as defined in TNHP and as will be applicableto GTRIP, of the Chief General Manager (WB) and the General Manager (Social/Environmental)at the NHAI headquarters,the Project Directors and the CRROs at the PlUs; and the NGOs procured to implementthe RAP. The roles of the GRCs and the district level committeeshave already been describedin the preceding sub-section10.1.3. Role and responsibilitiesof the NGOs, which are the cornerstonefor proper implementation of the RAP in this project has been describedvery briefly in Table 10.1. A full description of the roles and responsibilitiesof the NGOs is given in Section 10.4 of this Report, which includesthe terms of reference for the NGOs to be contractedin GTRIP (refer the terms of referenceof the NGOs presentedas Appendix "A" at the end of Section 10 of the Report). Table 10.1: Role & Responsibilitiesfor Implementationof the RAP in GTRIP Level Implementation Staff Roles andResponsibilities * Overallin chargeof all the projectactivities. * Overseethe progressof landacquisition and R&R activities. corporate Office Chief General Manager * Participatein the state levetcommittees to facilitateland acquisition. * Contractingthe NGOsfor implementationof RAP. * Coordinateimplementation of R&R activitieswith corporate andfield staff. * Consolidatethe micro R&R plansprepared by the PIlUon physicaland financialneeds on monthlybasis. . Organizetraining for the PIU and NGOsfor capacitybuilding to implementthe R&R. GM (R&R/Env) * Preparemonthly progress report. * Monitorthe progresson R&R and land acquisition. . PrepareTerms of Referenceand facilitatethe appointment of the externalagency for Monioringand Evaluation. * PrepareTerms of Referencefor any studiesrequired ano qualitativedimensions to the implementationof the R&R; facilitateappointment of the consultantto carry outthe studiesand coordinatethem. Lea Associates 10-4 o7Z Level ImplementationStaff Rolesand Responsibilities * Overallresponsibilities for landacquisition and R&R activitiesin the field. Project Implementation * Makebudgetary provisions for landacquisition and R&R Unit activities. (FieldOffice-Contract ProjectDirector * Liaisonwith districtadministration for landacquisition and Level) implementationof R&R. * Participatein thedistrict levelcommittee. * Co-ordinatewith district administration and NGOs responsiblefor landacquisition and R&R, * Translationof R&R Policyin local language. * Preparepamphlets on the policy for information dissemination. * Print Policyand IdentityCards for the PAPs.(Sample IdentityCard shownin Chapter10) * Ensurethat the contractorhas paid the mutuallyagreed amountto the peoplefor the landtaken for borrowareas; and also ensurethat the landis returnedback to the concernedpeople within the stipulatedtime as per the agreementand has not madeit unproductive. • Ensurethat the landacquisition plans as per the alignments are submittedto the districtadministration for acquisition. * Ensurethe developmentof resettlementsites and agrculturalland, whenever required. * Participatein the allotmentof residential,commercial and agriculturalplots. Manager as CRRO * Liaisonwith the DistrictAdministration for dovetailing Government'sschemes for incomegeneration and developmentprograms for the PAPs. * Co-ordinatewith the NGOsappointed for implementationof the R&R. * Ensurethe inclusionof those PAPswho mightnot have been coveredduring the censussurvey. * Facilitatethe openingof Joint Account in local Banksto transferthe rehabilitationassistance for the PAPsand also organisedistribution of chequepayment of compensation and rehabilitationassistance, through transparent manner in Gram Sabhaor public meetingsspecially organized for distributionof cheques. * Monitorphysical and financialprogress on land acquisition and R&R implementationactivities including shifting of people. * Participatein regularmeetings. *Organise by-monthlymeetings with the NGOs to reviewthe progressof R&R. * Co-ordinatewith the CRROto implementR&R activities. * Verificationof PAFs listedout in the RAP. * Issue IdentityCard to the PAFs * Developrapport with the PAPs. * Facilitatethe CRRO in organisingthe public information campaignat the commencementof the R&R activities. * Distributethe pamphletsof R&R Policyand alsoexplain to them the meaningand measuresof mitigationto eliminate the feelingof insecurityamong the PAPs Non Government Organization * Assist the PAPsin receivingthe paymentof compensation. openingof the Bankaccounts and facilitatethe vulnerable PAPsin ensuringthat they gettheir dues on timeand are not left outto deteriorateto the stages of impoverishment. * Facilitatein openingof the Joint Accounts in the Bank. X Generateawareness about the alternatelivelihood options andtheir visability,the resourcebase and otheropportunities, to enablethe PAPsto makeinformed choices and participatein their own development. * Preparemicro-plans with PAPsfor R&R. * Enablethe PAPsto identifythe alternatesites for Lea Associates 10-5 C g Level ImplementationStaff Rolesand Responsibilities agriculture,residential and commercial plots. Participatein consultationof allotmentof shops and residentialplots to the PAPs. * Ensurethat the PAPsreceive their entitlementson time. Ensurepreparation of resettlementsites as per the guidelineslaid in the policy,complete with the basic facilities. Participatein the meetingsorganized by the PIU. Submit monthlyprogress report. tIdentify training needs of the PAPsfor incomegenerating activitiesand ensure they are adequatelysupported during the post-trainingperiod on enterprisedevelopment and management,the backwardand forwardlinkages, credit financingand marketingof the produce. * Participatein the disbursementof chequesat public meetingsand Gram Sabhas. * Ensurethe women headedhouseholds, and other groupsof vulnerablePAPs are giventheir dues both for paymentof compensationand rehabilitation assistance. 10.1.5 COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE RAP The existing institutional arrangement already provides for the continued involvement of the communities, especially the project-affected and the project-displaced persons in implementation of the RAP. The NHAI will ensure that. • The Stakehoiders are consulted at every stage of project; * The women's perception is built into the RAP implementation plan; . The host community is consulted, so that community assets are optimised and enhanced; * The PAPs participate in ensuring creation of community assets, and the upkeep and maintenance of assets created by the project; * An institutional mechanism is evolved involving the people, the Gram Panchayats, and the formal and informal people's committees to ensure sustainability of the process of development, beyond the RAP implementation period. 10.2 ADDITIONALINSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING IN GTRIP While the capacity building process started in the TNHP is very significant, and will be generally able to address the challenges of implementing the RAP, certain specific area require further strengthening. These areas are described below, as well as the proposed additional capacity building proposals. 10.2.1 NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPACITY An institutional development study (IDS) 6 carried out during the preparation stage of the GTRIP and the TNHP, identified "Strengthening the R&R and the Environmental Capacity" within the t Infrastructure Sector Unit, South Asia Regional Office, the World Bank (12 May 2000). Additional Annex No.: 12, Project Appraisal Document for the Third National Highway Project (p59). Lea Associates 1 0-6 NHAI as an important issue. The following discussiontakes-off from there, but reflects the other policy and positionsof the Gol7. The implementation of RAP for the TNHP is in progress.Several issues have been identified during this implementation,which requires resolution.These issues concern the tough targets and schedules for completion of the resettlement component, particularly the issue of land acquisition(under existing legal procedures,land acquisitionis a very long-drawnprocess). The other issues are of the participation of women in the project; of proper documentation of the R&R process;of sustainabilityof the capacity created.These are described below. 10.2.2 LANDACQUISITION The GTRIP involves much more land acquisition than the TNHP8. The responsibility for arranging for completion of all formalities and procedural requirementslies with the Project Directors at the PIU, supportedby the CRRO, and coordinatedby the GM (Social/Environment) at the NHAI headquarters. At the project level, in additionto the Project Directors,who are responsiblefor the R&Rworks, the CRRO shall ensure timely follow up of the land acquisition status. The status of Land Acquisitionshall be co-ordinated by the GM(Environment)at the NHAI Head Quarters. It would be important to addressthe following (in GTRIP, and in parts, for TNHP, if required): * The procedural requirementshave to be fulfilled. A retired revenue officer thoroughly conversant with the procedural requirementsshould be in position to co-ordinate the land acquisition proposals. * For better co-ordination,the officer responsiblehas to spend sufficient time at the site. To enable better follow up the officer should be of sufficiently high rank. fThe procedural requirements(expected of the NHAI by the appropriate authoritiesfor land acquisition) have to be formalized, and documentedfor the benefit of all projects concerned. * Ensuring timely land acquisition is demanding requirement and requires full time involvement of the responsibleofficers, at least during the first six months of a project. 10.2.3 WOMEN'SPARTICIPATION It is imperative to bring the issue of women's development in the process of socio-economic uplift within the scope of the RAP for GTRIP. Encouraging women's participation in development projects is a policy being followed by the Gol. The Gol has earmarkedthe year 2001 as the Year of Empowermentof Women. Involvingwomen meaningfullyat all levels of the project therefore,will show a greater commitmentto the nation-widegoals. Women are involved in the project anyway. However, most of the times, they are on the negatively impacted side. Following is the account of the ways women are affected and/or involved in the project. Any organisational strengthening process, however, may be conducive to the Gol initiative of streamlining the government agencies. The NHAI is created as small size organisationto work as a facilitator, and not as a wholesomeprovider. Contract packages in TNHP were selected based on the status and progress of land acquisition, among other criteria. Constructionpackages requiring comparatively more land acquisitionwere left, and 7 of 8 such acquisition-intensivepackages are being taken up under GTRIP. LeaAssociates 10-7 * Women constitute about half of the PAPs. * Woman headed families are addressedin the RAP as a vulnerable group. While 365 woman headed families will be affected by the project, 182 such families will be displaced from their agricultural, residential or commercial land. There is a possibility that the numbers might increase. * Women constitute the more impacted group among the resettled,the affected or the displaced.This aspect is further describedin Section 14 of this Report. * It is expected that women labourerswill be engaged as contract labourers during the construction period. Experiences(elsewhere in India) show that women constitute 25- 40% of the semi-skilled and unskilled workforce in road construction contracts. However, women are seldom, if ever, involved in the road construction industry at managerial levels. As per the R&R Policy of the GTRIP, as well as the larger perspective, it is importantto involve women in several stages and levels of the project. The scope for involvement ought to be concrete; otherwise betterment will not be achieved. Women will need to be integrated in the project as full-fledged participants,and not merely as beneficiaries,or bystanders. Possible areas of Women Involvement The Entitlement Framework of the GTRIP includes provisions for participation of, and consultationwith women during implementationof the RAP. These provisions are already in place. and are,not discussed here. Without doubt, women need to be involved in the implementationof the RAP. The other areas of concern to the women and more readily addressed by them will be in managing health and hygieneissues at the constructioncamps (wherethere are possibilitiesof exploitation of women workforce, or children); and in managingthe spread of highway relateddiseases. However, involvement of women is seen to be more important and as part of the long-term strategy than symbolic in GTRIP. Therefore, certain management positions will need to be occupied by women in this project. The following proposals are made to involve women at various levels of the project9. There is a possibility of appointing/inductingnew managers as CRROs in the PlUs, due to employee turnover, end of deputation or promotions. (There is no proposal for creating new positions, but only a possibility during the life of the project to fill the vacancies created by employeeturnover, etc.) It is proposedthat any vacancy in the positionof CRRO in the PlUs will be filled up by appointing/inductingwomen only. Given the modest requirementsof qualification, and site level responsibilities,it would be readily feasible to fill up any such vacancy (if such vacancy arises) by appointing/inductingwomen. Given the small number of woman engineers in the highwayconstructing industry, it may not be possibleto readily possiblefor the NHAI to identify and induct woman engineers in the NHAI. However, the number of qualified woman civil engineers in the country is not small, and NHAI needs to considerwomen to be appointed/deputedas a priority in future appointmentsideputations.As the NHAI is increasing in staff, there is enough space for woman engineers/managersto be appointed. However, this is a corporate policy matter, and not within the ambit of this project, and therefore, such proposalsare not made as part of this project. -Lea Associates 10-8 s Women as Managers in the NGOs Several NGOs will be procuredto implementthe RAP in GTRIP. It is proposedthat to qualify to be considered and/orselected for such contracts,the NGOs must fulfil the following conditions, * That the NGOs must propose at least one woman as part of the key personnel. The proposed woman key person shall be available to work at site for at least 50% of the duration of the contractl0. * That the women key persons, if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract, only with women key persons of equivalent qualifications and experience. * That the NGOs will depute a 'technical/professional'team to work at the site, which will consist at least 33% of women members.Junior support personnel and administrative staff will not be consideredas 'technical/professional'. Given the experience during the preparation phase of the TNHP and GTRIP, and the initial implementation part of RAP in TNHP,these will not be difficult propositions. 3 Women as Members of the Consultants' Teams It is proposed that the following studies will be undertaken,among others11, in the GTRIP, by procuring consultants'services. * Mid-term Monitoringof the RAP implementation; * End of the Project, Evaluationof the RAP componentof the project; * Mid-term Monitoring of the RAP implementation; - End of the Project, Evaluationof the RAP componentof the project; and, * A Benefit MonitoringStudy as part of the ProjectCompletion Report. As part of the project, there are possibilitiesof a few other consultancy assignments. It is proposed that in all these consultants'team, provisions similar to those in the cases of the NGOs should apply. Summarily, * That the consultants must propose women professionals for at least 33% of the positions of key personnel. The proposed women key professionals shall together constitute at least 33% of the person-monthinput for all the key personnel proposed in the contract, both at home-officeand at projectsite. * That the women key professionals,if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract,only with womenkey professionalof equivalentqualifications and experience. * That the team of sub-professionalto work in the project, both at the home-officeand at the project site, should consist of women for at least 33% of the positions,and of the total person-monthinput for the contract. Junior support personnel and administrative staff will not be consideredas 'technical/professional'. c As part of the proposal,the NGOs are expectedto undertakethat all key personswill be available to work at the site for the durationstated. Several other studies are suggested,including a safety audit, an MIS. etc. It is difficult to assessthe availability of qualifiedwomen professionalsfor those projects at this point of time, and therefore, no recommendationsare made in the cases of those in this Report. However,there are possibilitiesof involving women professionalsin those studies,and as such can be explored. -Lea Associates 10-9 `oZ Given the number of women professionalsin the consultingservices industry, this will not be difficult for the consultantsto proposesuch a team. ® Women as Managers in the Contractors' Team The contractors in various contractshave been seen to engage a number of women labourers, either directly, or through sub-contracts.There are cases of engaging children as labourers also. Some of the women workers stay at the construction camps, but most of them are from nearby areas, from local communities. As the contract moves on, labourers are continuously engaged from newer areas, and therefore, there is a significant turnover of employees. (This would also mean significantly more number of workers engaged during the construction period than the number of workforce required at any point of time.) There are potential issues of exploitation of women at workplace,child labour, transmissionof STDs, etc. The applicable laws in India require the contractorsto fulfil a number of obligations, including special provisions for women. These relevant laws include (a) the Maternity Benefit Act, 1951; (b) the Contract Labour (Regulationand Abolition) Act, 1948; (c) the Minimum Wagers Act, 1948; (d) the Equal RemunerationAct, 1979; (e) the Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946;(fl the Child Labour(Prohibition and Regulation)Act, 1986;(g) the Building and Other ConstructionWorkers (Regulationof Employmentand Conditionsof Service) Act, 1996; (h) the Cess Act of 1996; and (i) the FactoriesAct, 1948. As part of these laws, there are specificationsregarding the following facilities/requirementsat the constructioncamp/site (for a detaileddescription, refer Sections 13 and 14 of this Report). * Temporary housing, * Basic healthcare facilities, including Mother and Child Welfare units and facilities for vaccinations. e Day creche facilities, e Proper schedulingof constructionworks for women, * Educationalfacilities, • Prevention on child labour * Special measuresfor controllingSTD, AIDS etc. To be able to manage all the issuesregarding women and children,it is proposedto specify that the contractors appoint and propose as part.of their team a woman Inspector of Works. The requirementsfor the GTRIP would be as follows, * The woman Inspectorof Works proposed by the contractors should not be below the rank of an assistant residentengineer (ARE). • The woman Inspectorof Works will be responsibleto inspect the construction camps and any other componentof work with respect to gender issues. She would examine and resolve all issues/grievancesof the women and children involved directly or indirectly relatedto the constructionactivities. * She would assist the Resident Engineer (RE) in all aspects of gender and child-labour related issues. She would have a full-time tenure throughout the entire construction period. Her duties should include the preparation of monthly and quarterly reports and submit them to the RE with a copy to the RO of PIU. * At each work site, the contractor, by clear and visible signboards, inform the workers and the public the presenceof the woman Inspector of Works, and suggest them to approach her in case of grievances. Lea Associates 10-10 * A recommendationof the woman Inspectorof Work will be binding on the RE, or any other representativeof the contractor,or the sub-contractors. * A recommendationof the woman Inspectorof Works about any member of the client's or engineers' team (regarding exploitation of women, or abuse, or the like) will be examined at the level of the GM (Social/Environmental),GM (WB) at the NHAI headquarters.Their recommendationswill be binding on all parties, includingthe PIU. 10.2.4 DATABASE MANAGEMENT& DOCUMENTATIONOF THE R&R PROCESS The project in general, and the RAP implementation componentin particular is dependent on proper and adequate storage, retrieval and analysis of a huge database already collected, as part of the socio-economic baseline surveys and the census of PAPs. The database will be augmented, if and as required by the NGOs during verification exercise, counsellingand RAP implementation,the monitoringand evaluation consultants,and from all further studies. Once the NGOs are appointed for each of the contract packages,the NHAI will hand over the data already collected (and all other data collected later by the NGOs themselves as part of verification and implementation process, and by the monitoring and evaluation consultants)to hand over to the NGOs. Once, creation of a system of data storage and retrieval is created within the social/environmentalunit of the NHAI, the data will need to be continuouslyupdated (particularly during the initial period of RAP implementation, say 6 months), although the physicalwork will be decreasingincrementally. The project requires a monthly reporting from the contractorsto the supervision consultants, from the supervision consultantsto the PlUs, from the NGOs to the PlUs/CRROs,quarterly reportsfrom the PlUs to the headquarters,and from the NHAI to the WB. All these reportswill contain reporting on the progress and implementation of the RAP. Additionally, there would be reportsfrom the GRCs, the district level committees,the consultants,etc. The quarterly reporting is an important tool to ensure proper, adequate and successful implementation of the project. As regards,the RAP implementationis concerned,the reporting will be both on progress,and contingencymanagement (as the progressof civil work should not suffer due to slack in RAP implementation). 10.2.5 AMENITIESAND FACILITIES To be able to addressthe requirementof the RAP implementation,and as part of the overall capacity building plan of the NHAI, with respect to the R&R component,the following would be important. s Website NHAI will upgrade its website in near future. The exact shape of things to come is not really known as of now. However,certain basic features, such as information bank aboutthe on-going projects. highlighting the achievements, features about the best practices incorporated in the projects, etc., may be expected. The implementationof the RAP in both TNHP and GTRIP will need to be important componentsof these features. This is important on two accounts, (i) to alleviate negative propaganda(if any), and (ii) to publicisethe efforts of the NHAI on this regard to set a widely acclaimedbenchmark for all road projects in the country. The proposed database management and documentation personnel (including the Manager (GIS)) will be adequate to provide input for the website (and its updating) from the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters.As the website will be stand-aloneproject, no budgetary provisionis made in this project. Lea Associates 10-1 1 x Transportation and Communication Facilities The PlUs will have vehicles and other facilities as per the proposalin TNHP. Vehicles for the CRROs will also be available, from the pool for the PIU, and will suffice. The communication facilities (including electronic mail, etc.) of the social/environmentalunit, as proposed in the ConsolidatedEIA Report,will be used by the R&Rwork also. No separate provision is made in the RAP budget. 10.3 TRAINING Training as a whole, is an important part of the RAP and thus was specially emphasisedas part of the implementation of the resettlement and rehabilitation programmes in the GTRIP. The following training modules are suggestedin the TNHP. Extensionand continuation of these are sufficient for the GTRIP also. Cost of training of the NGOs, NHAI staff and the beneficiarieshas been includedin the RAP budget. 10.3.1 TRAININGFOR THE NGO PERSONNEL The NGOs will need to upgrade their skill through training to be able to deliver the R&R components, more effectively over time. Documentation and reporting of the process of implementation, monitoring and evaluation will also be done by the NGOs, and therefore, the NGOs' staff will needto be trained for such purposes. 10.3.2 TRAINING FOR THE BENEFICIARIESOF THE PROJECT The beneficiariesare to be providedwith accessto training for vocationalskill, technical know- how and starting of production units and businesses. These training programmes could be organized by the implementing agencies, based on the recommendations of the NGOs, depending upon the nature of skill requirementin the areasdesired by the eligible PAPs (short listed choices of alternative livelihoods). In some cases such as the improved agricultural practices or handicrafts, which are dependenton the locally available raw materials, etc., the NGOs can organize training by themselves. In the case of alternative livelihood schemes requiring technical expertise or the presence of technical training institutes such as industrial training centres (ITIs), the NHAI will facilitate in to tag the beneficiarieswith such provisions available in the vicinity 2. The training plan for the eligible PAPsis given in Table 8.21. 10.3.3 TRAININGFOR NHAISTAFF The project officials or the NGOs can implementthe RAP only when they gain conceptualclarity in translating the policy in its correct perspectives. The RAP is to be seen as a process of development, and the implementation plan as a management tool. The 'target-fulfilling' approach would need to be changed if the RAP is to be implemented as a 'process of development'. The NHAI staff would needto be extendeda full training program in evolving a "people centered development'process in all its projectsin general and TNHP and GTRIP in particular-The NHAI will also have the responsibilitiesof assessingthe training needs of the NGOs, and identifying the right organizationsfor impartingtraining. The NHAI will plan for training programs in order to ensuresmooth implementation of RAP. The areas are broadly demarcatedand presentedbelow, but would needto be revisited periodically An ITI is available in each of the districts traversed by the project. Lea Associates 10-12 to modify the same with regard to the individual training needsof the personnelactually involved in implementation of the RAP. The following are some of the training programs that would facilitate the RAP to be implementedin its correct perspectives. * Understandingthe policy guidelines, national context and frameworkfor R&R, and how the policy will impact the people affected; . Understanding the implementation schedule step-by-step, and following them in implementation; * Importance of the baseline data, methods of collecting, collating, retrieval of data; Understandingthe MIS packagefor managingthe information; * Understanding of the Land Acquisition Act and the NHAI Act, and their implications; referenceto the Draft National Policy on Resettlement; * Preparingparticipatory micro-plans with the PAPs; * Initiating people's participationin income restoration; * Women's participation in income restorationthrough self-help groups; * Development of micro-enterpriseswith options available, harmonisation of the micro- enterprises development schemes with the available resource base, and the external factors and environment;and, * Developmentof social and economic indicatorsto measurethe processof change. 10.3.4 AWARENESSCAMPAIGN There is a need for broad-based awarenesscampaign within the NHAI and within the road construction industry (including the policy makers,the planners,and line agencies)with regard to the R&R issues. This will help all parties concerned to realise that the R&R issues are intrinsic to the road development process, and is not concern imposed by external agencies. The awarenesscampaign shall focus on the fact that the road building is not an end in itself, is merely one of the several means for development of the nation, and therefore, can not be isolated from the other poverty alleviation and social commitments/policiesof the government. The awarenesscampaign will have two components.The NHAI website will be an importanttool for this campaign, on the first part. However, for the overall staff of NHAI, the awareness campaign shall be a process of sy-mposia and seminars as well as informal means of campaigning(such as leaflets, news letter and informationsharing). The awareness campaign is an issue, which transcends projects. Sensitising the entire road constructionindustry through a single project may not be possibleor viable. This has to be part of the overall capacity building plan for the NHAI. However,it is expectedthat the TNHP and the GTRIP together will play a major role. Therefore, a limited provision is included in the RAP budget in the GTRIP for this. The awarenesscampaign through the GTRIP budget sub-headwill be taken up after substantial progress has been made in the implementation of the RAP, and not earlier, so as not to increase the pressure on the staff of the social/environmentalunit in the NHAI headquarters. The awarenesscampaign from GTRIP will be taken up in the later half of the secondyear of the implementation. 10.3.5 OVERALL TRAININGPLAN FOR NHAI STAFF The following Table 10.2 gives the training plan for the GTRIP, with respect to the R&R components,and cover all the target groups described above. Note that the overall training for LeaAssociates 10-13 the PAPs will be arranged by the NGOs, and is covered in the NGOs' terms of reference. Also note that the training plan for the eligible PAPs is given in Section 8.6.4 of this Report. Table 10.2: Training Plan in the GTRIP for NHAI Staff Target Constituentsof the Target Topics for Training Form of Duration Group Group Training I All NHAIManagers (R&R), Regulationsand Policiesrelated to LandAcquisition Lecture 3 days CRROs, NGOs and R&R: Sessions Land Acquisition;NHAI R&R Policy;Basic Featuresof the RAP; Planningfor Relocation;Social Assessment Methods;Institutional Arrangements, Monitoring, Evaluationand Reporting;Documentation Requirements of the Project. All NHAIManagers (R&R), EffectiveR&R Implementation: Site Visitand 2 days CRROs, NGOs,R&R Experiencesharing related to R&R Implementation; Seminars Specialistsof the DisbursementMechanisms; Conflict Resolution Methods; SupervisionConsultants ContingencyManagement and Remady;Rapid Appraisals; Documentation, Monitorng and Reporting. III All NHAI Managers(R&R), SalientFeatures of NHAIR&R Policy: Workshopsand 2 days CRROs, NGOs, R&R Entitlementsas per the NHAIR&R Policy;Implementation Seminars On-site Specialistsof the Arrangements;Roles and Responsibilities;Grievance Workshop SupervisionConsultants, RedressalCells and DistrictLevel Committees; Continued in Each Contractors,Representative CommunityConsultations and Feedback;Labour Laws; Package of the PAPs GenderIssues; Health and HygieneIssues; Environmental .______Safeguards in the Project. IV All NHAIManagers (R&R), Long-TermSocial Issues in the HighwaySector: Group 1 day CRROs Standardisationof Processesand Methods; Analytical Discussionsand Tools; SocialAssessment Methods; Monitoring and Lecture Evaluation;GIS and RelationalDatabase Management; Sessions Conceptof R&R ResourceCentres. V A team comprisingof the Integrationof Socialand EnvironmentalIssues and TrainingAbroad 3 weeks CorporateR&R & Good Practices (Site Visitsto EnvironmentalCell of the Similarprojects) | NHAI, and the CRROs 10.4 EVALUATIONSTUDIES The following evaluation studies are recommended as part of the GTRIP. These will be conducted during the life of the project, and the resulting recommendations, if any, will be implemented by the project. 10.4.1 EVALUATION OF THE IMPACTS ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOOD SYSTEMS IN THE GTRIP Conceptually, alternative livelihood implies the means of earning a living in a way not usually followed by a community in its normal setting. Creation of alternative livelihoods is consequent to the alternative economic rehabilitation. GTRIP will affect and/or displace a good number of families located along the project corridor by disturbing the means of earning of these families. There will be certain depletion of economic resources for these people. As the majority of the affected families will be lose land, the economic base for agricultural communities will reduce. Among the losers are the people engaged in petty businesses abutting the highway. To reduce the burden incurred upon these families by losing their economic base, alternative livelihoods have been thought of. Lea Associates 10-14 The consultantsprocured for the study will undertakethe following to evaluate the alternative livelihoods provided by the project. a) Consultationwith affected peoplefor valuing their choices; b) Short listing of such activities after studyingthe feasibility, and viability; c) Selectingtrainees/beneficiaries keeping in mind the level of skill available among them in the selectedactivities (with a try to match their preferences); d) Suggesta revised training programmesuiting to different groups of beneficiaries. The consultants procured for this study will prepare a detailed action plan, specifying the deliverables with respect to each of the target group families. The responsibility for implementationof the recommendedaction plan will rest with the NGOs. The whole process of alternative economic rehabilitationwill be assisted by the NGOs in the field. Selection of suitable activities, selection of proper beneficiaries, organizing meaningful training programmes,assistance for starting businessand marketing of products/ services etc., are all possibleif these are done in a participatoryway. 10.4.2 EVALUATIONOF THE IMPACTS ON INDEGENEOUSPEOPLE An additional study will be taken up with regard to the ST populationaffected and/or displaced by the project. The focus of the study will be on the following. * Generatingdata on the socio-economiccharacteristics of the project affected/displaced families, including the income pattern, employmentpattern, dependenceon agriculture or other primary sector activities; * Assessing the impact of the project and the R&R supports provided on the asset ownership of the project affected/displacedST families, including collecting, collating and analyzingthe data on possessionof movable and immovable assets, usufruct and easement rights, gender analysis on asset ownership,inherited assets and the pattern of inheritance,etc. * Assessing the suitability of the project and the R&R supports provided to the cultural identity of the project affected/displaced ST families, with respect to the cultural receptivity about activities, employment, space forms including built-up spaces and community spaces, community services, and common property resource requirement, etc. * Adaptability analysis including the status of cultural assimilation (if any, and if desirable),with respect to capital and recurrentinvestment, the need to maintenanceof assets provided, tying up participatory maintenance for the assets provided by the project, etc. * Collecting information on and analysisof any other issue,which will help the project to deliver acceptableforms of entitlement to the eligible PAFs/PAPs,and make the asset transfer from the projectto the beneficiariessustainable and viable in the long run. As the estimated number of project-affectedST families is 65 only (45 of these families will be displaced by the project),the study is expectedto be very detailed. At the end of the study, the consultantswill recommend an action plan, specifying therein any additional actions (over and above those specified in the EntitlementFramework, and those implemented by the NGOs) to be taken with respect to each of the project affected/displaced families/persons. These recommendationswill be implementedby the NGOs responsiblefor the individual RAPs. Lea Associates 10-15 10.4.3 EVALUATIONOF IMPACTS ON THE QUALITY OF LIFE A study on the assessmentof the Quality of Life will be commissionedby GTRIP during the second year of the constructionperiod. The study will aim to gain deeperunderstanding of the following: * Social, cultural dynamics, and the macro and micro economic environment impacting the communitiesimpacted by the project; * Dynamics of economic interdependenciesas a part of the livelihood systems; * This study will indicate the changing social and economicscenario impacting peoples' lives, particularlythe host community,if they are adverselyimpacted in any way. Dependirigon the findings of the study, the NHAI will plan for adequatemitigation/management actions during the second and third year of the construction period13. Budgetary provisionsfor the study has been made, while resources,if required, for the mitigation/managementactions, will come form the contingencybudget of the project. This study will also help building in the element of adaptability in the RAP. The Entitlement Framework for GTRIP already includes a provision for impacts 'unforeseen" at the project- preparationstage. The study will, additionally,identify any lacuna in the implementation of the RAP and suggest contingency actions (including with respect to the host communities).This part of the study will trigger contingency actions, in advance of the mid-term monitoring proposed. As part of the study, the host communitywill also be studiedand recommendationswill be made so as to ensure effective delivery of the entitlements to the host community. The details are described below. ® Specific Scope of Work for the Host Community Study The study will be commissionedon the following scope of work: * Documentation and appraisal of the population, gender issues, ethnic composition, occupationpattern; educationalstatus; and social composition(caste, religion, etc); * Appraisal of the current land use pattern, land tenure systems,production systems; • Assessmentof the use/utilizationof the area (including usufruct rights, and easement rights) by the residentsas well as the impactsdue to the resettledPAPs or the project: * Assessmentof the regional and local level economic environmentand the impactdue to the project; * Assessmentof the social and cultural environmentand the change-processtaking place due to the project, impactingthe host community. The study will have to be built on both on structuredand semi-structuredformats, and using the rapid rural appraisal (RRA) methods.Gender analysiswill be an important aspect and the study would focus on the impact on women in the host communitydue to the project. 3 The constructionperiod for the project, for different packages,varies between 36 and 42 months. The study is planned in the second year so that the relocation of the PDFs is substantiallycompleted by that time. The mitigation and managementactions, if any, are proposed in the second and third year, so that the adaptive RAP is implementedwithin the constructionperiod. If absolutelyrequired, the contingencyaction can be implemented during the defects liability period LeaAssociates 10-16 10.5 INVOLVEMENTOF THE NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS NGOs will be the cornerstone of the implementation stage of the RAP. The NGOs will be responsiblefor almost all aspectsof the implementationof the RAP. Broadly, the areas of NGO involvementwill be the following. * To verify the eligible PAPs, including supplying identity cards to the PAPs and consultation. * To ensure that the PAPsare given their full entitlementsdue to them14 * To provide support and informationto PAPsfor income restoration. * Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation. * Assist the PAPs in redressalof their grievances(through the GRCs). * Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the district level committees and assistthem in benefiting from such an institutionalmechanism. * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basisfor NHAI to monitorthe progress of the RAP implementation. The plan for procuring the NGOs will be the same as in TNHP. However, as a result of earlier discussions (on apparent partial lack of documentationabout the PAPs or the R&R process), there will be certain additions in the scope of work of the NGOs, compared to the same in the TNHP. The revised terms of referencefor the NGOs is appendedat the end of this Section of the Report as Appendix "A". The NGOs will'ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective, proper and transparent manner. It will ensure that all the eligible PAPs receive appropriate and justified entitlement within the Entitlement Framework of the GTRIP, and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAFs/PAPsshave improved (or at least restored)their previous standard of living. Additionally, the NGOs will help the NHAI in all training programmes/sessions. The NGOs should be involved for a period for three years,with a withdrawalmechanism in-built. The withdrawal mechanismsare not specified in this report, but the ToR for the NGOs require that each of the NGOs selected for the work will have to submit a work plan in advance which will also include the withdrawalmechanism best suited for the area/region. 14 The NHAI or the appropriate authorities will disburse the entitlements. The NGOs will assist the NHAI in the disbursementof the R&R assistance,and keep a track of (and co- ordinatewherever necessary)all other compensationor benefitsgiven to them. Lea Associates 10-17 APPENDIX"A" Terms of Referencefor the NGOs For Implementingthe ResettlementAction Plan in the Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) has undertaken the Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project (GTRIP), which consists of improving,strengthening and 4/6 laning of 7 construction packages (total length 422.78km) between Agra and Barwa Adda on the existing National Highway2. The projectwill be implementedwith loan assistancefrom the World Bank. As a result of the project an estimated11,155 families will be affectedand 6,614families among them will be displaced. Package-wisedetails are given in Table 1. Table 1: Impactsof the GTRIP PackageDescription Length i Displacement Partial Total Project Package Description (km) District/State (SevereImpact) Impacts Affected X______Family Person Family Family Person PackageI-A Agra- Shikohabad 50.840 Agra, Firozabad 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 (UP) Shikohabad- Etawah Firozabad, Package l-B s (start) 59.020 Mainpuri, 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 Bypass(start) ~Etawah(UP) Etawahbypass (end)- 7285 Etawah,Auriya, Packagel-C Bho bypur 72.825 Kanpur(Rural) 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Bhognipur ~~~~(UP) PackageIl-B Bhaunti- Fatehpur 51.330 Kanpur(Urban) 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 ______IBorder (UP) I Varanasi, PackageIV-A Raja Talab- Mohania 76.100 Chandauli(UP), 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Rohtas (Bihar) PackageIV-C Sasarambypass 31.100 Rohtas,Kaimur, 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Bhabua(Bihar) Bhabua(Bihar), PackageV-B Raniganj- Barakatha 81.570 Hazaribag 59 413 117 176 1,285 (Jharkhand) TOTAL _ 422.780____ 6,614 20,105 4,541 11,155 29,843 Detailed project reports, feasibility reports and detailed engineering designs have been prepared for the project, including comprehensive environmental and social assessments. Constructionin the project is expectedto start by the last quarter of 2001. A detailed resettlement action plan (RAP) has been preparedfor compensatingand assisting the project-affectedpersons (PAPs) including the project-displacedpersons (PDPs) to restore their life and livelihood. The RAP prepared fully complies with the requirements of the Governmentof India and the World Bank. Implementationof the RAP is an important part of the overall project. To assist the NHAI in the implementationof the RAP, NHAI now invites the services of eligible NGOs to be procured under quality-basedlump sum contracts.Four NGOs will be contractedto implementthe RAP in individual packages.For this the packagesare grouped into the following: Lea Associates 10-18 ` & Group I consistingpackages I-A and I-B. * Group II consistingof packagesI-C and Il-B. * Group IlIlconsisting of packages IV-A and IV-C. * Group IV consisting of packageV-B. Obmectivesof the Assignments The NGOs shall be responsiblefor the following, as per the RAP prepared: * Educatingthe PAPs on their right to entitlementsand obligations. * To ensure that the PAPs are given their full entitlemTientsas due to them, as per the GTRIP EntitlementPolicy. * To provide support and informationto PAPs for incomerestoration. * Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation,including counselling, and co-ordiantion with the local authorities. * Assist the PAPs in redressalof their grievances(through the grievance redressalcells set up by the project). - Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the various district level committees set up by the project, and assist them in benefiting from such institutionalmechanism. * To assist the Project ImplementationUnit (PlUs) in ensuringsocial responsibilitiesof the Project, such as, compliance with the labour laws, prohibition of child labour, and gender issues. * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basisfor NHAI to monitorthe progress of the RAP implementation. Scope of Work The NGOs shall play a role of secondary stakeholder in implementation of the RAP and in mitigating the adverse effects of the project. The NGOs shall remain responsible for the developmentof a comprehensivelivelihood system to facilitate the PAPsto take advantagesof the optionsavailable (as per the RAP). AdministrativeResponsibilities of the NGOswill include * Working in coordinationwith the Manager(R&R), NHAI (alternatively called the CRRO); * Assist the CRRO in carrying out the implementationof the RAP; * To co-ordinatewith the DLCs and GRCs in implementingthe GTRIP R&R Policy. * Assist the CRRO undertake all public meetings, information campaigns at the commencementof the project and give full informationto the affected community; * Translate the policy objectives and guidelinesto implementationactions for mitigating adverse impacts on the PAPs; . To assist the Engineers (Supervision Consultants) to ensure that the Contractors comply with the applicablelabour laws (includingprohibition of child labour) and gender issues; LeaAssociates 10-19 • To assist the PIU and/or the Engineersin ensuring compliancewith the safety, health and hygiene norms, and the RAP actions proposedfor HIV/AIDS awareness/prevention campaigns. * Report to CRRO on a monthly basis, and quarterly basis. The report should include physical and financial progress, both in terms of quantitative and qualitative reporting. The report should prominentlyfeature, the problemsand issues addressedand tackled with the PAPs and the solutions found. The report should have a separate chapter covering the women's issues, their problems and what has been done (within the framework of the RAP) to ensure their participation in decision-makingas well as the options made available for them to access economic opportunities, marketing and credit. The report should clearly indicate the number of field visits made by the NGOs' staff and the outcome of consultationswith people. Responsibilities of Implementationof the RAPwill include: Identification and Verification The NGO shall undertakea survey of the project affected area and shall update the information on the Eligible PAPs and project-affectedfamilies (PAFs). The NGO shall verify the information already contained in the RAP and the individual losses of the PAPs. The NGO shall establish Rapportwith PAPs, consult them, providethem information aboutthe respectiveentitlements as proposed under the RAP, and distribute Identify Cards to the eligible PAPs. An identity card should include a photographof the PAP, the extent of loss suffered due to the project, and the choice of the PAP with regard to the mode of compensationand assistance(if applies, as per the RAP). The NGO shall develop rapport between the PAPs and the Project Authority, particularly the CRRO. This will be achieved through regular meetings with both the CRRO and the PAPs. Meetings with the CRRO will be held at least fortnightly, and meetings with the PAPs will be held at monthly, during the entire duration of the assignment.All meetings and decisionstaken shall be documentedby the NGO. The NGO shall prepare a list of the project-displaced persons/families (PDPs/PDFs) for relocation, enlisting the losses and the entitlements as per the RAP, after verification. It shall also prepare a list of the project-affectedpersons/families (PAPs/PAFs) enlisting the lossesand the entitlements as per the RAP, after verification. Verification exercise shall include actual measurementof the extent of loss/damage,and valuation of the loss/damage/affectalong with the CRRO. The NGO shall display the list of eligible PAPs in prominent public places like PanchayaOffices. Block/Tehsil headquartersand the District headquarters. During the identification and verification of the eligible PAPs/PAFs,the NGO shall ensure that each of the PAPs are contacted and consulted either in groups or individually. The NGO shall specially ensure consultationwith the women from the PAP families especially women headed households. Participatory methods should be applied in assessingthe needs of the PAPs, especially with regard to the vulnerable groups of PAPs. The methods of contact may include (i) village level meetings; (ii) gender participation through group interactions; (iii) individual meetings and interactions. LeaAssociates 10-20 While finalising the entitled persons (EPs) for compensationlassistancethe NGOs shall make a list of entitled PAPs, and distribute Identity Cards to each and every verified eligible PAP. A format for the identity card is appendedto the ToR. Counsellingthe Entitled Persons The counsellingshall include the following activities by the NGO. * The NGO shall explain to the PAPs the need for land acquisition,the provisionsof the policy and the entitlements under the RAP. This shall include communication to the roadsidesquatters and encroachersabout the need for their eviction, the timeframe for their removal and their entitlementsas per the RAP. * Distributionof the NHAI R&R Policy and the translated version of the policy (in Hindi, or in the other regional dialects, if required) for each and every PAP to make them understandthe entitlement packagesin correct perspectives. * The NGO shall disseminate informationto the PAPs on the possible consequencesof the project on the communities' livelihood systems and the options available, so that they do not remain ignorant. * The NGO shall initiate micro-level plans for income restoration,in consultationwith the PAPs. Women's perceptions are important to be incorporated in the development of these plans. In all of these, the NGO shall considerwomen as a specialfocus group, and deal with them with care and sympathy. Disbursinqthe Assistances * The NGO shall determineand document the entitlement of each of the PAPs/PAFson the basis of the RAP and compare it with the CRRO's data. In case of discrepancies, the NGO shall try to resolve it in consultationwith the CRRO on the basis of the Policy guidelinesor take up the matterto the Grievance RedressalCommittee. * The NGO shall assist the project authoritiesin ensuringa smooth transition (duringthe part or full relocation of the PAPs/PAFs),helping the PAPs to take salvaged materials and shift with proper notices. In close consultationwith the PAPs, the NGO shall inform the CRRO about the shifting dates agreed with the PAPs in writing and the arrangementsdesired by the PAPswith respectto their entitlements. * The NGO shall assist the PAPs in opening bank accounts explainingthe implications, the rules and the obligations of a joint account15, and how s/he can access the resourcess/he is entitledto. * The NGO shall ensure proper utilisation of the R&R budget available for each of the packages. The NGOs shall ensure that the PAPs have found economic investment options and are able to restore againstthe loss of land and other productive assets.The NGO shall identify means and advise the CRRO to disburse the entitlements to the eligible persons/familiesin a manner that is transparent,and shall reportto the NHAI on the level of transparencyachieved in the project. It is proposedin the RAP that the R&R assistancefrom the project will be paid in the joint name of the spouses, as applicable, except in the cases of the woman-headed householdsand woman wage earners. Lea Associates 10-21 'Q,Z-Z70 Accompanyinqand reoresentincthe EPs at the GrievanceCommittee Meetings * The NGO shall nominate a suitable person (from the staff of the NGO) to be a member of the GRCs for the respectivecontract package16. * The NGO shall make the PAP aware of the grievance redressalcommittees (GRCs). * The NGO shall train the PAPs on the procedureto file a grievance application and to confirm that a statement of claim from the concernedPAP accompanieseach grievance application. The NGO shall help the PAPs in filling up the grievance application and also in clearing their doubts about the procedureas well as the context of the GRC award. * The NGO shall record the grievance and bring the same to the notice of the GRCs within 7 (seven) days of receipt of the grievancefrom the PAPs. It shall submit a draft resolution with respect to the particular grievance of the PAP, suggesting multiple solutions,if possible, and deliberate on the same in the GRC meeting through the NGO representativein the GRC. * To accompanythe PAPs to the GRC meeting on the decided date, help the PAP to expresshis/her grievance in a formal manner if requestedby the GRC and again inform the PAPs of the decisionstaken by the GRC within 3 days of receiving a decision from the GRC. (The timeframe for the GRC to take a decision is 15 days). Assistingthe EPs and the CRRO Identify and Negotiatefor the New Land for Resettlement As part of the RAP, it is proposedthat a sizable number among the eligible PAFs will receive alternative la'nd (and residential/commercial)building structures. Some of the more vulnerable among the PAFs will be eligibleto receivethese free of cost. Regardingthese, the NGO shall, * Obtain the PAP's choice in terms of (i) land identification; (ii) site for relocation; (iii) shifting plan and arrangements;(iv) grant utilisation plan; (v) community asset building plan and institutionalarrangements in maintainingthe assets. * Assist the PAPs/CRROin identifying suitable land for relocation and for agriculture, ensuringthe replacementof the land lost in terms of quality and quantity. * Identify suitable governmentland in consultationwith the RevenueDepartment Officials and assist in negotiatingits transfer to the PAPs/CRRO.Where Governmentland is not available, the NGOs shall encourageand negotiatewith the willing private landowners to sell the land to the PAPs/CRRO at reasonable prices and motivate them to appreciateand welcome the new neighbours. Assisting the eligible PAPs to take advantage of the existing Government Housing and EmploymentSchemes With regard to the above,the NGO shall, * Coordinate (and impart wherever required) the training and capacity building of the PAPs, for upgradingtheir skills for income restoration.This will include the training to be given by the NGO to women self-help-group members in accounting, record maintenance,skill acquisitionin the chosenenterprise, and marketing, etc. * Help the PAPs in realising and optimisingthe indigenoustechnology knowledge (ITK) through use of local resources. The GRC is a district level committee. As some contract packagepass through more than one district, these packageswill have more than one GRC. Lea Associates 10-22 * Define, evolve and implore alternative methods of livelihood using the local skill and resources. * Contact financial institutions like NABARD,SIDBI, RMK and the Lead Bank of the area in accessing the credit required by the individual as well as groups of PAPs and the women's groups from the PAFs. The NGO shall maintain a detailed record of such facilitation, and plan for each PAF to repaythe loan. * Establish linkages with the district administration for ensuring that the PAPs are benefited from the schemesavailable and those they are entitled to. The focus for this componentof the NGO's work shall be the vulnerablePAPs for their income restoration. The NGO shall maintain a detailed record of such facilitation. Representingthe EPs in MarketValue AssessmentCommittee * Market Value Assessment Committees will be established at the district level to evaluate the actual market price of the propertiesin the areaswhere acquisitionof land and/or structures is necessary. The projectwill assist the eligible PAPs/PAFstowards the difference between the assessed market price and the compensation award. The NGO shall representthe entitled persons (EPs) in the committee to ensure that a fair assessmenttakes place. Inter-AgencyLinkages for Income Restorationand other R&R Services The NGO shall be responsiblefor establishinglinkages with, * Financial institutionsfor facilitatingthe PAPs to access credit; * Government departments, district administration, etc., to ensure that the PAPs are included in the developmentschemes, as applicable; * Training institutes for imparting skill and managementtraining for enterprise creation and development. Assistingthe Engineerin Ensuringthe Social Responsibilities The NGO shall assist the Engineers (SupervisionConsultants) to ensure that the Contractors are abiding by the various provisions of the applicable laws, concerning the workers' safety. health and hygiene; women's issuesand the child labour issues.The applicable laws include (a) the Maternity Benefit Act, 1951; (b) the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1948; (c) the Minimum Wagers Act, 1948; (d) the Equal RemunerationAct, 1979; (e) the Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946; (f) the Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation)Act, 1986: (g) the Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditionsof Service) Act, 1996; (h) the Cess Act of 1996; and (i) the FactoriesAct, 1948. Any divergence from the (workers welfare and remuneration, safety, health, hygiene, women's issues,and child labour issues) provisions of these laws should be brought to the notice of the Engineerand the CRRO. As per these laws, there are specifications regarding the facilities/requirements at the constructioncamp/site, including basic healthcare facilities, Motherand Child Welfare units and facilities for vaccinations,day creche facilities, etc. The NGO shall work in co-ordination of the Lady Inspectorof Works or the resident engineersof the Contractor,or any other representative of the Contractors,to ensurethese facilities are providedin a satisfactorymanner, and all social responsibilitiesof the Contract is implementedsatisfactorily. Lea Associates 10-23 Assistingthe PIU/Enqineerin Actions to HIV/AIDSAwareness/Prevention Campaigns Information campaign/advertisementin collaborationwith line agencies (such as NACO, DFID, etc), including provision of signage/hoardingsat suitable locations, distribution of vehicle stickers, and provision of condom vending machines at suitable locations (rest areas, truck parking lay-byes, etc.). The NGO shall assist the PIU to implementthese measures, including collaboratingwith the line agencies. The Contractorsare required to provide condomvending machinesat the construction camps, provide for medical facilities, and regular medical checkups especially meant for detecting/curingSTD/AIDS. The NGO shall ensure,in collaborationwith the Engineerthat such facilities and medical checkupsare provided to the workers at the constructioncamps. Monitoring and Evaluation The RAP includes a provision for mid-term and post-project monitoring and evaluation by external consultants. The NGO involved in the implementationof the RAP will be required to supply all information, documentsto the external monitoringand evaluation consultants.To this end, the NGOs shall keep proper documentationof their work and the R&R processinvolved in the project, and shall be responsible for the upkeep and updating of such documents periodically and regularly. The documentationshall include photographsand videotapes of the pre-interventionand the post-interventionscenario of all the properties, structures and assets affected by the project. Recommendingfor the Improvementof R&R Services * Extend all services recommended by the additional studies1 7 to be undertakenby the project, in respectto the R&Rservices to be provided as part of the project. e Recommend and suggest techniques and methods for improvement of services extended by the concerned government departments and other agencies and committees in disbursement/extensionof R&R services in the project. • Document implementation of the R&R processand services, including difficulties faced and correspondingsolutions. * Discuss with the NHAI on contingency managementand other improvement of R&R services,within the project period. Documentingof Tasks Carried Out by the NGO and Evaluation of the Achievements of RAP The NGO selectedfor the assignmentsshall be responsibleto, • Submit an inceptionreport within three weeks;on signing up of the contract, including a work plan for the whole contract period, staffing and personneldeployment plan, and a withdrawal plan at the end of the period of contract. The withdrawal plan shall be detailed and reflect how the PAPs/PAFs will maintain the assets created and transferredto the PAPs/PAFs. * Prepare monthly progress reports to be submitted to the CRRO, with weekly progress and work charts as againstthe scheduledtimeframe for RAP implementation. Consequent to the RAP, additional studies are proposed with regard to (i) impact of alternative livelihood on the affected persons, (ii) impact of the R&R measures on the indigenouspopulation, and (iii) evaluation of the quality of life of the affected personsand the host communities.Recommendations of these studies will be deemed to be integral to the RAP and will need to be implementedby the NGOs. Lea Associates 10-24 1-oD * Prepareand submit quarterly reportson a regularbasis, to be submittedto the CRRO. * Submit a completion report at the end of the contract period summarisingthe actions taken during the project, the methods and personnelused to carry out the assignment, and a summaryof supports/assistancegiven to the PAPs. * All other reports/documentationas describedin this terms of reference. All progress reports shall include data on input and output indicatorsas required by the CRRO (formats for reporting has been prepared as part of the Consolidated RAP for the project). Reportingin writing as well as photographs,videotapes, etc., taken during the assignmentshall be submitted in support of the reports. Accounts reportsboth on expenditureon administration as well as training, and other heads shall be submittedwith the quarterly and the completion reports. In additionto these above, the NGO shall, Prepare and submit separate descriptive reports on participatory micro-planswith full details of the ParticipatoryRapid Appraisal exercisesconducted. The NGO shall document in full details, the consultation/counsellingprocesses, the processof identification of the resettlement sites, and a full description of the training imparted (or facilitated) as part of the assignment.These documentationsshall be submitted to the NHAI as annual reports. Condition of Services The NGO she'll ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective and proper manner. The prime responsibility of the NGO shall be to ensure that each and every eligible PAPs receive appropriate and due entitlement (within the EntitlementFramework of GTRIP) and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAPs have improved (or at least restored)their previous standard of living. Additionally the NGO shall help the NHAI in all other matters deemed to be required to implementthe RAP in its spirit and entirety. All documents created,generated or collected during the period of contract, in carrying out the services under this assignmentwill be the property of the NHAI. No information gathered or generated during and in carrying out this assignmentshall be disclosed by the NGO without explicit permissionof the NHAI. Timeframefor Services The NGOs will be contractedfor a period of three years from the date of commencement,with a withdrawal methodologyin built into the proposalsfrom the NGO. Data, Services and Facilities to be Provided bv the Client The NHAI will provide to the NGO the copies of the PAPs' Census, the RAP, the land acquisition plan, and any other relevant reports/data prepared by the Project Preparation Consultants.The NHAI will assistthe NGO in collaboratingwith the SupervisionConsultants. All facilities required in the performance of the assignment, including office space, office stationery,transportation and accommodationfor staff of the NGO, etc.. shall be arranged by the NGO. Lea Associates 10-25 PaymentSchedule The following is the scheduleof payment.All paymentswill be made against standard invoices, and in the case of target oriented milestonesfor payment (serial numbers 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6). certificates from the CRRO that the targets had been achieved in a satisfactory manner shall accompanythe invoices. Si. No. Payment Milestone Payment (% of Contract Value) 1 On submission of the Inception Report complete in all respects 5% 2 On completion of the identification, verification and initial consultation sessions, and submission of updated data on PAPs and review of the same by the 10% CRRO 3 On completion of the distribution of Identity Cards to all eligible PAPs 5% 4 On submission of the Micro Plans 10% 5 On substantial completion of the relocation process 10% 6 On completion of the rehabilitation process 10% 7 On submission of the Final Completion Report 10% 8 The remaining 40% shall be paid as equal quarterly instalments during the second and third year of the assignment (8 quarterly instalments each equal to 40% 5% of the contract value) Total 100% Team for the Assignment The NGO shall depute a team of professionalto the site. The constitution of the team and the qualification for the team members is given below. P-osition Number of Qualification No. Positions i Team Leader 1 The team leader should be a post-graduate, preferably in social sciences, and should have experience of working in civil engineering projects. S/he should have at least 5 years experience in implementation of R&R and rural development works. S/he should have held responsible positions in the previous assignments, should possess participatory management skills, and should have good knowledge of the region and the local languages. 2 Key Professionals 2 Should be at least a diploma holder in civil engineering. S/he should have at (A) least 10 years experience in fieldwork. S/he should have participated in at least one project involving R&R activities, should have participatory development/implementation experience. S/he should have good knowledge of land measurement, and should be conversant with land valuation methods. Knowledge of local language is a necessary qualification. 3 Key Professionals 2 Should be at least a graduate in social sciences. S/he should have at least (B) 5 years of working experience of which at least 2 years in R&R or rural development projects. Should have sound understanding of the land acquisition process, experience in participatory management. Knowledge of local language is a necessary qualification. 4 Key Professionals 2 Should be at least a graduate in social sciences. S/he should have at least 5 years of working experience of which at least 2 years in R&R or rural development projects. S/he should have experience of developing and implementing vocational training, experience in participatory management. Knowledge of local language is a necessary qualification. Lea Associates 10-26 Si. Position Numberof Qualification No. Positions 5 TechnicalSupport Adequate,as Should be graduatesor equivalentin social sciences Knowledgeof local Professionals per the NGO languageand experienceof workingin the regiondesired 6 OtherSupport Adequate,as No minimumqualiflcation Personnel perthe NGO Additionally, the following conditions shall apply to the team proposed by the NGO, * That the proposal should accompany a personnel deployment schedule, clearly indicating whether the deployment is home-office based or in the field. * That the NGOs must propose at least one woman as part of the key personnel. The person-month deployment of the woman key personnel shall constitute at least 3 3 % of the person-month deployment of all key professionals (including the team leader) in the assignment. At least one proposed woman key person shall be available to work at site for at least 50% of the duration of the assignment. • That the women key persons, if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract, only with women key persons of equivalent qualifications and experience. • That the NGOs will depute a 'technical support' team to work at the site, which will consist at least 33% of women members. Junior support personnel and/or administrative staff will not be considered as 'technical support' professionals, as far as this condition is concerned. Date of Commencement of Services (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Value of Contract (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Eligibility Criteria (To be filled in by NHAI, if any, prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Method of Selection (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Date of submission of the Proposal (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) -Lea Associates 10-27 APPENDIX "B" Grand Trunk Road Project ENTITLEMENT PHOTO IDENTITY CARD Package Location Chainage Family Size Earning Member 1111 111 I I Photograph (3 copies) ID. No. Income/Month Name Value of Other Assets [t] Attested by the PAP, the ______II verifying officer (CRRO) and the Present Address | ______Employee NGO Permanent Address T enfeSt tu- Women Headed . 1 1 . . ______- Caste ner i ; X: Type of Loss :j Y j -~irg'w': tenof L E ' Occupation of Head I .. Building Area | ill; Landith Areafi Sigtur of (sj. Type of Building 1 Type of Land,. .______Signature of the VerifyingOfficer _ Entitlement _ -i si I : Signature of the NGO Options _ Representative ______:_._ Lea Associates. 10-28 11. MONITORING, EVALUATION AND REPORTING Resettlement and rehabilitation is a complex processand involves human misery, emotional and economic hardships, if not planned and implemented systematically. Ensuring smooth implementation of the RAP is essential and is possible only when systematically monitored. The monitoring would include, among others, ensuringthat the activities are being carried out according to the plan and as per the schedule. Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) is a managementtool and needs to be applied in a way to maximizethe operationalefficiency of the RAP. M&E is useful to gauge the change processwithin the project framework. The M&E will help in - making adequate changes in the RAP as and when required, and as such the RAP should be treated as a flexible document rather than a fixed plan. This Section addresses the monitoring and evaluation procedure to be followed after the implementation of the RAP. It contains elements of both compliance monitoring to ascertain whether the actions called for by the RAP have indeed been carried out, and success or performancemonitoring to determinewhether these actions have achievedtheir objectives. In both cases, the purpose is to provide regular, rapid and reliable feedback to the PIU or the NHAI headquarters,so that they may initiate any required remedial actions. The proposed monitoring programmefor RAP has both internal and external components. 11.1 TYPE OF MONITORING& SCHEDULE There would be both internal and external monitoring in GTRIP. While the NHAI (through its sociallenvironmental unit at the headquarters,and the CRRO at the PIU) is responsible for the internal monitoring,the external monitoringwill be done by consultantsspecially procuredfor such purpose. The external agency will be commissioned for annual, mid-term and end-of project monitoring and documentationof the results. The continuous internal monitoring, and the periodic external monitoring will provide necessary guidelinesto make mid-course correctionsduring the life of the project. Monitoringwill be in terms of both quantitative and qualitative aspects.All monitoringis plannedto be participatory in nature. The monitoring and evaluation schedulewill be as given in Figure 11.1 placed at the end of this Sectionof the Report. 11.2 INTERNALMONITORING AND REPORTING Internal monitoring refers to monitoring activities that will be carried out by the PIU (throughthe CRRO) and its agents, such as the NGOs. It is essentially compliance monitoring, designed to compare on a monthly (and quarterly) basis the tasks completed with those called for under the RAP. 11.2.1 ORGANISATIONOF THE INTERNAL MONITORING The RAP will be implementedat the contract packagelevel and internal monitoringwill thereforebe conductedat the same level. Because of the role of the state departmentsof revenue (DoR), the GRCs are, however, obligedto be organisedat the district level. Where a packagetraverses more than one district, the monitoring reports from the GRCs will have to be compiled by the relevant NGO or the PIU into a single reportfor the package as a whole. LeaAssociates 1 1-1 The presentsub-section addressesonly the responsibilitiesof the NGO that will be contracted by the PIU and those of the GRCs and the MVACs. It goes without saying that the PIU will have to develop reportinginstrument for its officials, and it will have to co-operatewith the collaboratingline agencies to ensure that they too report in a standardizedfashion on a monthly basis for each packageor district, as the case may be. 11.2.2 MONITORINGINDICATORS The set of indicatorsthose will be used for monitoringduring the entire life of the project, for both the internal and the external monitoringwill include, a) The input indicators; b) The output indicators; c) The outcomeindicators; and, d) The impact indicators. Monitoring the inputs and the outputs will be carried out by the NHAI as part of the internal monitoring.These are built in the design of the projectand the reporting requirementas part of the QuarterlyProject Monitoring Reports. The impact and the outcome monitoring are, in effect, measuring the qualitative impact of the project and how the project has changesthe lives of the people qualitatively.The impact indicators relate to the overall projectobjectives as per the R&R policy. The qualitative outcome and impact of the project will.be monitored by an external agency through annual, mid-term and end-of-project monitoring. The progress and effectiveness of GTRIP will be monitored with respect to the following broad categoriesof indicators, * Indicatorsof physicalprogress; * Indicatorsof financial Progress; * Indicatorsof social development;and, * Indicatorsof Participation. The indicators as classified above are listed in Tables 11.1 through 11.4. The tables also explain the method of measuring the indicators under different heads, facilitating input and output monitoring. Table 11.1: MonitoringFramework for PhysicalProgress S. No Indicatorsfor PhysicalProgress Method Output 1 Total land acquired Structured Compensation paid dates of payment 2. Agricultural Land acquisition Details Structured Compensation Paid; Dates of Payment 3 Residential Land acquisition Details Structured Compensation Paid; Date of payment 4. Commercial land acquisition Details Structured Compensation Paid; Date of payment 5. Total area of community land transferred for the road and Structured Replacement of community land resettlement site . Number of EP s whose land has been acquired Structured Compensation Paid 7. Number of EPs residential structures affected Structured Compensation & Assistance 8. Number of PAF s residential structures acquired & demolished Structured Compensation & Assistance 9. Number of Commercial structures acquired & demolished Structured Compensation Assistance 10. Nimber of EPs allotted agricultural land Structured Economic rehabilitation 11 Number of EPs allotted residential plots Structured Rehabilitation LeaAssciates 11-2 S. No Indicators for Physical Progress Method Output 12. Number of EPs allotted commercial plots Structured Economic rehabilitation 13. Total area of agricultural land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 134 Total area of residential land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 15. Total area of Agricultural land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 16. Total area of residential land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 157 Total area of Commercial land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 15. Typeo number of community infrastructure relocated Structured Rehabilitation 19 Number of EPs received productive asset grant (Agri) Structured Economic Rehabilitation 20 Number of EPs received productive asset grant (Business) Structured Economic Rehabilitation 21 i Number of EPs received House construction grant Structured House constructed 22. Number of EPs received transitional allowance Structured Economic Rehabilitation 23. Number of EPs received Economic Rehabilitation grant Structured Economic Rehabilitation 24. Number of EPs received shifting allowance Structured Relocated 25. Number of EP s received Rental Allowance Structured Relocated Table 11.2: MonitoringFramework for FinancialProgress S. No Indicators for Financial Progress Method Output 1. Amount disbursed for payment of compensation Structured Date and amount of compensation paid 2. IAmount disbursed for structure compensation Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 3 Amount disbursed for acquisition of Wells Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 4 Amount disbursed for trees Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 5. Amount disbursed for productive asset grant (business) Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 6 Amount disbursed for productive asset grant (agriculture) Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 7 Amount disbursed for House construction grant Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 7. Amount disbursed for Transitional allowance Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 9_ Amount dsbursed fr Economic Rehabilitaton grnt Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 10. Amount disbursed for Rent Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 11 Amount for shifting Assistance Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 12. jAmount for Restoration of Common Property Resources Rapid Appraisal Items of common property restored 13. Amount disbursed for assistance to Tenants Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 14 Amount disbursed for community infrastructure Rapid Appraisal Items of community facilities restored I5. Amount disbursed for conservation for Temples Structured Number of Temples restored 16 Amount required for extension of Programs Structured Income Restoration 17 Amount paio for training & capacity building Structured Number of trained personnel & better implementation 18. Fee paid for M&E Agency Structured M&E Reports 19 Fee paid to NGOs for public consultation Rapid Appraisal Community Perception 20. Fee paid to NGOs for implementation Rapid Appraisal Implementation target completion Table 11.3: MonitoringFramework for Social Development S. No | Indicators for Social Development Method Output 1 Consumption Pattern Structured Economic Well being 2 Occupational Pattern Structured EPs involvement in diversified economic activities 3- Status of Health Structured Improved health 4 Number of EP s brought above the Poverty Line Structured Poverty alleviation 5. I Literacy Structured Access to education 6. t T me availability of Women Structured Increased Productivity 7. Decision making by women Structured Improved Status a Drinking Water Structured Basic needs met Lea Associates 1 1-3 S. No Indicatorsfor Social Development Method Output 9 Schools Structured Increased facilities 10 Health centers Structured Increased facilities 11. CommunityInfrastructure Structured CommunityDevelopment Table 11.4: MonitoringFramework for Participation S. No Indicatorsfor Participationof stakeholders Method Output 1 Numberof meetingfor informationdissemination on Structured Awarenessabout the Project R&R 2. Numberof meetingwith eachEP to finalizetheir options Structured InformedChoice for selectionsof for R&R livelihoodoptions 3. Numberof EP approachingthe GnevanceRedrassal Structured GrievancesResolved Committee 4. Numberof EP s participatedat District LevelCommittee Structured Decisionmaking by EP 5. Selectionof ResettlementSites Structured Decisionmaking by EP 6. Numberof EP s self relocated Structured Decreaseddependency on the project 7 Numberof Women EP s choosethe relocationsite Structured Relocatedwomen headed households a Numberof womengainfully employed Structured Increasedeconomic opportunity for women 9 Numberof EPs movedthe court Structured Efficientdelivery mechanisms of District LevelCommittee, Grievance RedrassalCommittee and NGOaction 10. Total areas,number of structuresand EP s savedform Structured Minimizingnegative social impact negativeimpact during implementation 11.2.3 MONITORINGTHE PROJECTINPUTS & OUTPUTS The CRRO will be responsiblefor monitoringthe progress of all activities as per the plan and these will be reflected in the physical, financial,social development and participation heads.These are all quantitative aspectsof monitoring and should be followed up most systematically.The reportson a monthlybasis will reflect the qualitative aspectsof the input and output, carrying out a comparative analysis of the progress made from the last time. The CRRO will only consolidate the monthly reportssubmitted by the NGOs 11.2.4 REPORTING All reports will have to be compiledwithin fifteen (15) days at the end of each month. A sample of formats for monitoring of activities relatedto RAP has been prepared(Refer Appendix C). The first task of the NGO will be to ensurethat each EP, whether an individual, a household,or a community, receives the entitlements due to it. Format Cl shows a possible way to monitor the receipt by individuals and householdsof their entitlements,while Format C2 suggestsa model for community entitlements.For the sake of comprehensiveness,both forms include the full range of possibleentitlements. In practice, a custom-madeform can be preparedfor each EP, showing only his entitlements. Ideally, the forms will be computerised. It is felt that it would not be useful to submit the individual recordsto the PIU monthly, but they should be given to the PIU for archival purposeswhen the NGO has completedits mandate. Format C3 offers a specimen monthly summary and cumulative report for each corridor, to be completed by the responsibleNGO. Lea Associates 11-4 Format C4 suggestsa specimen for monthlyand cumulative reporting by the GRCs, while Format C5 suggestis a format for report by the district level committees'. It will be the responsibilityof the CRRO to compile all of the foregoing reports so as to be able to form an overview of the implementation of the RAP. Where the CRRO perceives emerging problems, it will have to issue instructionsto the concerned NGO, the GRC, the MVAC or the collaborating line agencies as the case may be. The CRRO will submit a copy of its monthly synthesisseparately for physicaland financial componentsto the PIU. Formats C6 and 07 propose specimensfor the CRRO's monthlysynthesis for physicaland financial reporting respectively. 11.3 EXTERNALEVALUATION & REPORTING A third party, preferably an NGO with prior experiencein rehabilitation/resettlementor other social development programme will be engaged to carry out the evaluation and reporting of the implementationof the RAP. This agencywill be independentof the project. This external agency will do evaluation at least thrice during the life of the project. The first evaluation will be an annual evaluation, and shall take place after the PDFs have been displaced from the corridor of impact. Any problems encounteredwill be assessedand necessary changes will be recommended to the PIU and the NHAI headquartersfor consideration.This is to ensure that these issuesdo not linger throughoutthe life of the project. The other evaluation will be the standard mid-term and the end-of-projectevaluation. Note that all evaluation will include selective monitoring2. It is recommendedthat the external evaluation should be based on a recognisedsampling method to select the items or the performanceindicators to be monitoredand the EPs within each package to be monitored. Note that the parametersand indicators suggestedfor external evaluation is illustrative only. The external evaluation agency, being independent of the project may modify, add, eliminate or combine these parametersand indicators,as need be. 11.3.1 MONITORINGTHE PROJECT OBJECTIVES The progress of the project has to be monitoredagainst the objectives of the project, through (a) performance indicators, and (b) impact performance indicators. Both of these indicators are presented in their entirety, in the form of logical framework in Table 11.7. These indicators are important tools in understandingthe progress targeted and planned in the RAP. Benchmarkswill be developedby the NGOs (after the verification exercise)and the progress and the improvements made in the socio-economicstatus of the PAPs, will be comparedthrough the monitoring system. The monitoringwill provide a clearer insight into the progress,indicating, whether or not, the project objectives have been achieved. Given the objectives of GTRIP, the R&R activities of the project have to be evaluated in the following terms. * Physicaltargets set and achievementsmade within the prescribedtime frame: This will help in - identifyingthe delay in the implementationprocess. Note that both these formats are to be filled in by the respective Project Director, in the capacity of the member-secretaryof these committees. All items under regular internal monitoringmay or may not be included in the evaluation.The external evaluatorswill be an independentagency, and the list of items to be monitored by them will not be known to the NHAI, in exact forms. Lea Associates 11-5 Budgetaryallocations made and actual expendituremade: This assessmentwould help in identifying issuesrelated to financial management. Perception of EPs about the RAP: This is to evaluate the perception of EPs about the various aspects of RAP including the implementation procedure adopted. Some of the aspects identifiedfor evaluation are stated below. The project R&R componentsare essentially designedfor the project-affected/displacedpersons. Their satisfactionabout the service provided is the most crucial measure of successin the project3. It is recommendedthat perceptionrating be an important element of the external monitoring.While including this in the overall evaluationof the R&R componentof GTRIP,the focus would be on the sevemly affected persons and groups (the PDPs and the PDFs). Table 11.5 is an indicative list of elements that will constitute perceptionrating of the project. Table 11.5: ElementsPerception Rating Perceptionabout the compensationreceived Perceptionabout the assistancereceived - Cash - Cash For lost assets - Procedure - Cash as ex-gratia Properties (i) ResettlementAssistance - Land (ii) ShiftingAssistance - Dwellingunit (iii) Assistanceequal to nine monthsrent - IncomeRestoration (iv)Assistance equal to six monthsincome (i) EmploymentProgramme Perceptionabout the new relocationsite (Residential) (ii) Training Schemes - Location Perceptionregarding relation with host communities - Communityfeeling Perceptionabout the new relocationsite (Commercial) - Security - Location Perceptionabout the grievanceprocedure - In terms of business Perceptionabout the districtlevel committee Senseof security Perceptionabout the NGOservice - In terms of facilities Perceptionabout the behaviourof Governmentofficials involvedin RAP 11.3.2 MEASURINGCHANGES IN THE QUALITY OF LIFE The rational behindhaving a comprehensiveRAP is to improve the standardof living of PAPs orto restore, at the least, their pre-project standard of living. The terms "standardof living" and "quality of life" are often used interchangeably. However, the term 'quality of life' is somewhat more comprehensivein meaning than the word 'standard of living'. Quality of life is more holistic way of looking at the well being of a person where as standard of living has more to do with income level of a person. Consideringthat the ultimate aim of the RAP is to improve the quality of life of the target groups,it is importantthat an effort should be made to assessthe changes brought about by the project. ' Quality of life is experienced and expressed by an individual in his physical, social and psychologicalconditions". Quality of life is a combination of both objective factors and subjective perceptionabout those objective conditions. For example, say, housing is provided to the existing This does not mean that the other overall indicators of achievement are not important. However,these are most important in the sense that the physicaland financial progressesdo not necessarily show the effectiveness of, and the extent of participatory methods undertakenduring the implementationof the RAP. Lea Associates 11-6 (vulnerable group) squatters displaceciby the project. Objectively it will show the record that "n" numbers of houses have been built and transferred. But the subjective perception of the beneficiaries about the house size, location, construction quality, etc., would reveal their satisfaction level in this regard. Objective conditions are the artifacts, which can be easily measured numerically. But the subjective perceptions,which are qualitative in nature, are difficult to measure. An approach of assigning weights (to different indicators) and scales (to different perceptions)may be adoptedby the external evaluationagencies for subjective evaluation to arrive at the quality of life index. An illustrative list of indicators,which may be consideredfor assessingthe objective as well as the subjective quality of life indices are given in Table 11.6. Table 11.6: Indicators for AssessingChanges in the Quality of Life Objective Indicators Subjective Indicators % of household below poverty line Income % of SC household below poverty line Household income, Personal income Availability of Income opportunity, Formal and %of ST household below poverty line infommalincome, Primary and secondary income % WHH of household below poverty line % of households squaKting Employment % change in employment rate Present employment % change in women employment rate Opportunity for employment Security of employment) % of householdsquatting ______% of kuchcha household House % of hoesehold with separate kitchen Condition of house, Size of house, % of household with water connection Location of house % of household with power connection Food % of household with toilet facility Quality of food, Nutrition intake Household asset ownership in % Clothing Television, Tape Recorder, Radio Share of income spent on clothing Cycle, Hand-carts, Animal-carts, Two wheelers, Satisfaction with Clothes worn Three wheelers Cooking gas, Refrigerator Water Supply Source of water supply Quantity of Water available Sanitation Sanitary Condition in the Area Sanitary Condition in the Vicinity of House Fuel and Energy Fuel Availability, Expense on Fuel Availability of Regular Electric Supply Access to Market Accessibility to Market, Market condition after Project (Physical), Market condition after Prolect (business) Transportation Condition of Road Safety for pedestrians and other road users Environment Air Quality, Dust Noise Lea Associates 11-7 11.3.3 INDICATORSFOR OVERALL EVALUATION The overall evaluation of the R&R componentsof GTRIPwill be carried out with the help of various indicators. These indicators will enable the managers to measure the progress, understandthe problemsand issues and find solutions.The indicatorshave been categorizedso as to be included into the MIS, which should be developedfor the long-termR&R services in NHAI projects. ® Physical Indicators The physicalindicators may include, * Extent of land acquisition (privateor governmentor forest land); * Extent of {(private or government) and (agriculturalor non-agricultural)}land required for (the project or relocatingthe PDFs); * Any SecondaryDisplacement involved; * Number of persons (losing land and paid compensation); * Number of (residential or commercial)structures demolished (fully or partly); * Number of persons paid compensationfor (residentialor commercial) structures; • Numberof families (affected and displaced); • Extent of (agriculturalor non-agricultural)land required for allotment; * Number of EPs allotted {(agriculturalor residentialor commercial)and (land or structure))land; Number of PAP /PDP approachedthe Land PurchaseCommittee; Number of families purchasedland within the same geographicallocation; Extent of land purchasedwithin the Contract PackageArea / block/ Taluka I District; Number of EP s receiving (Plots for House or Grant in lieu of it or benefited under IndiraAwas Yojna4); * Number of families provided (assistancefor shifting or shifting allowance); Number of families shifted to (locations of their choice or the housing/ relocationsite provided by the project); * Number of EPs have decided to stay (within their joint families or apart in nuclear families); and, * Basic facilities provided by the projectin the relocationsites; etc. 3 Financial Indicators The financial indicators would include the following. * Expenditureon R&R under differentheads againstthe Budget; * Payment of Compensationfor land acquisition; • Cash grant for (agricultural land or house sites or shops or businessplots or shifting); * Expenditure on NGO (monthly/quarterlypayment released;and, break up of payments made on salaries, administration,training; and, documentation;and, break-up of payments held up and why); and, * Consultancycharges paid to externalevaluating agency;etc. 4 Indira Awas Yojana is the most popular and appropriate low cost rural housing scheme offered in all states of India with (partial or full) federal assistance/grant. LeaAssociates 11-8 e Economic Indicators These will include, * Estimate of entitled paymentsfor land I shops/ loss of property; * Number of shops and businessreplaced; * Number of bank accounts opened including an appraisal of the total withdrawal and the depositsin the same banks within a fixed timeframe; * Utilization of compensationamounts; * Utilizationof housingloans; and * Extent of agricultural land purchase,house site purchases,shops or plots for shops purchased; etc. ® Social Indicators These will comprise, most probably,of the following. * Number of NGO initiated meetingswith the PAPs; * Number of CRRO initiated meetingswith PAPs; * Number of PAPs assistedin land purchaseby the land purchasecommittees; * Number of PAPs / women formed self-help groups for income restoration: * Number of PAPs (village) committeesformed for communityasset management; * NGO Faciliations; * Grievance RedrassalCommittee Faciliations; and * District Level CommitteeFaciliations; etc. 11.3.4 EVALUATION BY THE M&E CONSULTANTS The implementation of RAP is a complex process, including relocation, income restorationand improving the quality of lives of the project affected persons,without adversely impacting the lives of the host communities. During the process, many complex issues may call for solutions. A problem solving 'action oriented research' will be in built into the M&E component of GTRIP to initiate such studies wheneverrequired. The following studiesare being suggestedtentatively 5: * Impoverishmentrisk analysis; * (Roadside)Natural resourcesmanagement; * Quality of life study; * Housing and settlementoptions study; * Awarenessand the promotion of preventive measureswith regard to the HIV or AIDS The ownershiprights and the land tenure rights: a comparativeanalysis; * Impact on women, and levels of empowermentor marginalizationby the project; Communityparticipation in development;etc. 5 This list should be modified based on the experience of RAP implementation prior to the procurementof the external evaluation agency. LeaAssociates 11-9 Z2 11.3.5 REPORTING The external evaluation agency (or agencies)is expectedto submit 3 evaluation reportsto the PIU and the NHAI headquarters.The report should contain all the data collected and as well as critical analysis of the same. It is expectedfromn the agency to come out with a comparative analysiswith reference to pre-projectand post-projectstatus in the socio-economicconditions of the PAPs. It is expected on the part of the external evaluation agency to preparereports of evolutionaryform and content. The evaluation should not be limited to only pre-project and post-projectscenarios, but must include the comparisonbetween the findings of the previous report/s and present report. In the process of such comparison if the external evaluation agency finds changes, it will be necessary on the part of the agency to explain the reasons thereof. If the external evaluation agency finds shortcoming or flaws in the existing plan of action, the agency should include their recommendationswith the implementationdetails and procedures. The CRRO after receiving reportfrom external evaluation agencywould review the same within 15 days. Within a week thereafter, the CRRO will submit a report to the PIU with consolidated recommendationsfrom the evaluation reports. The PIU is authorised,and will initiate the necessary contingency managementor corrective actions, if required, and if so recommended.The PIU will seek guidance from the NHAI headquarters,specially the social/environment unit at the NHAI headquartersregarding the actions on the evaluation reports, and will submit a 'action taken report' (ATR) to the NHAI headquarterswithin 15 days of receiving the report from the CRRO. The ATR will be updatedby the PIU at intervals of 3 months (such updatingwill correspondto the quarterly reportson overall progressmonitoring of the project). LeaAssociates 11-10 2Z G Table.11.7: Logical Framework of Indicators Project Objectively OVI Baseline OVI Target Value Means of Inputs Critical Outcome & Objective Verifiable Value Midterm I Project Verification Assumptions Impacts Indicators (OVI) Completion PAFs shall improve (a) Impr Income levels of Improve / maintain (a) Mid term and final (a) Replac-ement value for the lost (a) Availability of (a) Number of or at least regain ove / Maintain PAPs at Base baseline income level of evaluation by property economic PAPs regained their previous levels of line PAPs as against inflation external agency (b) Economic rehabilitation package opportunities for their previous standards of living income (b) Monthly progress non farm IG income earning capacity, report by NGO activities (b) Number of production levels. (c) Monthly progress (b) Availability of PAPs have report by CRR . government increased schemes income. (b) Improve Base line Value Maintain / improve -do- (a) Replacement value for loss of Availability of land for Restoring the maintain income levels of PAPs as productive assets allotment of plots economic status of previous levels against the inflation (b) Purchase of alternative - the affected people. of productive agricultural plot / shops assets (c) Purchase of productive assets under IG schemes (c) Improve main Base line values Maintain improved -do- (a) Allotment of residential plots Availability of land for Better housing previous levels baseline value (b) Replacement value for the allotment of plots of dwelling structures (c) Salvaging of materials (d) Purchase of building materials (d) Enhancement -do- -do- -do- (a) Relocation Cooperation from the Community of community (b) Infrastructural facilities at community Development resources resettlement site (c) Increasing the capacity of the existing facilities 2. Participatory Number of litigation Baseline Maintain / improve the (a) Monthly Report (a) R & R policy in local language (a) Skills available (a) Empowerment decision making & grievances information on mechanism for (b) Mid-term (b) Participation in meeting at for participation of the process participatory consultation evaluation district level committees, with during community to institutionalisation process NGOs, in the grievance implementation make informed redrassal committees (b) Understanding of decisions (c) Collective/ group based income the R&R policy (b) Timely generation/ micro- enterprise implementation development plan (d) Process of selection of plots (e) PAPs opting for self relocation Lea Associates 1 1-11 c Project T Objectively OVI Baseline OVI Target Value Means of Inputs Critical Outcome & Objective Verifiable Value Midterm / Project Verification Assumptions Impacts Indicators (OVI) Completion 3. Enhance Improve previous Baseline Minimize social and -do- (a) Economic rehabilitation Community support to Improvement of vulnerable peoples living standards information economic disparities programme dovetailing with be vulnerable socio economic living standard to Government poverty alleviation statLs of the PAPs alleviate poverty programmes widening the scope (b) Number of EPs move the court of economic in decision m opportunities . (c) Participationidesonmaking . opportunities______(d) Allotment of agriculture land 4 Women Improvement in -do- -do- -do- (a) Joint bank account economic and (b) Joint allotment of plot / social status ownership of house / shop 5. Community Improved facilities Baseline Benefits to the Benefits to the (a) Community facilities restored Collective decision Development of the development information community community (b) Village Development committee making to address community (c) Women's group formation needs (d) Community managed facilities 6. Minimizing Number of persons Baseline Minimizing negative (a) Monthly report (a) Peoples interaction with the Scope of flexibility in Number of PAPs negative social affected by the information social impacts (b) Mid-term project team the design reduced impacts project evaluation (b) Problem solving with the people (c) Annual evaluation (d) Project completion report Lea Associates 11-12 Figure 11.8: Tentative Time Schedule for Monitoring & Evaluation Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 _~~~~~~~_ _ __ Ln .______q(O r- oo m C,(1) tn to r-S___ coN ) ._ ._ (0_ s I) rI( (0J- lo10 (00) 1ol.|,,X4 C'J_0_o C Activities Agency to Monitor c E E s E E E E E E E s a Es E E E s s _ _ _s - c 00 0 00 00000aI 0 0o 0 0 a0 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 0 0000 Physical PIU------…-- - - Economic ExternalM&E Agency Financial PIU * ...... - ...... - .. Social ExternalM&E Agency Establishment PIU Grievance ExternalM&E Agency OverallProgress PIU and NHAI(HQ) - - Lea Associates 11-13 APPENDIX"C" FORMATS FOR REPORTING Format - Cl: Record for Individual/ Household Entitlements Package No. & Name: Location Chainage EP Name: Address ID No.: Entitlement Category: IA Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Cash |Land Cash |Land Land/Cash: I Fees, Taxes, Other Charges: |nt Due |Amount Paid Additional Grants: Ant Due I Amount Paid iB Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Land/Cash: Cash |Land Cash |Land Temporary Accommodation: Not Needed Provided Grant Rs. 1800 Shifting Allowance: Paid | Not Paid Reimbursement of Deposit/ Advance: Amount Due Amount Paid RentalAllowance/Lost Income: LAmountDue AmountPaid Compensation for Structures: AmountDue Amount Paid L LeaAssociates 11-14 2A Allowance for Last Income: [Amount Due Amount Paid 2B Notice to Harvest Crop: IsudNot Issued Grant for Lost Crop: AmutDeAmount Paid 2C Capitalized Value of Crop: Amount Due AmnountPaid 3A Notification to Remove Assets/ Harvest [Date_Issued Not Issued C rop: I ______ Case-by-CaseAssistance: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received 38 Plot or House: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot House PlotHos Assistance to Construct Residential/ Entitlement Due [Entitlement Received Business Unit: Shifting Assistance: Entitlement Due -- Entitlement Received Facilitationiaccess to Training/ Income- Entitlement Due Entitlement Received generating Assistance: ,aA ~~~~~~~~~EntitlementDue Entitlement Received Land for Land + Grant for Materials to Land Grant Land Grant Construct Dwelling Unit: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot and House Loan (Residential): Plot Loan Plot Loa Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot and Building Loan (Commercial): Plot ILoan Plot -- Loan_ Lea Associates 4B Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Lump-sum Grant Entitement Due !EntitlementReceived Training/Counselling: Surplus Training Money for Enterprise Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Start-up: l____l 5Ai58 Entitlement Due Entitlement Paid Disruption Assistance: Provided Not Provided Vendors' Market: Date Signature of Entitled Person Date Signature of NGORepresentative Remarks: Reason for Non - Paymenv Non - Acceptance by PAP Date Countersigned by the CRRO LeaAssociates 11-16 3 Format - C2: Monitoring Form for Community Entitlements Community Name: Package No. & Name: Location Chainage: Entitlement Category: 6A | Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Social Forestry Scheme: Compensatory Afforestation: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Recreational / Infrastructure Facilities: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Assistance for Income-Generating Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Scheme: Enhancefnent of Roadside Areas: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Safety Measures: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Safe Space and Access to Business Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Purpose: Date Signature of NGORepresentative Date CRRO Lea Associates 11-17 zc/ Format - C3: Monthly and Cumulative Corridor Entitlement Report - Individuals, Householdsand Communities Package: Month: Year: Activity Target Total Previous Total Current % Months Month Completed General Consultationwith PAPs: - ndividual - Group Verificationof PAPs ID CardsIssued l EntitlementCategory IA: Paymentin Land/Payment in Cash Paymentof Fees,Taxes, Other Charges Paymentof AdditionalGrant Entitlement Category1B: Provisionof TemporaryAccommodation Paymeotof ShiftingAllowance Reimbursementof Deposit/Advance Paymentof Rental/LostIncome Paymentof Compensationfor Structure Paymentof Owner/OccupierPremium Entitlement Category2A: Paymentof Lost Income Entitlement Category2B: Noticeto HarvestCrops Issued Grantsfor Lost CropsPaid EntitlementCategory 2C: Paymentof CapitalizedCrop Value EntitlementCategory 3A: Notificationto RemoveAssets/Harvest Crops l Case-by-CaseAssistance Entitlement Category3B: Plots Awarded _ HousesAllocated Assistanceto ConstructResidences Assistanceto ConstructBusiness Units Paymentof ShiftingAssistance Access to TrainingFacilitated | Access to Income-GeneratingAssistance Facilitated Entitlement Category4A: Land Allocated Grantsfor BuildingMaterials l Plots/HousingLoans (EWS) Plots/HouseLoans (LIG) Entitlement Category4B: Lea Associates 11-18 Activity Target Total Previous Total Current % Months Month Completed Paymentof Lump-sumGrants TrainingProgrammes Organised CounsellingSessions Organised Awards of SurplusMoney for EnterpriseStart-up EntitlementCategory 6A/SB: Paymentsof DisruptionAssistance l Allocationof Space in Vendors'Markets EntitlementCategory 6A: Social ForestrySchemes Started CommunitiesProvided with ProjectEmployment CompensatoryAfforestation Schemes Started EntitlementCategory 68: RecreationlInfrastructure Facilities Built Provisionof Assistancefor Income-Generating Scheme Date Signatureof NGO Representative Lea Associates Format - C4: GRC Monthly and Cumulative Report Name: Date of Establishment: PackageNo. & Name: Location: Chainage: Month: Year Task Current Month Previous Months Total Numberof GrievancesReceived Numberof RecommendationsReceived from NGO Member Numberof Recommendationsby GRC Numberof Decisionsby CRRO Numberof GrievancesReferred by CRRO to PIU Numberof Decisionsby PIU Numberof DecisionsCommunicated to Claimants Numberof UnresolvedGrievances Date Signatureof Chairman DistrictGrievance Redressal Committee Lea Associates 11-20 Format - CS: District Level Committee Report for Individual PAF District PackageNumber & Name Location Month Year EP Name ID No. Address: Forwarded Consideration of the Committee on date Details of Land! Properties LandArea m7 Building m2 | Crop Type Well Trees No. to be acquired W I Compensation Received Land/ Area Building Crop Type Well Trees No. Total under each Head as per __ l _ l _ l_l LAAI MVAC Recommendation on Land/ Area |Buiiding | Crop Type Well Trees No. Total Value of Property lTloltla|_l_l Difference in Compensation Land! Area Building Crop Type Well Trees No. Total and MVACValuation Cro Wlll Total Assistance Amount Due Amount Paid Date Signature CRRO Lea Ass2iates 11-21 Format - C6: MonthlySynthesis of RAP Implementation (Physical) Month of: Phase: Target ~~Targetfor Taskl fTs Cumulative ResettlementCategory already Total Task Mont Completed Remain Target for Remarks Completed (% of Total)* Task) Unachieved* Month* 1A Land Cash Fees,Taxes, Other Charges AdditionalGrant of I0% 1B TemporaryAccommodation ShiftingAllowance Reimbursementof Deposit/Advance RentaliLostIncome Compensationfor Structure Owner/OccupierPremium 2A Six Months' LostIncome 2B Noticeto HarvestCrops Grantsfor Lost Crops Paid 2C Paymentof CapitalizedCro Values 3A Notificationto RemoveAssets/ Harvest Crops Case-by-CaseAssistance 3B Plot House Assistanceto Construct Residential/BusinessUnit Shifting Assistance Facilitation'Access to Trainingl Income-GeneratingAssistance 4A Landfor Land + Materials Grant for Dwel ing Unit Plot + HousingLoans (EWS) P ot + HouseLoans (LIG) 4B Lump-sumGrant Training/Counselling SurplusTraining Moneyfor Enterprise Start-up ______ LeaAssociates 11-22 Target Target for Task O of Task Cumulative ResettlementCategory already Total Task Current CompletedTTRemaisn Target for Remarks CompletedIMonthCompleted ~~(%of Total) (%Task) of Total Unachieved Month'Next 5A15B: DisruptionAssistance Vendors'Market 6A Social ForestrySchemes Project Employment l CompensatoryAfforestation 68: Recreation/Infrastructure Facilities Assistance for Income- GeneratingSchemes Targetof current month +taskcarry forward from preVousmonth/s. Date CRRO Lea Associates 1 1-23 Format- C7: MonthlySynthesis of RAPImplementation (Financial) Month of: Phase: PackageName and Number: Total Budget Monthly Actual % of Total Budget AllocationAnd Spending Total Expectedhly Disbursement Disbursement Allotment Acquisitionof privateland Acquisitionof privatenon-agricultural land and assets Assistancefor restorationof livelihood Compensation/Assistancefor loss of standingcrop Compensation/Assistancefor loss of perennialcrop Assistanceto encroachers Assistanceto squatters Support to vulnerablegroup for housing Supportto vulnerablegroup for livelihood Assistancefor the businesskiosks Assistancefor developingvendor market Restoration/Enhancementof cultural properties Restorationof communityresources Date CRRO Lea Associates 11-24 12. ROAD DEVELOPMENT AND POVERTY REDUCTION Roads are often arguedto be the conduit of wealth. Citations are there to indicatethat vigorous road development precedes rapid economic development of a nation. As connectivity and accessibility improves, social networksare strengthened,economic opportunities galore. This Section of the Report examinesthe context and possibilities of poverty alleviation through the GTRIP. Road is a vital infrastructure. Development in the road sector is not isolated from the development of other infrastructure.Also among the various infrastructures,there is a dual 'cause and effect' relationship. Therefore, road development is difficult to be examined in isolation from the developmentof other infrastructure.In many sub-sections,road development and overall developmentof infrastructurewill be discussedas complementary. Poverty alleviation is a basic need of the nation. It is also a constitutional duty'. Any project therefore, has to addressthe issue of being of assistanceto achieve a nationalgoal. 1-2.1 CONTEXT OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION IN INDIA Poverty eradication has been one of the major objectives of planned development in India. The magnitude of the problem is still quite staggering.Thirty six per cent of the Indian population was below poverty line (BPL) in 1993-94,the latest year for which the data are available and the absolute number of poor was 320 million, out of which 244 million.(37 per cent of the rural population)lived in rural areas. The incidenceof poverty declined from 54.9 percent in 1973-74 to 36 per cent in 1993-94.But the absolute number of poordid not decline much over this period of 20 years. There were 321 million poor in 1973-74 and 320 million in 1993-94; in the rural areas the correspondingnumbers were 261 million and 244 million. The main determinantsof poverty are: (i) lack of income and buying power attributableto lack of productive employmentand considerableunderemployment and not to lack of employmentper se: (ii) a continuousincrease in the price of food, especially food grains, which account 70-80 per cent of the consumptionbasket; and (iii) inadequacyof social infrastructure,affecting the quality of life of the peopleand their employability. 12.1.1 GROWTH PERFORMANCEAND POVERTY IN INDIA The decline in poverty ratio during the last 20 years has been uneven among the states. The pace of poverty reductionwas relatively rapid in Kerala, Andhra Pradesh,Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Punjab and West Bengal. The decline in poverty ratio, however,was not enoughto reduce the number of poor in eight major states. These are: Assam, Bihar2, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh,Maharashtra, Orissa and Uttar Pradesh. Poverty is closely relatedwith hunger. The percentageof persons without two square meals a day for some months of the year is often termed as the 'hungerratio'. It is observedthat about The Constitution of India upheld the right of life, which includes the right to "live with dignity". Poverty alleviation has been a recurrenttheme in the Indian polity. - Includes Jharkhand. It can be seen that the GTRIP passes through 3 states with high incidenceof poverty. LeaAssociates 12-1 19 percent of the rural populationand 7 percent of the urban population remained hungry in 1983, As per the latest available information these have become down to about 5 percentin rural areas and 2 percent in urban in 1993-94.The percentageof chronically hungry peoplein total populationin rural areas,which was 35 to 40 percent in Bihar, Orissa and West Bengalin 1983, reducedto 6.6 percentin case of Bihar and 14 to 16 per cent in other two states in 1993- 94. Hunger ratios less than the poverty ratio indicate that all the poor people do not remain hungry. However,incidences of chronic hunger are still causesof concern. 12.1.2 POVERTY ERADICATIONMEASURES IN INDIA Over the years, a wide variety of anti-poverty programmeshave been attempted in India. The two facets of the poverty alleviation programmesare: * Providing direct food items and monetary help, and * Providing employmentopportunities The first one like the Public DistributionSystem (POS) proved ineffective due to lack of proper institutionalarrangement resulting in large-scalemalpractice and inability to reach the poor. The second one is based on creating employmentopportunity for the poor, especially in rural areas. This approachis rather more effective. This can be achievedthrough undertakinginfrastructure development projects and self-employment schemes. The low-end work and wage rate automaticallydiscourage non-poor and benefitsthe actual poor. Since poor peopleare willing to work for low wages, public employmentprogrammes can offer wages that screen out the non- poor so that resources can be used more effectively. Since these schemes can, usually, produceeconomic assets such as roads, they may have second round effect on the income of both poor and non-poor. These schemes may also help labour market to work better by reducingwage differentialsbetween the sexes and among caste groups. The primary objectives of rural public employmentschemes are two fold: * The first is to maintain and create rural infrastructure - examples are road building, irrigation,soil conservationand afforestationprogrammes. * The second and the more important in this context, is to reduce poverty by providing employmentto those in need. Studies conducted in 85 districts of India indicated that lower transportation costs increased farmer's access to market and led to considerable agricultural expansion and that modern irrigation methods brought higher yields. At the same time because improved roads lowered bank's costs of doing business,banks expanded lendingto farmers, and farmers used the funds to buy fertiliser, further increasing yields. According to a householdand village level survey conductedin Bangladesh,villages classified as most developedin terms of accessto transport infrastructurewere significantlybetter off than the less developedvillages in terms of agricultural production,incomes and labour demand and health (World DevelopmentReport, 1994). 12.1.3 ANTI-POOR LAWS AND POLICIES There are several laws and policies in India, which are anti-poor.The Ninth Five Year Plan of India cites the following examples of anti-poor laws and institutionalised practices and recommends that these will be withdrawn within a few years. The knowledge about these policies/lawsis scatteredand often anecdotal. * Preventionof the tribals rights to reap minor forest produce; * Anti-poor licensing policies; LeaAssociates 12-2 * "The cattle flayers in UP have no legal control over their own producei.e. the hides they flay from the naturally fallen animals...Again in Bihar, auction ferry right is made in favour of Zamindars and contractorswho collect tolls and taxes from the poor who have to cross the river to sell their produce. In addition,those who are fishing or plying boats acrossthe river have to pay taxes to the Zamindars...Normally, access to, and use of, the river should be free to farmers, labourers,petty traders etc... In Assam, the fishery laws are such that the fishermen are adversely affected." * Taking over of the successful co-operatives by private sector companies, and the interferenceof the Governmentwith the independenceof the successful cooperatives. "Such examples abound.An exercise has already been done to document some of these laws and policies, In the Ninth Plan, an attempt will be made to initiate the processof identifyinganti- poor laws/policies, Statewise. These would brought to the notice of the policy makers, local governments and NGOs so that these may be suitably modified andlor repealed in the interest of the poor." 12.1.4 POVERTYALLEVIATION IN INDIA: PROGRAMMESAND STRATEGYIN THE 9 TH PLAN Followingis a brief of the poverty alleviation strategiesin the Ninth Five Year Plan, c EconomicGrowth is Important "Economicgrowth creates more resourcesand hasthe potential of creating more space for the involvement of poor. But the involvement of the poor dependson the sources and the natureof growth. If the growth is sourced upon those sectors of the economy or those activities, which have a natural tendency to involve the poor in their expansion, such growth helps poverty eradication.Therefore, it is important to source a large part of economicgrowth in agriculture,in rural non-agriculturalactivities and in productiveexpansion of the informal sector which all have high employment elasticities, as well as in an export strategy based on labour intensive exports." X Pre-requisites of Poverty Alleviation "The Governmentrecognises that high growth of incomes is by itself not enoughto improve the quality of life of the poor. Unless all the citizens, and most particularlythe poor, have certain basic minimum services,their living conditionscannot improve. These minimum servicesamong other things literacy, education,primary health care, safe drinkingwater and nutritionalsecurity." 'The Government had conveneda meeting of Chief Ministers to identify such basic minimum services and a list of seven services had unanimouslybeen agreedupon. These seven services are safe drinkingwater, primary healthfacilities, universal primaryeducation, nutrition to school and pre-school children, shelter for the poor, road connectivity for all villages and habitations3.and the Public Distribution System (PDS) with a focus on the poor. The Ninth Plan lays special emphasison these seven basic minimum services and will make all efforts to achieve a minimum level of satisfaction in providing these in partnership with the State Governmentsand the PanchayatiRaj Institutions(PRIs)." Emphasisadded. LeaAssociates 12-3 () Strengthening Productive Potential "Direct poverty alleviation programmesare important and will continue on an expandedscale in the Ninth Plan. But these programmeswould be orientedtowards strengtheningthe productive potential of the economy and providing more opportunities for involving the poor in the economic process." o Decentralisation "Poverty can effectively be eradicated only when the poor start contributing to the growth by their active involvement in the growth process. Implementationof the programmesshould be increasingly based on approachesand methods, which involve the poor themselves in the process of poverty eradication and economic growth. This is possible through a process of social mobilisation, encouragingparticipatory approaches and institutions and empowermentof the poor. In this the PRIs, the voluntary organisationsand community based Self-Help Groups will be more closely involved." 12.1.5 POVERTY ALLEVIATION & SECTORAL PROGRAMMES It is necessaryto recast the special employmentprogrammes with a view to making them more effective in meeting not only the short-term objective of providing temporary work, but also in building up the productive capacity of individualsiareaswhich, in turn, would make for greater employment on a more sustainablebasis. This would require a high degree of convergence among the various poverty alleviation programmes(PAPs), area developmentprogrammes and sectoralschemes. The Ninth Plan recognisesthat "so far, there has been a complete dichotomy between various sectoral as well as poverty alleviation programmes that have been planned and implemented by the concerned line departments. The government has recognised this dichotomy but greater efforts have to be made to effect the convergencein practice." "Clearly, there is scope for integrating other sectoral programmes of soil and water conservation, forestry, minor irrigation, animal husbandary,agriculture, transport and tourism, power and other departments." 12.1.6 QUALITYOF LIFE CONCERNSOF THE GOVERNMENTOF INDIA "Eradicationof poverty and provisionof basic minimumservices are integral elements of any strategy to improve the quality of life. No developmentalprocess can be sustainable unless it leads to visible and widespreadimprovement in these areas... "There is by now enough evidence to show that rapid growth has strong poverty reducing effects and, a focus on accelerated growthwill also help in realisingthe objective of alleviating poverty... The shift in emphasis towardsprivate initiative and reliance on the entrepreneurialspirit of the people essentially seeks to create the conditionsfor rapid and sustained growth. Nevertheless there are aspects of growth, which can be labour displacing and impoverishing.These arise essentially out of unequal initial endowments of physical resources, human capital and information,which prevent segmentsof the society, particularlywomen and other socially and economically disadvantaged groups like the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, Lea Associates 12-4 Minorities, Other BackwardClasses, Disabled, etc., from taking advantage of the opportunities that become available or from protectingtheir interestsin an adequate manner... 'In the past, food and nutritional security has been largely interpreted to mean adequate availability of basic food productsin the country as a whole. The concept of food securitynow needs to be broadenedto include peoples'access to basic nutritionalrequirements, both physicallyand economically." 12.1.7 A GUIDELINE FOR ALL SECTORALPROJECTSIPROGRAMMES The Ninth Plan emphasisesthat, "Economicgrowth and employmentopportunities in themselves may not be sufficientto improve the living conditions of the poor. They need to be accompanied by measures, which enhance the social and physicalconditions of existence." 12.2 WORLD BANK POLICYON POVERTYALLEVIATION The World Bank has a specific approachtowards poverty reductionthat has evolved over time. Initially in the 1960sthe focus was on economicgrowth as the key to poverty eradication.Then in the 1970s it shifted first to redistributionof growthand later to basic human needs.During the 1980s the thrust shifted from ony economicgrowth to investmentsin human resourcesas these were recognised to be more contributing to increasing incomes and reducing poverty. In the 1990s the Bank's commitment to poverty reduction has been further reaffirmed as its fundamentalObjective as well as to a broadeningof the Bank's approach. The World Development Report 1990 showed that sustainable poverty reduction could be achieved by: (a) Broad-basedeconomic growth to generateefficient income-earningopportunities forthe poor, and (b) Improved access to education, nutrition, health care and other social services to improve welfare directly and to enhancethe ability of the poor to take advantage of the opportunitiesmentioned above. The approach also included a social safety net for the poorest and the most vulnerable segmentsof the society. Sustainablepoverty reductionis the Bank's overarchingobjective. Since the complete range of programmesand policies affect the well being of the poor, there are many complementarities between poverty reduction and other operational priorities. In most cases it has been observed that the burden of poverty falls disproportionatelyon the relatively vulnerable groups, so it is essentialto increase their income-earningopportunities, their food security and their accessto social services. Maintainingthe environmentis critical if gains in poverty reduction are to be sustained and if future increasesin poverty are to be avoided. If poverty reductionis to be made sustainable, institutional-building and investing in local capacity to assess poverty and to analyse.design, implementand finance programmesand projectsare essential. In GTRIP there is a necessity to follow the WB directives (OD 4.15) to address poverty alleviation in the project, Infrastructuredevelopment projects like GTRIP has a definite scope for assessingthe impacts of it on local communitiesand road users. The above encompassesthe issue of poverty reduction as GTRIP is expectedto bring about a number of opportunitiesto the poor peopleof the region like increasedemployment, increased LeaAssociates 12-5 market facilities, increasedmobility of human resources, increased [ocal economic and credit opportunities,increased institutionalnetworks, increasedawareness level and increasedscope for better managementof public schemes. 12.3 INFRASTRUCTUREDEVELOPMENT AND POVERTYALLEVIATION Infrastructure services, including power, road and transport, telecommunication, water and sanitation and wastes-disposal,are central to the activities of households and to economic production (World Development Report, 1994). The adequacy of infrastructure is a critical determinant of a country's capacity in accelerating its growth that is consistent with poverty reduction. Infrastructuredevelopment and poverty are inversely related and good infrastructure raises productivity and lowersproduction costs and thereby poverty. Major infrastructurefailures quickly and radically reduce community's quality of life, productivity and causes poverty. Conversely, improved infrastructureservices enhancewelfare and foster economic growth. As countries develop, infrastructuremust adaptto supportchanging patterns of demand. 12.3.1 THE CAUSAL RELATIONSHIP The poor are inherently more vulnerableto inadequateinfrastructure settings and number of specific infrastructureproblems affects the poor disproportionately. Access to at least minimal infrastructureservices is one of the essential elementsto attain welfare. To a great extent the poor can be identified as those who are not able to consumea basic quantity of clean water and who are subject to unsanitarysurroundings, with extremely limited mobility or communication beyond their irnmediate settlement. As a result, they have more health problems and fewer employment opportunities(World Development Report, 1994). Different infrastructuresectors have different effect on improving the quality of life and reducing poverty. The thematic links between access and poverty reductioncould be depicted as follows: The links betweeninfrastructure and poverty (a) Access to clean water and sanitation - Reduces mortality and morbidity and increases incomeearning activities. (b) Access to transport and irrigation - Increasesnon-farm employment opportunities and reduces regionalfood price variations. (c) Constructionand maintenanceof roads and water works - Direct employment and famine prevention. (d) Accessto power- High productivity and income. Important considerations The cardinalvirtues to be built in infrastructurebuilding projectsare, (a) Participationof poor in infrastructurebuilding projects; (b) Thrust on resourcepoor areas where increasingnumber of poor live; (c) Exclusive measuresto ensureaccess of poor to infrastructureprojects; (d) Strong institutionalarrangements; and, (e) Emphasis on participationof NGOs. Lea Associates 12-6 12.3.2 INFRASTRUCTUREAND ECONOMICSTIMULATION Many studies attempting to link aggregateinfrastructure spending to growth of GDP (Gross Domestic Product) show infrastructurevariables are positively and significantly correlatedwith growth, particularlyin developing countrieswhile it is difficult to establishwhether infrastructure investment causes growthor growth causes infrastructureinvestment. The data for 1990 indicatethat while total infrastructurestocks increaseby 1 per cent with each 1 per cent increment in per capita GDP, householdaccess to safe water increases by 0.3 per cent, paved roads by 0.8 per cent, power by 1.5 per cent and telecommunicationsby 1.7 per cent. The services associatedwith the use of infrastructure (in value added terms) in general accountfor 7 to 11 per cent of GDP, with transport being the largestsector. Transport alone, commonly, absorbs5 to 8 percent of the total paid employment.Studies show that the average economic returnon World Bank assisted infrastructureproject has been 16 per cent during 1980-1990while the general World Bank project average is 15 per cent (World Development Report, 1994). Public spending on infrastructure construction and maintenance can be a valuable policy tool to provide economic stimulus. As long as quality and cost- effectiveness are not compromised,labour-based approach to infrastructuredevelopment can be an important instrumentfor employmentintensive economicgrowth and participationof poor infrastructure building. The performanceof an infrastructure project, however largely depends upon the conditionsof overall economic policy and setting. 12.3.3 INFRASTRUCTUREAND POVETY INCIDENCEIN INDIA The burgeoningpopulation growth, limited resources and pursuance'of new economic policies of Government of India have been placing a heavy demand on all kinds of infrastructure services. The infrastructure base, which was built earlier, has proved inadequate. Power generation, railway network, road network, ports, telecommunication,industrial research and development,are all found to be inadequate. Over the years the development experience has thrown up several weak spots in the developmentprocess. One such weak spot is the increasing regional disparities both interstate and intra-state.These disparitieswill be further accentuatedin the currentdevelopment strategy driven by market forces and deregulationof private sector. One of the consequencesof such development process is concentration and accentuation of poverty. The infrastructure bottleneck has further beenaggravating poverty and posing seriousimpediments in acceleration of economic growth. The country has, therefore, to invest substantially in these infrastructure facilities in order to attain equitableand sustainabledevelopment. Table 12.1: India's Infrastructureand Growth Trend: A Glance Infrastructure 1970 1980 1990 PavedRoad (km) 324,758 623,998 759,764 ElectricityProduction (mnillion kw-h) 61,212 119,150 286,045 Telephone(rurnber of connection) 1,465,000 2,295,530 5,074,734 Railroadtracks (kin) 59,997 61,240 75,333 Irrigationland (000ha) 30,440 38,478 45,500 Accessto drinkingwater (per cent Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural of populationcovered) 17 - 42 77 31 73 86 69 Accessto sanitation(per cent of Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural populationcovered) 18 7 27 1 14 44 3 SoLurce.WoHld Development Report, 1994. Note denotes1975 data. LeaAssociates 12-7 . ,erally result in the following. a great challengefor a country like India given its limited resourcesand bilities. In a drive for development, post-independenceIndia has been * :e famine, poverty and illiteracy. State intervention, with strategy for i welfare oriented public expenditure has enabled the country in d n thwageformbofremsplmenttle. The poverty rate has gone down. The fraction of populationbelow ~d as wage labourers, petty i from around 54 per cent in 1983 to 36 per cent in 1989-90 in rural rnroyments supplement their cent to 38 per cent in urban areas. Over the period, 1991-97, urban * il poverty has remained, broadly, unchanged. es. however, have not enabled the country where it is expectedto be. the projectedand expected target in reducing poverty and increasing hfqad Spnkageeamondgef cen )le estimates indicate that India has the highest poverty rate, in thlarly in case of perishable Roughly300 million of Indian peopleor 1 in 3 live below poverty (India :i and sub-urbanisation (in a 191). The absolute number of poor has risen over recent decades. iverage citizen is not too high). evidence suggests that the number of poor has increasedfrom 300 eagtion. imillion in 1997 (Asian DevelopmentReport, 1998). 0 * IN INDIA ising of national and state highways has not matched the traffic growth .,et also opens up wider work of national highways has been by only about 55 percent from about . iLesand towns and engage in DOOkmin 1995 and of state highways,by 118 per cent form 60,000km t~ple get regular works with 1995. Inadequateroad networkshave led to highertransportation costs tosportationsportation isis efficient. This g oods, thereby affecting poorer sections, and also severely eroded Dansettlements. ness of the Indian economy. Commercial vehicles are able to run only e per day, as comparedto 500-600kmper day in developedcountries. 'estin far and remote areas in compounded by congested sections, existence of railway crossings, _estin far and remote areas in (barriers, all of which lead to abnormaldelay in travel and higher fuel 4 es orticulture and real estate ses due to bad condition of main roads are estimated to the order of h#prices, make new business r annum (India InfrastructureReport, 1997). lhore money flowing to the 14ved networking and cash d of vehicle in Indian cities has dropped. For example, in Mumbai,the stitutes and financial services. ! has dropped from 38km/h in 1962to 26km/h in 19079 and 15-20km/h * pment Report, 1991). The situation on the highwaysis not expectedto in the casesof earthen roads being metalled). This is in sharp contrast greater efficiency of transport and communication, which should rk with outside agencies. They velopment. The expansion of the road network needs building rural il-O to government and non- tivity to rural masses, when 50 percent of the villages are still to be n,*eopne pIee and outside agencieseroas errouades,enle r onstant vigil by the higher .-i*s in regular and efficient ition, drinking water, veterinary E OF POVERTY REDUCTION *r*es like mobile libraries and astructure development project has an intrinsic scope for poverty s, tc 1ot only meant to serve the road users in a better way or to provide for z affected vulnerable social groups; but also has a scope for wider 9 agion. GTRIP is expectedto serve the society of the region as a whole rewesslevel of the communities uation and proper utilisation of a9ipatory development and ______LeaAssociates Lea* Associates 12-8 democratisation,people would become more aware of their duties and responsibilitiesand will accrue more bargainingpower. 3 IncreasedScope for Better Managementof PublicSchemes Interaction with the government, non-governmentand other developmentagents, help people gain new knowledgeon improvedfarming, land development,development and maintenanceof natural resources through the formation of various economic and social development committees. Recently implementeddevelopment schemes like forest protection/management committees, watershed committees, health and education committees, farmers association, etc., can work better with the easy, efficient transportation that connects progressively the people and the developmentagents. 12.4.2 POVERTY REDUCTIONBENEFITS OF GTRIP The GTRIP is expectedto bring forward positive impacts (while causing some negative social impacts,which are proposedto be mitigatedfully) for the road-usersand communitiesalong the whole stretch of the project corridor. o Macro-economicbenefits The project is seen as a major generator of economic momentum, and shall benefit the economically backward states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand in a very significant way. The project is expected to remove industrial development bottlenecks, bring the cost of transportationdown, and thereby benefit all sectionsof the society. The project will further open up the vast hinterlandsof the 3 states to the easterngateway ports of Calcutta and Haldia. (About40% of the exportsfrom this hinterlandare now through the more distant western ports, in absence of an adequate road system.) The investment in rigid pavement is expected to boost the cement industry, and further trickle down to other sectors of economy. Only the direct benefits of the project have been calculated during the feasibility study. The direct benefits accruedue to the reductionin the vehicle operating cost (VOC) and the savings in the value of time (VOT) of the road users. Present value of the said direct benefits is estimated at US$2170 million (refer Table 2.4). The present value of the investments in the project is estimatedat US$550million. Given this investment and the direct benefits,the net benefitof the projectis estimatedat US$1620million, at an economic internal rate of return of about 30 per cent. If the indirect benefits, includingthe benefits accruing to the industries and the commercial enterprises in the hinterlands of the 3 states were also measured,the net benefitof the project would be much higher. e Local level benefits Local facilities Due to GTRIP, provisionswill be made for the local traffic, especially the non-motorised ones such as the bullock-carts,the handcarts,cycle rickshaws,etc. Passengerfriendly amenities like bus stops, passengersheds, underpassesfor safe movement of local people from one side of the highway to the other, organised parking lots and lay-byeswill be added. Common property resources,and community assets will be conservedand enhanced (detailed plans and designs for community property enhancements have been prepared as part of the Environmental Enhancementby the project, for more than 100 sites). LeaAssociates 12-10 Employmentopportunities for local community Proportionateto the investment in the project, large employment opportunities (about half a million person-months, and for about 40,000 persons) will be created by the project. The employment opportunitieswill be createdfor skilled, semi-skilledand unskilled labourers.While most of the skilled labourers may come from other parts of the country, the opportunitiesfor semi-skilled and unskilled sections of the workforce will be mainly available to the local communities. There are two reasons,why such employment opportunitieswill mainly accrueto the local communities: first, that bringing semi-skilled or unskilled labourers from outside is an uneconomicalproposition; and, second,that in constructionprojects all over the country, semi- skilled workforce come mainly from Bihar and UP (refer Table 2.4). Improved access to amenities By and large, for communitiesin the projectinfluence area, indirect social benefitsof the project are likely to include (i) Speedy accessto employment,better health and education opportunitiesin urban centres along NH-2; (ii) Increased opportunityfor intensified informal economic activities linked to services/ facilities for road users;and, (iii) Reduction in transportation costs and improved market access for agricultural produce of the area. 12.4.3 A RECOMMENDEDBENEFIT STUDY OF THE PROJECT STRIP has already prepared its RAP through which it has planned to assist the affected vulnerable communities for income restorationand socio-economicenhancement. Along with this, an approachtowards addressingthe issue of poverty reduction, in generalshould be taken up. The systematic approach to start with this is to conduct a study on the road users and the roadside communities to understand the condition of infrastructure development vis-a-vis poverty reductionthrough GTRIP. Thus this study should aim at, i Assessing the expectations of the roadside communities and local users from the improved transport facilities thereby effecting an increase in the scope of economic development and reductionin their poverty level. * Assessing the impact of the project, particularly on the vulnerable, excluded, underrepresented and unprivileged groups in the community like the marginalized castes and tribes, poorer sections and the women. * Measuring people's perceptions and attitudinal changes with regard to road development and the future impacts on their living condition because of changes in accessibilityand availabilityof social and economic infrastructure. * Identifying currentand potential improvementsin the transport sectorto give this project more human face and thereby linking it with overall social sector development. As poverty reductionis a comprehensiverequirement of the NHAI. It is expectedthat the study will form part of the overall benefit monitoringstudy of the project. A difference with the typical benefit monitoring study (as part of the project completion report) will be that the baseline will need to be generated as part of the project, and the study should commence early (only Lea Associa: 12-11 partially, as far as the poverty alleviation module is concerned). In this case, this study becomes part of the overall monitoring and evaluation of the project (to be taken up by an external independentagency). Alternatively, this study may become part of the wider study by the NHAI on "roads in poverty alleviation". No separate provision is made in the RAP budget for this study. 12.4.4 IMPACTS OF GTRIP ON PEOPLE BELOWPOVERTY LINE Families below poverty line (BPL) are considered as vulnerable in the GTRIP for the consideration of compensationand other assistances.It is always found that the poor people are exposedto the worst of the negative impacts of any development project. Vulnerable group families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affected families in GTRIP. Most of the affected vulnerablegroup families are families below poverty line (2,359 families or about 57% of all vulnerable group families). Most (about 58%) of the vulnerable group affected families again belong to the agricultural category, and are either marginal farmers or landless labourers (or sharecroppers).The other significant sub-category is of the vulnerablegroup affected commercialfamilies (about 23%). These families are mostly engaged in petty roadsidebusinesses (see Table 7.12). Table 12.2 gives an account of the BPL families getting affected and displaced in the project area. Around 20% of the families gettingaffected and displacedby the projectare constitutedof BPL families. The maximum of such families are getting affected in Package IC followed by Packages IVC. In Package IVC 1024 BPL families are getting affected by losing agricultural land. Maximum families are getting affected in Package IC losing residence (137) and commercialstructures (152). In all, 1467families are losing (part of) their agricultural land while 534 families are affected by losingcommercial structures. Table 12.2:Percentageof Affected Below Poverty Line Households 'ackage i AgriculturePackage I Residential Commercial Residential-cum-~~~~~~~~~~Commercial Other Assets Total ProjectFamilies Affected No. % No. % No. % No. !No.% No. i IA 160 13.17 11 0.91 68 5.60 15 1.23 0 0.00 1215 1 00.00 I B 153 8.90 35 2.03 115 6.69 7 0.41 0 0.00 1713 100.00 I C 109 6.18 137 7.77 152 862 24 1.36 0 0.00 1764 100.00 II B 0 0.00 53 3.93 141 10.47 12 0.89 3 0.22 1347 100.00 IVA 18 1.69 48 4.4 45 4.12 0 0.00 0 0.00 1089 100.00 IV C 1024 26.60 5 0.13 6 0.16 0 0.00 0 0.00 3851 100.00 V B 3 1.7 6 3.4 1 0.6 8 4.5 0 0.00 176 100.00 Total 1467 13.20 296 2.66 528 4.75 66 0.59 3 0.03 11155 100.00 Source:RAP Reports.Package I to V. GrantTrunk Road Project Table 12.3 shows that the maximum of displaced BPL families are found to lose agricultural land (970) followed by commercialstructures (315) and residences(157). Package-wise,IVC is found to displace maximum number of BPL families (781) acquiring agricultural land and other properties. Apart from getting dislocated many of these vulnerable groups are also getting impacted by losing their livelihood. Lea Associates 12-12 Table 12.3: Percentageof DisplacedBelow Poverty Line Families Agriculture Residential Commercial Residential-cum- OtherAssets TotalProject Package Commercial DisplacedFamilies No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 48 747 7 1.09 62 9.64 7 1.09 0 0.00 6,43 100.00 I B 51 11.74 18 4.12 24 5.43 2 0.45 0 0.00 437 100.00 IC 74 8.88 63 7.56 70 9.96 15 1.80 0 0.00 833 100.00 11B 0 0.00 34 3.31 112 10.89 7 0.68 3 0.29 1028 100.00 IVA 14 1.66 30 3.56 41 4.87 0 0.00 0 0.00 842 100.00 IVC 781 28.17 4 0.14 6 0.22 0 0.00 0 0.00 2772 100.00 V 8 2 3.39 1 1.69 0 0.00 7 11.86 0 0.00 59 100.00 Total 970 14.65 157 2.37 315 4.76 38 0.57 3 0.05 6614 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V. Grant Trunk Road Project 12.4.5 IMPACTS ON OTHER VULNERABLESOCIAL GROUPS While the vulnerable groups in GTRIP consists of the BPL families, the SC families, the ST families, and the woman-headedfamilies, the case of the SC families is important in the sense that they constitute a historically disadvantaged group. The case of the BPL families is described in Section 12, the ST families in Section 13, and the woman-headed families in Section 14 of this Report. t The Scheduled Caste Families All the seven packages of the GTRIP, due to its land acquisition along the project corridor, directly affect many persons/families belongingto ScheduledCastes. Accordingto the census 858 SC families are getting affected by losing agricultural land, while the numbers for losing residential. commercial and residential-cum-commercialstructures are 193, 297 and 30 respectively. The project also displaces number of SC families. The numbers of SC families being displaced are 584 (agriculture),105 (residential),220 (commercial) and 25 (residential- cum-commercial).Package-wise distribution of affected and displaced SC families is shown in Table 12.4. Table 12.4: Percentageof Affected & DisplacedScheduled Castes'Families Ag ri culIture R esidential C ommercia I Residential-cum- Assets Total Number Package Commercial of Families Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected 1Displaced Affected 1Displaced Affected [Displaced Affected Displaced IA 118 46 1 0 70 67 5 5 0 0 194 118 IB 168 39 51 22 46 19 4 0 0 0 269 80 I C 0 57 0 14 0 46 0 13 0 0 0 130 11i 0 82 61 90 70 6 6 2 1 181 138 IV A 0 0 8 8 10 10 0 0 0 I 0 18 18 Ivc 510 440 5 0 12 7 0 0 0 0 527 447 VB 3 | 2 2 | 01 1 1 2 L 1 0 0 8 4 Total | o800 584 149 105 229 220 17 | 25 2 1 1197 .936 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V. Grant Trunk Road Project Lea Associates 12-13 12.4.6 MEASURESTOWARDS INCOME RESTORATION AND UPLIFT OF VULNERABLEPEOPLE GTRIP has taken a number of measures towards resettlement and rehabilitation of the vulnerable families including the women headed households, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and the poor (BPL) getting affected by it. The considerationstherein have been compiled as follows: (a) All the affected families falling under the vulnerablecategory including the BPL are going to be compensatedand/or assisted irrespectiveof their ownershipstatus. Thus it impliesthat, whether they do or do not possess legal title of the lands/assets,whether they are tenants or encroachers or squatters, they will be paid with the compensation and/or assistance amounts. (b) For private property holders, if the type of loss is agricultural land and assets an entitled person (EP) from the vulnerable group can claim the compensationfor the entire land by means of land-for-land instead of accepting pecuniary compensation to the loss at replacementvalue, provided land of equal quality or more productivevalue is available.All the other assistancesremain the same as those for others including transitionalallowances, additional grant for severance of land, residual plots, expenses on fees, taxes, etc. and alternativeeconomic rehabilitationsupport and training for up-gradationof the skills. (c) In case of loss of non-agriculturalprivate property, option for residential/commercialplot at resettlementsite will be providedfree of cost to vulnerablefamilies if so optedby them apart from all other considerations like compensation at replacement value, transitional allowance,,shifting allowance, rental allowance for disruption caused to BPL tenants, compensationfor advance rental deposit, right to salvage materials from the demolished site, etc. (d) In case of illegal use of the RoW, the encroacheris to be assisted on case-to-casebasis by considering relevant facts on family income and existing assets only in the case of the person being a member of more disadvantaged families of the vulnerable group. A vulnerable person in this case is eligible to receive compensation for structures at replacementcost. He/she will also have the right to salvage materials from the demolished structure. (e) There is a provisionfor additional support to the vulnerablepeople who have been affected by the loss of livelihood / primary source of income. The assistancewill be equivalentfor one year towards income generating or vocational training option of the EP's choice. The training will include starting of a suitable production or service activity. Economic rehabilitation support and training and in case the money not spent for the training programme,the equivalent amount is to be paid as per EP's choice. (f) Apart from the abovementionedspecific considerations,the vulnerable persons are also going to avail of provisionsI assistancesgenerally meant for all affected persons, in the case of loss of common property resources. Loss of access to firewood will be compensatedby involving the communitiesin a social forestry scheme, in co-ordinationwith the Department of Forests, wherever possible. Loss of trees will be replaced by compensatory afforestation. There is a consideration of creation of employment opportunities in the project, if possible. They can take part in consultation for conserving cultural properties.Moreover, they can enjoy adequatesafety measures, particularlymeant for pedestriansand children, landscapingof communitycommon areas, improveddrainage, roadsiderest areas etc. that will come up in integrationwith the highway project. -Lea Associates 12-14 0 Free Assets to the Vulnerable Group Displaced Families As per the EntitlementFramework of the GTRIP, the project-displacedfamilies are eligible for agricultural,residential or commercialplots. The residential and commercialplots to be provided to them shall include residential/commercialbuildings, or assistanceto constructsuch buildings. The vulnerablegroup displacedfamilies are entitledto receive the plot free of cost and the non- vulnerable group displacedfamilies will purchaseit. Both the categoriesare, otherwise,further assisted in the form of transitionalallowance for a period of 9 monthsto restoretheir livelihood. Table 12.5 provides the number of the families eligible for free plots: agricultural, residential, commercialand residential-cum-commercialplots. Table 12.5: Category of Eligible Families Categoryof EligibleFamilies I-A I-B [I-C Il-B IV-A Iv-c V-B Total 1 Eligiblefamilies for ResidentialPlots 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 2. Eligiblefamilies for CommercialPlots 134 52 143 239 55 13 1 637 3. Eligiblefamilies for Residential& Commercial 13 2 29 34 - - 11 89 Plots 4. Eligiblefamilies for AgriculturalPlots 103 90 163 - 26 1,221 5 1,608 Total 261 197 413 399 26 1,221 18 2,645 Source RAP Reports.Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad ImprovementProject t Other Income Restoration Measures The vulnerable will receive additional support in the form of Economic Rehabilitation Grant to enable them to increasetheir earning capacity. This will primary be non-cashassistance, spent towards imparting training sought by the entitled persons, and towards non-cashassistance to start alternative income-generating activities (but includes subsidy in buying implements, equipment,etc.). All families losing sources of livelihood are entitled to productive asset grant. This grant is expected to be spent towards training and other support to re-establish livelihood. For productive asset grant for commercialfamilies, only the displaced families will be considered. For productive asset grant for the agricultural families, over and above the displacedfamilies, families left with non-viableland (less than minimum economic holding) will also be considered. The procedureto identify the families for productive assets grant will also be followed for the "TransitionAllowance" for 9 months. Moreover,displaced residential families, and the displaced tenants will also qualify for such allowance.Agricultural families retaining viable landholdingwill also be entitled for transition allowance for 3 months, as per the Entitlement Framework for GTRIP. All vulnerable group displaced squatters and encroacherswill be assisted in the project. The GTRIP will also support vulnerablegroup displacedresidential families with house construction grants (on the free of cost residentialplots provided,as describedin the earlier sub-section). Table 12.6 below gives the number of families entitled for the various income restoration measures in the project. The estimate of the number of entitled employees is provisional and will be updatedby the NGOs at the start of the implementationof the RAP (the assistanceunder LeaAssociates 12-15 this category of employee losing livelihood due to the displacement of the employer, will be provided to eligible person,and not families). Table 12.6: FamiliesEligible for Income RestorationMeasures in GTRIP PACKAGES I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL INCOMERESTORATION MEASURES I ProductiveAsset Grant: Agriculture 584 1,033 678 68 589 3,307 18 6,277 ProductiveAsset Grant: Commercial 147 54 172 273 55 13 12 726 HouseConstruction Grant 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 Assistance for Residencial E&S - - - 303 163 35 14 515 Assistancefor CommercialE&S 242 7 37 766 134 115 25 1,326 TransitionAllowance 832 1,420 1,370 659 747 3,691 33 8,752 EconomicRehabilitation Grant 158 107 250 399 93 17 13 1,037 Transition Allowance 117 165 353 176 - - - 811 Entitled HigherTransition Allowance 88 124 265 132 I 608 Training Support 117 165 353 176 I 811 Source:Compiled (LASA) from individualRAP Reports, Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project 12.5 CONCLUDING REMARKS While discerningthe impacts of GTRIP on the BPL families the project has not consideredthe poor people of the projectareas in general. Though initially it was not plannedto incorporatethe scope of poverty reduction as a whole, keeping in view the prospects of poverty reduction through infrastructuredevelopment the project is preparingto addressthe issue properly.Thus, there is a need to carry out socio-economic studies to assess the situation and go for appropriate action plans to address the issue on poverty reduction. This is now planned as either as a part of the overall monitoringand evaluation (in the form of a project benefit study), or as part of a larger "roads in poverty alleviation" study by the NHAI. Presently, the project through its RAP has planned to provide compensationand assistances only to the directly affected poor people for their income restorationand uplift. Additionally, the vulnerability of destitute and orphansalso concernsto be dealt with care and sympathy. Though none of the packageshas recorded any such cases so far, special attention has to be made for specific cases of destitute and orphansgetting affected or displacedby GTRIP. Moreover,other vulnerable groups including women and ST families also deserve to be treated along with people below poverty line and these two groups have been dealt with in respective chapters. A number of measures have been taken up by GTRIP towards assisting the affected BPL families for their resettlement and rehabilitation. The measures mentioned in the preceding section, if taken up in a systematicway, are expected to help the affected vulnerable group in the project area. Though these do not target the overall poverty reduction of the project area, these are going to help reduceit to some extent within the limitations. But this whole effort is vested in the line of addressingthe issue of poverty reduction.Along with the resettlement and rehabilitationplan to assist the affected vulnerable people, the GTRIP is requiredto keep provisionsfor poverty reduction, in general,all along its project corridor. Lea Associates 12-16 13. TRIBAL I INDIGENOUS PEOPLE The terms "indigenous people," "indigenous ethnic minorities", or, 'scheduled tribes" describe social groups with a social and cultural identity distinct from the dominantsociety that makes them vulnerableto become disadvantagedin the developmentprocess. Also social history of our country has shown that due to socio-economic backwardness,inherent temperamental difference and relative isolation and oppressionfrom the dominant societythe indigenouspeople or the scheduled tribes have always been left at the ledge of the society. Recognisingtheir sensitive characteristics, GTRIP considersthem as vulnerableand gives specialemphasis in terms of their resettlementand rehabilitation. 13.1 TRIBALS IN GTRIP Tribal people are found dispersedin different settlementsall throughthe project corridor of GTRIP. However, their share in terms of percentageto the total project-affected population is negligible (refer Table 13.1). In all the states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhandalong NH-2, settlements show only a handful of widely dispersedtribal (ScheduledTribes) people. Table 13.1: Project Affected/displacedScheduled Tribe families Package Length 1 Affected ST Families Displaced ST Families ikm) I Number Km I family Number Km I family I-A 50.840 5 10.17 3 16.95 I- B 59.020 0 - 0 I-C 72.825 31 2.35 20 3.64 11-B 51.330 7 7.33 3 17.11 IV-A 76.100 16 4.76 16 4.76 Iv-c 31.100 0 - 0 - V-B 81.570 7 11.65 3 27.19 TOTAL 422.780 66 6.41 45 9.40 Source: RAP Reports,Packages I to V, Grand Trunk RoadImprovement Project. Packages I-B and IV-C do not impact any ST family. ST families are very rarely impacted in Packages I-A, Il-B, and V-B. Package I-C accounts for the maximum number of tribal PAPs (46.96%) followed by package IV-C (24.24%). However, even in these packages, the project- affected/displacedST families are not concentratedat any particulararea or location.An ST family is displacedevery 3.6km in Package I-Cand every 4.8km in Package IV-A. The occurrenceof the project-affected/displacedST families, apparently is a rare phenomena,and thus do not pose any socio-cultural issue related to their large-scale resettlement and disruption of indigenouscultural and socio-economicpatterns. The number of ST families displaced is only 45; that too dispersed over the entire 422.8km length of GTRIP (about 1 family per 10km). In the tribal district of Hazaribag,there is no ST family to be displaced (although 5 families are being affected). This also means that the ST families found in the other Packagesare landlessworker families (sometimesinvolved as sharecroppers.but mainly runningroadside kiosks or petty businesses). Lea Associates 13-1 13.2 IMPACTSON THE SCHEDULEDTRIBES The tribal communitiesare alwaysfound to be the worst affected by any developmentactivity that causedisplacement from their own home and land. The impact of GTRIP on the families belonging to ST has been appraisedin this context. The total number of affected ST families is 66. Table 13.2 shows that 16 ST families are getting affected by losing their land resources; 2 such families are found being affected by losing their residencesand another 35 ST families lose commercialstructures. The maximum affected families losing agricultural land is found in Package IV-A (12). However, packages I-B and IV-C do not affect any families belongingto tribal communities. Table 3.2 also gives an account of project displacedST families. Maximum ST families are found being displaced from commercialstructures (26), followed by agricultural land (13). Package-wise, IVAshows more displacedST families losing agricultural land (12) while families losingcommercial structuresare more in package IC (18). This is to be notedthat ST families constitute only 0.59% of the total project-affectedfamilies, and 0.68% of the total project-displacedfamilies. Among the agricultural families affected, scheduled tribes are only marginally present, mostly in Package IV-A only. In the areas (or districts) with comparatively higher ST population,such as in Rohtas and Hazaribag (in Bihar and Jharkhand), no ST family is being affected with regard to agricultural properties. Only 2 ST families are affected with regard to impact on the residential property (in PackageV-B only) (refer Table 13.2). Table 13.2: Number of Affected & DisplacedScheduled Tribes' Families Package ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Residential-cum.ses oa Package~ Agriculture Residential Commercial Commercial Assets Total Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected|Displaced IA 2 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 0 5 3 IB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IC 1 1 0 0 22 18 8 1 0 0 31 20 11B 0 0 0 0 6 2 1 1 0 0 7 3 IVA 12 12 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 16 16 IVC 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Vy 1 0 2 0 1 0 3 | 3 0 0 7 3 Total 16 13 2 0 35 26 13 5 0 0 66 4S Source RAP Reports,Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad Improvement Project. Of the 66 ST families affected, 16 are losing (part or full of) agriculturalproperties. The majority (48, or about 73%) of the affected ST families lose (part or full of) commercial (or residential-cum- commercial) properties. Of the 45 families displaced, 32 (about 71%) are displaced from non- agricultural propertiesand/or occupation.Therefore, the impact of the project on the ST families is predominantlydisplacement from commercial properties/livelihood. Of the 16 families affected due to impact on agricultural properties,12 are in Package IV-A only. All these 12 families are being displaced. Other than the said 12 families, only one other family in Package I-C is being displaced The 12 families displaceddue to loss of agricultural land in Package IV-A belong to 4 households with individual householdland holdings of 0.24ha, 0.08ha, 0.02ha, and 0.16ha (refer Table 13.3). Their landholdingis already less than the marginal land holding (i.e., 0.5ha of irrigated land or Iha LeaAssociates 13-2 of non-irrigatedland). The available landholdingis inadequateto provide the minimum livelihood required for sustenanceof these 4 households(or 12 families). These families are underemployed in agriculture,and complementtheir livelihood needsfrom incomefrom secondarysources. The family likely to be displacedin Package I-C has a comparativelylarge landholdingof 2.67ha,of which 0.5ha is being expropriatedby the project. This parcel of land is non-irrigatedland. There is a possibilitythat this family might not become impoverisheddue to the partial loss of land. None of the land parcels acquired by the project is part of any forest ecosystem,nor has any non- trivial relationship with such ecosystems. Except the one family in Package IV-A, no other ST family depends primarily on agriculture (or any other land-based)livelihood system. Even the said family in Package I-C has secondarysources of income. It is apparent that, the project does not displace any ST family from land-basedlivelihood. Unlike the case of families impacted by the loss of agricultural properties,the ST families affected due to impacts are sizable. The higher numbers of such groups in the commercial category,again, is an indicator of low property ownership,and not of having a representativeshare in commercial properties as discussed in Section 5.2.1 of this Report. The commercial properties enumerated include large number marginal commercial activities, which are informal and operate without licensing. It appearsthat most of the ST families operate such roadside kiosks, in absenceof any other sustainablesource of livelihood (including meaningful agricultural activity). However, it may be noted that this is a trend among all vulnerable groups, such as SC or the BPL families, and the ST families are not in any way distinguishedin this respect (refer Tables 5.14, 5.15, 5.19 and 5.20) from others. 13.3 TRIBAL CONCENTRATIONALONG THE PROJECTCORRIDOR As per the considerationsof OD 4.20 of the World Bank, tribals or indigenous communitiesshould be taken care of with special assistancesin case of involuntary resettlement.They are addressed as vulnerable groups in the RAP and provisions are being considered for them as per the R&R policy of the NHAI. Indigenouspeople, if found to be displacedfrom their own ancestralhomestead land, requireto be handledcarefully. The following Table 13.3 shows the concentrationof affected tribal people inhabiting different villages and urban areas along the project corridor. It also provideswith information regardingthe properties owned by them or tenanted. Some of them are also squatters. Overall in GTRIP, the displaced families have low share of ST families. The project has tried to minimise the displacement both among the vulnerable and the non-vulnerable group families, and the ST families are not subjected to any further disadvantage compared to the other vulnerable group families (consistingof WHH, SC and BPL families). It may also be seen from the Table 13.3 that not more than 5 householdis being affected by the project at one particular location. Within one village settlement, the maximum concentrationis at Villages Auraiya (in Auraiya District, Package I-C) and Ahirwan (in Kanpur Nagar district, Package Il-B). where 5 squatter ST families are affected/displaced by GTRIP. In Village Barakatha. 4 titleholderST families are being affected but none of them are displaced. LeaAssociates 13-3 Table 13.3: Project-Affected ST Family Concentration on GTRIP Corridor District ~ Legal No of No of Type of Area Area %,of Land Packagec hainage District Village Status H'ehold Families ImpactO(wned Affected Affected IA 208000 Chalesar 0 1 1 A 625 8 1.28 I A BP Firozabad NaglaNagar 0 1 1 A 16053.6 2053 12.79 IA 275.500 Jalsar O/T 2 2 A - - I A 241.800 Firozabad 0 1 1 R+C 9 9 100.00 I C 323.000 Etawah Pilkhar T 1 3 R+C 360 360 10000 IC 351.000 Mohari 0 1 1 A 26760 5000 18.68 IC 381.000 Aurraiya O/T 5 8 C,R+C - - I C 382.000 Auraiya Janetpur 0 2 10 C,R+C I C 386000 Mahtouli 0 1 1 R+C I c 389000 Khozapol 0 3 8 C, R+C - 11E 10.400 s 1 1 c 1.68 1.68 100.00 11B 10.400 S 1 1 C - - 11B 10.400 Ahriwan s 1 1 C 11IB 10.400 Kanpur S . C 11B 10.400 S 1 1 C 11B 33.100 Purwamir s 1 1 C 4.32 4.32 10000 11E 484.300 JhariKalan S 1 1 R+C 6 6 10000 IVA 140.250. s 1 2 C 8.75 8.75 10000 IVA 142.45 7T 1 2 C 26.01 20.55 79.01 IVA 156300- 157.200 0 1 3 A 2390 2390 10000 IVA 156.300 Varanasi 0 1 2 A 810 810 oo100 156.201- IVA 115s67.320o°2 0 1 4 A 240 240 10000 IVA 1s56300o3- 0o 3 A 1580 1580 100.00 v B 268.000 Bhabua o 1 1 C 81 32.67 40.33 v B 291.000 o R 17.5 5.1 32.57 V B 307.000 sarakatha 0 1 1 R 396 15.59 3937 VB 307.000 Hazaribag Barakatha 0 1 2 R+C 90 39.76 44.15 v B 307.000 Barakatha 0 1 1 R+C 75 36.47 48.63 V B 307.000 Barakatha 0 1 1 R+C 75 33.04 44.05 Source RAP Reports.Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad ImprovementProject. 13.4 RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATIONMEASURES As part of the Entitlement Framework for the GTRIP, several measures are suggested regarding resettlement and rehabilitation of the project-affected/displaced ST families. These have been described in full detail in Section 7 of this Report. Following sub-section 13.4.1 is only a brief description of the same. Again, certain additional measures need to be incorporated with regard to the cultural sensitivity and sustainability of the R&R assistance (to improve the quality of life and the livelihood). These are briefed in sub-section 13.4.2. LeaAssociates 13-4 13.4.1 MEASURESPROPOSED IN GTRIP In addition to the rehabilitationand resettlementsupports applicablefor all categoriesof EPs, the ST families/personsaffected by the project, as part of the vulnerablegroup, will receive additional supports. The project will provide rehabilitationand assistancefor lost or diminished livelihood for any ST individual impacted by the project. Additionaisupport mechanismswill be madeavailable to the ST families/personsto re-establishor enhance their livelihood. If available, employment associated with the project should be provided. ® Land for Land As a special measure in the project, the project-displaced ST families' (as well as the other vulnerable group displacedfamilies) will receive land as a compensationlreplacementfor the land lost due to the project. While providing replacementland, emphasis will be to provide land of equal or more productive value. The eligible ST families will have options to choose the locations among the available alternatives also. s Rehabilitation and assistancefor lost or diminished livelihood The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the ST families so that they are able to restoretheir livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional economicrehabilitation grant same as that of BPL amount + its 15%for 12 months, i.e., Rs.16,100per family will be provided. * Income Restoration Schemes The R&R Policy of NHAI has adequate provisions for restoration of livelihood of the affected communities. The focus of restoration of livelihood will be to ensure that the PAPs are able to 'regain their previous living standards."To ensure that the ST families are able to reconstructtheir livelihood support system, additional grants will be extended to them to uplift their economic standards. x Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or enhancing livelihood Through training programs and grants generated through banks. In addition, the eligible ST families/personswill be provided with grant towards start of businesses,etc. Income generation and alternative livelihood schemes will be worked out by means of participatory micro-planning. Support and extensionfacilities from existing government programmeswill be tagged. ( Employment opportunities connectedwith the project, to the extent possible The project will require some labour for construction,operation and maintenance.These jobs. at least in the semi-skilled and unskilled category will be offered to project affected/displacedST families/persons before other local people. A clause has been incorporated in the contract documents requiring contractorsto give employment opportunities to local people, as much as possible. Even when the ST family is not displaced,but the residualland is less than the marginal land holding (i.e., 0.5ha of irrigated land or lha of non-irrigated land), the family will have the optionto seek "land-for-land"compensation. Lea Associates 13-5 : Resettlement Site, Plot, Buildings The project-displaced ST families will be eligible for agricultural/homesteadplots, residential plot/building, commercial plots/building, mixed residential/commercial plots/building, etc.. depending on the type of asset lost due to the project. These will be transferredto the ST families free of cost. The resettlementsite will include all basic infrastructureand physical/socialamenities. O Options and Choices The project will provide options and choices among different entitlements to the affected ST families/persons.Affected populationwill be counseled so that they are able to make informed choices among the options provided.This will be done particularlyin the case of vulnerablegroup PAPs, includingthe STs who will be encouragedto choosethose optionsof low risk. By allowing people to choose among different options,the projectwill seekto make people active participantsin the developmentprocess, and to achieve greater acceptanceof the project. 13.4.2 ADDITIONALSPECIAL MEASURES R&R for affected original ST villagers of a village should be addressedproperly as per the World Bank guidelines. Special measuresshould be taken to resettle the ST families of those villages following the suggestionsmentioned below. a) ST families to be resettledfollowing their traditional settlementpattern, housing,concept of dwelling space utilization, livestock rearing, kitchen gardening and other necessary requirements. For this, consultations should be made elaborately on each and every aspectwith the affected people. b) ST people should be allowed to participate in the planning process, implementation, monitoring and evaluationof R&R. c) Nothing should be imposed upon them in the name of uplift. If any betterment (in the outsider'sterm) is to be suggested,then these communitiesshould be madefully aware of the facilities, their uses and maintenance,through persuasiveand participatoryapproaches so that they are convincedof acceptingsuch facilities. d) Communityproperties like their shrines,sacred groves etc. should be avoided. Community gatheringplaces shouldbe provided accordingto their choice in the resettlementsite. e) Caution should be there on the part of the implementersto avoid any impositionthat may harm/disturbthe ethnic identity of the people. fl Economic developmentshould be thought of for them in the line of their skill, expertiseand preferences. Utilization of special provisionsfor socio-economicuplift of ST of tribal peoplefrom their villages of origin should be approached in an integrated way. Provisions under Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) or Integrated Tribal Development Programme (ITDP) should be integrated for the overall socio- economic developmentof these people. 13.4.3 EVALUATIONOF THE IMPACTSON THE INDIGENOUSPOPULATION An additional study will be taken up with regard to the ST populationaffected and/or displaced by the project. For more details, refer Section 10.5.2 of this Report. Lea Associates 1 3-6 -G 14. GENDER ISSUES & WOMEN'S PARTICIPATION There are two important aspects of GTRIP where gender issues are required to be addressed. It is expected that in development projects like GTRIP women are going to experience socio-economic impacts due to acquisition of land for the project as well as during the construction of the project. Impacts on women due to land acquisition have been addressed in the following section. 'Women's Participation' deals with the aspects of the project on RAP and during the construction phase. Women as a vulnerable group, woman-headed households, livelihood and training for women, etc., feature in other Sections of the Report also. Involvement of women in the project, even beyond the scope of RAP, has been foreseen, especially during the construction of the project highway. However, there is no consideration for addressing gender issues in the RAP for construction period. A try has been made here to bring this into the notice of the implementers. This has been done especially predicting the situation during the construction period. This is to be noted here that post-project provisions as mentioned in the RAP has been done keeping in mind the well-being of mostly the affected women along with women of the host communities. Thus, these relate to resettlement and rehabilitation. Whereas, gender issues in the construction phase will mostly concern the women workers who will be engaged in the road construction activities. These women workers are expected to come from outside being engaged by the construction contractors and will be staying in the construction camps during the construction. There may be participation from local women also in the construction activities. 14.1 IMPACT ON WOMEN India ranks 103 out of 137 countries in the gender development index (GDI) that reveals the reality of insufficient level of development of women as compared to men in this country. The economic condition of women headed households varies considerably depending upon factors such as marital status, social context of female leadership and decision making, access to facilities and productive resources, income and composition of the household. These conditions form the basis for defining indicators to assess the vulnerability of such households. 14.1.1 IMPACT ON WOMEN IN GTRIP While women constitute almost half of the affected and displaced population in the project area they are neglected from the socio-economic development point of view. Socio-economic parameters like literacy, work force participation rate, general health conditions etc. reveals that social status of women is very backward in the project area and thereby brought forward the scope of considering the households headed by women as vulnerable. Women headed households are found to be less in number in the project area. The percentage of such families affected and displaced are 2.38% and 2.82% respectively. For the cause of compensation and assistance to be provided to these households, it is better to consider the absolute number of such families in the affected and displaced categories. Table 14.1 shows that 93 women headed households are getting affected by losing agricultural land followed by losing commercial structures (85), residential accommodation (64) and residence-cum-commercial structures (22). In the displaced category, as revealed through Table 14.2, such households are found to lose agricultural land (41), residential (49), commercial (76) and residence-cum- Lea Associates 14-1 commercial structures (21), Package Il-B shows the maximum number of women headed householdsto be impacted by either getting affected or displaced due to acquisition of land and other private properties. Table 14.1: Affected WomenHeaded Familiesin GTRIP Agriculture Residential Commercial Residential-cum- Other TotalPAF Package Commercial Assets No. % No. , No. % No. % No. |___ No. % IA 16 1.32 4 0.33 3 0.25 0 0.00 _O 0.00 1215 100.0DO I B 38 2.22 17 0.99 16 0.93 0 0.00 0 0.00 1713 100.00 IC 37 2.10 4 0.23 15 0.85 0 0.00 0 0.00 1764 100.00 11B 0 0.00 130 9.65 51 3.79 20 1.48 1 0.07 1347 100.00 IVA 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 1086 100.00 IV C 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 3851 100.00 V B 2 1.14 9 5.11 0 0.00 2 1.14 0 0.00 176 100.00 Total 93 0.83 64 0.67 86 0.76 22 0.20 1 0.01 11165 100.00 Source: RAP Reports.Package f to V, GrandTrunk Road ImprovementProject Table 5.2: Percentageof DisplacedWomen HeadedHouseholds Residential- Other Agriculture Residential Commercial cum- TotalPDF Package Commercial Assets No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % I A 9 1.40 4 0.62 3 0.47 0 0.00 0 0.00 643 100.00 IB 0 0.00 13 2.97 9 2.06 0 0.00 0 00 437 1 00.00 IC 31 3.72 1 0.12 9 1.08 0 0.00 0 0.00 833 100.00 11B 0 0.00 31 3.02 55 5.35 21 2.04 0 0.00 1028 100.00 IVA 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 842 100.00 IV C 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 2772 100.00 V B 1 1.69 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 59 100.00 Total 41 0.62 49 0.74 76 1.15 21 0.32 0 0.00 6614 100.00 Source RAP Reports.Package ( to V Grand TrunkRoad ImprovementProject 14.2 PARTICIPATION OF WOMEN IN THE PROJECT The GDI value for India is very low and the socio-economicprofile of the project area shows much lower socio-economic standing for women. It is imperative to bring the issue of women's development in the processof socio-economicuplift within the scope of the RAP for GTRIP. For this a consciouseffort should be madetowards integratingthe issue in the project. 14.2.1 IMPACT OF DEVELOPMENTALACTIVITIES ON WOMEN Women as a vulnerablegroup has been addressedin the RAP but to give R&R a proper shapethis group should be considered with special emphasis as they constitute half the society's population and they are found to be the worst affected in most of the developmental projects in our country. CZ1D Lea Associates 14-2 Women are involved in the projectanyway. However, most of the times, they are on the negatively impacted side. Following is the account of the ways women are affected and/or involved in the project. * Women constitute about half of the PAPs. * The RAP revealsthat 365 womenheaded householdsare affected by the projectand 187 such householdsare being displacedfrom their agricultural, residentialor commercial land. * Women face hardship and continueto suffer in silence during the transition period till the time the families are able to regain the previous living standard.The durationof this processis often lengthened, due to delays in payment of compensation, rehabilitation assistance and implementing the R&R, reconstructingthe livelihood systems. Longer the transition period, more are the miseries. As per the R&R Policy as well as looking into the need of the day, women are required to be involved in the process of sustainabledevelopment. They have to be integrated in the project as full-fledged participantstaking part in all the stages of the project starting from planning through implementationand even in the post-projectstages. Only then the processof development is going to help this section of vulnerable people. 14.2.2 WOMEN INVOLVEMENTIN DEVELOPMENTPROCESS THROUGH EMPOWERMENT The development experience of at least two decades shows that it is equally necessaryto consult women and offer them choices in enablingthem to make informed choices and decide for their own - development. Participationof women has been envisagedspecifically in the following areas: * In the pre-planningand planning stages participation from women could be sought through allowing them taking part in the consultation process. For this, the local level agencies of implementation,i.e. the NGOs have an important role to play. * Each field team of the NGO shall include at least one women investigator/facilitator (Compensation for land and assets lost being same for all the affected or displaced families, special care should be taken by the NGOs for women group while implementingthe processof acquisition and compensationas well. * It is imperative that the PIU ensuresthat the women are consulted and invited to participatein- group based activities, to gain access and control over the resource as a part of the RAP,. Additionally. * The Monitoringteam(s) shall constitute- 33%women. * The Evaluation team shall constitute- 33%women. • From the contractor'sside - Woman inspectorof works will be there. * The NGOs should make sure that women are actually taking part in issuanceof identity cards, opening accounts in the bank, receiving compensationamounts by cheques in their name or not. etc. This will further widen the perspectiveof participation by the women in the project implementation. * Under the entitlement frameworkthere is a number of provisions kept for compensationand assistancestowards the losses incurred upon the impacted women headed householdsby the project. On the other, some provisions, mostly those of the assistances,have been created towards reducingthe probable hardshipto be experienced by them in the processside by side creating scope for their sustainablesocio-economic development. LeaAssociates 14-3 . The assistances to be provided to women as a vulnerable group is creating alternative livelihood for them to ensuretheir sustainablesocio-economic upliftment. * The implementing agencies should provide trainings for upgradingthe skill in the alternative livelihoods and assist throughouttill the beneficiariesstart up with productionand business. * Women's participation should be initiated through Self-Help Group formation in each of the villages affected by the project, These groups can then be linked to special development schemesof the Government, like DWCRA. • For monitoring and evaluation,there should be scope for women's participation.Monitoring of project inputs concerning benefitto women should involve their participationthat will make the processmore transparentto them. * Women should be encouragedto evaluate the project outputs from their point of view and their useful suggestionsshould be notedfor taking necessaryactions for further modificationsin the project creating better and congenial situation for increasing participation from women. All these done in a participatoryway may bring fruit to this vulnerable group in an expectedway. All assistancewould be paid in a joint account in the name of both the spouses;except in the case of women headed householdsand women wage earners. The possible areas of women involvementare discussedin detail in Section 10 of this Report. 14.3 INVOLVEMENTOF WOMEN IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRIP The constructio,nworks for widening and strengtheningthe project corridor will start after the R&R activities are over and the RoW is clear of any encroachmentand land is temporarily acquiredfor borrow areas and construction camps. The construction contractorswill set up their construction camps on identified locations where labour force required for the construction activities will be providedwith temporaryresidential accommodation and other necessaryinfrastructure facilities. The labour force required for the constructionactivities will be mostly of high-skill naturesince a lot of machine work will be there in the construction of the highway. In addition, there will be requirementof unskilled labour where women will certainly contribute.Apart from this, women as family members of the skilled and semi-skilledlabourers, will also stay in the construction camps and will be indirectly involved during the construction phase. The families of labourerswill include their children also. The constructioncontractors are expectedto bring along their labour force. Thus, in most casesthe labourers, both male and female, will be migratory labourers. But, the involvement of local labour force. especially for unskilled activities, cannot be fully ruled out. Moreover,the RAP suggeststhe provision of creation of man-days for local affected people. Hence, there will be involvement of . local women also in the local labour force. Foreseeingthe involvementof women,both direct and indirect in the constructionactivities, certain measures are required to be taken towards welfare and well being of women and children in particularduring the constructionphase. 14.3.1 SPECIFIC PROVISIONSIN THE CONSTRUCTIONCAMP FOR WOMEN The provisions mentioned underthis section will specifically help all the women and children living in the construction camp. LeaAssociates 14-4 :3 Temporary Housing During the construction the families of labourers/workersshould be provided with residential accommodationsuitable to nuclearfamilies. e Health Centre Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities through health centres temporarilyset up for the constructioncamp. The health centre should have at least a doctor, nurses, GD staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirementsor minor accidentalcases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer patients of major illnessesor critical cases. The health centre should have MCW (Mother and Child Welfare) units for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from this, the health centre should provide with regular vaccinations required for children. ® Day Creche Facilities It is expected that amongthe womenworkers there will be motherswith infants and small children. Provision of a day creche may solve the problems of such women who can leave behind their children in such a crecheand work for the day in the constructionactivities. The creche should be provided with at least a trained ICDS (Integrated Child Development Scheme) worker with 'aayas"to look after the children. The ICDS worker, preferablywoman, may take care of the children in a better way and can manage to provide nutritionalfood (as prescribed in ICDS and provided free of cost by the government) to them. In cases of emergency she, as being trained, can tackle the health problemsof the children and can organisetreatment linking the nearesthealth centre. @ Proper Scheduling of ConstructionWorks Owing to the demand of a fast constructionwork it is expected that a 24 hour-longwork-schedule would be in operation. Women, especially the motherswith infants should to be exempted from night shifts as far as possible. If unavoidable, creche facilities in the constructioncamps must be extendedto them in the night shifts too. :9 Educational Facilities The constructionworkers are mainly mobile groups of people. They are found to move from one place to another taking along their families with them. Thus, there is a need for educating their children at the place of their work. For this at least primary schools are required to be planned in the construction camps. Wherever feasible, day creche facilities could be extendedwith primary educationalfacilities. 0 Control on Child Labour Minors i.e., persons below the age of 15 years should be restricted from getting involved in the constructionalactivities. Measuresshould be taken to ensure that no child labourer is engaged in the activities. Exploitation of young unmarriedwomen is very common in these kind of camps.A strong vigilance mechanismshould be createdto check this and ensure ceasingof such exploitation. LeaAssociates 14-5 o Special Measures for Controlling STD/AIDS Solitary adult males usually dominate the labour force of construction camps. They play a significant role in spreading sexuallytransmitted diseases. In the constructioncamps as well as in the neighbouring areas they are found to indulge in physical relations with different women. This unhealthysexual behaviourgives rise to STDs and AIDS. While it is difficult to stop such activities, it is wiser to make provisions for means of controlling the spread of such diseases. Awareness camps for the target people, both in the construction camp and neighbouringvillages as well, and supply of condoms at concessionrate to the male workers may help to large extent in this respect. G Engaging woman Inspector of Works Contractorsshould engage a woman Inspectorof Works not belowthe rank of a Senior Engineerto inspect the constructioncamps and any other component of work with respect to gender issues. She would assist the Resident Engineer (RE) in all aspects of gender and child-labour related activities. She would have a full-time tenure throughout the entire construction period. Her duties should include the preparationof monthly and quarterly reportsand submit them to the RE with a copy to the RO of PIU. 14.4 RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Provisionsfor participationof women has to be createdfollowing the recommendationsbelow: * It is to be seen while engagingNGOs that, women membersas a key personsare there. * Each field team of the NGO should include at least one womeninvestigator/facilitator. * The Monitoringteam(s) should constitute 33% women. * The Evaluation team(s) should constitute 33% women. * As a preconditionthe contractors should assure employing a woman inspector of works, not below the rank of Senior Engineer. * Cases of compensationto women should be handled with care and concern considering their non-forwardnature of interacting. * All compensationsand assistanceswould be paid in a joint accountin the name of both the spouses;except in the case of women headed householdsand women wage earners. * Create scope for income earning for the women of host communities along with the affected women. * If possible, createjob opportunitiesfor local women in the constructionalactivities. * Provide all the facilities for the welfare of women and childrenin construction camps. * Special measures to be taken in restricting abuse of women and child labour in the construction camps/activities. LeaAssociates 14-6 15. HIGHWAY DISEASES In India it's estimatedthat 3 to 5 million people are living with HIV/AIDS- the largestnumber of HIV infected people in any country of the world. Actual prevalence rates are under 1% of the total adult population, which is relatively low when compared to Thailand's rate of 2.3%. The lack of an aggressive responsefrom Government of India makes the situation very concerning. Highways often act as vehicles of spreading diseases. Heterosexualcontact with a commercial sex worker has been a major risk factor in HIV transmissionin western and southern areas, and surveillance studies report rates among commercial sex workers of 51% in Mumbai and 45% in Pune. Most of India's goods are transportedthrough road. It is estimatedthat road transport amountsto 70% of the total transportation in the country. The number of mobile persons engaged in road transportation comprises of almost 5 million truck drivers and their helperslassistants.These people are often, accused of spreading HIV/AIDS along with STDs. Apart from them, their sex partners in most cases the commercial sex workers (CSW), also act as key agents in spreading such diseases. Thus, there is a need to address the spread of highway diseases and take necessaryaction in controllingthe spread of such diseasesinvolving the truckers and the CSWs in a strategic action orientedprogramme. 15.1 THE CAUSE OF THE SPREADOF HIGHWAYDISEASES Vehicles carrying people or goods over long distancesare the frequent users of highways like NH- 2. It has been found that the drivers and helpers/assistantsof such long-distancevehicles like trucks often spend many days, being out of their families. The factors of financial insecurity,tensions at work, being away from home for longer periodsgive rise to irregular habits among the truck drivers and their assistants, Taking to alcohol and commercial sex is one of the means of entertainmentand releasing tensions. For these solitary mobile men it is difficult to refrain from physical urges for over longer periods. These drivers and helpers or assistantstake halts at different restingplaces designated/naturallydeveloped along the corridors. Thus the truckers and their assistants are found to have sex with many women on their way. Married mobile men often chose CSWs for satisfyingtheir sexual urge of oral and anal sex that they do not practiceat home with their wives. Thus sexual diseasesare often found to spread rapidly along the road and highway corridors. On the other hand,tuberculosis (TB) and other like diseases are also found to spread through physical contacts along with STDs and AIDS. Seeing the gravity of the spread of all these diseases proper measures are required to be taken to create awarenessabout their severity and to control such spread of diseases. 15.2 STUDIESRELATED TO HIGHWAYDISEASES A lot of studies have been and are being conducted on the issue of the spread of STDs/AIDS. Identification of sexual behaviour of the truckers as one of the avenues of spreading these diseases fast along the roads and highways of their operation, a need has been felt among the organisationsand workers to take up such studies and find solutions to work for the control of these diseases. I v. ACWr 15-1 15.3.1 HEALTHY HIGHWAYSPROJECT BY DEPARTMENTFOR INTERNATIONALDEVELOPMENT (DFID), NEW DELHI The Healthy HighwaysProject (earlier known as the Truckers Project) was initiated by DFID to a request from Gol. This pilot project was taken up aiming at slowing down the spread of HIV by reducingthe rate of STD infectionand associaterisk behavioursamong the inter-city truck drivers, their crews and sexual partners. The case study referred from an article on - 'HIV/AIDS programmesamongst Truckers - The need and challenges' by S. M. Afsar, S. Taneja, P. Joshila, M. Mathewand A. Agarwal. ® Key Findings By virtue of working in the unorganisedsector they are deprived of permanent employments, provident funds, medical facilities, gratuity etc. and lack of emotional supportfor being away from home for longer periods. As a result of life full of tensions, lack of emotional support and facilities . basic to human existence,the truckerstake to alcohol and unsafesex. The truckers have a number of misconceptionsregarding the treatment of STDs. In case of onset of these diseases the truckers first resort to self-medication.Sometimes they consult their trusted peersin case of complications.They usuallyvisit quacks when the disease turns more severe. The quacks mislead them with myths and misconceptions related to sexuality and in the name of treatment they exploit the truckers and in the processprolong the right time of medication. Due to lack of an effective system of surveillance, it is difficult to estimate the occurrence among the truckers. This has given rise to the need of opening up more number of sentinel surveillance sites. Consideringthe fact that India has 3.5 (as estimated) million HIV infected people, truckers along with migrant labourers,sex workers, intravenous drug users, rickshaw pullers and migrant workers are being treated as high risk groups, and NGOs are being encouraged to initiate interventionstargeting these specific groups. Technical Approaches The project proposes increased adoption of safe sex practices. Doing this, particularly use of condoms, requires attempting a change in the sexual behaviour of the truckers. This, first of all, requires creation of risk perception amongst truckers. They need to perceive a clear benefit /satisfaction in the use of condomsas prevention from STDs/AIDS.Behaviour change,therefore, forms the feedback, whether it is the risk perception behaviour, health seeking behaviour or condom using behaviour. Hence the project uses a three- prongedapproach as mentioned below: (a) BehaviourChange Communication (b) Sexually Transmitted Diseases(STD) case management.using syndromic approach (c) Condom promotion Key Lessons Learnt Throughthe study certain lessons are learntwhich can help addressthe issue of highwaydiseases in a much systematicway. The key lessons are: (a) Importanceof needs assessment (b) Inclusion of commercialsex workers (CSW), wherever possible (c) Behaviour change communicationrelated to a very personal matter and creating enabling environmentfor this 15-2 (d) Capacity building of staff engaged in the work (e) Facilities for STD treatmentto truckers close to halt points (fj Promotion of the use of condoms The project finally suggeststhe involvementof the private sectoras an important componentof the global strategy to fight the spread of the HIV/AIDS epidemic. Apart from social implications,there are economic reasons as well for seeking the involvement of industry. The Healthy Highways Project has been attempting to develop working partnershipswith the private sector. The efforts thus fur can be summed up as a search for feasible and replicable models. 15.2.1 STATE ROAD PROJECTII, UTTAR RRADESHPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT The UPPWD has studiedthe HIV/AIDS issue for preparingtheir RAP report. The study has been carried out among truckers who ply in the routes of the UP State Highwaysclose to the region of GTRIP. To get an idea about the issue this study has been incorporated here as a similar case study. n Survey Points Survey among the truckers (including drivers of oil tankers) was carried out in all the-five routes mentioned below. Table 15.1: Number of Survey Points for Truckers (UP State Road Project II) Route Nameand Number Numberof pointswhere Group Discussionswere held Bhoganipur-Ghatampur-Chaudagrahmode (14) 2 Katra-Jalalabad-BangarmauBilhaur(4A&B) 3 Baharaich-Gonda.Faizabad(7) 3 Sultanpur-Pratapgarh(8) l Jaunpur-Mohammadpur(18) 1 Total 10 ® The Objectives of Survey The objectivesof survey were: * Health seeking behaviours of truck drivers including the barriers to accessingsexual health services. * Informationon sexual networking(both male to male sex and male to female sex). * Present availability of health services addressing STD diagnosis and treatment and their perceived accessibilityand appropriateness. Accordingly, Focus Group Discussion (FGD) was carried out among truck drivers and their assistants, focussing on their sexual practices and related health behaviour, their knowledge, attitudes and perceptionabout STD/HIV, and access to health care facilities. In all 10 FGDs were held in all the five routes as per table 1. The age group of truckers varied from 18 to 45 years.Each group comprisedof 8 to 10 drivers apart from their assistants/helpers. Key Findings * The irregular life style and food habits made them vulnerable to number of health problems. Some of the common health problemsstated by them are; cold, cough, fever, piles, dysentery I apa 15-3 and skin infection. They also complained of suffering from genital sores and difficulty while . passing urine. * The participantsadmitted that prolongedabsence from home made them to seek commercial sex on highways. * However,very few drivers were aware of AIDS. Majority of them did not even knowthe name of the disease. Even those who were aware of AIDS, consideredthis to be a foreign disease and STD as country disease(Desi Biman). Most of the drivers admittedthat they have vaguely heard of the problem but were not aware of the infection as such. • Almost all the drivers admitted that in case of any infection, home remedies are first tried. These included washing of genitals with antiseptic solution or by their own urine. Further deterioration lead them to quacks. Proper medical treatment was sought only when the case deterioratedbeyond quack's ability. s Felt Needs Medical help was perceived as an absolute necessity in all the group meetings. They needed registered allopathic male doctors and if possible specialists at loading and unloading points and on highways. However,they insisted that the government should make necessaryarrangements for providing the services of doctorsfull of cost. Participants were not too enthusiastic about involving their employers in assistance delivery processdue to fear of losingjob if exposedto the employer. G Emerging Issues * The truckers face professionaland social degradation and are stigmatisedfor living a sexually promiscuouslife style. * They seem to preferto have sexual relationship, irrespectiveof age and marital status. • Awarenessof HIV/AIDS is negligible. * Poor medical facilities on the highway and apathy shown by the health providers compelthem to seek improper treatment for STD. Strengthening rural medical infrastructure and service outlets on the highwaysare the felt needsof the truckers. 15.3 MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGTHE SPREAD OF HIGHWAYDISEASES Certain measures can be opted for the present purpose. There may be health surveys along the corridor to find out the nature of spread of these diseases. There could be camps organised for spreading awareness about the diseases and knowledge about controlling the spread of such diseases. There may be schemes of treatment to patients. There should be availability of provisionsfor reducing physicalcontacts through sex. 15.3.1 HEALTH SURVEY Health surveys are important to make an inventory of the status of health of the migratory men (truckers and their assistants) and people along the project corridor. Settlements falling under the impact zone of the project corridor, especially those designated as resting areas should be surveyed to understandthe nature and occurrence of diseases. Patientsof STD/AIDSetc. should be re-surveyed to find out the cause of contamination.Analysing all these information,strategies could be developedto take further steps in controllingthe spread of highway diseases. 15c4 15-4 15.3.2 CREATION OF AWARENESSAGAINST HIGHWAYDISEASES (STDIAIDS) Awareness creation on the spread of STDs/AIDS especially among highway drivers is the most important measure in controlling these especially AIDS. A strategy for l-E-C (Information- Education-Communication)on AIDS should be developed to control its spread along roads and highways.The rapid spread (5 million world population contact AIDS every year) of AIDS on the one hand and non-availabilityof medicines/vaccinesfor controllingAIDS has given rise to the need of developing such an l-E-C strategy which can make the people aware of the fatality of the disease,avoid unsafesex and get motivated in controllingthe spread of the disease. Awareness on highway diseases could be created in different ways. Certain measures in this respect could be taken as follows: * Developmentof an l-E-C strategy addressingspread and controlof AIDS. * Use of awarenessposters/hoardings at different places, especially in the languages/dialectsof the road users and local communities. * Information booths on awarenessand control of highway diseases to be located at resting complexes/ halt points along the project corridor. * Awareness camps could be organised at intervals catering information to various target groups. - Roadsideawareness camps could be organised at resting areas for imparting knowledge and information on various aspects of highway diseasesincluding controlling measuresto the migratory people, i.e., the spread agents. - Roadside communities in rural as well as urban areas could be targeted through locally organisedawareness camps or door-to-doorcampaigns. - Awarenesscamps are required to be organised in the constructioncamps to address the migrant labourers,mainly the solitary males. * Mobile information centres can be operated along the corridor for spreading required information/knowledgeabout highway diseases, their nature of spread and the means of controllingthem as well. • Education on highway diseases could be imparted through strategies in-built in school/intermediatecollege curricula. * In addition, there is a growing need of introducing behaviour change communication(BCC). This is based on the realisation that communication, as a process, passes through different stages. Hence the communicationhas to be designedand carried out to the level of changing behaviour of the audiencestand. * Peer education in important in l-E-C. Peers can help in creating awarenessamong target people. They could be of great help in behaviour change communicationand promotion of condom use among the target people. * Involvement of NGOs could be of immense help in implementing the l-E-C strategy. Internationaland nationalorganisations working towardsthe control of HIV/AIDSthrough l-E-C have engagedNGOs for addressingthe issue. 15.4.3 PROVISIONSOF HEALTHFACILITIES AND SERVICES * There should be provision of health facilities and services where the patients can avail of treatment and get cured. Strict measures should be taken to maintain the secrecy of the patientswho are afraidof ex-communication,if exposed. • Early diagnosis and effective treatment of STDs should be considered as an important strategy, not only for controlling STDs, but also for preventing HIV/AIDS. Patients bearing 15-5 highway diseases should be provided with treatment measures through the health centres/hospitalsin the vicinity. In addition, to address this more effectively, the following approachescould be thought of: - Runninga static clinic at strategic halt point/restareas along the projectcorridor. - Setting up referral linkageswith the identified and trained RegisteredMedical Practitioners in the area - Organising health camps at identified halt points or locations where commercial sex is more frequently soughtfor by the truckers and other sex seekers. * Vulnerable communitiesshould be provided with free treatment facilities through the health centres and hospitals. * Ambulatory health units may be employedto treat patientsalong the corridor especially where health centres are not present in the vicinity. Moreoversome may prefer to seek the help of mobile clinics/ health units for services related to STDs owingto the fear of being identifiedfor such treatmentat static locations. * Patientsshould be handledwith care and comfort and they be assuredabout the confidentiality . of the treatment they are undergoing. * Enlisting of commercialsex workers at resting areasalong the project corridor is requiredto be made to know the number of persons engaged in commercial sex. This is essential for monitoring the cases of occurrence of infection among them, cases of treatment undertaken and progressthereof, cases of HIV/AIDS among CSWs, etc. These CSWs should be provided with health care services and certified with their status of health after regular check-ups. 15.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS Specific actions to be carried out in GTRIP for controllingthe spread of HIV/AIDS/STD are the following. 15.4.1 INFORMATIONCAMPAIGN/ADVERTISEMENT 0 Signage/Hoardings Suitable information materials should be designed to impart knowledge regardingSTD/AIDS, the nature of their spread, controlmeasures etc., among road users and truckers. Proper signagesand hoardings are to be designedand displayedin suitable locations. ® Vehicle stickers Stickers on information related to STD/AIDS has to be designed highlighting use of condoms, treatment facilities etc. In rest areas, in information booths the stickers should be kept and distributedto every truck parkedthere. c Condom vending machines Location: All the rest areasshould have the provisionof condomvending machines.Some people feel shy of using this machinesin open public. To make these more effective, machines could be placed as an alternativeto information booths, inside publictoilet enclosures, Design guidelines: Suitabledesign guidelinesshould be provided. 1 5-6 15.4.2 CO-ORDINATIONWITH OTHER AGENCIES Co-ordinationwith agencieslorganisationslike DepartmentFor InternationalDevelopment (DFID) and National AIDS Control Mission (NACO),working towards the cause of control and treatment of these diseases should be arranged. This would help the effort of the highways authoritiesto be more effective and efficient. 15.4.3 CONSTRUCTIONCAMP/ REST AREAS/ TRUCK LAY-BYES ® Provision of vending machines Along with rest areas, construction camps as well as truck lay-byesshould also be provided with the facilities of condom vending through machines. In this case too, machinesshould be placed in not-so-publicplaces in these areas. & Advertisements Hoardings, danglers and signposts should be placed in these areas for imparting knowledge regardingthese diseasesand their control measures. cD Provision of medical check-up All the rest areasand constructioncamps should have the provisionof medicalfacilities, especially meant for curing STD/AIDS. Free regular health camps are to be hold in these areas for popularisingthe effort. o Provision of mobile medical facilities Mobile medical units (MMU) specifically meant for treating STD/AIDS should be provided to cater health service all along the project corridor. The MMU should have a medical professional,other required staff, medicinesand supply of condoms.This facility may be provided free of cost for its popularity at the initial stage. 15.4.4 PLAN FOR AWARENESSCAMPAIGN AND PREVENTIONOF STD/AIDS The plan for awareness campaigns and preventive actions against STDs/AIDS in GTRP is provided in Table 15.2. 15.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS In additionto the casestudies by UP State Highwayand DFID on HIV/AIDS,there are a number of studies on the issue in India, Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bangladeshbordering areas as well as China that reveal the gravity of the spread of these diseasesalong the roads.The alarmingsituation calls for intervention in combating the spread of these diseases and requires the road and highway authoritiesto take up measures in controlling the spread of such diseases. Thus in the present project NHAI is expectedto come out with programmesintegrated with their projectsin the country. In carrying out all these the NHAI may take help from the Departmentof Health and Family Welfare of the respectivestates through which the project corridor is passing.Assistances could be sought for in this respect from global awarenessorganisations and funding organisationsas well that are working on the issue in a more systematicway. For implementation,local NGOs who are working in the area of health could be of great help in this regard. 15-7 Table 15.2: Plan for Awareness Campaign and Prevention of STDs/AIDS in GTRIP Implementation Counterpart Overseeing Project Stage Location Action Therne ActioniComponents Rempnsibi Rounsiriity Rversp nibt Source of Funding Responsiblity Responsiblity Responsibility AwarenessCampaign Signage/Hoardings Contractor PIU / NGOs Contractor'sBudget Construction Condomvending machines Contractors Budgetor LineAgencies Camp Prevention Medicalfacilities C rPU/ NGDs Co-ordinatedby the Contractor Construction Routinemedical check-up Contractor PIU I NGOs Contractor'sBudget Period ProjectSite AwarenessCampaign Signage/Hoardings Contractor NACO/DFID PIU I NGOs Signage/Hoardings PIU I NGOs NACO/DFID CounterpartLine agencies' Budget. Immediate Co-ordinationBudget/resources is Surroundingof AwarenessCampaign Advertisements PIU/ NGOs NACO/DFID built in the NGO / PIU the Project.._ . Medicalfacilities PIU/ NGOs NACO/DFID Will be built in the Concession Signage/Hoardings Concessionaire PIU NHAI Corridor Agreement AwarenessCampaign ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ManagementUnit Rest Areas AwarenessCampaign Vehiclestickers NACOC/FID PlU CounterpartLine agencies'Budget Condomvending machines Concessionaire. NACO/DFID Will be built in the Concession Prevention Medicalfacilities Agreement Vehiclestickers NHAI Corridor NACOIDFID NHAI Corporate Built in the establishmentcost of the ManagementUnit ~~~~~~~~~~TollBooth Operation Toll Booths AwarenessCampaign ManagementUnit Period Pamphlets NACO/DFID NHAI Corporate CounterpartLine agencies'Budget Truck Lay Byes AwarenessCampaign Signage/Hoardings NACO/DFID _ CounterpartLine agencies'Budget Signage/Hoardings Immediate Condomvending machines CounterpartLine agencies' Budget. Surroundingof AwarenessCampaign Advertisements NACO/IDFID NMaAICorridor Co-ordinationBudget/resources will the Project ManagementUnit be built in the NHAI Corridor Medicalfacilities ManagementUnit Mobilemedical units (MMU) Note (a) DFID is Departmentfor InternationalDevelopment, Bntish High Commissionin India,New Delhi. DFIDis alreadyinvolved in a number of HIV/AIDSawareness and preventionprojects in the states of Uttar Pradeshand Bihar. (b) NACOis theNational AIDS ControlMission, Govemment of India. NACOis mandatedto implementand co-ordinateHIV/AIDS awareness andprevention programmes,andassuchis alreadyinvolvedinsimilarprogrammesin thesurroundingsofthe GTRIPprojectcormdor,includingprojects on GTRoadwith targetedfocuson highwaytruckdnvers. Lea Associates 15-8 16. CONSTRUCTION CAMP For large-scale constructionlike that of highways,construction camps should be plannedto house the construction labourers. In most cases, the labour force will be supplied from outside by the contractors and will stay in the camps throughout the period of construction.To meet the basic necessitiesof these mobile people, certain provisionsshould be made in the constructioncamps. The provisions enlisted here would be of use to all the residents of the construction camp with a special emphasis on women and children. The impact of a substantial migrant population in any area entails its own special concerns. However, few, if any, componentsof project planning address this critical issue, which has a real potential to create strife in the host community as well as in the labour force itself. An attempt has been made here to bring this issue into focus for implementation agenciesas well as planners of future projects. Since the process of constructionand hence the presenceof problemsassociated is transient,the implications of such situations have largely been ignored. Even the RAPs tend to focus on the affected along the project corridor communities while the labourers are generally ignored. A part of the labour force engaged in construction of the highway will be local, but it is almost certain that the contractor will move in with her/his own gang and this will form the core of the labour force in use. The issues discussed in the subsequent sections begin with the assumption that a substantial non-native labour force will come to work in the stretch where constructionis in progress and move along as the road works progress. 16.1 PROVISIONSINCORPORATED IN GTRIP As any other road construction project, GTRIP also has the following provisions inbuilt within the project, as part of the general conditions of contract, to ensure management of the project accordingto road constructionstandards and norms: 16.1.1 NORMALLY APPLICABLELAWS IN GTRIP Social and environmentalissues during the road constructionstage generally involve equity, safety and public health issues. The road construction agencies require to comply with laws of the land, which include inter alia, the following: 1. Workmen's CompensationAct, 1923 (providesfor compensationin case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment). 2. Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfactionof certain conditionson separation if an employeehas completed5 years). 3. Employees PF and MiscellaneousProvision Act, 1952 (providesfor monthly contributions by the employer and workers with a provisionas return of pensionor a lumped sum (principaland interest on it) at the end of her/hisservice). 4. Maternity Benefit Act, 1951 (provides for leave and some other benefitsto women employees in case of medical recommendationof bed-rest or miscarriage,etc). 5. Contract Labour (Regulationand Abolition) Act, 1948 (providesfor certainwelfare measuresto be providedby the contractorto the contract labour). 6. Minimum Wagers Act, 1948(the employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriateGovernment as per provisionsof the Act). Lea Associates 16-1 7. Payment of Wages Act, 1936 (lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductionscan be made from the wages of the workers). 8. Equal RemunerationAct, 1979 (provides for payment of equal wages for work of equivalent work to male and female workers and not allowingdiscrimination against female employees). 9. Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 (providesfor payments of annual bonussubject to a minimum of 8.33% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages). 10. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 (lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of disputes between employee and employer including in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirementsfor laying off or retrenchingthe employeesor closing down the establishment). 11. Industrial Employment(Standing Order) Act, 1946 (providesfor rules governingthe conditions of employment). 12. Trade Union Act, 1926 (lays down the proceduresfor registrationof trade unions of workers and employers.The trade unions registeredunder the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities). 13. Child Labour(Prohibition and Regulation)Act, 1986 (ThisAct prohibits employmentof children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employmentof children in all other occupationsand processes.Employment of child labour is prohibited in Building and ConstructionIndustry). 14. Inter-State Migrant Workmen's (Regulationof Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 (the inter-state migrant workers, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided with certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expensesfrom home to the establishmentand back, etc.). 15. The Building and Other ConstructionWorkers (Regulationof Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and Cess Act of 1996 (All the establishmentswhich carry on building or other construction work and employ 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. The employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance,housing accommodation for workers near the workplace, etc.). 16. The Factories Act, 1948 (lays down the procedurefor approval of plans before setting up a factory. health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours and rendering information regardingaccidents or dangerousoccurrences to designatedauthorities). 17. EnvironmentProtection Act (ProtectionAct), 1986. 18. Water (Preventionand Control of Pollution)Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975. 19. Air (Preventionand Control of Pollution)Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. 20. HazardousWastes (Managementand Handling) Rules, 1989. 21. Public Liability InsuranceAct, 1991and Rules, 1991. 22. Chemical Accidents (EmergencyPlanning, Preparednessand Response)Rules, 1996. 16.1.2 CONTRACTOBLIGATIONS IN GTRIP In addition to and in supplementationof all the provisions in the EMAP and RAP, the following equity and welfare measureswill apply to the construction activities in GTRIP, LeaAssociates 16-2 1. First-aid. 2. Accommodation. 3. Potable water. 4. Washingand bathing places. 5. Latrinesand urinals. 6. Sheltersfor rest. 7. Creches. 8. Canteen. 9. Publicsafety and health/hygieneprovisions. 16.1.3 ADDITIONALSPECIFICATIONS IN GTRIP In addition to and in supplementationof the EMAP and RAP provisions, specific clauses of the Conditionsof Contract will apply. Significant clauses in this regard are listed below: 1. Clause 80.1: Noise Pollution: All works shall be carried out without unreasonablenoise and disturbance. 2. Clause 80.2: Pollution:The contractor shall take all reasonableprecautions to prevent silting, erosion of beds and banks, pollution of surface as well as underground water, etc. in connectionwith water bodies. 3. Clause 111.1: Conservation of Vegetation: The contractor shall preserve existing vegetation that are to remain within or adjacent to the works and shall take all necessary precautionsto prevent damage thereto. After completion of works the contractorsshall restore all the areas disturbedby them for the works. 4. Clause 111.4: Drainage:The contractorshall ensure good drainageat all constructionareas. 5. Clause 111.5: Pollution from Hot Mix Plants (HMP) and Batching Plants: Wherever possible, the HMP shall be located at least at a distance of 500m from the nearest habitation. All operations are to be carried out as per existing rules and regulations protecting the environment. 6. Clause 111.6: Substances Hazardous to Health: The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical shall be strictly in accordancewith the manufacturer'sinstructions. 7. Clause 111.9: Spillage: Vehicles delivering materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials on public roads. 8. Clause 111.13: Discharge of wastes: The discharge standards promulgated under the EnvironmentProtection Act, 1986, shall be adheredto strictly. 9. Clause 111.14: Sanitation and contamination: All temporary accommodation must be constructedand maintained in such a way that uncontaminatedwater is available for drinking, cookingand washing. 10. Clause 111.15: Conservation of flora and fauna: All works are to be carried out in such a fashionthat the damageor disruption is reducedto a minimum wherever possible. 11. Clause 112.1: Public safety: Special consideration shall be given in the preparation of the Traffic Control Plan to the safety of pedestriansand workers at night. LeaAssociates 16-3 12. Clause 112.7: Side roadsand property accesses:At all times, the contractorshall provide with safe and convenient passagefor vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and property accessesconnecting to the roadway. 13. Clause 112.8: Plant and equipment: Plant and equipment,within 6m of the normal path of vehicles, shall be lit up sufficiently at each end of the obstructionon the side farthest away from the traffic lane. 14. Clause 305.2: Borrow materials: Borrow materials should be procured following all existing regulationsof the MoEF, Gol. 15. Clause 306.4: Soil erosion and sedimentation control: All temporary sedimentation and pollution controlworks shall be deemed as incidentalto the earthwork and other items of work and as such no separate paymentshall be made for the same. 16. Clause 111.12: Cost of environmental conservation and compliance:The costs of compliance with Clause 111 shall be deemed to be included in the rates for items included in the BoQ in referenceto Clause 114.2(XV) of MoST Specification. 17. Clause 111.1: Environmentaltraining: If required, the contractorshall within two weeks notice, make available site staff of foremen level and above for training in the environmental aspects of road construction.The cost of providing personnel for environmentaltraining is deemedto be includedin the rates generally. 16.2 RECOMMENDEDLAY OUT OF A CONSTRUCTIONCAMP The figure below representsa conceptuallayout plan for a typical constructioncamp site. This will maximise the benefitsof the features as discussed in this Section. The details of the rationale for each componentcan be found in the Chapter 9 (Section 9.5.5) of the ConsolidatedEA Report. ------ 4 , . ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~REC'1E~ WORKERS LpSy S'ORE ___ 3M. NiDE PAV NG :N_ CEENT _',^CRiN "V V3 ^EN ~~~~cI, 3i:C .Ax '-;% -D 'EHCCCJ WA.INS,LN o K kRE 3RZCK e- CK 3u 3- 1 JRC-K aAL . ZEN'S PARNING , NiEPERET 'HE SPAC-ES . _ L SE Typical Layoutof a ConstructionSite LeaAssociates 16-4 ,r7' 16.3 INVOLVEMENTOF MIGRANT LABOURERSIN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRIP The constructionworks for widening and strengtheningthe project corridor will start after the R&R activities are over and the RoW is clear of any encroachmentand land is temporarily acquired for borrow areas and construction camps. The construction contractorswill set up their construction camps on identifiedlocations where labour force for the constructionactivities will be provided with temporaryresidential accommodation and other necessaryinfrastructure facilities. The labour force required for the constructionactivities will be mostly of high-skill nature since a lot of machinework is envisagedfor this fast-trackconstruction of the highway.In addition,women will certainly contribute to the requirement of unskilled labour. Apart from this, women as family members of the skilled and semi-skilled labourerswill also stay in the constructioncamps and will be indirectly involved during the constructionphase. The constructioncontractors are expectedto bring along their labour force. Thus, in most casesthe labaurers,both male and female, will be migratory labourers. But, the involvement of local labour force, especially for unskilled activities, cannot be fully ruled out. Moreover,the RAP suggeststhe provisionof creation of employment for local affected people. Hence, there will be involvement of local workers also in the labour force. Foreseeingthe involvement of both male and female migrantworkers in the constructionactivities, certain measures are required to be taken to ensure welfare and well being of these mobile people in general and women and children in particularduring the constructionphase. 16.4 ADDITIONALPROVISIONS PROVIDED The provisionsmentioned under this section will help all the residentsof the constructioncamp in general and women and children in particular. 16.4.1 TEMPORARYHOUSING ACCOMMODATION During the construction the families of labourers/workersshould be provided with residential accommodationsuitable to nuclear families. Unitary male and female workers could be housed in large single-sexdormitories. Provision of erection and maintenanceof necessary(temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labourers of standard and scale approved by the SupervisionConsultants' Resident Engineer shall be the responsibility,of the Contractor. 16.4.2 DRINKINGWATER FACILITIES Safe drinking water should be provided to the dwellers of the construction camps. At every workplaceand at suitable and easily accessibleplaces a sufficient supply of cold potable water (as per IS) will be provided and maintained. If the drinkingwater is obtained from an intermittentpublic water supply then, storage tanks will be provided.All water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15m from any latrine, drain or other source of pollution.Where water hasto be drawn from an existing well, which is within such proximity of any latrine, drain or any other source of pollution,the well shall be properly chlorinatedbefore water is drawn from it for drinking purposes. All suchwells shall be entirely closed in and be providedwith a trap door, which shall be dust proof and water-proof. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least once a month. 16.4.3 WASHINGAND BATHINGPLACES Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided, and kept in clean and drained condition. Lea Associates 16-5 16.4.4 PUBLIC HEALTHAND SANITATION,LATRINES AND URINALS Construction camps should have the provision of sanitary latrines and urinals. Seweragedrains should be providedfor the flow of used water outsidethe camp. Drains and ditchesfilled with water should be treated with bleaching powder on a regular basis. All these will ensure better public health in the camps. Moreover,these will reduce the chances of gastro-intestinalor insect-borne diseases. Within the precinctsof the camp-site, latrines and urinals shall be providedin an accessibleplace, as per the FactoriesAct. In workplaceswater-flushed latrines shall be provided, connectedwith a water-borne sewage system. All latrines provided with dry-earth system (receptacles) shall be cleaned at least four times a day and least two times during working hours and kept in strictly sanitary condition. Receptaclesshall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the vernacular, shall be provided.There shall be adequatesupply of water close to latrines and urinals. 16.4.5 SHELTERS FOR REST At every workplace, there shall be provided free of cost, four suitable shelters, two for meals and two others for rest, separately for use of men and women labourers.The height of shelter shall not be less than 3m from floor level to lowest part of the roof. Shedsshall be kept clean and the space provided shall be on the basis of at least 0.5m2 per head. 16.4.6 CANTEEN A cookedfood canteen on a moderatescale shall be providedfor the benefit of workers whereverit is considered necessary.The contractorshall conform generally to sanitary requirementsof local medical, health and municipal authorities and at all times adopt such precautions as may be necessaryto prevent soil pollution of the site. 16.4.7 FIRST-AID At every workplace, a readily available first-aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances will be provided as per the Factory Rules of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar states. Workplacesremote and far away from regular hospitalswill have indoor health units with one bed for every 250 workers. Suitabletransport will be provided to facilitate taking injured and ill persons to the nearest applicable hospital. At every workplace, an ambulance room containingthe prescribedequipment and nursingstaff. 16.4.8 HEALTH CENTRE Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities through health centres temporarilyset up for the constructioncamp. The health centre should have at least a doctor, nurses, General Duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirementsor minor accidentalcases, linkage with nearest higher order hospitalto refer patientsof major illnessesor critical cases. The health centre should have MCW (Mother and Child Welfare) units for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from this, the health centre should provide with regular vaccinations requiredfor children. 16.4.9 DAY CRECHEFACILITIES It is expectedthat among the womenworkers there will be motherswith infants and small children. Provision of a day creche may solve the problems of such women who can leave behind their children in such a crecheand work for the day in the constructionactivities. If the constructionwork Lea Associates 16-6 involves women in its day-night schedules,then the provision of such a creche should be made available on a 24-hour basis. The creche should be provided with at least a trained ICDS (Integrated Child Development Scheme)worker with 'aayas' to look after the children. The ICDS worker. preferablywoman, may take care of the children in a better way and can manageto provide nutritionalfood (as prescribed in ICDS and provided free of cost by the government)to them. In casesof emergencyshe, being trained, can tackle the health problems of the children and can organise treatment linking the nearest health centre. At a place where 20 or more women are ordinarily employed,there shall be providedat least a hut for use of children under the age of 6 years belonging to such women. Huts shall not be constructedto a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud walls and floor with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covered with matting. Huts shall be providedwith suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation. There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean. There shall be two maidservants (or Aayas) to the satisfaction of local medical, health, municipal or cantonment authorities. Use of huts shall be restricted to children, their mothers and attendants.Where the number of women workers is more than 25 but less than 50, the contractor shall provide with at least one hut and one maidservantto look after the children of women workers. Size of crechesshall vary accordingto the number of women workers employed. Crechesshall be properlymaintained and necessaryequipments like toys, etc. provided. 16.4.10 EDUCATIONALFACILITIES The construction workers are mainly mobile groups of people. They are found to move from one place to another taking along their families with them. Thus, there is a need for educating their children at the place of their work, For this at least primary schools are requiredto be planned in the construction camps. Wherever feasible, day creche facilities could be extendedwith primary educationalfacilities. 16.4.11 POSTAL AND SAVINGS BANK FACILITIES The migratory nature of constructionworkers gives rise to the need of postal and savings bank facilities. A sub-post office may be of use in the construction camp for both communicationand savings bank purposesof the workers in the construction camp. 16.4.12 PROPERSCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTIONWORKS Owing to the demand of a fast constructionwork it is expectedthat a 24 hour-longwork-schedule would be in operation. Women, especially the mothers with infants should to be exempted from night shifts as far as possible. If unavoidable, creche facilities in the construction camps must be extendedto them in the night shifts too. 16.4.13 VIGILANCEAND CONTROL OVER CRIMES AND MAINTENANCEOF CIVIL ATMOSPHERE The construction camps house labourers from different places and socio-cultural backgrounds. Chances of conflicts among them cannot be ruled out. Moreover petty crimes, thefts etc. are common features of such camps.To tackle these situations there should be a police out-post near the camp. Illegal activities like gambling, prostitution etc. could be controlled thus. Exploitationof young unmarriedwomen is very commonin such camps. A strong vigilance mechanismwill ensure ceasing of such exploitation. Moreover, conflicts between construction workers and local communities,if any, may be managedwith the help of police interference. LeaAssociates 1 6-7 C, 16.4.14 CONTROLON CHILD LABOUR Minors i.e., persons below the age of 15 years should be restrictedfrom getting involved in the constructionalactivities. Measuresshould be taken to ensure that no child labourer is engaged in the activities. 16.4.15 SPECIAL MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGSTD, AIDS ETC. Solitary adult males usually dominate the labour force of construction camps. They play a significant role in spreading sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). In the construction camps as well as in the neighbouring areas they are found to indulge in unsafe sex with different women including commercial sex workers of the vicinity. Moreover, solitary males in the camps are often found to indulge in homosexual acts preferring to follow oral and anal sex. Such unhealthy sexual behaviourfacilitates the spread of STDs and most alarmingly,AIDS. While it is difficult to stop such activities, it is wiser to make provisions for means of controlling the spread of such diseases. Awareness camps for the target groups, both in the construction camp as well as neighbouring villages, and supply of condomsat concession rate at strategically located vending machines for the male workers may help to large extent in this direction. 16.4.16 PUBLIC SAFETYAND HEALTH/HYGIENEPROVISIONS. The following public safety and health provisionswill apply in the constructionactivities in GTRIP, in additionto and supplementationof the provisionsin the EMAP and the clauses of the Conditions of Contract. 3 Worker's safety The contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the workmen as per the InternationalLabour Organisation (ILO) Convention No. 62S as far as those are applicableto this contract. 0 Safety from electrical equipment Adequate precautionswill be taken to prevent dangerfrom electrical equipment. (D Safety at hazardous activities All workers employed in mixing asphaltic material, cement, lime mortars, concrete, etc. will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers in wielding activities shall be provided with protective eye shields. Stonebreakerswill be provided'with protective goggles and clothing and will be seatedat sufficiently safe intervals. 0 Lead pollution No worker below 15 will be engagedin painting activities with productscontaining lead in any form. Protective masks shall be providedto the workers using lead based paintingproducts 0 Force de majure All reasonableprecautions will be taken to prevent workers and public from danger arising out of fire, flood, drowning, etc. 0 Explosives If requiredto use explosives,the contractorsshall follow the required regulationsin this regard. LeaAssociates 16-8 G7,D o Disposal of excreta The contractor shall take all the necessary measures to maintain cleanliness of the latrines by making arrangementsfor the collection and disposal of excreta. o Anti-malarial precautions The contractor shall, at his expense, conform to all anti-malarialinstructions given to him by the Engineer, includingfilling up any borrow pits which may have beendug by him. (D Cleaning of site On completion of works, the whole of such temporarystructures shall be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the whole of the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor's expense,to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. Lea Pssociats 1 6-9 a 17. CULTURAL PROPERTIES & ENHANCEMENTS Physical developmentactivities have manifold effects. Apart from facilitation it has adverse effects on natural, social and built environment. Hence it requires special attention and efforts to understandthe impacts and influences on archaeological and cultural properties. Through the processof understandingand making adequate provisionsfor enhancementof importantsites, it is intendedto turn problems and negative effects into opportunitiesto benefit, protect, and enhance areasof cultural significance. It becomes important to enhance and conserve these cultural properties for they are the only feature that any traveller can identify on an impersonal stretch. These religious edifices instantly conjure an impression of the place especially the social scenario,just as a specific architectural style can be attributed to a certain time, climate and place. In the absence of proper addressalof such propertiesthe highway may become totally oppressiveand the ethnicity and social character of the region may be lost. Many such cultural and historicalproperties located along the highway lie unnoticed. The enhancementof cultural properties as part of the GTRIP thus strives to maintain the historic character and improve the experience of highway travelling by strengthening the physical link betweenthe corridor and the cultural properties falling along the road corridor and highlightingthe cultural and historical context of the highway. Formulation of a common platform for highway strengtheningand cultural property improvement ensures that the work actually gets carried out and the character of the road is retaineduniform. 17.1 LIKELY IMPACTS ON THE CULTURAL PROPERTIES As such no direct adverse impacts on archaeologicalproperties are likely due to the project as all protected properties are well beyond the range of being impacted by construction and allied activities. However, a number of smaller properties-shrines,temples, etc. which lie too close to the carriagewaywill be impacted. The main cause of concern is the safety of the road users and the safety of the locals who frequent these places. 17.1.1 RELOCATIONOF CULTURALASSETS 0 Pre Construction Stage Cultural propertieswill be subjected to varying degree of impact dependingupon their placementin the RoW. Cultural properties lying within the daylight line are more susceptibleto impacts due to pre construction and construction activities. Clearing of the site during movement of road construction machinery is likely to require a belt of about 4-5m from the edge of the carriageway, which is likely to adversely impact cultural propertiesespecially lying in this high impact zone. Pre- Constructioncould also involve cutting down of trees if they are located in the Col some of which may be sacred. Structures,which are close to the proposed CW, are likely to need reiocation.The following Table 17.1 lists the packagewise impact on shrines and sacred structuresin the RoW. Lea1lte 17-1 Table 17.1: Shrines and Sacred StructuresAffected by the Project Resource Package Total IA IB IC IIB IVA IVC VB Temple/Mosque/Church 8 14 25 22 15 2 26 112 Shrines 19 14 40 - - - 73 Graves 25 16 13 54 Source:Individual EIA Reports,- PackagesI, 11,IV and V. GTRIPand LASAField Survey,October 2000 3 Construction Stage ConstructionStage involves not only the actual road construction processbut also allied activities such as movement of heavy road machinery, haulage vehicles etc as well. These heavy vehicles need a belt of about 5m on the roadsidefor movement. 0) Operation Stage Traffic Volumes and vehicle speeds are bound to increase after the proposed widening. As the widening could mean curtailing of the of access way of religious properties, shrines and other religious structures in the RoW / Col are likely to be exposed to collision risk especially during night. This may become a major issue during construction phase even if the property has been saved from demolition during the design phase. 17.1.2 CONTAMINATIONOF SITE PRECINCTS One of the adverse impacts during construction is the likelihood of the precinct of the cultural property being contaminatedby activities associatedwith road construction,by spillage of oil, tar, etc. All cultural propertieslocated in the RoW are likely to be subjectedto these impacts in varying degrees. o Construction Stage The issue of Contamination of Site is significant during the construction stage of the project. Constructionstage involves a lot of movement of vehicles, tankers etc. Vehicle servicing stations would have to be set up on the site itself for regular maintenance and cleaning of the vehicles. ServicingI maintenanceof these vehicles is likely to create oil spills etc. o Operation Stage There is likelihood of contaminationof the site during the operation stage only in case of accidental oil spills or road accidents involving tankers etc. However it is envisaged that improved road geometrics, especially improved pavement conditionswould mitigatethis issue to a larger extent. 17.1.3 LOSS / DISRUPTIONOF ACCESS o Pre Construction One of the impacts of road construction,which is also a subset of the above impacts,is interrupted access to the cultural property. There are chances that users of the cultural property may face difficulty in accessingthe property during the period of pre - construction. Increasedfrequency of movement of haul vehicles may obstruct accessto the cultural propertieslocated in the RoW. This impact is however short term. Lea112 tOS 17-2 r 0 Construction Stage Loss/Disruptionof Access is likely to be severe during the constructionperiod, due to movementof construction machinery,or excavation from borrow areas, setting up of service stations etc. 0 Operation Stage Loss of Access is envisaged in cases of land acquisition or severance of land. In case of the proposed road widening the road widening may take up part or whole of the approach to the property thus making it vulnerable in terms of its safety or accessingit. 17.1.4 LOSS OF AMBIENCE 0 Pre Construction Stage Pre-Constructionactivities as site clearance, is likely to disturb the environment of the property. Though loss of ambience in this stage is a short-term impact, it can directly affect the functioning of the cultural property especially if the site acts as a meeting place for local people. 0 Construction Stage Road Construction and Allied activities involve constant generation of dust, noise and establishmentof heavy vehicles on the site. Such activity is likely to lead to loss of ambienceof the environmentof the cultural property. 0 Operation Stage The road rehabilitation project may affect the frequency of use of the cultural property and its surroundings Increased traffic may lead to commercial use of the roadside area of which the cultural property might be a part. Increasein these activities might destroy the ambienceof such a property in addition to compoundingparking and encroachmentproblems, which could lead to a loss of ambience. 17.2 OBJECTIVESAND APPROACHFOR ENHANCEMENT The objectives have been particularly framed to blend the aspect of legendary history of the road and maximisation of safety measures.This is in line with the policy guidelinesof the World Bank under OP 11.03 relevant portionsof which are reproducedin Box 17.1 below. Based on these guidelines, following objectives have been formulated to operationalisethe policy guidance: (a) To engulf cultural conservation,protection and enhancementinto the corridordevelopment activity Instead of a piecemeal approach,the project should be able to incorporateenhancement of important cultural propertiesinto the cost of the civil works. Though the proportionof the total costs incurred by the project will only be a fraction of 1%, it will go a long way in showingto the local peoplethat the proponentsdo care for their sentiments. (b) To optimize and appropriateuse of the property The property should be optimally enhanced as per its usage and significance: care should be taken not to modify its inherent character. Lea1es 17-3 o BOX 17.1 WORLD BANKOPERATIONAL POLICY NOTE NO. 11.03- MANAGEMENTOF CULTURAL PROPERTY IN BANK- FINANCEDPROJECTS The United Nations term "cultural property" includes sites having archaeological(prehistoric) paleontological,historical religious, and unique natural values. Cultural property therefore encompassesboth remains left by previous huma inhabitants(for example, middens,shrines and battle grounds) and unique natural environmentalfeatures such as canyon andwaterfalls. The rapid lossof culturalproperty in manycountries is irreversibleand often unnecessary. PolicyGuidance The World Bank's general policy regardingcultural properties is to assist in their preservation,and to seek to avoidthei elimination.Specifically a) The Bank normallydeclines to finance the projectsthat will significantlydamage non-replicablecultural property andwill assist onlythose projectsthat are sited or designedso as to preventsuch damage. b) The Bank will assist in the protectionand enhancementof cultural propertiesencountered in Bank Finance projects, rather than leavingthat protectionto chance. In some cases, the project is best relocated in order tha sites and structures can be preserved, studied and restored intact in-situ. In other cases, structures can b relocated, preserved, studied and restored on alternate sites. Often, scientific study, selective salvage an museum preservationbefore destructionis all that necessary.Most such projects should include the trainingan strengtheningthe institutionsentrusted with safeguardinga nations cultural patrimony.Such activities should b directly included in the scope of the project, rather than being postponedfor some possiblefuture action, and th costs are to be internalisedin computingoverall project costs. c) Deviationsfrom this policy may be justified only where expected project benefits are great, and the loss of o damage to cultural propertyis judged by competentauthorities to be unavoidable,minor, or otherwiseacceptable Specificdetails of the justificationshould be discussedin projectdocuments. d) The Policy pertainsto any projectin which the Bank is involved,irrespective of whetherthe Bank is itself financin the part of the projectthat mayaffect culturalproperty. ProceduralGuidance The managementof cultural propertyof a country is the responsibilityof the government.Before proceedingwith a however,which prima facie entails the risk of damaging cultural property (e.g., any project that includes large scal excavations.movement of earth, surfacial environmentalchanges or demolition),Bank staff must (1) determinewhat i known about the cultural propertyaspects of the project site. The government'sattention should be drawn specificall to that aspect and appropriateagencies, NGOs or universitydepartments, should be consulted: (2) if there is an questionof cultural propertyin the area,a brief reconnaissancesurvey should be undertakenin the field by a specialist. (c) To restrict the enhancementextent to the RoW or the edge of the RoW So that there is maximum availability of a clear RoW, wherever possible it may be restrictedto/near the edge of the RoW. (d) To provide for maximizationof safety Many of the propertiesmay lie very close to the carriageway,for these adequate safety measures like barriers/guardrailsmay be erected. (e) To retain the ethnicity and sanctity of the property It should be attempted to retain the original character of the property, and whatever enhancementtakes place, it should be in cognizancewith the surroundingsof the area and society. (f) To improve visual and aestheticquality of the GTRIP Lea ,t;s 17-4 To provide an experienceof distinct travelling to the road users.The visual and aesthetic quality improvement and enhancement has been given special emphasis. The main features of this enhancement and improvement are landscaping,plantation, enhancing access, provisionof seating arrangement,etc. (g) To minimize the cost of enhancement By use of local materials and also promotion of use of such materials which require minimum maintenance. (h) To promotethe use of local materials,skill and labour Locally available materials like stone and bricks have been preferred for paving. This optimises the use of local materials and also helps in recognizingmore and more local resources. At the same time it generates opportunitiesfor indigenous skill development and thereby an increase in the employment opportunities.This further leads to more and diverse occupationalpatterns. The intention is to enrich the roadside places along with optimum use of local resources, skill and labour resulting.in increase in employment opportunities. (i) To generate goodwillamongst the local communitytowards the project, by enhancementof these common propertyresources. Basic approach towardsenhancement is maximizationof protection and safety, protection of the property and safety of the road users. Caring for local properties is one way of earning the trust of the locals by addressing issuesthat are really close to their daily lives. Protection and enhancement of properties along the roadside is one possible way of showing to the people most likely to be directly affected by the project that the implementationwill be responsiveto their point of view also. 17.3 CULTURALPROPERTIES ALONG NH-2 The project highway traverses through a number of settlements and is often dotted with religious and cultural properties most of which though not of archaeologicalsignificance are nevertheless, significant to the community. Cultural properties along the project highway were identified and documentedbased on site surveys and during strip mapping 17.3.1 PROTECTED MONUMENTSAND OTHER PROPERTIESOF ARCHAEOLOGICALVALUE Archaeological properties are those cultural propertiesthat are protected under the Ancient Sites and RemainsAct, 1958by the state governmentsand the ASI. They merit significancebecause of the large volume of traffic that they generate.Though these influencesare restrictedto a particular time they can contribute inadvertentlyto the formation of bottlenecks,which seriously hamper the functioningof the highway. The region is home to many historicallysignificant monumentsthe most famous of which is the Taj Mahal, a World Heritage site. Many important cultural and historical settlements lie along the highway.Of significant mention are the cities of Agra, Varanasi Allahabad,Sarnath and Gaya etc. In addition the road is dotted with places of archaeologicalinterest with history as old as the road itself. Figure 17.1 shows the archaeologicalsites and monuments in the influence zone of the Project and Table 17.2 lists the protected archaeologicalmonuments and that exist in the study area of the proposedproject. Lea5tes 17-5 ; ~, .JgGll^^enlr-...... %I~~~~~ . .6~~3~> -, 5 ,l,^2r,. n,| .ix&el I - ,-~- . :J9 t ''I' T" ;-1 I9' ! > - r c4qPI I *.L X. 'I'd III L * * I :_ PICALC t U !.- -d t 4- IS 4i,. I. : : A q i___ ! . ;S"|s;~'I t §'* w i i 5 &2-. l i | St < - - ;, rt.4rtv.A.Aki_ S N. 1akg. Place R RemarksDs- err r i M 1 ~~~IA ~ ~~~~Bu'y Ks Talls* A-noife arhaolgia strutrloae in watrody(PoteteCA Plate_17-1_Historica Monument s ntePo etRgo 2 IA Rambagh AramBagh 3 IVC Tombof Sher Shah Situatedat about1 km from the projecthighway at Sasaram(Protected Suri Monument) Source IndivwdualE/A Reports,- Packages1, 11, IV and V, GTRIPand LASA hield Survey,October 2000 17.3.2 OTHER SIGNIFICANTCULTURAL PROPERTIES _, Other significantcultural properties and propertiesof archaeological interestare describedbelow: i_ s Shukla Talav(IIB)_ Shukla Talav is an old water tank located about 100m away from the project highwrayin F:ackageIl-B._ ® Kwaja Ka Phool This is a 200 years old giant wall, of five metershigh encirclinga villageknown as KwajaKa Phool.The highwaypasses very closeto 1 the structureat an approximatedistance of 25 m (fromthe centreline StepWell at ChinPackage IC| of the road).The wall runsparallel for about500 m or 300m as in text. Lea1e~~s 1 7-6 G = s Step well at Km 327.6 in Package IC The step well on the south side of the road is at a distance of 1 m from the edge of the existing carriageway.The step well, which is more than 100 years old and is archaeologicallysignificant, shall be impacted by the proposed four laning of the road. The step well probably belongs to the age of Sher Shah Suri and is part of the historic significanceof the road. (D Tomb of SherShah Suri's 'Khansama' The proposed Sasaram bypass, aligned south of the existing settlement (starting from km 110) in Package IVC passes very close by the tomb of SherShahSuris cook, as reported by local people. A graveyardflanks the tomb on one side. ® The Taj Trapezium Taj Mahal, the tomb of Mumtaz Mahal, wife of the Mughal emperor Shahajahan,made in white marble is one of the wonders of the world .The monumenthas been ravaged over the years by air pollution from adjoiningindustries and refineries, subsequentto which an area of around 10,000sq km around it in the shape of a trapezium was declareda protectedzone. Part of the Package IA and IB from km 199.6 to km 255 passesthrough the Taj Trapezium The region is home for over forty protectedmonuments, three of which are listed as World HeritageSite (WHS) namely the Taj Mahal, Agra fort and Fatepur Sikri ) and a fourth World Heritage site, the bird sanctuary at Bharatpur National Park. Akbars tomb in Sikandra and Itmad-ud-Daula'stomb have been proposed for World Heritage site designation. In addition there are more than 40 protected monumentswithin the trapezium. The major centres covered under the Trapezium are (i) Mathura and Vrindavan towards its northwestcorner; (ii) Firozabad at its south east corner; (iii) KeoladeoNational Park, Bharatpur in. the west direction: and (iv) Agra as the epicentre of the area. Firozabad,which is on the NH-2, lies in the southeastcorner of the Taj Trapezium. Figure 17.2: Map showing the Taj TrapeziumZone LealkQhaWes 17-7 Gz&KCg4 17.4 CRITERIAFOR SELECTIONOF ENHANCEMENT The projecthas screenedall CulturalProperties along the corridorto enablethe identificationof selectedcultural properties for enhancement,based on the significanceto the community,use etc. The significanceof the culturalproperty has beendecided on basisof primarysurveys. The aspect of assigninga particularsignificance to anycultural property is quitea subjectivetask in itselfand difficultto quantify.Yet the projectmakes an attempt to bringthese values to a commonplatform in order to select propertiesto be enhanced.The significanceof a certainproperty comes into questionwhen deciding the mitigation,avoidance or enhancementlevel to be appliedto it. This does not meanthat one culturalproperty is superiorto anotherfor e.g. a smallshrine may not be significantenough to warrantrealignment of the corridorand from its significancevalue a particular mitigationmeasure could be most appropriatefor it. The culturalproperties were evaluatedon basisof severalfactors. In additionsome thumb rules have beenadopted for sakeof simplicity. Private shrinesor propertiestaken care of by trusts etc shall not be enhancedas the project focuseson the overallbenefit of the society.Significance of all the culturalproperties has been determinedon basisof the followingcriteria. 0 Size Size of the cultural property is not an indicator of its significancebut it becomes important in terms of "relocation".For instance,it is quite easy to relocate a shrine, but the issue is complex in case of bigger properties such as temples, wherein the cost of reconstructionand cost of acquisition of land, needsto be considered.Cultural propertieshave been categorizedas small (upto 1.5 m x 1.5 m), medium (upto 4m x 4 m) and large (above 4 m x 4m) o Building Material Materialsused to buildcultural properties are an indicationof its significance.The propertieshave been classified in terms of Pucca, semi-puccaand Kaccha 0 Value Three types of values have been assignedto the culturalproperty-emotional, cultural and use value. * "EmotionalValue" pertains to the willingnessof the communityto allowthe level of upgradation or modification. * "CulturalValue" refers to the importanceof the propertyby the virtue of its locationand proximityto othercommunity resources such as a well,a big shadetree, the village bus stop or commongathering space. Thus relocating the culturalproperty may destroy its ambience. * "Use Value"can bejudged from the sitingand use of the propertyby the community. Socialimportance attached to the culturalproperty has beencategorised as Significant,Average andPoor. o Ownership It is fair to assumethat benefitsto largesegments of societyare moreimportant than those to a single,individual or smallersegment. Community cultural resources have thereforebeen given preferenceover privateones only in termsof enhancement.Equal merit has beengiven to bothin mitigationand avoidance of impacts.The significanceto the communityhas beendetermined on the basisof ownership(public, private or trust)and use. Lea1- es 17-8 17.5 GENERICENHANCEMENT MEASURES FOR CULTURAL PROPERTIES Improving,I defining,redefining access and the precincts The GTRIP strives to improve the experience of highway travelling by strengtheningthe physical link between the corridor and the cultural properties falling along it. Shrines located along the highway are often isolated from the surrounding environs. Dependingupon site-specific situations the project strives to improve the accessto these propertiesby providing walkway to the property from the highway. Locally available materialslike stone and bricks have been preferred for paving. CC flooring also has been adoptedfor groundtreatment. Effort has been madeto create interesting ground surfaces by using different paving patterns and materials.The intention is to enrich view of these roadsideplaces. In addition to providing access to the roadsidecultural propertiesthe GTRIP has also assumedthe task of addressing the environment of the affected cultural property. As can be seen in all the enhancementsketches strong focus is on defining the precinct or area of immediate influence of the property. At places plantation has been used in addition to hard landscaping measures to define precinct boundaries.Hard landscapingmeasures have been used in continuation with the access pathway to form the precinct of the structure. Brickwork in the form of low brick walls or brick linings has been used for the same purpose.As far as possible,changes have been restricted to the RoW. s Creating seating spaces Creating formal andlor informal seating spaces and rest areas where feasible and as per the scale of the property in question have been worked out. The project has exploredavenues for formation of rest areas along the highway. In the case of availability of space, cultural properties if coupled with rest areas will prove to be beneficial not only to the highway travellers but alsothe users of the properties. This is all the more relevant as pilgrims use most of the major temples along the highway as halt points. Areas have been developed especially around/adjacent to cultural properties where there is easy availability of space and drinking water. The utility of these rest- spaces increaseswhen createdin conjunctionwith cultural properties. Lea1 Es 17-9 Soft l Cultural l Landscaping l Property l HardC Landscaping e Plantation As mentioned in the preceding paragraphs and in the chapter on mitigation, trees not only enrich the visual quality of a space but also act as functional buffer screensto provide shade, define areas and counter pollution. Plantation of trees has been a prime enhancement as well as mitigation measure in the project. Tree bases have been proposed around existing as well as proposed shadetrees to form informal seatingspaces, which are preferredto the formal seating spaces.The sketch shows a schematic detail of a tree-base or chabutara; as it is locally called. This type of informal seating has been createdin the proposedrest areas. 0 Others In addition to the above mentionedenhancement measures, minor considerationslike provisionof signages or putting up of hazard markers etc have been considered. Signages have been proposedfor archaeologicalproperties along the roadto bring the heritage of the settlements/areas along the roadsideto the notice of the traveller. 17.6 DESCRIPTIONOF ENHANCEMENTS& MANAGEMENTACTIONS IN GTRIP 17.6.1 TAJ TRAPEZIUMZONE (CH-199.6TO 206) Starting from Agra in Package I, species to be planted in the section of Taj Trapezium Zone in Package I have been consideredas per the recommendationsof the two studies carried out in the region. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI) recommended a Green Belt Development Plan and the species requiredto plant. These recommendationswill be followed and tree species in this area will be as specified in the following table. These recommendations have been adoptedfor all of Package I depending up on the availability of space on the roadsides. Lel 17-10 However some additions can be considered. Within Sub-PackagesIB and IC, local indigenous species like mango trees may be incorporatedin the planning. Since the Taj Trapezium area is a very important both from the local cultural as well as tourist point of view, enhancementwithin this zone deserves special attention. The tree species selected for plantation within this area will have to be visually pleasing and be able to resist relatively high pollutant levels. Table 17.3 lists out the candidate species that may be used for plantation at locationsalong the highwaylying within the Taj Trapezium Zone. Table 17.3: Species to be planted in the Taj TrapeziumZone S. No. Main Species Botanical Name S. No. Main Species Botanical Name 1 Gulmohar Delonix regia 2 Eucalyptus E. globulas 3 Shisham Dalbergiasisso 4 Neem Azadirachhtaindica 5 BottleBrush Callistemonlanceolatus 6 Casurina Casunnaequsifolia 7 Kadamba Mitragynaparviflora a Babul Acaciaarabica 9 Amaltas CasUafistula 10 Jamun SyzigiumJambolana 11 Lal Kaner Nenum indicum 12 Bagainvilla B. glabra 13 Allmanda A. catheuica 14 Kachnar Baubiniavalnegated 15 Allanthus A. excelsa 16 Ashok Polyalthea longifolia 17 Jaswand, Gdhail Hibbiscus rosa sinensis 17.6.2 OTHER CULTURALPROPERTIES Apart from the protected archaeologicalstructures and cultural propertiesof regional significance, there exist in and adjacent to the RoW, several smaller structures of social significance .The baselinesurvey has categorisedthem as: - Shrines - miniaturised form of temples, memorial, tombs or objects of sacred value that are too small to enter. The influence of shrines is generally very localised and reflected in their size, scale, treatment and environment and more often than not they are more significant to the individual than the community. • Sacred Structures - These sacred structures are temples, shrines, mosques,churches, graveyards etc. These structures, though are not of any significance at the regional level, do have a significant importanceto the local communities. Most of these structures have come up within and adjacentto the existing. Table 17-2 summarisescultural propertiesthat have been identified along the project highway where as Annexure 5-17 of EIA report lists the detailed baseline of Shrines and Sacred structuresrecorded along the road. Table 17.4: Shrines and other sacredstructures within Right of Way Package Temples Mosque Gurudwara Shrine Church Total IA 36 5 0 16 0 57 IB 28 2 0 12 2 44 IC a 0 1 10 0 9 liE 17 0 0 9 0 26 IVA 35 0 0 0 0 35 ivc 2 0 0 1 0 3 VB 26 7 0 3 0 36 Total 152 14 1 41 2 210 Source.Individual EIA Reports,- PackagesI II, IV and V. GTRIPand LASA FieldSurvey, October 2000 17-11 ® Other Sites Selected for Enhancements The enhancement of the various properties along the NH-2 has been taken up on a location specific basis in most cases, though the treatment proposed allows for the maintenance of a continuous character throughout the entire stretch. Certain common elements such as paving, railing, seating, etc. have been designed considering the historical character of the road. In addition, continuitywill also be maintainedthrough the adoptionof appropriate landscapesections along the entire length of the project corridor. (Refer Table 17.5). For details of the enhancementof the individual cultural properties,refer Section 9 of the ConsolidatedEA Report. 17.7 CONCLUSION Enhancementshave been basedon typical and specific designs.The typical elements are adopted for the similar kind of structures that follow a particularcharacteristic all along the project corridor, whereas the specific designs are in particular to inherent features of the cultural property itself. Such an approach blends the socio-cultural character of the road with the enhancement and up gradation strategy of the project. Thus, as part of the GTRIP, a conscious effort has been made while designing the enhancement measures to ensure that the links of the local people with the road are not severed,without compromisingthe safety of the road users. Execution of these on the groundwill go a long way towards institutionalisingpeople-oriented development. Enhancementdesigns for the cultural properties have been prepared, the bill of quantities and the technical specifications are part of the EnvironmentalManagement Plans (EMPs) and the ContractDocuments. Table 17.5: Cultural PropertiesIdentified for Enhancement S. No. Package Type Chainage Distance Side of Proposed Enhancement L______(km) From CW (m) Road 1 IA Temple 201.45 32 South Typical Temple intervention 2 IA Temple 206.3 25 South Typical Temple intervention 3 IA Temple 207.2 16 South Typical Temple intervention 4 IA Temple complex 215.8 12m North Temple + hand pump very near to budiya ka taal 5 | A Temple 217.7 17m North 6 IA Shrine + Tree 225.05 13m South Typical shrine intervention 7 j IA Temple 240.65 13 South Typical temple intervention 8 IA Temple 243.45 23 North Typical Temple intervention 9 IA Shrine + Tree 245.4 12 North Typical shrine intervention 10 IA Dargah 229.7 22m North No specific boundary, entrance to be from near l hand pump. 11 i B Temple 258 tOm North Most of it is already enhanced. Approach to be I improved 12 JB Temple 258.7 15 North Typical shrine intervention 13 B I Temple 262 4 1 Om South Water body & temple, 500 years old with a garden. Entrance & water body to be enhanced 14 1B Temple + Pond 269.4 20m South No defined boundary, banyan tree. To be I______I ______enhanced by landscaping 15 IB Temple 279.7 18 South Typical temple intervention 16 | IB Temple 287.9 25m South Proper access & landscaping required. Le7t1s 17-12 S. No. Package Type Chainage Distance Side of ProposedEnhancement (km) From CW (m) Road 17 IB Templecomplex 296.15 12m South Jamnamandir, Garden in front, soft & hard landscaping required Very near to village. 18 IC Temple 322.25 10m North Elevatedfrom gel at a ht of 5.5 m 19 IC Temple 323.3 4m North Premisesize - 35x22m 20 IC Temple 351.15 2.5m North Premisesize - 25x60m majorcomm.. area (TS) 21 IC Well + Temple 375.4 8 North MangoPlantation at back 22 IC Well + Temple 376.4 12 North Schoola littleaway 23 IC Temple 380.6 18 South A no. of mechanicshops + dhabasare seen, 24 IC Ashram 383.5 2.5 North Premisesize- 40 x 20 m 25 IIB Temple 9.9 5 South 26 . 1B Temple 11.15 12.5 South Shopsbehind temple 27 IIB Temple 14.3 8 South 28 IIB Bhramadev 18.7 1 North temple 29 IIB Temple 18.7 1 North Bharamadevtemple 30 l1B Temple 19.3 120 North 31 IB Temple 19.3 22 North 32 IIB Temple+Well 21.2 2 North Important 33 11 Temple+Well 21.2 2 North Very imp. 34 11B Temple 24.8 5 South 35 11B Temple 26.4 27 North Privateprop/but not in use 36 IIB Temple 29.8 5 North 37 IIB Temple 31.95 20 South Signageto be provided :38 IIB Temple 35.5 1+3 North 39 IIB Shrine 35.5 14.3 North Alreadyrelocated 40 IIB Templecomplex 411.9 35 North Very old templecomplex-Presently library exists in frontof templecomplex and, it will get exposed after widening 41 TlB Temple 481.6 55m North Presentlyarea around the templeis waterlogged 42 11B Gurudwara 481.9 40 North 43 IIB Temple 482.4 The roadafter widening will comevery close to ______temple 44 IVA Temple 4.1 21.03 South Entrance to be enhanced/Access to be paved 45 IVA Temple 8.4 21.33 South Access to be enhanced 46 IVA Mazaar 9.4 8.53 South Entranceto be enhanced/Accessto be paved 47 1 IVA ShivTemple 9.5 Vb M South 48 . IVA Temple 18.3 21 South Acces to be enhanced 4 VA Kali Temple 21.4 5 North Area of entranceto be enhanced IVA Templ 22.7 9.6 South Entranceto enhanced 51 IVA School 22.8 4.5 North Noisebarrier 52 IVA School 23.2 14.3 North Noisebarrier signage eetc 53 1 IVA Ashram 23.3 37.18 North Entranceto be enhanced 54 IVA DargahSharif 23.7 South Mazaar 55 j IVA Mazaar 23.7 11.27 South Frontarea of mazaarto be enhanced 56 VA Temple 24.4 23 South 57 IVA Alinagartemple 25.3vrm South 58 IVA Shiv emple 25.6 VRM | South _ 73LeLes 17-13 S. No. Package Type Chainage Distance Side of ProposedEnhancement (km) From CW (m) Road 59 IVA Jhansi Temple 25.8 South 60 IVA Temple 26.05 55 North Accessto be enhancement 61 IVA Temple 27 21.3 North Entrance& access to be enhanced 62 IVA School 27.4 28.65 North Noisebarrier access 63 IVA School 28.5 16.76 South Accessto be enhanced 64 (VA Temple 29.1 6.7 North Entranceto be enhanced 65 IVA Temple 29.5 13.1 South Entrance/Enahnced 66 IVA Temple 29.8 35 North Entranceto be enhanced/Accessto be paved 67 IVA Dharamshala 31 25 North Entrance/enhanced 686 IVA Templeand 31.1 North Ashram 69 IVA Shahokji 32.3 North rapokara 70 IVA Mazaar 32.7 12.8 South Entranceto be enhanced 71 IVA TempleKale 33.05 28 South Entranceto be enhanced 72 IVA Temple 34.7 12 South Entrancesignage 73 IVA Temple 36.9 24.99 South Noisebarrier 74 IVA Temple 37 31 North Entranceto be enhanced 75 IVA Bhagwan talab 37.1 North Daitrababa 76 IVA Mazaar 38 9.14 North Entranceto be enhanced 77 IVA School 38.6 25.6 South Entranceto be enhanced 78 IVA Baghaipokhra 41.6 South 79 1 IVA Temple 41.6 28 South Entrance 80 IVA Idgah 44.8 21 South Entranceto be enhanced 81 IVA Mazaar 46.5 South 82 IVA Temple 47 North Entranceto be enhanced 83 IVA School 47 South Noisebarrier 84 IVA Temple 47.4 19.82 North 85 IVA Temple 48.6 3.66 South 86 IVA Temple 48.8 13.1 South 87 IVA Shrinewith pond 49.5 North 88 IVA Temple 49.5 19.65 South 89 IVA Temple 53 21.33 North 90 IVA Temple 67.8 3 South 9 IVA Temple 68 15 North& __ _ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~South 92 IVA Hanuman 317.45 South ______emple _ _ _ _ _ 93: IVA Temple 317,95 26.5 North Entranceto enhanced 94 j iVA Rest Area 319 South 95 IVC Mai Ka Kutiya 130.2 South 96 VC RauzaMazar 307000 North 97 IVC Tara chandi 811000 South 96 V Mosque 31587 25 North Noise 59 VB Temple 1 312.7 8 South Access I [~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 100 VB Temple 307.9 2 | North 101 VB i Mosque | 302.3 13 i North | Extremeenhancement 132 VB Mosque 301.9 20 | South Overallenhancement Le 7es 17- 14 z S. No, Package Type Chainage Distance Side of ProposedEnhancement (km) From CW (mn) Road 103 VB Temple 300.83 10 North 104 VB Temple 300.1 10 North 105 VB Temple 2997 15 North 106 VB Mosque 29.5 20 South Entrance 107 VB Mosque 296.3 30 South 108 VB Shrine 299.3 6 North Shrine 109 VB Temple 292.9 10 South Temple+ market 110 VB Temple 291.95 10 South Temple+ handpump 111 VB Temple 291.8 14 South 112 VB Temple 267.8 North 113 VS Temple 288.1 30 North Access 114 VB Temple 287.8 50 North Access 115 VB Temple 275.25 116 VS Temple 279.5 15 South Access 117 VB Temple 279.1 10 North Access 118 VS Temple 272.5 30 South Access 119 VS Temple 270.75 30 North Access 120 VB Temple 265.1 9 North 121 VB Temple 264.2 10 North 122 VS Temple 269.05 12 South Entrance+Noise no be affected 123 VB Temple 269.00 19 South 124 VB Temple 263.9 12 North 125 VB Mosque 264.35 18 North 126 VB Temple 262.75 5 South 127 VS Shrine 261.5 11 South 128 VS Temple 255.8 8 North Templehand pump 129 VB Temple 252.1 13 North 130 VS Mosque 281.98 18 South 131 VS Temple 269.5 16 North Access 132 VB Temple 269.5 12 South 133 VB Shrine 269.1 10 South 17-1 5 ~Z'zz9-e' The Independent Environmental Review of Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project consists of the following Volumes: VOLUMEI ENVIRONMENTALIMPACT ASSESSMENT VOLUME I-A: ANNEXURESTO ENVIRONMENTALIMPACT ASSESSMENT VOLUME 11 INDEPENDENTREVIEW REPORT VOLUME III : AIR QUALITYASSESSMENT VOLUME IV: NOISE QUALITYASSESSMENT VOLUME V LANDSCAPEAND TREE TRANSPLANTATIONPLAN VOLUME VI: CONSTRUCTIONPERIOD ROAD SAFETY PLAN VOLUME VII: GAUTAM BUDDHA WILD LIFE SANCTUARY Lea AssociatesSouth Asia Pvt. Ltd. LeaAssociates NewDelhi i° The Independent Environmental Review of Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project consists of the following Volumes: VOLUME I : ENVIRONMENTALIMPACT ASSESSMENT VOLUME I-A: ANNEXURESTO ENVIRONMENTALIMPACT ASSESSMENT VOLUME 11 INDEPENDENTREVIEW REPORT VOLUME III AIR QUALITYASSESSMENT VOLUME IV NOISE QUALITYASSESSMENT VOLUME V : LANDSCAPEAND TREE TRANSPLANTATIONPLAN VOLUME VI CONSTRUCTIONPERIOD ROAD SAFETY PLAN VOLUME VII: GAUTAM BUDDHAWILD LIFE SANCTUARY LeaAssociates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. LeaAssociates New Delhi